COMMENTARY ON & ANALYSIS OF THE

2010 DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBLE DESIGN, 1994 DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE ADA STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBLE DESIGN

&

1997 GEORGIA ACCESSIBILITY CODE

 

FEBRUARY 2011

 

 


 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design[1][2]

1994 Standards for Accessible Design[3]

Georgia Accessibility Code

Commentary[4]

Available at http://www.ada.gov/2010ADAstandards_index.htm.

 

Available at http://www.ada.gov/regs2010/2010ADAStandards/2010ADAStandards.pdf.

 

Available at http://web01.spo.ga.gov/ADA/Georgia%20Accessibility%20Code.htm.

For additional information on the application of the 2010 Standards for Accessible Design, see the DOJ Guidance on the 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design available at http://www.ada.gov/regs2010/2010ADAStandards/Guidance2010ADAstandards.htm.

 

 

 

APPLICATION, ADMINISTRATION AND SCOPE

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Commentary

ADA CHAPTER 1: APPLICATION AND ADMINISTRATION

 

1. PURPOSE.

 

See Appendix 1[5]

 

 

101.1 General. This document contains scoping and technical requirements for accessibility to sites, facilities, buildings, and elements by individuals with disabilities. The requirements are to be applied during the design, construction, additions to, and alteration of sites, facilities, buildings, and elements to the extent required by regulations issued by Federal agencies under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA).

 

This document sets guidelines for accessibility to places of public accommodation and commercial facilities by individuals with disabilities. These guidelines are to be applied during the design, construction, and alteration of such buildings and facilities to the extent required by regulations issued by Federal agencies, including the Department of Justice, under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990.

The technical specifications 4.2 through 4.35, of these guidelines are the same as those of the American National Standard Institute's document A117.1-1980, except as noted in this text by italics. However, sections 4.1.1 through 4.1.7 and sections 5 through 10 are different from ANSI A117.1 in their entirety and are printed in standard type.

 

120-3-20-.01 PURPOSE

(1) The provisions of this chapter are enacted to further the policy of the State of Georgia to encourage and enable persons with disabilities or elderly persons to participate fully in the social and economic life of Georgia and to encourage and promote their education and rehabilitation. It is the intent of this chapter to eliminate, insofar as possible, unnecessary physical barriers encountered by persons with disabilities or elderly persons whose ability to participate in the social and economic life of this state is needlessly restricted when such persons cannot readily use government buildings, public buildings, and facilities used by the public.

 

 

 

The intent of the US Department of Justice 1994 and 2010 Standards for Accessible Design is to establish design and construction criteria that accomplish the nondiscrimination mandates of the Americans with Disabilities Act. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2) Unless otherwise stated in this Chapter of the Rules and Regulations of the Georgia Safety Fire Commissioner, the following meet the Americans With Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines and shall be the minimum standard for Accessibility to buildings and facilities by individuals with disabilities under the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990. These rules are to be applied during the design, construction, and alteration of buildings and facilities covered by Titles II and III of the ADA to the extent required by regulations issued by Federal agencies, including the Department of Justice and the Department of Transportation, under the ADA.  The technical specifications Rules 120-3-20-.03 through 120-3-20-.46, of these regulations are the same as those of the American National Standard Institute's document A117.1-1980, except as noted in this text by italics. However, Rules 120-3-20-.07 through 120-3-20-.12 and Rules 120-3-20-.47 through 120-3-20-.53 are different from ANSI A117.1 in their entirety.

 

 

 

The illustrations and text of ANSI A117.1 are reproduced with permission from the American National Standards Institute. Copies of the standard may be purchased from the American National Standards Institute at 1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018.

 

The illustrations and text of ANSI A117.1 are reproduced with permission from the American National Standards Institute. Copies of the standard may be purchased from the American National Standards Institute at 1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018

 

 

 

 

120-3-20-.02 ADMINISTRATION

(a) Except for buildings under the jurisdiction of the Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia, all buildings subject to the jurisdiction of the Safety Fire Commissioner pursuant to Code Section 25-2-12 and subsection (c) of Code Section 25-2-13 shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Safety Fire Commissioner for purposes of enforcement of this chapter.

 

(b) The board of regents shall be responsible for the administration and enforcement of this chapter with respect to all buildings and facilities under its jurisdiction. No construction plans for any such building or facility shall be approved by the board of regents for any construction within the University System of Georgia unless the building or facility conforms to O.C.G.A. 25-2-12 Rules 30-3-3 and 30-3-5 and unless the architect or engineer responsible for preparation of said plans and specifications affixes that person's seal on such plans. The affixing of the seal of an architect or engineer to said plans shall constitute a certification that to the best of that person's knowledge, information, and belief they have been prepared in conformity with O.C.G.A. Title 30 Code Rules 30-3-3 and 30-3-5. A certificate of compliance may be displayed on said plans in lieu of the architect's or engineer's seal. The builder, developer, contractor, or building owner following said plans shall require an architect's or engineer's seal or a certificate of compliance to be displayed on the plans before starting construction.

 

(c) Local governing authorities shall be responsible for the administration and enforcement of this chapter with regard to all government and public buildings and facilities which are not under the jurisdiction of the Safety Fire Commissioner or board of regents, pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) of this Code section and which are under the jurisdiction of such local governing authorities. No building permit for any such building or facility shall be approved by any local governing authority for any private person, corporation, partnership, association, or public entity unless the plans and specifications conform to the requirements of O.C.G.A. Title 30 Code Rules 30-3-3 and 30-3-5 and unless the architect or engineer responsible for preparation of said plans and specifications affixes that person's seal on such plans.  The affixing of the seal of an architect or engineer to said plans shall constitute a certification that to the best of that person's knowledge, information, and belief they have been prepared in conformity with O.C.G.A. Title 30 Code Rules 30-3-3 and 30-3-5. A certificate of compliance may be displayed on said plans in lieu of the architect's or engineer's seal. The builder, developer, contractor, or building owner following said plans shall require such a seal or a certificate of compliance on the plans before starting construction. All construction plans must display such a certificate of compliance, or a seal provided by the architect or engineer, for all construction in local governing jurisdictions which do not require building permits. In all areas where local governing authority building permits are not required, the builder, developer, contractor, or building owner following said plans shall require such an architect's or engineer's seal or a certificate of compliance to be displayed on the plans before starting construction.

 

 

101.2 Effect on Removal of Barriers in Existing Facilities. This document does not address existing facilities unless altered at the discretion of a covered entity. The Department of Justice has authority over existing facilities that are subject to the requirement for removal of barriers under title III of the ADA. Any determination that this document applies to existing facilities subject to the barrier removal requirement is solely within the discretion of the Department of Justice and is effective only to the extent required by regulations issued by the Department of Justice.

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards make clear that they do not address existing facilities unless they are undergoing an alteration.  The same is true of the 1994 Standards and the accessibility requirements of the Georgia Accessibility Code.

 

2. GENERAL.

 

 

 

102 Dimensions for Adults and Children

 The technical requirements are based on adult dimensions and anthropometrics. In addition, this document includes technical requirements based on children's dimensions and anthropometrics for drinking fountains, water closets, toilet compartments, lavatories and sinks, dining surfaces, and work surfaces.

 

2.1 Provisions for Adults. The specifications in these guidelines are based upon adult dimensions and anthropometrics.

See also Appendix 2.1.

 

 

120-3-20-.04 GENERAL.

(1) Provisions for Adults. The specifications in these regulations are based upon adult dimensions and anthropometries.

The 1994 Standards do not address accessibility for children.

103 Equivalent Facilitation

Nothing in these requirements prevents the use of designs, products, or technologies as alternatives to those prescribed, provided they result in substantially equivalent or greater accessibility and usability.

 

2.2 Equivalent Facilitation. Departures from particular technical and scoping requirements of this guideline by the use of other designs and technologies are permitted where the alternative designs and technologies used will provide substantially equivalent or greater access to and usability of the facility.

(2) Equivalent Facilitation. Departures from particular technical and scoping requirements of this chapter by the use of other designs and technologies are permitted where the alternative designs and technologies used will provide substantially equivalent or greater access to and usability of the facility.

 

Note: Equivalent Facilitation. Specific examples of equivalent facilitation are found in the following sections:

120-3-20-.11(3)(c) Elevators in Alterations

120-3-20-.42(9) Text Telephones

120-3-49(2) Sales and Service Counters, Teller Windows, Information counters                                                             

120-3-20-.51(1)d Classes of Sleeping Accommodations

120-3-20-.51(2)(6)(d)  Requirements for Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms,                                                     and Suites

 

 

 

(3) Designing for Children. The specifications in this standard are based upon adult dimensions and anthropometrics. If buildings, facilities, or portions thereof serve children primarily, they should comply with provisions of 120-3-20-.53.

 

 

 

120-3-20-.53 Children's Facilities Designing for Children

(1) Application This section applies to facilities, or portions of facilities, constructed according to children's dimensions and anthropometric for ages 2 through 12. Facilities covered by this section shall comply with the applicable requirements of rule 120-3-20-.03 through rule 120-3-20-.46 and the special application sections, except as modified or otherwise provided in this section.  All public and common use areas covered by this section are required to be designed and constructed to comply with rule 120-3-20-.03 through rule 120-3-20-.46, except as modified or otherwise provided in this section. Accessible elements and spaces covered by this section shall be on an accessible route complying with rules 120-3-20-.14, 120-3-20-.53(3), and 120-3-20-.53(4). The specifications in this section are based on children's dimensions and anthropometrics. The phrase "constructed according to children's dimensions and anthropometric" means where the construction of a facility reflects the size and dimensions, reach ranges, level of strength and stamina, or other characteristics of children. Facilities constructed that do not reflect children's characteristics are not covered by this section.

 

Note: Rule 120-3-20-.53 modifies the technical requirements in section rule 120-3-20-.03. This section applies to facilities, or portions thereof, constructed according to children's dimensions and anthropometric for ages 2 through 12. State and local codes and rules, as well as best practices, often specify that facilities be designed to accommodate children rather than adults, particularly where children are the primary population served by a facility. These codes, rules, and best practices may specify lower mounting heights for certain elements used primarily by children, such as water fountains, lavatories, and toilets. This section provides accessibility requirements for these elements and is intended to apply where state or local codes, rules, or best practices specify design for children.

 

The phrase "constructed according to children's dimensions and anthropometric" means where the construction of a facility reflects the size and dimensions, reach ranges, level of strength and stamina, or other characteristics of children, thus rendering such a facility more usable by children. Facilities constructed that do not reflect children's characteristics are not covered by rule 120-3-20-.53.

 

Rule 120-3-20-.53 also specifies that accessible elements and spaces constructed according to children's dimensions and anthropometric shall be on an accessible route complying with rules 120-3-20-.14, 120-3-20-.53(3), and 120-3-20-.53(4). Additional routes serving the children's area are not subject to the requirements in this section. Accessible routes subject to this section must comply with the requirements for protruding objects (rule 120-3-20-.53(3)) and handrails at ramps and stairs (rule 120-3-20-.53(4)). For example, a children's area may be located in a portion of a community center and may have elements and features constructed according to children's dimensions and anthropometric, such as storage units, toilets, or lavatories. Where the accessible route serving the children's area includes a ramp, additional handrails for children must be provided. Additionally, objects along this accessible route that project from walls must comply with the requirements for protruding objects in rule 120-3-20-.53(3). An accessible route complying with this section shall also be provided where individual elements are positioned at heights or locations based on children's sizes and dimensions, such as a drinking fountain in a shopping mall.

 

 

3. MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUCTIONS AND DEFINITIONS.

 

120-3-20-.05 Miscellaneous Instructions.

(a) Graphic Conventions. Graphic conventions are shown in Table 1. Dimensions that are not marked minimum or maximum are absolute, unless otherwise indicated in the text or captions.

 

 

104 Conventions

 

3.1 Graphic Conventions. Graphic conventions are shown in Table 1. Dimensions that are not marked minimum or maximum are absolute, unless otherwise indicated in the text or captions.

 

NOTE: Table 1 describes graphic conventions for showing dimensions on figures between boundary and element lines, how the direction of approach is denoted, centerline designation and boundary of clear floor area. All dimensions are shown in inches above the measure line, with the metric equivalent below. Where the dimension does not fit conveniently between lines, the measure line is extended beyond the lines and the dimension placed above (and below) the extension.

 

 

 

104.1 Dimensions. Dimensions that are not stated as "maximum" or "minimum" are absolute.

 

 

 

3.2 Dimensional Tolerances. All dimensions are subject to conventional building industry tolerances for field conditions.

 

120-3-20-.05 (b) Dimensional Tolerances. All dimensions are subject to conventional building industry tolerances for field conditions.

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code state that all dimensions are subject to conventional building tolerances, while the 2010 Standards do not permit a deviation outside a stated minimum-maximum range.

 

 

104.1.1 Construction and Manufacturing Tolerances. All dimensions are subject to conventional industry tolerances except where the requirement is stated as a range with specific minimum and maximum end points.

 

 

 

104.2 Calculation of Percentages. Where the required number of elements or facilities to be provided is determined by calculations of ratios or percentages and remainders or fractions result, the next greater whole number of such elements or facilities shall be provided. Where the determination of the required size or dimension of an element or facility involves ratios or percentages, rounding down for values less than one half shall be permitted.

 

 

 

 

104.3 Figures. Unless specifically stated otherwise, figures are provided for informational purposes only.

 

 

 

The 1994 Standards include many of their requirements in figures with no corresponding provisions in text. (i.e. Figure 31 for knee and toe clearance at lavatories).

 

 

3.3 Notes. The text of these guidelines does not contain notes or footnotes. Additional information, explanations, and advisory materials are located in the Appendix. Paragraphs marked with an asterisk have related, nonmandatory material in the Appendix. In the Appendix, the corresponding paragraph numbers are preceded by an A.

 

120-3-20-.05 (c) Notes. The text of these regulations contains additional information, and explanations. Rules, paragraphs, and subparagraphs marked with a ÒNote:Ó This additional information shall have the same effect as the specific requirements and shall be considered to be additional to the minimum accessible requirement.

 

 

3.4 General Terminology.

comply with. Meet one or more specifications of these guidelines.

if, if ... then. Denotes a specification that applies only when the conditions described are present.

may. Denotes an option or alternative.

shall. Denotes a mandatory specification or requirement.

should. Denotes an advisory specification or recommendation.

 

120-3-20-.05 (d) General Terminology.

comply with. ................ Must meet one or more specifications.

if, if ... then................... Denotes a specification that applies only when the conditions                                         described are present.

may............................... Denotes an option or alternative.

shall.............................. Denotes a mandatory specification or requirement.

should........................... Denotes an advisory specification or recommendation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ÒMayÓ and ÒshouldÓ are examples of nonmandatory language that is not found in the 2010 Standards.

105 Referenced Standards

 

See Appendix 2.3

 

 

105.1 General. The standards listed in 105.2 are incorporated by reference in this document and are part of the requirements to the prescribed extent of each such reference. The Director of the Federal Register has approved these standards for incorporation by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the referenced standards may be inspected at the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board, 1331 F Street, NW, Suite 1000, Washington, DC 20004; at the Department of Justice, Civil Rights

Division, Disability Rights Section, 1425 New York Avenue, NW, Washington, DC; at the Department of Transportation, 400 Seventh Street, SW, Room 10424,

Washington DC; or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call (202) 741-6030, or go to

http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.

 

See Appendix 2.3.1

 

 

 

105.2 Referenced Standards. The specific edition of the standards listed below are referenced in this document. Where differences occur between this document

and the referenced standards, this document applies.

 

See Appendix 2.3.2

 

 

105.2.1 ANSI/BHMA. Copies of the referenced standards may be obtained from the Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association, 355 Lexington Avenue, 17th floor, New York, NY 10017 (http://www.buildershardware.com).

 

 

 

 

ANSI/BHMA A156.10-1999 American National Standard for Power Operated Pedestrian Doors (see 404.3).

 

See 4.13.12

 

 

ANSI/BHMA A156.19-1997 American National Standard for Power Assist and Low Energy Power Operated Doors (see 404.3, 408.3.2.1, and 409.3.1).

ANSI/BHMA A156.19-2002 American National Standard for Power Assist and Low Energy Power Operated Doors (see 404.3, 408.3.2.1, and 409.3.1).

 

See 4.13.12

 

In some cases the 2010 Standards reference a number of editions of the same standard or code.  This is to avoid conflict with an edition that may be referenced by a jurisdictionÕs building code. 

105.2.2 ASME. Copies of the referenced standards may be obtained from the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Three Park Avenue, New York, New York

10016 (http://www.asme.org).

 

 

 

 

ASME A17.1- 2000 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, including ASME A17.1a-2002 Addenda and ASME A17.1b-2003 Addenda (see 407.1, 408.1, 409.1, and 810.9).

See 4.10.1

 

 

ASME A18.1-1999 Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts, including

 

ASME A18.1a-2001 Addenda and ASME A18.1b-2001 Addenda (see 410.1).

 

ASME A18.1-2003 Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts, (see 410.1).

 

See 4.11.2

 

The 1994 Standards reference ASME A17.1-1990 for wheelchair (platform) lifts, which regulated these devices prior to the creation of the ASME A18.1 standard in 1999.  The ASME A17.1-1990 code prohibited floor penetration by vertical lifts and specified that fold-up inclined lifts must be attendant operated (which is prohibited by the 1994 Standards).  ASME A18.1a-2001 and ASME A18.1-2003 do not have these restrictions.

 

105.2.3 ASTM. Copies of the referenced standards may be obtained from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Bar Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania 19428 (http://www.astm.org).

 

See Appendix 2.3.2.1

 

The ASTM reference standards in the 2010 Standards are applicable in accessible play areas which are not regulated by the Georgia Accessibility Code.

ASTM F 1292-99 Standard Specification for Impact Attenuation of Surface Systems Under and Around Playground Equipment (see 1008.2.6.2).

 

See Appendix 15.6.7.2

ASTM F 1292-04 Standard Specification for Impact Attenuation of Surfacing Materials Within the Use Zone of Playground Equipment (see 1008.2.6.2).

 

See Appendix 15.6.7.2

ASTM F 1487-01 Standard Consumer Safety Performance Specification for Playground Equipment for Public Use (see 106.5).

 

 

ASTM F 1951-99 Standard Specification for Determination of Accessibility of Surface Systems Under and Around Playground Equipment (see 1008.2.6.1).

 

See also Appendix 15.6.7.1

105.2.4 ICC/IBC. Copies of the referenced standard may be obtained from the International Code Council, 5203 Leesburg Pike, Suite 600, Falls Church, Virginia 22041 (www.iccsafe.org).

See Appendix 2.3.2.2

 

 

International Building Code, 2000 Edition (see 207.1, 207.2, 216.4.2, 216.4.3, and 1005.2.1).

 

International Building Code, 2001 Supplement (see 207.1 and 207.2).

 

International Building Code, 2003 Edition (see 207.1, 207.2, 216.4.2, 216.4.3, and 1005.2.1).

 

See Appendix 15.3.3.2

 

 

105.2.5 NFPA. Copies of the referenced standards may be obtained from the National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169-7471, (http://www.nfpa.org).

 

 

 

 

NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code, 1999 Edition (see 702.1 and 809.5.2).

 

NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code, 2002 Edition (see 702.1 and 809.5.2).

 

 

 

 

106 Definitions

 

3.5 Definitions.

 

120-3-20-.06 Definitions.

Unless a different meaning is required by the context, the following terms as used in these rules and regulations shall have the meaning hereinafter respectively ascribed to them. Where terms are not defined, they shall have their ordinarily accepted meaning or such as context applies unless defined in O.C.G.A. Title 30 Chapter 3.

 

Words used in the present tense included the future; Words used in the masculine gender includes the feminine and neuter; the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular.

 

 

 

 

(a ) Above Finished Floor (A.F.F.) means the distance above the finish floor surface.

 

 

106.1 General. For the purpose of this document, the terms defined in 106.5 have the indicated meaning.

 

 

 

 

106.2 Terms Defined in Referenced Standards. Terms not defined in 106.5 or in regulations issued by the Department of Justice and the Department of

Transportation to implement the Americans with Disabilities Act, but specifically defined in a referenced standard, shall have the specified meaning from the referenced standard unless otherwise stated.

 

 

 

 

106.3 Undefined Terms. The meaning of terms not specifically defined in 106.5 or in regulations issued by the Department of Justice and the Department of Transportation to implement the Americans with Disabilities Act or in referenced standards shall be as defined by collegiate dictionaries in the sense that the context implies.

 

 

 

 

106.4 Interchangeability. Words, terms and phrases used in the singular include the plural and those used in the plural include the singular.

 

 

 

 

106.5 Defined Terms.

 

 

 

 

 

Access Aisle. An accessible pedestrian space between elements, such as parking spaces, seating, and desks, that provides clearances appropriate for use of the elements.

 

(b) Access Aisle. An accessible pedestrian space between elements, such as parking spaces, seating, and desks, that provides clearances appropriate for use of the elements.

 

The 2010 Standards do not include this definition because it is not necessary.

Accessible. A site, building, facility, or portion thereof that complies with this part.

 

Accessible. Describes a site, building, facility, or portion thereof that complies with these guidelines.

 

(c) Accessible. Describes a site, building, facility, or portion thereof that complies with these regulations.

 

 

Accessible Element. An element specified by these guidelines (for example, telephone, controls, and the like).

 

(d) Accessible Element. An element specified by these regulations (i.e., telephone, controls).

            

 

Accessible Means of Egress. A continuous and unobstructed way of egress travel from any point in a building or facility that provides an accessible route to an area of refuge, a horizontal exit, or a public way.

 

 

 

 

 

Accessible Route. A continuous unobstructed path connecting all accessible elements and spaces of a building or facility. Interior accessible routes may include corridors, floors, ramps, elevators, lifts, and clear floor space at fixtures. Exterior accessible routes may include parking access aisles, curb ramps, crosswalks at vehicular ways, walks, ramps, and lifts.

 

(e) Accessible Route. A continuous unobstructed path connecting all accessible elements and spaces of a building or facility. Interior accessible routes may include corridors, floors, ramps, elevators, lifts, and clear floor space at fixtures. Exterior accessible routes may include parking access aisles, curb ramps, crosswalks at vehicular ways, walks, ramps, and lifts.

 

 

 

Accessible Space. Space that complies with these guidelines.

 

(f) Accessible Space.  Space that complies with these regulations.

 

 

Adaptability. The ability of certain building spaces and elements, such as kitchen counters, sinks, and grab bars, to be added or altered so as to accommodate the needs of individuals with or without disabilities or to accommodate the needs of persons with different types or degrees of disability.

 

(g) Adaptability. The ability of certain building spaces and elements, such as kitchen counters, sinks, and grab bars, to be added or altered so as to accommodate the needs of individuals with or without disabilities or to accommodate the needs of persons with different types or degrees of disability.

This term is defined but never used in the 1994 Standards.

Addition. An expansion, extension, or increase in the gross floor area or height of a building or facility.

 

Addition. An expansion, extension, or increase in the gross floor area of a building or facility.

 

(h) Addition. An expansion, extension, or increase in the gross floor area of a building or facility.

 

Administrative Authority. A governmental agency that adopts or enforces regulations and guidelines for the design, construction, or alteration of buildings and facilities.

 

Administrative Authority. A governmental agency that adopts or enforces regulations and guidelines for the design, construction, or alteration of buildings and facilities.

 

(i) Administrative Authority. A governmental agency that adopts or enforces regulations and regulations for the design, construction, or alteration of buildings and facilities.

 

Alteration. A change to a building or facility that affects or could affect the usability of the building or facility or portion thereof. Alterations include, but are not limited to, remodeling, renovation, rehabilitation, reconstruction,

historic restoration, resurfacing of circulation paths or vehicular ways, changes or rearrangement of the structural parts or elements, and changes or rearrangement in the plan configuration of walls and full-height partitions.

 

Normal maintenance, reroofing, painting or wallpapering, or changes to mechanical and electrical systems are not alterations unless they affect the usability of the building or facility.

 

Alteration. An alteration is a change to a building or facility made by, on behalf of, or for the use of a public accommodation or commercial facility, that affects or could affect the usability of the building or facility or part thereof. Alterations include, but are not limited to, remodeling, renovation, rehabilitation, reconstruction, historic restoration, changes or rearrangement of the structural parts or elements, and changes or rearrangement in the plan configuration of walls and full-height partitions. Normal maintenance, reroofing, painting or wallpapering, or changes to mechanical and electrical systems are not alterations unless they affect the usability of the building or facility.

 

(j) Alteration. An alteration is a change to a building or facility made by, on behalf of, or for the use of a public accommodation or commercial facility, that affects or could affect the usability of the building or facility or part thereof. Alterations include, but are not limited to, remodeling, renovation, rehabilitation, reconstruction, historic restoration, changes or rearrangement of the structural parts or elements, and changes or rearrangement in the plan configuration of walls and full-height partitions. Normal maintenance, re-roofing, painting or wallpapering, or changes to mechanical and electrical systems are not alterations unless they affect the usability of the building or facility.

 

Amusement Attraction. Any facility, or portion of a facility, located within an amusement park or theme park which provides amusement without the use of an amusement device. Amusement attractions include, but are not limited to, fun houses, barrels, and other attractions without seats.

 

See Appendix 3.5

 

 

Amusement Ride. A system that moves persons through a fixed course within a defined area for the purpose of amusement.

 

See Appendix 3.5

Amusement Ride Seat. A seat that is built-in or mechanically fastened to an amusement ride intended to be occupied by one or more passengers.

 

See Appendix 3.5

 

Area of Rescue Assistance. An area, which has direct access to an exit, where people who are unable to use stairs may remain temporarily in safety to await further instructions or assistance during emergency evacuation.

 

(k) Area of Rescue Assistance. An area, which has direct access to an exit, where people who are unable to use stairs may remain temporarily in safety to await further instructions or assistance during emergency evacuation. The area of rescue assistance space shall protected from fire or smoke, separated from all other spaces in the same building or an adjacent building that permits a delay in egress travel from any level.

 

 

Area of Sport Activity. That portion of a room or space where the play or practice of a sport occurs.

 

See Appendix 3.5

 

 

Assembly Area. A building or facility, or portion thereof, used for the purpose of entertainment, educational or civic gatherings, or similar purposes. For the purposes of these requirements, assembly areas include, but are not limited to, classrooms, lecture halls, courtrooms, public meeting rooms, public hearing rooms, legislative chambers, motion picture houses, auditoria, theaters, playhouses, dinner theaters, concert halls, centers for the performing arts,

amphitheaters, arenas, stadiums, grandstands, or convention centers.

 

Assembly Area. A room or space accommodating a group of individuals for recreational, educational, political, social, civic, or amusement purposes, or for the consumption of food and drink.

 

(l) Assembly Area. A room or space accommodating a group of individuals for recreational, educational, political, social, or amusement purposes, or for the consumption of food and drink.

 

 

 

(m) Assistive. An electrical, hydraulic, or mechanical means of increasing power.

 

 

Assistive Listening System (ALS). An amplification system utilizing transmitters, receivers, and coupling devices to bypass the acoustical space between a sound source and a listener by means of induction loop, radio frequency, infrared, or direct-wired equipment.

 

 

 

 

 

Automatic Door. A door equipped with a power-operated mechanism and controls that open and close the door automatically upon receipt of a momentary actuating signal.  The switch that begins the automatic cycle may be a photoelectric device, floor mat, or manual switch (see power-assisted door).

 

(n) Automatic Door. A door equipped with a power-operated mechanism and controls that open and close the door automatically upon receipt of a momentary actuating signal. The switch that begins the automatic cycle may be a photoelectric device, floor mat, or manual switch.

 

Boarding Pier. A portion of a pier where a boat is temporarily secured for the purpose of embarking or disembarking.

 

See Appendix 3.5

 

 

Boat Launch Ramp. A sloped surface designed for launching and retrieving trailered boats and other water craft to and from a body of water.

 

See Appendix 3.5

 

 

Boat Slip. That portion of a pier, main pier, finger pier, or float where a boat is moored for the purpose of berthing, embarking, or disembarking.

 

See Appendix 3.5

 

 

 

 

(o) Bollard. One of a series of short posts, used for excluding motor vehicles from pedestrian way.

 

 

Building. Any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy.

 

Building. Any structure used and intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy.

 

(p) Building. Any structure used and intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy.

 

 

Catch Pool. A pool or designated section of a pool used as a terminus for water slide flumes.

 

See Appendix 3.5

 

 

Characters. Letters, numbers, punctuation marks and typographic symbols.

 

 

 

 

Children's Use. Describes spaces and elements specifically designed for use primarily by people 12 years old and younger.

 

 

 

 

Circulation Path. An exterior or interior way of passage provided for pedestrian travel, including but not limited to, walks, hallways, courtyards, elevators, platform lifts, ramps, stairways, and landings.

 

Circulation Path. An exterior or interior way of passage from one place to another for pedestrians, including, but not limited to, walks, hallways, courtyards, stairways, and stair landings.

(q) Circulation Path. An exterior or interior way of passage from one place to another for pedestrians, including, but not limited to, walks, hallways, courtyards, stairways, and stair landings.

 

 

Clear. Unobstructed.

 

(r) Clear. Unobstructed.

 

 

Clear Floor Space. The minimum unobstructed floor or ground space required to accommodate a single, stationary wheelchair and occupant.

 

(s) Clear Floor Space. The minimum unobstructed floor or ground space required to accommodate a single, stationary wheelchair and occupant.

 

Closed-Circuit Telephone. A telephone with a dedicated line such as a house phone, courtesy phone or phone that must be used to gain entry to a facility.

 

Closed Circuit Telephone. A telephone with dedicated line(s) such as a house phone, courtesy phone or phone that must be used to gain entrance to a facility.

 

(t) Closed Circuit Telephone. A telephone with dedicated line(s) such as a house phone, courtesy phone or phone that must be used to gain entrance to a facility.

 

 

 

(u) Commissioner means the Safety Fire Commissioner provided for in Chapter 2 of Title 25.

 

 

 

Commercial Facilities.  (28 C.F.R. ¤ 36.104).  Commercial facilities means facilities --

  (1) Whose operations will affect commerce;

  (2) That are intended for nonresidential use by a private entity; and

  (3) That are not --

    (i) Facilities that are not covered or expressly exempted from coverage under the Fair Housing Act of 1968, as amended (42 U.S.C. 3601-3631);

    (ii) Aircraft; or

    (iii) Railroad locomotives, railroad freight cars, railroad cabooses, commuter or intercity passenger rail cars (including coaches, dining cars, sleeping cars, lounge cars, and food service cars), and any other railroad cars described in section 242 of the Act or covered under title II of the Act, or railroad rights-of-way.  For purposes of this definition, "rail" and "railroad" have the meaning given the term "railroad" in section 202(e) of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 431(e)).

 

 

 

Commercial facilities located in private residences.  (28 C.F.R. ¤ 36.401(b)).

  (1) When a commercial facility is located in a private residence, the portion of the residence used exclusively as a residence is not covered by this subpart, but that portion used both for the commercial facility and for residential purposes is covered by the new construction and alterations requirements of this subpart.

  (2) The portion of the residence covered under paragraph (b)(1) of this section extends to those elements used to enter the commercial facility, including the homeowner's front sidewalk, if any, the door or entryway, and hallways; and those portions of the residence, interior or exterior, available to or used by employees or visitors of the commercial facility, including restrooms.

 

 

Common Use. Interior or exterior circulation paths, rooms, spaces, or elements that are not for public use and are made available for the shared use of two or more people.

 

Common Use. Interior or exterior circulation paths, rooms, spaces, or elements that are not for public use and are made available for the shared use of two or more people

(v) Common Use. Refers to those interior and exterior rooms, spaces, or elements that are made available for the use of a restricted group of people (for example, occupants of a homeless shelter, the occupants of an office building, or the guests of such occupants).

 

 

 

(w) Covered Multi Family Dwelling means a building which had occupancy after March 31, 1993, and consists of four or more units and has an elevator or the ground floor units of a building which consists of four or more units and does not have an elevator.

 

 

Cross Slope. The slope that is perpendicular to the direction of travel (see running slope).

 

Cross Slope. The slope that is perpendicular to the direction of travel (see running slope).

(x) Cross Slope. The slope that is perpendicular to the direction of travel (see running slope).

 

 

Curb Ramp. A short ramp cutting through a curb or built up to it.

 

Curb Ramp. A short ramp cutting through a curb or built up to it.

 

(y) Curb Ramp. A short ramp cutting through a curb or built up to it.

 

Detectable Warning. A standardized surface feature built in or applied to walking surfaces or other elements to warn of hazards on a circulation path.

 

Detectable Warning. A standardized surface feature built in or applied to walking surfaces or other elements to warn visually impaired people of hazards on a circulation path.

 

(z) Detectable Warning. A standardized surface feature built in or applied to walking surfaces or other elements to warn visually impaired people of hazards on a circulation path.

 

 

 

Disability.  (28 C.F.R ¤ 36.104).  Disability means, with respect to an individual, a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the major life activities of such individual; a record of such an impairment; or being regarded as having such an impairment.

 

 

 

Dwelling Unit. A single unit which provides a kitchen or food preparation area, in addition to rooms and spaces for living, bathing, sleeping, and the like. Dwelling units include a single family home or a townhouse used as a transient group home; an apartment building used as a shelter; guestrooms in a hotel that provide sleeping accommodations and food preparation areas; and other similar facilities used on a transient basis. For purposes of these guidelines, use of the term "Dwelling Unit" does not imply the unit is used as a residence.

 

(aa) Dwelling Unit. A single unit which provides a kitchen or food preparation area, in addition to rooms and spaces for living, bathing, sleeping, and the like. Dwelling units include a single family home or a town house used as a transient group home; an apartment building used as a shelter; guest rooms in a hotel that provide sleeping accommodations and food preparation areas; and other similar facilities used on a transient basis. For purposes of these regulations, use of the term "Dwelling Unit" does not imply the unit is used as a residence.

 

 

Egress, Means of. A continuous and unobstructed way of exit travel from any point in a building or facility to a public way. A means of egress comprises vertical and horizontal travel and may include intervening room spaces, doorways, hallways, corridors, passageways, balconies, ramps, stairs, enclosures, lobbies, horizontal exits, courts and yards. An accessible means of egress is one that complies with these guidelines and does not include stairs, steps, or escalators. Areas of rescue assistance or evacuation elevators may be included as part of accessible means of egress.

 

(bb) Egress, Means of. A continuous and unobstructed way of exit travel from any point in a building or facility to a public way. A means of egress comprises vertical and horizontal travel and may include intervening room spaces, doorways, hallways, corridors, passageways, balconies, ramps, stairs, enclosures, lobbies, horizontal exits, courts and yards. An accessible means of egress is one that complies with these regulations and does not include stairs, steps, or escalators . Area of rescue assistance or evacuation elevators may be included as part of accessible means of egress.

 

Element. An architectural or mechanical component of a building, facility, space, or site.

 

Element. An architectural or mechanical component of a building, facility, space, or site, e.g., telephone, curb ramp, door, drinking fountain, seating, or water closet.

 

 

 

Elevated Play Component. A play component that is approached above or below grade and that is part of a composite play structure consisting of two or more play components attached or functionally linked to create an integrated unit providing more than one play activity.

 

See Appendix 3.5

 

 

Employee Work Area. All or any portion of a space used only by employees and used only for work. Corridors, toilet rooms, kitchenettes and break rooms are not employee work areas.

 

 

 

 

Entrance. Any access point to a building or portion of a building or facility used for the purpose of entering. An entrance includes the approach walk, the vertical access leading to the entrance platform, the entrance platform itself, vestibule if provided, the entry door or gate, and the hardware of the entry door or gate.[6]

 

Entrance. Any access point to a building or portion of a building or facility used for the purpose of entering. An entrance includes the approach walk, the vertical access leading to the entrance platform, the entrance platform itself, vestibules if provided, the entry door(s) or gate(s), and the hardware of the entry door(s) or gate(s).

 

(cc) Entrance. Any access point to a building or portion of a building or facility used for the purpose of entering. An entrance includes the approach walk, the vertical access leading to the entrance platform, the entrance platform itself, vestibules if provided, the entry door(s) or gate(s), and the hardware of the entry door(s) or gate(s).

 

 

 

(dd) Essential Features. Those elements and spaces that make a building or facility usable by, or serve the needs of, its occupants or users. Essential features include but are not limited to entrances, toilet rooms, and accessible routes.

 

 

Facility. All or any portion of buildings, structures, site improvements, elements, and pedestrian routes or vehicular ways located on a site.

 

Facility. All or any portion of buildings, structures, site improvements, complexes, equipment, roads, walks, passageways, parking lots, or other real or personal property located on a site.

 

(ee) Facilities shall include, but is not limited to, all or any portion of buildings, structures, site improvements, complexes, equipment, roads, walks, walkways, passageways, sidewalks, curbing, parking lots, parks, stadiums, coliseums, and any other man made or developed area used by the public or other real or personal property located on a site.

 

 

Gangway. A variable-sloped pedestrian walkway that links a fixed structure or land with a floating structure. Gangways that connect to vessels are not addressed by this document.

 

See Appendix 3.5

 

 

Golf Car Passage. A continuous passage on which a motorized golf car can operate.

 

See Appendix 3.5

 

 

 

 

(ff) Government Buildings means all buildings, structures, streets, sidewalks, walkways, and access thereto, which are used by the public or in which persons with disabilities or elderly persons may be employed, that are constructed, leased, or renovated in whole or in part by use of state, county, or municipal funds or the funds of any political subdivisions of the state, and, to the extent not required otherwise by federal law or regulations and not beyond the power of the state to regulate, all buildings and structures used by the public which are constructed or renovated in whole or in part by use of federal funds.

 

 

 

Ground Floor. Any occupiable floor less than one story above or below grade with direct access to grade. A building or facility always has at least one ground floor and may have more than one ground floor as where a split level entrance has been provided or where a building is built into a hillside.

 

(gg) Ground Floor. Any occupiable floor less than one story above or below grade with direct access to grade. A building or facility always has at least one ground floor and may have more than one ground floor as where a split level entrance has been provided or where a building is built into a hillside.

The 2010 Standards do not use this term.

Ground Level Play Component. A play component that is approached and exited at the ground level.

 

See Appendix 3.5

 

 

 

 

(hh) Infeasible means where structural conditions in an existing building or facility make it virtually impossible to meet the accessibility requirements for alterations, those accessibly requirements will be deemed Òtechnically infeasible.Ó For example, the removal or altering of a load-bearing member in order to provide accessibility would be infeasible.

 

 

Key Station. Rapid and light rail stations, and commuter rail stations, as defined under criteria established by the Department of Transportation in 49 CFR 37.47 and 49 CFR 37.51, respectively.

 

 

 

 

Mail Boxes. Receptacles for the receipt of documents, packages, or other deliverable matter. Mail boxes include, but are not limited to, post office boxes and receptacles provided by commercial mail-receiving agencies, apartment facilities, or schools.

 

 

 

 

Marked Crossing. A crosswalk or other identified path intended for pedestrian use in crossing a vehicular way.

 

Marked Crossing. A crosswalk or other identified path intended for pedestrian use in crossing a vehicular way.

 

(jj) Marked Crossing. A crosswalk or other identified path intended for pedestrian use in crossing a vehicular way.

 

 

Maximum Extent Feasible.  (28 C.F.R. ¤ 36.402(c)).  The phrase, "to the maximum extent feasible," as used in this section, applies to the occasional case where the nature of an existing facility makes it virtually impossible to comply fully with applicable accessibility standards through a planned alteration.  In these circumstances, the alteration shall provide the maximum physical accessibility feasible.  Any altered features of the facility that can be made accessible shall be made accessible.  If providing accessibility in conformance with this section to individuals with certain disabilities (e.g., those who use wheelchairs) would not be feasible, the facility shall be made accessible to persons with other types of disabilities (e.g., those who use crutches, those who have impaired vision or hearing, or those who have other impairments).

 

 

Mezzanine. An intermediate level or levels between the floor and ceiling of any story with an aggregate floor area of not more than one-third of the area of the room or space in which the level or levels are located. Mezzanines have sufficient elevation that space for human occupancy can be provided on the floor below.

 

Mezzanine or Mezzanine Floor. That portion of a story which is an intermediate floor level placed within the story and having occupiable space above and below its floor.

 

(ii) Mezzanine or Mezzanine Floor. That portion of a story which is an intermediate floor level placed within the story and having occupiable space above and below its floor.

The 2010 Standards specify an elevation that can provide space for human occupancy below; the 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code further specify that space must be occupiable. 

 

Multifamily Dwelling. Any building containing more than two dwelling units.

 

(kk) Multifamily Dwelling. Any building containing more than two dwelling units.

This term is defined but never used in the 1994 Standards.

 

Occupiable. A room or enclosed space designed for human occupancy in which individuals congregate for amusement, educational or similar purposes, or in which occupants are engaged at labor, and which is equipped with means of egress, light, and ventilation.

 

(ll) Occupiable. A room or enclosed space designed for human occupancy in which individuals congregate for amusement, educational or similar purposes, or in which occupants are engaged at labor, and which is equipped with means of egress, light, and ventilation.

 

Occupant Load. The number of persons for which the means of egress of a building or portion of a building is designed.

 

 

 

 

Operable Part. A component of an element used to insert or withdraw objects, or to activate, deactivate, or adjust the element.

 

Operable Part. A part of a piece of equipment or appliance used to insert or withdraw objects, or to activate, deactivate, or adjust the equipment or appliance (for example, coin slot, pushbutton, handle).

(mm) Operable Part. A part of a piece of equipment or appliance used to insert or withdraw objects, or to activate, deactivate, or adjust the equipment or appliance (for example, coin slot, push button, handle).

 

 

 

Path of Travel. (Reserved).

 

(oo) Path of Travel. Is a continuous, unobstructed route by which the primary function area can be approached, entered, and exited, and which connects the area with the entrance to the facility and other parts of the facility.

 

 

Pictogram. A pictorial symbol that represents activities, facilities, or concepts.

 

 

 

 

 

Place of Public Accommodation.  (28 C.F.R. ¤ 36.104).  Place of public accommodation means a facility, operated by a private entity, whose operations affect commerce and fall within at least one of the following categories --

  (1) An inn, hotel, motel, or other place of lodging, except for an establishment located within a building that contains not more than five rooms for rent or hire and that is actually occupied by the proprietor of the establishment as the residence of the proprietor;

  (2) A restaurant, bar, or other establishment serving food or drink;

  (3) A motion picture house, theater, concert hall, stadium, or other place of exhibition or entertainment;

  (4) An auditorium, convention center, lecture hall, or other place of public gathering;

  (5) A bakery, grocery store, clothing store, hardware store, shopping center, or other sales or rental establishment;

  (6) A laundromat, dry-cleaner, bank, barber shop, beauty shop, travel service, shoe repair service, funeral parlor, gas station, office of an accountant or lawyer, pharmacy, insurance office, professional office of a health care provider, hospital, or other service establishment;

  (7) A terminal, depot, or other station used for specified public transportation;

  (8) A museum, library, gallery, or other place of public display or collection;

  (9) A park, zoo, amusement park, or other place of recreation;

  (10) A nursery, elementary, secondary, undergraduate, or postgraduate private school, or other place of education;

  (11) A day care center, senior citizen center, homeless shelter, food bank, adoption agency, or other social service center establishment; and

  (12) A gymnasium, health spa, bowling alley, golf course, or other place of exercise or recreation.

 

 

Play Area. A portion of a site containing play components designed and constructed for children.

 

 

See Appendix 3.5

 

 

Play Component. An element intended to generate specific opportunities for play, socialization, or learning. Play components are manufactured or natural; and are stand-alone or part of a composite play structure.

 

See Appendix 3.5

 

 

 

Power-assisted Door. A door used for human passage with a mechanism that helps to open the door, or relieves the opening resistance of a door, upon the activation of a switch or a continued force applied to the door itself.

 

(pp) Power-assisted Door. A door used for human passage with a mechanism that helps to open the door, or relieves the opening resistance of a door, upon the activation of a switch or a continued force applied to the door itself.

 

 

Primary Function.  (28 C.F.R. ¤ 36.403(b)).  A "primary function" is a major activity for which the facility is intended.  Areas that contain a primary function include, but are not limited to, offices and other work areas in which the activities of the public accommodation or other private entity using the facility are carried out.  Mechanical rooms, boiler rooms, supply storage rooms, employee lounges or locker rooms, janitorial closets, entrances, corridors, and restrooms are not areas containing a primary function.

 

 

Private Building or Facility. A place of public accommodation or a commercial building or facility subject to title III of the ADA and 28 CFR part 36 or a transportation building or facility subject to title III of the ADA and 49 CFR 37.45.

 

See Appendix 3.5

 

The 2010 Standards provide this definition to clarify scoping requirements that are different for Title II and Title III entities.

 

Professional Office of a Health Care Provider.  (28 C.F.R. ¤ 36.401(d)(i)).  A location where a person or entity, regulated by a State to provide professional services related to the physical or mental health of an individual, makes such services available to the public.  The facility housing the "professional office of a health care provider" only includes floor levels housing at least one health care provider, or any floor level designed or intended for use by at least one health care provider.

 

Public Building or Facility. A building or facility or portion of a building or facility designed, constructed, or altered by, on behalf of, or for the use of a public entity subject to title II of the ADA and 28 CFR part 35 or to title II of the ADA and 49 CFR 37.41 or 37.43.

 

See Appendix 3.5

(qq) Public Buildings means all buildings, structures, streets, sidewalks, walkways, and access thereto, which are used by the public or in which persons with disabilities or elderly persons may be employed, that are constructed or renovated by the use of private funds, including rental apartment complexes of twenty or more units or more and temporary lodging facilities of 20 units or more, but excluding covered multifamily dwellings; provided, however, that this chapter shall require fully accessible adaptable units in only 2 percent of the total rental apartments, or a minimum of one, whichever is greater, and this chapter shall apply to only 5 percent of the total temporary lodging units, or a minimum of one, whichever is greater; provided, further that this chapter shall not apply to a private single-family residence or to duplexes or any complex containing less than 20 units, or residential condominiums. Fifty percent of the fully accessible or adaptable rental apartment units required by this paragraph shall be adaptable for a roll in shower stall.

 

Public Entrance. An entrance that is not a service entrance or a restricted entrance.

 

 

 

 

Public Use. Interior or exterior rooms, spaces, or elements that are made available to the public. Public use may be provided at a building or facility that is privately or publicly owned.

 

Public Use. Describes interior or exterior rooms or spaces that are made available to the general public. Public use may be provided at a building or facility that is privately or publicly owned.

 

(rr) Public Use. Describes interior or exterior rooms or spaces that are made available to the general public. Public use may be provided at a building or facility that is privately or publicly owned.

 

Public Way. Any street, alley or other parcel of land open to the outside air leading to a public street, which has been deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated to the public for public use and which has a clear width and height of not less than 10 feet (3050 mm).

 

 

 

 

Qualified Historic Building or Facility. A building or facility that is listed in or eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places, or designated as historic under an appropriate State or local law.

 

4.1.7(1)(b) Definition. A qualified historic building or facility is a building or facility that is:

(i) Listed in or eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places; or

(ii) Designated as historic under an appropriate State or local law.

 

(b) A qualified historic building or facility is a building or facility that is:

(i) Listed in or eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places; or

(ii) Designated as historic under an appropriate State or local law.

 

Ramp. A walking surface that has a running slope steeper than 1:20.

 

Ramp. A walking surface which has a running slope greater than 1:20.

 

(ss) Ramp. A walking surface which has a running slope greater than 1:20.

 

 

 

(tt) Reasonable Number for all government buildings, public buildings, and facilities receiving permits for construction or renovation after July 1, 1995, as used in Code Section 30-3-4, shall meet the number as established by ADAAG.

 

 

 

 

(uu) Renovation means:

(a) if any specific component of an elevator is replaced or moved from its existing location to a different location, then the specific component shall be required to meet the ANSI A117.1 standard, as specified in this Code Section, as it applies to that specific component, including an accessible route as defined in the ANSI A117.1 Standard;

 

(b) Any component of a building, structure, or facility, which is replaced, except for the purpose of repair, or moved, shall be required to meet the ANSI A117.1 Standard as specified in this Code Section, including an accessible route as defined in the ANSI A117.1 Standard; or

 

(c) The resurfacing, rest ripping, or repainting of any parking facility, whether or not such resurfacing, rest ripping, repainting is required to have a permit from the appropriate political subdivision.

 

 

Residential Dwelling Unit. A unit intended to be used as a residence, that is primarily long-term in nature. Residential dwelling units do not include transient lodging, inpatient medical care, licensed long-term care, and detention or correctional facilities.

 

 

 

 

Restricted Entrance. An entrance that is made available for common use on a controlled basis but not public use and that is not a service entrance.

 

 

 

 

Running Slope. The slope that is parallel to the direction of travel (see cross slope).

 

Running Slope. The slope that is parallel to the direction of travel (see cross slope).

 

(vv) Running Slope. The slope that is parallel to the direction of travel (see cross slope).

 

Self-Service Storage. Building or facility designed and used for the purpose of renting or leasing individual storage spaces to customers for the purpose of storing and removing personal property on a self-service basis.

 

 

 

 

Service Entrance. An entrance intended primarily for delivery of goods or services.

 

Service Entrance. An entrance intended primarily for delivery of goods or services.

(rr) Service Entrance. An entrance intended primarily for delivery of goods or services.

 

 

Signage. Displayed verbal, symbolic, tactile, and pictorial information.

 

(ss) Signage. Displayed verbal, symbolic, tactile, and pictorial information.

 

Site. A parcel of land bounded by a property line or a designated portion of a public right-of-way.

 

Site. A parcel of land bounded by a property line or a designated portion of a public right-of-way.

(tt) Site. A parcel of land bounded by a property line or a designated portion of a public right-of-way.

 

 

Site Improvement. Landscaping, paving for pedestrian and vehicular ways, outdoor lighting, recreational facilities, and the like, added to a site.

 

(uu) Site Improvement. Landscaping, paving for pedestrian and vehicular ways, outdoor lighting, recreational facilities, and the like, added to a site.

The 1994 Standards use this term only in the definition of ÒfacilityÓ, and not in the requirements themselves.

 

Sleeping Accommodations. Rooms in which people sleep; for example, dormitory and hotel or motel guest rooms or suites.

 

(vv) Sleeping Accommodations. Rooms in which people sleep; for example, dormitory and hotel or motel guest rooms or suites.

 

Soft Contained Play Structure. A play structure made up of one or more play components where the user enters a fully enclosed play environment that utilizes pliable materials, such as plastic, netting, or fabric.

 

See Appendix 3.5

 

 

Space. A definable area, such as a room, toilet room, hall, assembly area, entrance, storage room, alcove, courtyard, or lobby.

 

Space. A definable area, e.g., room, toilet room, hall, assembly area, entrance, storage room, alcove, courtyard, or lobby.

 

(ww) Space. A definable area, e.g., room, toilet room, hall, assembly area, entrance, storage room, alcove, courtyard, or lobby.

 

 

Specified Public Transportation.  (28 C.F.R. ¤ 36.104).  Transportation by bus, rail, or any other conveyance (other than by aircraft) that provides the general public with general or special service (including charter service) on a regular and continuing basis.

 

 

Story. That portion of a building or facility designed for human occupancy included between the upper surface of a floor and upper surface of the floor or roof next above. A story containing one or more mezzanines has more than one floor level.

 

Story. That portion of a building included between the upper surface of a floor and upper surface of the floor or roof next above. If such portion of a building does not include occupiable space, it is not considered a story for purposes of these guidelines. There may be more than one floor level within a story as in the case of a mezzanine or mezzanines.

 

(xx) Story. That portion of a building included between the upper surface of a floor and upper surface of the floor or roof next above. If such portion of a building does not include occupiable space, it is not considered a story for purposes of these regulations. There may be more than one floor level within a story as in the case of a mezzanine or mezzanines.

 

Structural Frame. The columns and the girders, beams, and trusses having direct connections to the columns and all other members that are essential to the stability of the building or facility as a whole.

 

Structural Frame. The structural frame shall be considered to be the columns and the girders, beams, trusses and spandrels having direct connections to the columns and all other members which are essential to the stability of the building as a whole.

 

(yy) Structural Frame. The structural frame shall be considered to be the columns and the girders, beams, trusses and spandrels having direct connections to the columns and all other members which are essential to the stability of the building as a whole.

 

 

 

(zz) Structural impracticability means only in those rare circumstances when the unique characteristics of terrain prevent the incorporation of accessibility features.  Changes having little likelihood of being accomplished without removing or altering a load-bearing structural member and/or incurring an increase cost of 50 percent or more of the value of the element of the building or facility involved.

 

 

Tactile. An object that can be perceived using the sense of touch.

 

Tactile. Describes an object that can be perceived using the sense of touch.

 

(aaa)Tactile. Describes an object that can be perceived using the sense of touch.

 

 

 

(bbb)Tactile Warning. A standardized surface texture applied to or built into walking surfaces or other elements to warn visually impaired people of hazards in the path of travel.

 

 

Technically Infeasible. With respect to an alteration of a building or a facility, something that has little likelihood of being accomplished because existing structural conditions would require removing or altering a load-bearing

member that is an essential part of the structural frame; or because other existing physical or site constraints prohibit modification or addition of elements, spaces, or features that are in full and strict compliance with the minimum requirements.

 

4.1.6(1)(j) Technically Infeasible. Means, with respect to an alteration of a building or a facility, that it has little likelihood of being accomplished because existing structural conditions would require removing or altering a load-bearing member which is an essential part of the structural frame; or because other existing physical or site constraints prohibit modification or addition of elements, spaces, or features which are in full and strict compliance with the minimum requirements for new construction and which are necessary to provide accessibility.

 

See also Appendix 3.5

 

(ccc ) Technically Infeasible. Means, with respect to an alteration of a building or facility, that it has little likelihood of being accomplished because of existing structural conditions would require removing or altering a load bearing member which is an essential part of the structural frame; or because other existing physical or site constraints prohibit modification or addition of elements, spaces, or features which are in full and strict compliance with the minimum requirements for new construction and which are necessary to provide accessibility.

 

Teeing Ground. In golf, the starting place for the hole to be played.

 

See Appendix 3.5

 

 

Transfer Device. Equipment designed to facilitate the transfer of a person from a wheelchair or other mobility aid to and from an amusement ride seat.

 

See Appendix 3.5

 

 

Transient Lodging. A building or facility containing one or more guest room(s) for sleeping that provides accommodations that are primarily short-term in nature. Transient lodging does not include residential dwelling units intended to be used as a residence, inpatient medical care facilities, licensed long-term care facilities, detention or correctional facilities, or private buildings or facilities that contain not more than five rooms for rent or hire and that are actually occupied by the proprietor as the residence of such proprietor.

 

Transient Lodging. A building, facility, or portion thereof, excluding inpatient medical care facilities, that contains one or more dwelling units or sleeping accommodations. Transient lodging may include, but is not limited to, resorts, group homes, hotels, motels, and dormitories.

 

9.1.1 EXCEPTION: Sections 9.1 through 9.4 do not apply to an establishment located within a building that contains not more than five rooms for rent or hire and that is actually occupied by the proprietor of such establishment as the residence of such proprietor.

 

 

(eee) Transient Lodging. A building, facility, or portion thereof, excluding inpatient medical care facilities, that contains one or more dwelling units or sleeping accommodations. Transient lodging may include, but is not limited to, resorts, group homes, hotels, motels, and dormitories.

 

Transition Plate. A sloping pedestrian walking surface located at the end(s) of a gangway.

 

See Appendix 3.5

 

 

TTY. An abbreviation for teletypewriter. Machinery that employs interactive text-based communication through the transmission of coded signals across the telephone network. TTYs may include, for example, devices known as TDDs (telecommunication display devices or telecommunication devices for deaf persons) or computers with special modems. TTYs are also called text telephones.

 

Text Telephone. Machinery or equipment that employs interactive graphic (i.e., typed) communications through the transmission of coded signals across the standard telephone network. Text telephones can include, for example, devices known as TDDs (telecommunication display devices or telecommunication devices for deaf persons) or computers.

 

See also Appendix 3.5

 

(ddd) Text Telephone. Machinery or equipment that employs interactive graphic (i.e., typed) communications through the transmission of coded signals across the standard telephone network. Text telephones can include, for example, devices known as TDD's (telecommunication display devices or telecommunication devices for deaf persons) or computers.

 

Use Zone. The ground level area beneath and immediately adjacent to a play structure or play equipment that is designated by ASTM F 1487 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1) for unrestricted circulation around the play equipment and where it is predicted that a user would land when falling from or exiting the play equipment.

 

See Appendix 3.5

 

 

Vehicular Way. A route provided for vehicular traffic, such as in a street, driveway, or parking facility.

 

Vehicular Way. A route intended for vehicular traffic, such as a street, driveway, or parking lot.

(fff) Vehicular Way. A route intended for vehicular traffic, such as a street, driveway, or parking lot.

 

Walk. An exterior prepared surface for pedestrian use, including pedestrian areas such as plazas and courts.

 

Walk. An exterior pathway with a prepared surface intended for pedestrian use, including general pedestrian areas such as plazas and courts.

 

(ggg) Walk. An exterior pathway with a prepared surface intended for pedestrian use, including general pedestrian areas such as plazas and courts.

 

Wheelchair Space. Space for a single wheelchair and its occupant.

 

 

 

 

Work Area Equipment. Any machine, instrument, engine, motor, pump, conveyor, or other apparatus used to perform work. As used in this document, this term shall apply only to equipment that is permanently installed or built-in in employee work areas. Work area equipment does not include passenger elevators and other accessible means of vertical transportation.[7]

 

 

 

 

201 Application

4. ACCESSIBLE ELEMENTS AND SPACES: SCOPE AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS.

 

 

 

4.1 Minimum Requirements

 

201.1 Scope. All areas of newly designed and newly constructed buildings and facilities and altered portions of existing buildings and facilities shall comply with these requirements.

 

4.1.1 Application.

 

(1) General. All areas of newly designed or newly constructed buildings and facilities required to be accessible by 4.1.2 and 4.1.3 and altered portions of existing buildings and facilities required to be accessible by 4.1.6 shall comply with these guidelines, 4.1 through 4.35, unless otherwise provided in this section or as modified in a special application section.

 

120-3-20-.03 APPLICATION.

(1) General. All areas of newly designed or newly constructed buildings and facilities required to be accessible by Rules 120-3-20-.07 and 120-3-20-.08 and altered portions of existing buildings and facilities required to be accessible by Rule 120-3-20-.11 shall comply with these Regulations, Rules 120-3-20-.03 through 120-3-20-.46, unless otherwise provided in this section or as modified in a special application section.

 

201.2 Application Based on Building or Facility Use. Where a site, building, facility, room, or space contains more than one use, each portion shall comply with the applicable requirements for that use.

 

4.1.1(2) Application Based on Building Use. Special application sections 5 through 10 provide additional requirements for restaurants and cafeterias, medical care facilities, business and mercantile, libraries, accessible transient lodging, and transportation facilities. When a building or facility contains more than one use covered by a special application section, each portion shall comply with the requirements for that use.

 

(2) Application Based on Building Use. Special application rules 120-3-20-.47 thru 120-3-20-.53 provide additional requirements for restaurants and cafeterias, medical care facilities, business and mercantile, libraries, accessible transient lodging, transportation facilities and designing for Children. When a building or facility contains more than one use covered by a special application section, each portion shall comply with the requirements for that use.

 

201.3 Temporary and Permanent Structures. These requirements shall apply to temporary and permanent buildings and facilities.

 

4.1.1(4) Temporary Structures. These guidelines cover temporary buildings or facilities as well as permanent facilities. Temporary buildings and facilities are not of permanent construction but are extensively used or are essential for public use for a period of time. Examples of temporary buildings or facilities covered by these guidelines include, but are not limited to: reviewing stands, temporary classrooms, bleacher areas, exhibit areas, temporary banking facilities, temporary health screening services, or temporary safe pedestrian passageways around a construction site. Structures, sites and equipment directly associated with the actual processes of construction, such as scaffolding, bridging, materials hoists, or construction trailers are not included.

 

(4) Temporary Structures. These regulations cover temporary buildings or facilities as well as permanent facilities. Temporary buildings and facilities are not of permanent construction but are extensively used or are essential for public use for a period of time. Examples of temporary buildings or facilities covered by these regulations include, but are not limited to: reviewing stands, temporary classrooms, bleacher areas, exhibit areas, temporary banking facilities, temporary health screening services, or temporary safe pedestrian passageways around a construction site. Structures, sites and equipment directly associated with the actual processes of construction, such as scaffolding, bridging, materials hoists, or construction trailers are not included.

This section of the 1994 Standards includes examples and explanatory material, as does much of that document.  This type of information was not included in the text of the 2010 Standards but can be found in Advisory 201.3 for Temporary and Permanent Structures.

202 Existing Buildings and Facilities

 

4.1.6 Accessible Buildings: Alterations.

 

 

120-3-20-.11 Accessible Buildings: Alterations.

(1) General. Alterations to existing buildings and facilities shall comply with the following:

 

202.1 General. Additions and alterations to existing buildings or facilities shall comply with 202.

 

4.1.6 (1) General. Alterations to existing buildings and facilities shall comply with the following:

 

 

 

202.2 Additions. Each addition to an existing building or facility shall comply with the requirements for new construction. Each addition that affects or could affect the usability of or access to an area containing a primary function shall comply with 202.4.

 

4.1.5 Accessible Buildings: Additions. Each addition to an existing building or facility shall be regarded as an alteration. Each space or element added to the existing building or facility shall comply with the applicable provisions of 4.1.1 to 4.1.3, Minimum Requirements (for New Construction) and the applicable technical specifications of section 4 and the special application sections. Each addition that affects or could affect the usability of an area containing a primary function shall comply with 4.1.6(2).

 

120-3-20-.10 Accessible Buildings: Additions.

Each addition to an existing building or facility shall be regarded as an alteration.  Each space or element added to the existing building or facility shall comply with the applicable provisions of 120-3-20-.07 to 120-3-20-.08, Minimum Requirements (for New Construction) and the applicable technical specifications of 120-3-20-.13 through 120-3-20-.46 and 120-3-20-.47 through 120-3-20-.53. Each addition that affects or could affect the usability of an area containing a primary function shall comply with 120-3-20-.011.

 

 

202.3 Alterations. Where existing elements or spaces are altered, each altered element or space shall comply with the applicable requirements of Chapter 2.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Unless required by 202.4, where elements or spaces are altered and the circulation path to the altered element or space is not altered, an accessible route shall not be required.

2. In alterations, where compliance with applicable requirements is technically infeasible, the alteration shall comply with the requirements to the maximum extent feasible.

3. Residential dwelling units not required to be accessible in compliance with a standard issued pursuant to the Americans with Disabilities Act or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, shall not be required to comply with 202.3.

 

4.1.6(1)(b) If existing elements, spaces, or common areas are altered, then each such altered element, space, feature, or area shall comply with the applicable provisions of 4.1.1 to 4.1.3 Minimum Requirements (for New Construction). If the applicable provision for new construction requires that an element, space, or common area be on an accessible route, the altered element, space, or common area is not required to be on an accessible route except as provided in 4.1.6(2) (Alterations to an Area Containing a Primary Function.)

 

120-3-20-.11 (b) If existing elements, spaces, or common areas are altered, then each such altered element, space, feature, or area shall comply with the applicable provisions of 120-3-20-.03 to 120-3-20-.08 Minimum Requirements (for New Construction). If the applicable provision for new construction requires that an element, space, or common area be on an accessible route, the altered element, space, or common area is not required to be on an accessible route except as provided in 120-3-20-.011 (2) (Alterations to an Area Containing a Primary Function.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note that the 2010 Standards incorporate the IBC accessible means of egress requirements by reference.  Those Chapter 10 requirements include an exception for existing buildings and facilities (as replicated in 2006 IBC 3409.6, exception 2).

4.1.6(1)(j) EXCEPTION: In alteration work, if compliance with 4.1.6 is technically infeasible, the alteration shall provide accessibility to the maximum extent feasible. Any elements or features of the building or facility that are being altered and can be made accessible shall be made accessible within the scope of the alteration.

 

(j) EXCEPTION: In alteration work, if compliance with 120-3-20-.11 is technically infeasible, the alteration shall provide accessibility to the maximum extent feasible. Any elements or features of the building or facility that are being altered and can be made accessible shall be made accessible within the scope of the alteration.

 

4.1.6(1)(c) If alterations of single elements, when considered together, amount to an alteration of a room or space in a building or facility, the entire space shall be made accessible.

 

120-3-20-.11 (c)If alterations of single elements, when considered together, amount to an alteration of a room or space in a building or facility, the entire space shall be made accessible.

The 1994 Standard provision was not included in the 2010 Standards.

202.3.1 Prohibited Reduction in Access. An alteration that decreases or has the effect of decreasing the accessibility of a building or facility below the requirements for new construction at the time of the alteration is prohibited.

 

4.1.6(1)(a) No alteration shall be undertaken which decreases or has the effect of decreasing accessibility or usability of a building or facility below the requirements for new construction at the time of alteration.

120-3-20-.11 (a) No alteration shall be undertaken which decreases or has the effect of decreasing accessibility or usability of a building or facility below the requirements for new construction at the time of alteration.

 

202.3.2 Extent of Application. An alteration of an existing element, space, or area of a building or facility shall not impose a requirement for accessibility greater than required for new construction.

 

4.1.6(1)(d) No alteration of an existing element, space, or area of a building or facility shall impose a requirement for greater accessibility than that which would be required for new construction. For example, if the elevators and stairs in a building are being altered and the elevators are, in turn, being made accessible, then no accessibility modifications are required to the stairs connecting levels connected by the elevator. If stair modifications to correct unsafe conditions are required by other codes, the modifications shall be done in compliance with these guidelines unless technically infeasible.

 

120-3-20-.11 (d)No alteration of an existing element, space, or area of a building or facility shall impose a requirement for greater accessibility than that which would be required for new construction. For example, if the elevators and stairs in a building are being altered and the elevators are, in turn, being made accessible, then no accessibility modifications are required to the stairs connecting levels connected by the elevator. If stair modifications to correct unsafe conditions are required by other codes, the modifications shall be done in compliance with these regulations unless technically infeasible.

 

202.4 Alterations Affecting Primary Function Areas. In addition to the requirements of 202.3, an alteration that affects or could affect the usability of or access to an area containing a primary function shall be made so as to ensure that, to the maximum extent feasible, the path of travel to the altered area, including the rest rooms, telephones, and drinking fountains serving the altered area, are readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, unless such alterations are disproportionate to the overall alterations in terms of cost and scope as determined under criteria established by the Attorney General. In existing transportation facilities, an area of primary function shall be as defined under regulations published by the Secretary of the Department of Transportation or the Attorney General.

EXCEPTION: Residential dwelling units shall not be required to comply with 202.4.

 

4.1.6(2) Alterations to an Area Containing a Primary Function: In addition to the requirements of 4.1.6(1), an alteration that affects or could affect the usability of or access to an area containing a primary function shall be made so as to ensure that, to the maximum extent feasible, the path of travel to the altered area and the restrooms, telephones, and drinking fountains serving the altered area, are readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, unless such alterations are disproportionate to the overall alterations in terms of cost and scope (as determined under criteria established by the Attorney General).

 

120-3-20-.11 (2) Alterations to an Area Containing a Primary Function: In addition to the requirements of 120-3-20-.11(1), an alteration that affects or could affect the usability of or access to an area containing a primary function shall be made so as to ensure that, to the maximum extent feasible, the path of travel to the altered area and the rest rooms, telephones, and drinking fountains serving the altered area, are readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, unless such alterations are disproportionate to the overall alterations in terms of cost and scope (as determined under criteria established by the U.S. Attorney General).

 

The Attorney General (Department of Justice) specifies that Ò. . . alterations made to provide an accessible path of travel to the altered area will be deemed disproportionate to the overall alterations when the cost exceeds 20% of the cost of the alteration to the primary function area.Ó [28 CFR Part 35, ¤35.151(b)(4)(iii) for Title II entities and 28 CFR Part 36, ¤36.403(f) for Title III entities]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1.6(1)(i) If the alteration work is limited solely to the electrical, mechanical, or plumbing system, or to hazardous material abatement, or automatic sprinkler retrofitting, and does not involve the alteration of any elements or spaces required to be accessible under these guidelines, then 4.1.6(2) does not apply.

 

120-3-20-.11 (i) If the alteration work is limited solely to the electrical, mechanical, or plumbing system, or to hazardous material abatement, or automatic sprinkler retro-fitting, and does not involve the alteration of any elements or spaces required to be accessible under these regulations, then 120-3-20-.11(2) does not apply.

 

 

4.1.6(1)(e) At least one interior public text telephone complying with 4.31.9 shall be provided if:

 

(i) alterations to existing buildings or facilities with less than four exterior or interior public pay telephones would increase the total number to four or more telephones with at least one in an interior location; or

 

(ii) alterations to one or more exterior or interior public pay telephones occur in an existing building or facility with four or more public telephones with at least one in an interior location.

 

120-3-20-.11 (e)At least one interior public text telephone complying with 120-3-20-.42 shall be provided if:

(i) alterations to existing buildings or facilities with less than four exterior or interior public pay telephones would increase the total number to four or more telephones with at least one in an interior location; or

(ii) Alterations to one or more exterior or interior public pay telephones occur in an existing building or facility with four or more public telephones with at least one in an interior location.

 

 

4.1.6 (3) Special Technical Provisions for Alterations to Existing Buildings and Facilities:

  (a) Ramps: Curb ramps and interior or exterior ramps to be constructed on sites or in existing buildings or facilities where space limitations prohibit the use of a 1:12 slope or less may have slopes and rises as follows:

    (i) A slope between 1:10 and 1:12 is allowed for a maximum rise of 6 inches.

    (ii) A slope between 1:8 and 1:10 is allowed for a maximum rise of 3 inches.  A slope steeper than 1:8 is not allowed.

120-3-20-.11 (3) Special Technical Provisions for Alterations to Existing Buildings and Facilities:

(a) Ramps: Curb ramps and interior or exterior ramps to be constructed on sites or in existing buildings or facilities where space limitations prohibit the use of a 1:12 slope or less may have slopes and rises as follows:

(i) A slope between 1:10 and 1:12 is allowed for a maximum rise of 6 inches.

 

(ii)A slope between 1:8 and 1:10 is allowed for a maximum rise of 3 inches. A slope steeper than 1:8 is not allowed

 

 

 

4.1.6 (3) (b) Stairs: Full extension of handrails at stairs shall not be required in alterations where such extensions would be hazardous or impossible due to plan configuration.

120-3-20-.11 (b) Stairs: Full extension of handrails at stairs shall not be required in alterations where such extensions would be hazardous or impossible due to plan configuration.

 

 

 

4.1.6 (3) (c) Elevators:

  (i) If safety door edges are provided in existing automatic elevators, automatic door reopening devices may be omitted (see 4.10.6).

  (ii) Where existing shaft configuration or technical infeasibility prohibits strict compliance with 4.10.9, the minimum car plan dimensions may be reduced by the minimum amount necessary, but in no case shall the inside car area be smaller than 48 in by 48 in.

  (iii) Equivalent facilitation may be provided with an elevator car of different dimensions when usability can be demonstrated and when all other elements required to be accessible comply with the applicable provisions of 4.10.  For example, an elevator of 47 in by 69 in (1195 mm by 1755 mm) with a door opening on the narrow dimension, could accommodate the standard wheelchair clearances shown in Figure 4.

120-3-20-.11 (c) Elevators:

(i) If safety door edges are provided in existing automatic elevators, automatic door reopening devices may be omitted (see 120-3-20-.21).

 

(ii) Where existing shaft configuration or technical in feasibility prohibits strict compliance with 120-3-20-.21(9), the minimum car plan dimensions may be reduced by the minimum amount necessary, but in no case shall the inside car area be smaller than 48 inches by 48 inches.

 

(iii) Equivalent facilitation may be provided with an elevator car of different dimensions when usability can be demonstrated and when all other elements required to be accessible comply with the applicable provisions of 120-3-20-.21. For example, an elevator of 47 inches by 69 inches (1195 mm by 1755 mm) with a door opening on the narrow dimension, could accommodate the standard wheelchair clearances shown in Figure 4.

 

 

 

4.1.6 (3) (d) Doors:

  (i) Where it is technically infeasible to comply with clear opening width requirements of 4.13.5, a projection of 5/8 in maximum will be permitted for the latch side stop.

  (ii) If existing thresholds are 3/4 in high or less, and have (or are modified to have) a beveled edge on each side, they may remain.

120-3-20-.11 (d) Doors:

(i) Where it is technically infeasible to comply with clear opening width requirements of 120-3-20-.24(5), a projection of 5/8 inch maximum will be permitted for the latch side stop.

 

(ii) If existing thresholds are 3/4 inch high or less, and have (or are modified to have) a beveled edge on each side, they may remain.

 

 

 

4.1.6 (3) (f) Assembly Areas:

  (i) Where it is technically infeasible to disperse accessible seating throughout an altered assembly area, accessible seating areas may be clustered.  Each accessible seating area shall have provisions for companion seating and shall be located on an accessible route that also serves as a means of emergency egress.

 

120-3-20-.11 (f) Assembly Areas:

(i) Where it is technically infeasible to disperse accessible seating throughout an altered assembly area, accessible seating areas may be clustered. Each accessible seating area shall have provisions for companion seating and shall be located on an accessible route that also serves as a means of emergency egress.

 

 

202.5 Alterations to Qualified Historic Buildings and Facilities. Alterations to a qualified historic building or facility shall comply with 202.3 and 202.4.

EXCEPTION: Where the State Historic Preservation Officer or Advisory Council on Historic Preservation determines that compliance with the requirements for accessible routes, entrances, or toilet facilities would threaten or destroy the historic significance of the building or facility, the exceptions for alterations to qualified historic buildings or facilities for that element shall be permitted to apply.

 

4.1.7 Accessible Buildings: Historic Preservation.

(1) Applicability:

(a) General Rule. Alterations to a qualified historic building or facility shall comply with 4.1.6  (Accessible Buildings: Alterations), the applicable technical specifications of section 4 and the applicable special application sections unless it is determined in accordance with the procedures in 4.1.7(2) that compliance with the requirements for accessible routes (exterior and interior), ramps, entrances, or toilets would threaten or destroy the historic significance of the building or facility in which case the alternative requirements in 4.1.7(3) may be used for the feature.  

EXCEPTION: (Reserved).

 

120-3-20-.12 Accessible Buildings: Historic Preservation.

(1) Applicability:

(a) General Rule. Alterations to a qualified historic building or facility shall comply with 120-3-20-.11 Accessible Buildings: Alterations, the applicable technical specifications of 120-3-20-.13 through 120-3-20-.46 and the applicable special application Rules 120-3-20-.47 through 120-3-20-.52 unless it is determined in accordance with the procedures in 120-3-20-.12(2) that compliance with the requirements for accessible routes (exterior and interior), ramps, entrances, or toilets would threaten or destroy the historic significance of the building or facility in which case the alternative requirements in 120-3-20-.12(3) may be used for the feature.

 

EXCEPTION: (Reserved).

 

 

 

4.1.7(2) Procedures:

 

(a) Alterations to Qualified Historic Buildings and Facilities Subject to Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act:

(i) Section 106 Process. Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act (16 U.S.C. 470 f) requires that a Federal agency with jurisdiction over a Federal, federally assisted, or federally licensed undertaking consider the effects of the agency's undertaking on buildings and facilities listed in or eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places and give the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation a reasonable opportunity to comment on the undertaking prior to approval of the undertaking.

(ii) ADA Application. Where alterations are undertaken to a qualified historic building or facility that is subject to section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act, the Federal agency with jurisdiction over the undertaking shall follow the section 106 process. If the State Historic Preservation Officer or Advisory Council on Historic Preservation agrees that compliance with the requirements for accessible routes (exterior and interior), ramps, entrances, or toilets would threaten or destroy the historic significance of the building or facility, the alternative requirements in 4.1.7(3) may be used for the feature.

 

(b) Alterations to Qualified Historic Buildings and Facilities Not Subject to Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act. Where alterations are undertaken to a qualified historic building or facility that is not subject to section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act, if the entity undertaking the alterations believes that compliance with the requirements for accessible routes (exterior and interior), ramps, entrances, or toilets would threaten or destroy the historic significance of the building or facility and that the alternative requirements in 4.1.7(3) should be used for the feature, the entity should consult with the State Historic Preservation Officer. If the State Historic Preservation Officer agrees that compliance with the accessibility requirements for accessible routes (exterior and interior), ramps, entrances or toilets would threaten or destroy the historical significance of the building or facility, the alternative requirements in 4.1.7(3) may be used.

 

(c) Consultation With Interested Persons. Interested persons should be invited to participate in the consultation process, including State or local accessibility officials, individuals with disabilities, and organizations representing individuals with disabilities.

 

(d) Certified Local Government Historic Preservation Programs. Where the State Historic Preservation Officer has delegated the consultation responsibility for purposes of this section to a local government historic preservation program that has been certified in accordance with section 101(c) of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 (16 U.S.C. 470a (c)) and implementing regulations (36 C.F.R. 61.5), the responsibility may be carried out by the appropriate local government body or official.

 

120-3-20-.12 (2) Procedures:

(a) Alterations to Qualified Historic Buildings and Facilities Subject to Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act:

 

(i) Section 106 Process. Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act (16 U.S.C. 470 f) requires that a Federal agency with jurisdiction over a Federal, federally assisted, or federally licensed undertaking consider the effects of the agency's undertaking on buildings and facilities listed in or eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places and give the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation a reasonable opportunity to comment on the undertaking prior to approval of the undertaking.

 

(ii) ADA Application. Where alterations are undertaken to a qualified historic building or facility that is subject to section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act, the Federal agency with jurisdiction over the undertaking shall follow the section 106 process. If the State Historic Preservation Officer or Advisory Council on Historic Preservation agrees that compliance with the requirements for accessible routes (exterior and interior), ramps, entrances, or toilets would threaten or destroy the historic significance of the building or facility, the alternative requirements in 120-3-20-.12(3) may be used for the feature.

(b) Alterations to Qualified Historic Buildings and Facilities Not Subject to Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act. Where alterations are undertaken to a qualified historic building or facility that is not subject to section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act, if the entity undertaking the alterations believes that compliance with the requirements for accessible routes (exterior and interior), ramps, entrances, or toilets would threaten or destroy the historic significance of the building or facility and that the alternative requirements in 120-3-20-.12(3) should be used for the feature, the entity should consult with the State Historic Preservation Officer. If the State Historic Preservation Officer agrees that compliance with the accessibility requirements for accessible routes (exterior and interior), ramps, entrances or toilets would threaten or destroy the historical significance of the building or facility, the alternative requirements in 120-3-20-.12(3) may be used.

(c) Consultation With Interested Persons. Interested persons should be invited to participate in the consultation process, including State or local accessibility officials, individuals with disabilities, and organizations representing individuals with disabilities.

(d) Certified Local Government Historic Preservation Programs. Where the State Historic Preservation Officer has delegated the consultation responsibility for purposes of this section to a local government historic preservation program that has been certified in accordance with section 101(c) of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 (16 U.S.C. 470a (c)) and implementing regulations (36 CFR 61.5), the responsibility may be carried out by the appropriate local government body or official.

The procedural requirements in the 1994 Standards were deemed inappropriate for a building code and thus were not included in the 2010 Standards. Similar regulations may be adopted by a State Historic Preservation Office or similar local entity.

 

4.1.7(3) Historic Preservation: Minimum Requirements

 

120-3-20-.12 (3) Historic Preservation: Minimum Requirements:

 

 

 

4.1.7(3)(a) At least one accessible route complying with 4.3 from a site access point to an accessible entrance shall be provided.

 

EXCEPTION: A ramp with a slope no greater than 1:6 for a run not to exceed 2 ft (610 mm) may be used as part of an accessible route to an entrance.

 

 (a) At least one accessible route complying with 4.3 from a site access point to an accessible entrance shall be provided.

 

EXCEPTION: A ramp with a slope no greater than 1:6 for a run not to exceed 2 ft (610 mm) may be used as part of an accessible route to an entrance.

 

 

4.1.7(3)(e) Displays and written information, documents, etc., should be located where they can be seen by a seated person. Exhibits and signage displayed horizontally (e.g., open books), should be no higher than 44 in (1120 mm) above the floor surface.

 

(e) Displays and written information, documents, etc., should be located where they can be seen by a seated person. Exhibits and signage displayed horizontally (e.g., open books), should be no higher than 44 inches (1120 mm) above the floor surface.

 

203 General Exceptions

 

4.1.1(5) General Exceptions.

 

120-3-20-.03 (5) General Exceptions.

 

 

 

4.1.1(5)(a) In new construction, a person or entity is not required to meet fully the requirements of these guidelines where that person or entity can demonstrate that it is structurally impracticable to do so. Full compliance will be considered structurally impracticable only in those rare circumstances when the unique characteristics of terrain prevent the incorporation of accessibility features. If full compliance with the requirements of these guidelines is structurally impracticable, a person or entity shall comply with the requirements to the extent it is not structurally impracticable. Any portion of the building or facility which can be made accessible shall comply to the extent that it is not structurally impracticable.

 

 (a) In new construction, a person or entity is not required to meet fully the requirements of these regulations where that person or entity can demonstrate that it is structurally impracticable to do so. Full compliance will be considered structurally impracticable only in those rare circumstances when the unique characteristics of terrain prevent the incorporation of accessibility features. If full compliance with the requirements of these regulations is structurally impracticable, a person or entity shall comply with the requirements to the extent it is not structurally impracticable. Any portion of the building or facility which can be made accessible shall comply to the extent that it is not structurally impracticable.

It was determined that nothing is structurally impracticable in new construction, so the 2010 Standards do not include this provision from the 1994 Standards.

203.1 General. Sites, buildings, facilities, and elements are exempt from these requirements to the extent specified by 203.

 

 

 

 

203.2 Construction Sites. Structures and sites directly associated with the actual processes of construction, including but not limited to, scaffolding, bridging, materials hoists, materials storage, and construction trailers shall not be required to comply with these requirements or to be on an accessible route. Portable toilet units provided for use exclusively by construction personnel on a construction site shall not be required to comply with 213 or to be on an accessible route.

 

4.1.1(4) Temporary Structures. . . . .  Structures, sites and equipment directly associated with the actual processes of construction, such as scaffolding, bridging, materials hoists, or construction trailers are not included.

 

120-3-20-.03 (4) Temporary Structures. . . . . Structures, sites and equipment directly associated with the actual processes of construction, such as scaffolding, bridging, materials hoists, or construction trailers are not included.

 

203.3 Raised Areas. Areas raised primarily for purposes of security, life safety, or fire safety, including but not limited to, observation or lookout galleries, prison guard towers, fire towers, or life guard stands shall not be

required to comply with these requirements or to be on an accessible route.

 

4.1.1(5)(b) Accessibility is not required to (i) observation galleries used primarily for security purposes; or (ii) in non-occupiable spaces accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, very narrow passageways, or freight (non-passenger) elevators, and frequented only by service personnel for repair purposes; such spaces include, but are not limited to, elevator pits, elevator penthouses, piping or equipment catwalks.

 

See also Appendix 4.1.1(5)(b)(I)

120-3-20-.03 (b) Accessibility is not required to:

 

(i) observation galleries used primarily for security purposes; or

 

 

 

203.4 Limited Access Spaces. Spaces accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, or very narrow passageways shall not be required to comply with these

requirements or to be on an accessible route.

 

4.1.1(5)(b) in non-occupiable spaces accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, very narrow passageways, or freight (non-passenger) elevators, and frequented only by service personnel for repair purposes; such spaces include, but are not limited to, elevator pits, elevator penthouses, piping or equipment catwalks.

 

(ii) in non-occupiable spaces accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, very narrow passageways, or freight (non-passenger) elevators, and frequented only by service personnel for repair purposes; such spaces include, but are not limited to, elevator pits, elevator penthouses, piping or equipment catwalks.

 

203.5 Machinery Spaces. Spaces frequented only by service personnel for maintenance, repair, or occasional monitoring of equipment shall not be required to comply with these requirements or to be on an accessible route. Machinery spaces include, but are not limited to, elevator pits or elevator penthouses; mechanical, electrical or communications equipment rooms; piping or equipment

catwalks; water or sewage treatment pump rooms and stations; electric substations and transformer vaults; and highway and tunnel utility facilities.

 

4.1.1(5)(b) in non-occupiable spaces accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, very narrow passageways, or freight (non-passenger) elevators, and frequented only by service personnel for repair purposes; such spaces include, but are not limited to, elevator pits, elevator penthouses, piping or equipment catwalks.

 

4.1.3(5) EXCEPTION 2: Elevator pits, elevator penthouses, mechanical rooms, piping or equipment catwalks are exempted from this requirement.

 

See also Appendix 4.1.1(5)(b)(ii)

 

(ii) in non-occupiable spaces accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, very narrow passageways, or freight (non-passenger) elevators, and frequented only by service personnel for repair purposes; such spaces include, but are not limited to, elevator pits, elevator penthouses, piping or equipment catwalks.

 

203.6 Single Occupant Structures. Single occupant structures accessed only by passageways below grade or elevated above standard curb height, including but not limited to, toll booths that are accessed only by underground tunnels, shall not be required to comply with these requirements or to be on an accessible route.

 

See Appendix 4.1.1(5)(b)(iii)

 

 

 

203.7 Detention and Correctional Facilities. In detention and correctional facilities, common use areas that are used only by inmates or detainees and security personnel and that do not serve holding cells or housing cells required to comply with 232, shall not be required to comply with these requirements or to be on an accessible route.

 

 

 

 

203.8 Residential Facilities. In residential facilities, common use areas that do not serve residential dwelling units required to provide mobility features complying with 809.2 through 809.4 shall not be required to comply with these requirements or to be on an accessible route.

 

 

 

 

203.9 Employee Work Areas. Spaces and elements within employee work areas shall only be required to comply with 206.2.8, 207.1, and 215.3 and shall be designed and constructed so that individuals with disabilities can approach, enter, and exit the employee work area. Employee work areas, or portions of employee work areas, other than raised courtroom stations, that are less than 300 square feet (28 m2) and elevated 7 inches (180 mm) or more above the finish floor or ground where the elevation is essential to the function of the space shall not be required to comply with these requirements or to be on an accessible route.

 

4.1.1(3) Areas Used Only by Employees as Work Areas. Areas that are used only as work areas shall be designed and constructed so that individuals with disabilities can approach, enter, and exit the areas. These guidelines do not require that any areas used only as work areas be constructed to permit maneuvering within the work area or be constructed or equipped (i.e., with racks or shelves) to be accessible. 

 

120-3-20-.03 (3) Areas Used Only by Employees as Work Areas. Areas that are used only as work areas shall be designed and constructed so that individuals with disabilities can approach, enter, and exit the areas. These regulations do not require that all areas used only as work areas be constructed to permit maneuvering within the work area or be constructed or equipped (i.e., with racks or shelves) to be accessible.

 

Note: Areas Used Only by Employees as Work Areas. Where there are a series of individual work stations of the same type (e.g., laboratories, service counters, ticket booths),5%, but not less than one, of each type of work station should be constructed so that an individual with disabilities can maneuver within the work stations. Rooms housing individual offices in a typical office building must meet the requirements of the regulations concerning doors, accessible routes, etc. but do not need to allow for maneuvering space around all individual desks. Modifications required to permit maneuvering within the work area may be accomplished as a reasonable accommodation to individual employees with disabilities under Title I of the ADA. Consideration should also be given to placing shelves in employee work areas at a convenient height for accessibility or installing commercially available shelving that is adjustable so that reasonable accommodations can be made in the future. If work stations are made accessible they should comply with the applicable provisions of Rules 120-3-20-.03 through 120-3-20-.46.

 

The 2010 Standards include requirements for alarm systems that can be modified to include visible notification appliances at a later date; accessible means of egress; and accessible common circulation paths.  They also provide an exception for levels that are 7 or more inches above the floor where the elevation is essential to the function of the space and the space is less than 300 square feet in size.

203.10 Raised Refereeing, Judging, and Scoring Areas. Raised structures used solely for refereeing, judging, or scoring a sport shall not be required to comply with these requirements or to be on an accessible route.

 

See Appendix 4.1.1(5)(b)

 

 

 

203.11 Water Slides. Water slides shall not be required to comply with these requirements or to be on an accessible route.

 

See Appendix 4.1.1(5)(b)

 

 

 

203.12 Animal Containment Areas. Animal containment areas that are not for public use shall not be required to comply with these requirements or to be on an accessible route.

 

See Appendix 4.1.1(5)(b)

 

203.13 Raised Boxing or Wrestling Rings. Raised boxing or wrestling rings shall not be required to comply with these requirements or to be on an accessible route.

 

See Appendix 4.1.1(5)(b)

 

 

 

203.14 Raised Diving Boards and Diving Platforms. Raised diving boards and diving platforms shall not be required to comply with these requirements or to be on an accessible route.

 

 

 

 

204 Protruding Objects

 

 

 

 

204.1 General. Protruding objects on circulation paths shall comply with 307.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Within areas of sport activity, protruding objects on circulation paths shall not be required to comply with 307.

2. Within play areas, protruding objects on circulation paths shall not be required to comply with 307 provided that ground level accessible routes provide vertical clearance in compliance with 1008.2.

 

4.1.2(3) All objects that protrude from surfaces or posts into circulation paths shall comply with 4.4.

 

See also Appendix 4.1.2(2)

120-3-20-.07 (c) All objects that protrude from surfaces or posts into circulation paths shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.15

4.1.3(2) All objects that overhang or protrude into circulation paths shall comply with 4.4.

 

120-3-20-.08 (2) All objects that overhang or protrude into circulation paths shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.15.

205 Operable Parts

 

 

 

 

 

205.1 General. Operable parts on accessible elements, accessible routes, and in accessible rooms and spaces shall comply with 309.

 

4.1.3(13) Controls and operating mechanisms in accessible spaces, along accessible routes, or as parts of accessible elements (for example, light switches and dispenser controls) shall comply with 4.27.

120-3-20-.08 (13) Controls and operating mechanisms in accessible spaces, along accessible routes, or as parts of accessible elements (for example, light switches and dispenser controls) shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38.

 

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Operable parts that are intended for use only by service or maintenance personnel shall not be required to comply with 309.

 

4.27.3 Exception: These requirements do not apply where the use of special equipment dictates otherwise or where electrical and communications systems receptacles are not normally intended for use by building occupants.

 

 

 

See 120-3-20-.38 (3) Exception   These requirements do not apply where the use of special equipment dictates otherwise or where electrical and communications systems receptacles are not normally intended for use by building occupants.

 

Note:  Fig. A8 further illustrates mandatory and advisory control mounting height provisions for typical equipment.  Electrical receptacles installed to serve individual appliances and not intended for regular or frequent use by building occupants are not required to be mounted within the specified reach ranges.  Examples would be receptacles installed specifically for wall-mounted clocks, refrigerators, and microwave ovens.  

 

2. Electrical or communication receptacles serving a dedicated use shall not be required to comply with 309.

 

3. Where two or more outlets are provided in a kitchen above a length of counter top that is uninterrupted by a sink or appliance, one outlet shall not be required to comply with 309.

 

The 2010 Standards include this exception to insure compliance with the NFPA 70 National Electrical Code.

4. Floor electrical receptacles shall not be required to comply with 309.

 

 

5. HVAC diffusers shall not be required to comply with 309.

 

6. Except for light switches, where redundant controls are provided for a single element, one control in each space shall not be required to comply with 309.

 

7. Cleats and other boat securement devices shall not be required to comply with 309.3.

 

See Appendix 15.2.5.2

 

 

 

8. Exercise machines and exercise equipment shall not be required to comply with 309.

 

See Appendix 4.1.3(13) Exception

 

 

206 Accessible Routes

 

 

 

 

206.1 General. Accessible routes shall be provided in accordance with 206 and shall comply with Chapter 4.

 

 

 

 

206.2 Where Required. Accessible routes shall be provided where required by 206.2.

 

 

 

 

 

4.1.2 Accessible Sites and Exterior Facilities: New Construction.  An accessible site shall meet the following minimum requirements:

120-3-20-.07 Accessible Sites and Exterior Facilities: New Construction.

An accessible site shall meet the following minimum requirements:

 

206.2.1 Site Arrival Points. At least one accessible route shall be provided within the site from accessible parking spaces and accessible passenger loading zones; public streets and sidewalks; and public transportation stops to the accessible building or facility entrance they serve.

4.1.2(1) At least one accessible route complying with 4.3 shall be provided within the boundary of the site from public transportation stops, accessible parking spaces, passenger loading zones if provided, and public streets or sidewalks, to an accessible building entrance.

 

120-3-20-.07 (a) At least one accessible route complying with Rule 120-3-20-.14 shall be provided within the boundary of the site from public transportation stops, accessible parking spaces, passenger loading zones if provided, and public streets or sidewalks, to an accessible building entrance.

 

4.3.2 Location.

 

(1) At least one accessible route within the boundary of the site shall be provided from public transportation stops, accessible parking, and accessible passenger loading zones, and public streets or sidewalks to the accessible building entrance they serve. The accessible route shall, to the maximum extent feasible, coincide with the route for the general public.

 

(2) At least one accessible route shall connect accessible buildings, facilities, elements, and spaces that are on the same site.

 

See also Appendix 4.1.6(1)(k)

 

120-3-20-.07 (2) Location.

(a) At least one accessible route within the boundary of the site shall be provided from public transportation stops, accessible parking, and accessible passenger loading zones, and public streets or sidewalks to the accessible building entrance they serve. The accessible route shall, to maximum extent feasible coincide with the route for the general public.

 

(b) At least one accessible route shall connect accessible buildings, facilities, elements, and spaces that are on the same site.

 

(c) At least one accessible route shall connect accessible building or facility entrances with all accessible spaces and elements and with all accessible dwelling units within the building or facility.

 

(d) An accessible route shall connect at least one accessible entrance of each accessible dwelling unit with those exterior and interior spaces and facilities that serve the accessible dwelling unit.

 

Note:  (1) Travel Distances. Many people with mobility impairments can move at only very slow speeds; for many, traveling 200 feet (61 m) could take about 2 minutes. This assumes a rate of about 1.5 ft/s (455 mm/s) on level ground. It also assumes that the traveler would move continuously.  However, on trips over 100 ft (30 m), disabled people are apt to rest frequently, which substantially increases their trip times. Resting periods of 2 minutes for every 100 ft (30 m) can be used to estimate travel times for people with severely limited stamina. In inclement weather, slow progress and resting can greatly increase a disabled person's exposure to the elements.

 

 

 

 

(2) Sites. Level, indirect routes or those with running slopes lower than 1:20 can sometimes provide more convenience than direct routes with maximum allowable slopes or with ramps.

 

 

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Where exceptions for alterations to qualified historic buildings or facilities are permitted by 202.5, no more than one accessible route from a site arrival point to an accessible entrance shall be required.

 

4.1.7(3) Historic Preservation: Minimum Requirements:

 

 

(a) At least one accessible route complying with 4.3 from a site access point to an accessible entrance shall be provided.

 

 

EXCEPTION: A ramp with a slope no greater than 1:6 for a run not to exceed 2 ft (610 mm) may be used as part of an accessible route to an entrance.

120-3-20-.12 (3) Historic Preservation: Minimum Requirements:

 

 

(a) At least one accessible route complying with 4.3 from a site access point to an accessible entrance shall be provided.

 

EXCEPTION: A ramp with a slope no greater than 1:6 for a run not to exceed 2 ft (610 mm) may be used as part of an accessible route to an entrance.

 

2. An accessible route shall not be required between site arrival points and the building or facility entrance if the only means of access between them is a vehicular way not providing pedestrian access.

 

 

 

The 2010 StandardsÕ exception specifies that accessible routes are not required where the facility design does not provide for pedestrians walking from site arrival points to building entrances.

206.2.2 Within a Site. At least one accessible route shall connect accessible buildings, accessible facilities, accessible elements, and accessible spaces that are on the same site.

 

4.1.2(2) At least one accessible route complying with 4.3 shall connect accessible buildings, accessible facilities, accessible elements, and accessible spaces that are on the same site.

 

120-3-20-.07 (b) At least one accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14 shall connect accessible buildings, accessible facilities, accessible elements, and accessible spaces that are on the same site.

 

EXCEPTION: An accessible route shall not be required between accessible buildings, accessible facilities, accessible elements, and accessible spaces if the only means of access between them is a vehicular way not providing pedestrian access.

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards specify that accessible routes are not required where the facility design does not provide for pedestrians walking between two accessible buildings, facilities, spaces or elements.

206.2.3 Multi-Story Buildings and Facilities. At least one accessible route shall connect each story and mezzanine in multi-story buildings and facilities.

 

4.1.3(5) One passenger elevator complying with 4.10 shall serve each level, including mezzanines, in all multi-story buildings and facilities unless exempted below. If more than one elevator is provided, each passenger elevator shall comply with 4.10.  

 

120-3-20-.08 (5) One passenger elevator complying with rule 120-3-20-.21 shall serve each level, including mezzanines, in all multi-story buildings and facilities unless exempted below. If more than one elevator is provided, each full passenger elevator shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.21.

 

 

EXCEPTIONS:

1. In private buildings or facilities that are less than three stories or that have less than 3000 square feet (279 m2) per story, an accessible route shall not be required to connect stories provided that the building or facility is not a shopping center, a shopping mall, the professional office of a health care provider, a terminal, depot or other station used for specified public transportation, an airport passenger terminal, or another type of facility as determined by the Attorney General.

 

EXCEPTION 1: Elevators are not required in facilities that are less than three stories or that have less than 3000 square feet per story unless the building is a shopping center, a shopping mall, or the professional office of a health care provider, or another type of facility as determined by the Attorney General.

 

See 10.1

 

See also Appendix 4.1.3(5) Exception (1)

EXCEPTION 1: Elevators are not required in facilities that are less than three stories or that have less than 3000 square feet per story unless the building is a shopping center, a shopping mall, or the professional office of a health care provider, or another type of facility as determined by the U.S. Attorney General.

The 2010 Standards and the Georgia Accessibility Code provide exceptions for accessible routes, while the 1994 Standards provide an exception for an elevator.

 

All three do not allow their exemptions to be applied to levels containing offices of health care providers, shopping malls, or passenger transportation facilities.

 

2. Where a two story public building or facility has one story with an occupant load of five or fewer persons that does not contain public use space, that story shall not be required to be connected to the story above or below.

 

See Appendix 4.1.3(5) Exception (1)

 

The 2010 Standards exempt two story buildings where one story has an occupant load of 5 or less and does not contain public use space.  The document does not establish occupant loads.

 

 

The elevator exemption set forth in this paragraph does not obviate or limit in any way the obligation to comply with the other accessibility requirements established in section 4.1.3. For example, floors above or below the accessible ground floor must meet the requirements of this section except for elevator service. If toilet or bathing facilities are provided on a level not served by an elevator, then toilet or bathing facilities must be provided on the accessible ground floor. In new construction, if a building or facility is eligible for exemption but a passenger elevator is nonetheless planned, that elevator shall meet the requirements of 4.10 and shall serve each level in the building. A passenger elevator that provides service from a garage to only one level of a building or facility is not required to serve other levels.

 

The elevator exemption set forth in this paragraph does not obviate or limit in any way the obligation to comply with the other accessibility requirements established in rule 120-3-20-.08. For example, floors above or below the accessible ground floor must meet the requirements of this section except for elevator service. If toilet or bathing facilities are provided on a level not served by an elevator, then toilet or bathing facilities must be provided on the accessible ground floor. In new construction if a building or facility is eligible for this exemption but a full passenger elevator is nonetheless planned, that elevator shall meet the requirements of rule 120-3-20-.21 and shall serve each level in the building. A full passenger elevator that provides service from a garage to only one level of a building or facility is not required to serve other levels.

The 1994 Standards requirement is covered by the 2010 StandardsÕ requirements that all spaces have to be accessible unless specifically exempted, and further clarified by the fact that the exemptions above apply only to vertical accessible routes, and not the levels or stories.

 

4.1.3(5) EXCEPTION 3: Accessible ramps complying with 4.8 may be used in lieu of an elevator.

 

EXCEPTION 3: Accessible ramps complying with rule 120-3-20-.19 may be used in lieu of an elevator.

This exception is unnecessary in the 2010 Standards because the base requirement is for accessible routes, not elevators.

 

4.1.6(1)(k) EXCEPTION:

 

(i) These guidelines do not require the installation of an elevator in an altered facility that is less than three stories or has less than 3,000 square feet per story unless the building is a shopping center, a shopping mall, the professional office of a health care provider, or another type of facility as determined by the Attorney General.

(ii) The exemption provided in paragraph (i) does not obviate or limit in any way the obligation to comply with the other accessibility requirements established in these guidelines. For example, alterations to floors above or below the ground floor must be accessible regardless of whether the altered facility has an elevator. If a facility subject to the elevator exemption set forth in paragraph (i) nonetheless has a passenger elevator, that elevator shall meet, to the maximum extent feasible, the accessibility requirements of these guidelines.

 

120-3-20-.11 (k) EXCEPTION:

(i) These Regulations do not require the installation of an elevator in an altered facility that is less than three stories or has less than 3,000 square feet per story unless the building is a shopping center, a shopping mall, the professional office of a health care provider, or another type of facility as determined by the U.S. Attorney General.

 

(ii)This exemption does not obviate or limit in any way the obligation to comply with the other accessibility requirements established in these regulations. For example, alterations to floors above or below the ground floor must be accessible regardless of whether the altered facility has an elevator. If a facility subject to the elevator exemption set forth in paragraph (1) nonetheless has a full passenger elevator, that elevator shall meet, to the maximum extent feasible, the accessibility requirements of these rules.

 

3. In detention and correctional facilities, an accessible route shall not be required to connect stories where cells with mobility features required to comply with 807.2, all common use areas serving cells with mobility features required to comply with 807.2, and all public use areas are on an accessible route.

 

See Appendix 12.1 EXCEPTION

 

 

4. In residential facilities, an accessible route shall not be required to connect stories where residential dwelling units with mobility features required to comply with 809.2 through 809.4, all common use areas serving residential

dwelling units with mobility features required to comply with 809.2 through 809.4, and public use areas serving residential dwelling units are on an accessible route.

 

 

 

 

5. Within multi-story transient lodging guest rooms with mobility features required to comply with 806.2, an accessible route shall not be required to connect stories provided that spaces complying with 806.2 are on an accessible route and sleeping accommodations for two persons minimum are provided on a story served by an accessible route.

 

9.2.2 Minimum Requirements. An accessible unit, sleeping room or suite shall be on an accessible route complying with 4.3 and have the following accessible elements and spaces.

(2) An accessible route complying with 4.3 shall connect all accessible spaces and elements, including telephones, within the unit, sleeping room, or suite. This is not intended to require an elevator in multi-story units as long as the spaces identified in 9.2.2(6) and (7) are on accessible levels and the accessible sleeping area is suitable for dual occupancy.

120-3-20-.51 (b) Minimum Requirements.  An accessible unit, sleeping room or suite shall be on an accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14 and have the following accessible elements and spaces.

 

2. An accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14 shall connect all accessible spaces and elements, including telephones, within the unit, sleeping room, or suite.  This is not intended to require an elevator in multistory units as long as the spaces identified in rule 120-3-20-.51(2)(b)(6) and rule 120-3-20-.51(2)(b)(7) are on accessible levels and the accessible sleeping area is suitable for dual occupancy.

 

6. In air traffic control towers, an accessible route shall not be required to serve the cab and the floor immediately below the cab.

 

See Appendix 4.1.3(5) Exception 5

 

The 2010 Standards exempt these levels because the enclosed elevator hoistway (to provide access into the cab) or elevator penthouse necessary to provide overhead car clearance (to provide elevator access to the floor immediately below the cab) would obstruct the 360 degree sightlines necessary in an air traffic control tower cab. (The ÒcabÓ is the top, window-enclosed level of a tower.) Theoretically, the 1994 Standards require an elevator to serve all levels of an air traffic control tower, though most are built by the federal government and not subject to the ADA.

 

7. Where exceptions for alterations to qualified historic buildings or facilities are permitted by 202.5, an accessible route shall not be required to stories located above or below the accessible story.

 

4.1.7(3)(d) Accessible routes from an accessible entrance to all publicly used spaces on at least the level of the accessible entrance shall be provided. Access shall be provided to all levels of a building or facility in compliance with 4.1 whenever practical.

 

120-3-20-.12 (d) Accessible routes from an accessible entrance to all publicly used spaces on at least the level of the accessible entrance shall be provided. Access shall be provided to all levels of a building or facility in compliance with 120-3-20-.03 whenever practical.

 

206.2.3.1 Stairs and Escalators in Existing Buildings. In alterations and additions, where an escalator or stair is provided where none existed previously and major structural modifications are necessary for the installation, an accessible route shall be provided between the levels served by the escalator or stair unless exempted by 206.2.3 Exceptions 1 through 7.

 

4.1.6(1)(f) If an escalator or stair is planned or installed where none existed previously and major structural modifications are necessary for such installation, then a means of accessible vertical access shall be provided that complies with the applicable provisions of 4.7, 4.8, 4.10 or 4.11.

 

120-3-20-.11 (f) If an escalator or stair is planned or installed where none existed previously and major structural modifications are necessary for such installation, then a means of accessible vertical access shall be provided that complies with the applicable provisions of 120-3-20-.19, 120-3-20-.20, 120-3-20-.10, or 120-3-20-.11.

 

206.2.4 Spaces and Elements. At least one accessible route shall connect accessible building or facility entrances with all accessible spaces and elements within the building or facility which are otherwise connected by a circulation path unless exempted by 206.2.3 Exceptions 1 through 7.

 

4.1.3 Accessible Buildings: New Construction. Accessible buildings and facilities shall meet the following minimum requirements:

 

120-3-20-.08 Accessible Buildings: New Construction.

Accessible buildings and facilities shall meet the following minimum requirements:

 

4.1.3(1) At least one accessible route complying with 4.3 shall connect accessible building or facility entrances with all accessible spaces and elements within the building or facility.

 

120-3-20-.08 (1) At least one accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14 shall connect accessible building or facility entrances with all accessible spaces and elements within the building or facility.

4.1.3 (3) Ground and floor surfaces along accessible routes and in accessible rooms and spaces shall comply with 4.5.

120-3-20-.08 (3) Ground and floor surfaces along accessible routes and in accessible rooms and spaces shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.16.

4.3.2(3) At least one accessible route shall connect accessible building or facility entrances with all accessible spaces and elements and with all accessible dwelling units within the building or facility.

 

120-3-20-.08 (c) At least one accessible route shall connect accessible building or facility entrances with all accessible spaces and elements and with all accessible dwelling units within the building or facility.

 

4.14 Entrances.

 

4.14.1 Minimum Number. Entrances required to be accessible by 4.1 shall be part of an accessible route complying with 4.3. Such entrances shall be connected by an accessible route to public transportation stops, to accessible parking and passenger loading zones, and to public streets or sidewalks if available (see 4.3.2(1)). They shall also be connected by an accessible route to all accessible spaces or elements within the building or facility.

 

120-3-20-.25 Entrances.

 

(1) Minimum Number. Entrances required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall be part of an accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14. Such entrances shall be connected by an accessible route to public transportation stops, to accessible parking and passenger loading zones, and to public streets or sidewalks if available (see rule 120-3-20-.14.(2)(1)). They shall also be connected by an accessible route to all accessible spaces or elements within the building or facility.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Raised courtroom stations, including judges' benches, clerks' stations, bailiffs' stations, deputy clerks' stations, and court reporters' stations shall not be required to provide vertical access provided that the required clear floor space, maneuvering space, and, if appropriate, electrical service are installed at the time of initial construction to allow future installation of a means of vertical access complying with 405, 407, 408, or 410

without requiring substantial reconstruction of the space.

 

See Appendix 11.2.1(1) EXCEPTION

 

The 2010 Standards exempt raised courtroom stations from the vertical accessibility requirement.

2. In assembly areas with fixed seating required to comply with 221, an accessible route shall not be required to serve fixed seating where wheelchair spaces required to be on an accessible route are not provided.

 

 

 

 

3. Accessible routes shall not be required to connect mezzanines where buildings or facilities have no more than one story. In addition, accessible routes shall

not be required to connect stories or mezzanines where multi-story buildings or facilities are exempted by 206.2.3 Exceptions 1 through 7.

 

4.1.3(5) One passenger elevator complying with 4.10 shall serve each level, including mezzanines, in all multi-story buildings and facilities unless exempted below. If more than one elevator is provided, each passenger elevator shall comply with 4.10.  

 

120-3-20-.08 (5) One passenger elevator complying with rule 120-3-20-.21 shall serve each level, including mezzanines, in all multi-story buildings and facilities unless exempted below. If more than one elevator is provided, each full passenger elevator shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.21.

 

 

 

206.2.5 Restaurants and Cafeterias. In restaurants and cafeterias, an accessible route shall be provided to all dining areas, including raised or sunken dining areas, and outdoor dining areas.

 

5.4 Dining Areas. In new construction, all dining areas, including raised or sunken dining areas, loggias, and outdoor seating areas, shall be accessible. In non-elevator buildings, an accessible means of vertical access to the mezzanine is not required under the following conditions: 1) the area of mezzanine seating measures no more than 33 percent of the area of the total accessible seating area; 2) the same services and decor are provided in an accessible space usable by the general public; and, 3) the accessible areas are not restricted to use by people with disabilities. In alterations, accessibility to raised or sunken dining areas, or to all parts of outdoor seating areas is not required provided that the same services and decor are provided in an accessible space usable by the general public and are not restricted to use by people with disabilities.

 

120-3-20-.47 (4) Dining Areas.  In new construction, all dining areas, including raised or sunken dining areas, loggias, and outdoor seating areas, shall be accessible.  In buildings without elevators, an accessible means of vertical access to the mezzanine is not required under the following conditions:  (a) the area of mezzanine seating measures no more than 33 percent of the area of the total accessible seating area; (b) the same services and decor are provided in an accessible space usable by the general public; and, (c) the accessible areas are not restricted to use by people with disabilities.  In alterations, accessibility to raised or sunken dining areas, or to all parts of outdoor seating areas is not required provided that the same services and decor are provided in an accessible space usable by the general public and are not restricted to use by people with disabilities

 

Figure 53.  Food Service Lines.

  The clear width of the food service line shall be measured from the leading edge of the tray slide.

 

EXCEPTIONS:

1. In buildings or facilities not required to provide an accessible route between stories, an accessible route shall not be required to a mezzanine dining area where the mezzanine contains less than 25 percent of the total

combined area for seating and dining and where the same decor and services are provided in the accessible area.

 

 

 

 

2. In alterations, an accessible route shall not be required to existing raised or sunken dining areas, or to all parts of existing outdoor dining areas where the same services and decor are provided in an accessible space usable by the

public and not restricted to use by people with disabilities.

 

 

 

 

3. In sports facilities, tiered dining areas providing seating required to comply with 221 shall be required to have accessible routes serving at least 25 percent of the dining area provided that accessible routes serve seating

complying with 221 and each tier is provided with the same services.

 

 

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not include this exception, and require 100% of the dining areas in sports facilities to be accessible.  Because restaurants in sports venues are often built into the bowl of a stadium or arena, and because the principle reason to go to a restaurant in these venues is to watch the play on the field, the 2010 Standards permit tiered dining levels where 25% of the dining space is accessible.

 

206.2.6 Performance Areas. Where a circulation path directly connects a performance area to an assembly seating area, an accessible route shall directly connect the assembly seating area with the performance area. An accessible route shall be provided from performance areas to ancillary areas or facilities used by performers unless exempted by 206.2.3 Exceptions 1 through 7.

 

4.33.5 Access to Performing Areas. An accessible route shall connect wheelchair seating locations with performing areas, including stages, arena floors, dressing rooms, locker rooms, and other spaces used by performers.

 

120-3-20-.44 (5) Access to Performing Areas.  An accessible route shall connect wheelchair seating locations with performing areas, including stages, arena floors, dressing rooms, locker rooms, and other spaces used by performers. 

The 1994 Standards require an accessible route between performance areas and wheelchair seating locations, regardless of whether such intercommunication is otherwise planned.  The 2010 Standards require accessible routes only where a circulation path is provided.

 

4.1.6(3)(f)(ii) Where it is technically infeasible to alter all performing areas to be on an accessible route, at least one of each type of performing area shall be made accessible.

 

120-3-20-.11 (ii) Where it is technically infeasible to alter all performing areas to be on an accessible route, at least one of each type of performing area shall be made accessible.

 

 

5.7 Raised Platforms. In banquet rooms or spaces where a head table or speaker's lectern is located on a raised platform, the platform shall be accessible in compliance with 4.8 or 4.11. Open edges of a raised platform shall be protected by placement of tables or by a curb.

 

120-3-20-.47 (7) Raised Platforms.  In banquet rooms or spaces where a head table or speaker's lectern is located on a raised platform, the platform shall be accessible in compliance with rule 120-3-20-.19 or rule 120-3-20-.22.  Open edges of a raised platform shall be protected by placement of tables or by a curb. 

 

206.2.7 Press Boxes. Press boxes in assembly areas shall be on an accessible route.

 

 

 

 

EXCEPTIONS:

1. An accessible route shall not be required to press boxes in bleachers that have points of entry at only one level provided that the aggregate area of all press boxes is 500 square feet (46 m2) maximum.

 

 

 

The 1994 Standards require an accessible route to many press boxes built into or above bleacher systems, particularly in Title II entities.  This proved to be impracticable in venues like small high school football fields, and the 2010 Standards provide an exception for this design.

 

2. An accessible route shall not be required to free-standing press boxes that are elevated above grade 12 feet (3660 mm) minimum provided that the aggregate area of all press boxes is 500 square feet (46 m2) maximum.

 

A free-standing press box is a single story unit that must be served by and accessible route according to the 1994 Standards, even where the box is located on piers or stilts 12 feet above the playing surface.  The 2010 Standards provide exceptions for these small, elevated press boxes.

 

206.2.8 Employee Work Areas. Common use circulation paths within employee work areas shall comply with 402.

 

4.1.1(3) Areas Used Only by Employees as Work Areas. Areas that are used only as work areas shall be designed and constructed so that individuals with disabilities can approach, enter, and exit the areas. These guidelines do not require that any areas used only as work areas be constructed to permit maneuvering within the work area or be constructed or equipped (i.e., with racks or shelves) to be accessible. 

 

120-3-20-.03 (3) Areas Used Only by Employees as Work Areas. Areas that are used only as work areas shall be designed and constructed so that individuals with disabilities can approach, enter, and exit the areas. These regulations do not require that all areas used only as work areas be constructed to permit maneuvering within the work area or be constructed or equipped (i.e., with racks or shelves) to be accessible.

 

Note: Areas Used Only by Employees as Work Areas. Where there are a series of individual work stations of the same type (e.g., laboratories, service counters, ticket booths), 5%, but not less than one, of each type of work station should be constructed so that an individual with disabilities can maneuver within the work stations. Rooms housing individual offices in a typical office building must meet the requirements of the regulations concerning doors, accessible routes, etc. but do not need to allow for maneuvering space around all individual desks. Modifications required to permit maneuvering within the work area may be accomplished as a reasonable accommodation to individual employees with disabilities under Title I of the ADA. Consideration should also be given to placing shelves in employee work areas at a convenient height for accessibility or installing commercially available shelving that is adjustable so that reasonable accommodations can be made in the future. If work stations are made accessible they should comply with the applicable provisions of Rules 120-3-20-.03 through 120-3-20-.46.

 

The 2010 Standards require common circulation paths in employee areas to be accessible.  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code only require that individuals be able to approach, enter and exit the space.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Common use circulation paths located within employee work areas that are less than 1000 square feet (93 m2) and defined by permanently installed partitions, counters, casework, or furnishings shall not be required to comply

with 402.

 

 

 

 

2. Common use circulation paths located within employee work areas that are an integral component of work area equipment shall not be required to comply with 402.

 

 

 

 

3. Common use circulation paths located within exterior employee work areas that are fully exposed to the weather shall not be required to comply with 402.

 

 

 

 

206.2.9 Amusement Rides. Amusement rides required to comply with 234 shall provide accessible routes in accordance with 206.2.9. Accessible routes serving amusement rides shall comply with Chapter 4 except as modified by 1002.2.

 

See Appendix 15.1

 

 

206.2.9.1 Load and Unload Areas. Load and unload areas shall be on an accessible route. Where load and unload areas have more than one loading or unloading position, at least one loading and unloading position shall be on an accessible route.

 

206.2.9.2 Wheelchair Spaces, Ride Seats Designed for Transfer, and Transfer Devices. When amusement rides are in the load and unload position, wheelchair spaces complying with 1002.4, amusement ride seats designed for transfer complying with 1002.5, and transfer devices complying with 1002.6 shall be on an accessible route.

 

206.2.10 Recreational Boating Facilities. Boat slips required to comply with 235.2 and boarding piers at boat launch ramps required to comply with 235.3 shall be on an accessible route. Accessible routes serving recreational boating facilities shall comply with Chapter 4, except as modified by 1003.2.

 

See Appendix 15.2

 

 

206.2.11 Bowling Lanes. Where bowling lanes are provided, at least 5 percent, but no fewer than one of each type of bowling lane, shall be on an accessible route.

 

See Appendix 15.7.3

 

 

206.2.12 Court Sports. In court sports, at least one accessible route shall directly connect both sides of the court.

 

See Appendix 4.1.3(1)(b)

 

 

206.2.13 Exercise Machines and Equipment. Exercise machines and equipment required to comply with 236 shall be on an accessible route.

 

See Appendix 15.7.2

 

 

206.2.14 Fishing Piers and Platforms. Fishing piers and platforms shall be on an accessible route. Accessible routes serving fishing piers and platforms shall comply with Chapter 4 except as modified by 1005.1.

 

See Appendix 15.3

 

 

206.2.15 Golf Facilities. At least one accessible route shall connect accessible elements and spaces within the boundary of the golf course. In addition, accessible routes serving golf car rental areas; bag drop areas; course weather shelters complying with 238.2.3; course toilet rooms; and practice putting greens, practice teeing grounds, and teeing stations at driving ranges complying

with 238.3 shall comply with Chapter 4 except as modified by 1006.2.

 

See Appendix 15.4

 

 

EXCEPTION: Golf car passages complying with 1006.3 shall be permitted to be used for all or part of accessible routes required by 206.2.15.

 

 

206.2.16 Miniature Golf Facilities. Holes required to comply with 239.2, including the start of play, shall be on an accessible route. Accessible routes serving miniature golf facilities shall comply with Chapter 4 except as modified by 1007.2.

 

See Appendix 15.5

 

 

206.2.17 Play Areas. Play areas shall provide accessible routes in accordance with 206.2.17. Accessible routes serving play areas shall comply with Chapter 4 except as modified by 1008.2.

 

See Appendix 15.6

 

 

206.2.17.1 Ground Level and Elevated Play Components. At least one accessible route shall be provided within the play area. The accessible route shall connect ground level play components required to comply with 240.2.1 and elevated play components required to comply with 240.2.2, including entry and exit points of the play components.

 

206.2.17.2 Soft Contained Play Structures. Where three or fewer entry points are provided for soft contained play structures, at least one entry point shall be on an accessible route. Where four or more entry points are provided for soft contained play structures, at least two entry points shall be on an accessible route.

 

206.3 Location. Accessible routes shall coincide with or be located in the same area as general circulation paths. Where circulation paths are interior, required accessible routes shall also be interior.

 

4.3.2 Location.

(1) At least one accessible route within the boundary of the site shall be provided from public transportation stops, accessible parking, and accessible passenger loading zones, and public streets or sidewalks to the accessible building entrance they serve. The accessible route shall, to the maximum extent feasible, coincide with the route for the general public.

 

 

120-3-20-.07

(a) At least one accessible route complying with Rule 120-3-20-.14 shall be provided within the boundary of the site from public transportation stops, accessible parking spaces, passenger loading zones if provided, and public streets or sidewalks, to an accessible building entrance.

 

206.4 Entrances. Entrances shall be provided in accordance with 206.4. Entrance doors, doorways, and gates shall comply with 404 and shall be on an accessible route complying with 402.

 

 

 

 

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Where an alteration includes alterations to an entrance, and the building or facility has another entrance complying with 404 that is on an accessible route, the altered entrance shall not be required to comply with 206.4 unless required by 202.4.

 

4.1.6(1)(h) Entrances: If a planned alteration entails alterations to an entrance, and the building has an accessible entrance, the entrance being altered is not required to comply with 4.1.3(8), except to the extent required by 4.1.6(2). If a particular entrance is not made accessible, appropriate accessible signage indicating the location of the nearest accessible entrance(s) shall be installed at or near the inaccessible entrance, such that a person with disabilities will not be required to retrace the approach route from the inaccessible entrance. 

 

120-3-20-.11 (h) Entrances: If a planned alteration entails alterations to an entrance, and the building has an accessible entrance, the entrance being altered is not required to comply with 120-3-20-.08(8), except to the extent required by 120-3-20-.11(2).  If a particular entrance is not made accessible, appropriate accessible signage indicating the location of the nearest accessible entrance(s) shall be installed at or near the inaccessible entrance, such that a person with disabilities will not be required to retrace the approach route from the inaccessible entrance.

 

Note: When an entrance is being altered, it is required that those entrances being altered be made accessible to the extent feasible.

 

 

2. Where exceptions for alterations to qualified historic buildings or facilities are permitted by 202.5, no more than one public entrance shall be required to comply with 206.4. Where no public entrance can comply with 206.4 under criteria established in 202.5 Exception, then either an unlocked entrance not used by the public shall comply with 206.4; or a locked entrance complying with 206.4 with a notification system or remote monitoring shall be provided.

 

4.1.7(3)(b) At least one accessible entrance complying with 4.14 which is used by the public shall be provided.

 EXCEPTION: If it is determined that no entrance used by the public can comply with 4.14, then access at any entrance not used by the general public but open (unlocked) with directional signage at the primary entrance may be used. The accessible entrance shall also have a notification system. Where security is a problem, remote monitoring may be used.

 

120-3-20-.12 (b) At least one accessible entrance complying with 120-3-20-.25 which is used by the public shall be provided.

 

EXCEPTION: If it is determined that no entrance used by the public can comply with 120-3-20-.25, then access at any entrance not used by the general public but open (unlocked) with directional signage at the primary entrance may be used. The accessible entrance shall also have a notification system. Where security is a problem, remote monitoring may be used.

 

 

206.4.1 Public Entrances. In addition to entrances required by 206.4.2 through 206.4.9, at least 60 percent of all public entrances shall comply with 404.

 

4.1.3(8) The requirements in (a) and (b) below shall be satisfied independently:

(a)(i) At least 50 percent of all public entrances (excluding those in (b) below) shall comply with 4.14. At least one must be a ground floor entrance. Public entrances are any entrances that are not loading or service entrances.

(ii) Accessible public entrances must be provided in a number at least equivalent to the number of exits required by the applicable building or fire codes. (This paragraph does not require an increase in the total number of public entrances planned for a facility.)

 

120-3-20-.08 (8) In new construction, at a minimum, the requirements in (a) and (b) below shall be satisfied independently:

(a) 1. All primary entrances (excluding those in (b) below) must be accessible. At least one must be a ground floor entrance. Public entrances are any entrances that are not loading or service entrances.

 

2. Accessible entrances must be provided in a number at least equivalent to the number of exits required by the applicable building/fire codes. (This paragraph does not require an increase in the total number of entrances planned for a facility.)

 

 

The 2010 Standards require 60% of all public entrances to be accessible; the 1994 Standards specify 50%. The  Georgia Accessibility Code requires all primary entrances to be accessible.

206.4.2 Parking Structure Entrances. Where direct access is provided for pedestrians from a parking structure to a building or facility entrance, each direct access to the building or facility entrance shall comply with 404.

 

4.1.3(8)(b)(i) In addition, if direct access is provided for pedestrians from an enclosed parking garage to the building, at least one direct entrance from the garage to the building must be accessible.

 

120-3-20-.08 (b) 1. In addition, if direct access is provided for pedestrians from an enclosed parking garage to the building, at least one direct entrance from the garage to the building must be accessible.

 

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code specify an ÒenclosedÓ parking garage.

206.4.3 Entrances from Tunnels or Elevated Walkways. Where direct access is provided for pedestrians from a pedestrian tunnel or elevated walkway to a building or facility, at least one direct entrance to the building or facility from each tunnel or walkway shall comply with 404.

 

4.1.3(8)(b)(ii) If access is provided for pedestrians from a pedestrian tunnel or elevated walkway, one entrance to the building from each tunnel or walkway must be accessible.

 

One entrance may be considered as meeting more than one of the requirements in (b).

 

Because entrances also serve as emergency exits whose proximity to all parts of buildings and facilities is essential, it is preferable that all entrances be accessible.

 

120-3-20-.08 2. If access is provided for pedestrians from a pedestrian tunnel or elevated walkway, one entrance to the building from each tunnel or walkway must be accessible. One entrance may be considered as meeting more than one of the requirements in (b). Because entrances also serve as emergency exits whose proximity to all parts of buildings and facilities is essential, it is preferable that all entrances be accessible.

 

206.4.4 Transportation Facilities. In addition to the requirements of 206.4.2, 206.4.3, and 206.4.5 through 206.4.9, transportation facilities shall provide entrances in accordance with 206.4.4.

 

10.3.1 New Construction. New stations in rapid rail, light rail, commuter rail, intercity bus, intercity rail, high speed rail, and other fixed guideway systems (e.g., automated guideway transit, monorails, etc.) shall comply with the following provisions, as applicable . . .

 

See also 10.3.2(2)

120-3-20-.52  (3)(a)  New Construction.  New stations in rapid rail, light rail, commuter rail, intercity bus, intercity rail, high speed rail, and other fixed guide way systems (e.g., automated guide way transit, monorails, etc.) shall comply with the following provisions, as applicable:

 

 

206.4.4.1 Location. In transportation facilities, where different entrances serve different transportation fixed routes or groups of fixed routes, at least one public entrance serving each fixed route or group of fixed routes shall comply with 404.

 

10.3.1(2) In lieu of compliance with 4.1.3(8), at least one entrance to each station shall comply with 4.14, Entrances. If different entrances to a station serve different transportation fixed routes or groups of fixed routes, at least one entrance serving each group or route shall comply with 4.14, Entrances. All accessible entrances shall, to the maximum extent practicable, coincide with those used by the majority of the general public.

 

120-3-20-.52  (3) 2. In lieu of compliance with rule 120-3-20-.08(8), at least one entrance to each station shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.25, Entrances.  If different entrances to a station serve different transportation fixed routes or groups of fixed routes, at least one entrance serving each group or route shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.25, Entrances.  All accessible entrances shall, to the maximum extent practicable, coincide with those used by the majority of the general public. 

 

 

EXCEPTION: Entrances to key stations and existing intercity rail stations retrofitted in accordance with 49 CFR 37.49 or 49 CFR 37.51 shall not be required to comply with 206.4.4.1.

 

10.3.2 Existing Facilities: Key Stations.

(1) Rapid, light and commuter rail key stations, as defined under criteria established by the Department of Transportation in subpart C of 49 C.F.R. part 37 and existing intercity rail stations shall provide at least one accessible route from an accessible entrance to those areas necessary for use of the transportation system.

 

120-3-20-.52 (b) Existing Facilities: Key Stations.

1. Rapid, light and commuter rail key stations, as defined under criteria established by the Department of Transportation in subpart C of 49 CFR part 37 and existing intercity rail stations shall provide at least one accessible route from an accessible entrance to those areas necessary for use of the transportation system.

 

(2) The accessible route required by 10.3.2(1) shall include the features specified in 10.3.1(1), (4)-(9), (11)-(15), and (17)-(19).

120-3-20-.52 2. The accessible route required by rule 120-3-20-.52(b)1 shall include the features specified in rules 120-3-20-.52(a)(1), (4)-(9), (11)-(15), and (17)-(19).

206.4.4.2 Direct Connections. Direct connections to other facilities shall provide an accessible route complying with 404 from the point of connection to boarding platforms and all transportation system elements required to be accessible. Any elements provided to facilitate future direct connections shall be on an accessible route connecting boarding platforms and all transportation system elements required to be accessible.

 

10.3.1(3) Direct connections to commercial, retail, or residential facilities shall have an accessible route complying with 4.3 from the point of connection to boarding platforms and all transportation system elements used by the public. Any elements provided to facilitate future direct connections shall be on an accessible route connecting boarding platforms and all transportation system elements used by the public.

120-3-20-.52 3. Direct connections to commercial, retail, or residential facilities shall have an accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14 from the point of connection to boarding platforms and all transportation system elements used by the public.  Any elements provided to facilitate future direct connections shall be on an accessible route connecting boarding platforms and all transportation system elements used by the public.

 

EXCEPTION: In key stations and existing intercity rail stations, existing direct connections shall not be required to comply with 404.

 

See 10.3.2(2)

 

 

206.4.4.3 Key Stations and Intercity Rail Stations. Key stations and existing intercity rail stations required by Subpart C of 49 CFR part 37 to be altered, shall have at least one entrance complying with 404.

 

10.3.3 Existing Facilities: Alterations.

(1) For the purpose of complying with 4.1.6(2) Alterations to an Area Containing a Primary Function, an area of primary function shall be as defined by applicable provisions of 49 C.F.R. 37.43(c) (Department of Transportation's ADA Rule) or 28 C.F.R. 36.403 (Department of Justice's ADA Rule).

 

See also 10.3.2(1)

120-3-20-.52 (c) Existing Facilities: Alterations.

1. For the purpose of complying with rule 120-3-20-.11(2) Alterations to an Area Containing a Primary Function, an area of primary function shall be as defined by applicable provisions of 49 CFR 37.43(c) (Department of Transportation's ADA Rule) or 28 CFR 36.403 (Department of Justice's ADA Rule).

 

206.4.5 Tenant Spaces. At least one accessible entrance to each tenancy in a facility shall comply with 404.

 

4.1.3(8)(a)(iii) An accessible public entrance must be provided to each tenancy in a facility (for example, individual stores in a strip shopping center).

 

One entrance may be considered as meeting more than one of the requirements in (a). Where feasible, accessible public entrances shall be the entrances used by the majority of people visiting or working in the building.

 

120-3-20-.08 (8)(a)3. An accessible entrance must be provided to each tenancy in a facility (for example, individual stores in a strip shopping center). One entrance may be considered as meeting more than one of the requirements in (a). Where feasible, accessible entrances shall be the entrances used by the majority of people visiting or working in the building.

 

EXCEPTION: Self-service storage facilities not required to comply with 225.3 shall not be required to be on an accessible route.

 

 

 

 

206.4.6 Residential Dwelling Unit Primary Entrance. In residential dwelling units, at least one primary entrance shall comply with 404. The primary entrance to a residential dwelling unit shall not be to a bedroom.

 

 

 

 

206.4.7 Restricted Entrances. Where restricted entrances are provided to a building or facility, at least one restricted entrance to the building or facility shall comply with 404.

 

See Appendix 4.1.3(8)(a) and Appendix 4.1.3(8)(b)

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not address restricted entrances.

206.4.8 Service Entrances. If a service entrance is the only entrance to a building or to a tenancy in a facility, that entrance shall comply with 404.

 

4.1.3(8)(c) If the only entrance to a building, or tenancy in a facility, is a service entrance, that entrance shall be accessible.

 

120-3-20-.08  (b)(2) Service Entrances. A service entrance shall not be the sole accessible entrance unless it is the only entrance to a building or facility (for example, in a factory or garage).

 

4.14.2 Service Entrances. A service entrance shall not be the sole accessible entrance unless it is the only entrance to a building or facility (for example, in a factory or garage).

 

206.4.9 Entrances for Inmates or Detainees. Where entrances used only by inmates or detainees and security personnel are provided at judicial facilities, detention facilities, or correctional facilities, at least one such entrance shall comply with 404.

 

 

See Appendix 4.1.3(8)(a) and Appendix 4.1.3(8)(b)

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not address entrances for inmates or detainees.

 

6.2 Entrances. – Medical Care Facilities At least one accessible entrance that complies with 4.14 shall be protected from the weather by canopy or roof overhang.  Such entrances shall incorporate a passenger loading zone that complies with 4.6.6.

120-3-20-.48 2) Entrances – Medical Care Facilities.  At least one accessible entrance that complies with rule 120-3-20-.25 shall be protected from the weather by canopy or roof overhang.  Such entrances shall incorporate a passenger loading zone that complies with rule 120-3-20-.17(6).

 

206.5 Doors, Doorways, and Gates. Doors, doorways, and gates providing user passage shall be provided in accordance with 206.5.

 

206.5.1 Entrances. Each entrance to a building or facility required to comply with 206.4 shall have at least one door, doorway, or gate complying with 404.

 

206.5.2 Rooms and Spaces. Within a building or facility, at least one door, doorway, or gate serving each room or space complying with these requirements shall comply with 404.

 

4.1.3(7) Doors

(a) At each accessible entrance to a building or facility, at least one door shall comply with 4.13.

 

(b) Within a building or facility, at least one door at each accessible space shall comply with 4.13.

(c) Each door that is an element of an accessible route shall comply with 4.13.

(d) Each door required by 4.3.10, Egress, shall comply with 4.13.

 

120-3-20-.08 (7) Doors:

(a) At each accessible entrance to a building or facility, at least one door shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.24.

 

(b) Within a building or facility, at least one door at each accessible space shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.24

 

(c) Each door that is an element of an accessible route shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.24.

 

(d) Each door required by rule 120-3-20-.14(10), Egress, shall comply with 1 rule 20-3-20-.24.

 

206.5.3 Transient Lodging Facilities. In transient lodging facilities, entrances, doors, and doorways providing user passage into and within guest rooms that are not required to provide mobility features complying with 806.2 shall comply with 404.2.3.

 

EXCEPTION: Shower and sauna doors in guest rooms that are not required to provide mobility features complying with 806.2 shall not be required to comply with 404.2.3.

 

9.4 Other Sleeping Rooms and Suites.  Doors and doorways designed to allow passage into and within all sleeping units or other covered units shall comply with 4.13.5.

 

120-3-20-.51 8 (4) Other Sleeping Rooms and Suites.  Doors and doorways designed to allow passage into and within all sleeping units or other covered units shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.24(5). 

 

206.5.4 Residential Dwelling Units. In residential dwelling units required to provide mobility features complying with 809.2 through 809.4, all doors and doorways providing user passage shall comply with 404.

 

 

 

 

206.6 Elevators. Elevators provided for passengers shall comply with 407. Where multiple elevators are provided, each elevator shall comply with 407.

 

4.1.3(5) One passenger elevator complying with 4.10 shall serve each level, including mezzanines, in all multi-story buildings and facilities unless exempted below. If more than one elevator is provided, each full passenger elevator shall comply with 4.10.

120-3-20-.08 (5) One passenger elevator complying with rule 120-3-20-.21 shall serve each level, including mezzanines, in all multi-story buildings and facilities unless exempted below. If more than one elevator is provided, each full passenger elevator shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.21.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Limited-Use/Limited-Application elevators are most economical in existing buildings due to certain exceptions that ASME A17.1 allows in these installations. It is here where this requirement becomes ambiguous because all three documents permit the use of platform lifts in existing buildings.  The ASME A18.1 standard referenced by the 2010 Standards permits vertical platform lifts to penetrate floors.  The result is that while the 2010 Standards appear to be more restrictive by not allowing limited-use elevators where a Òfull passenger elevatorÓ is required, this provision could drive the installation of a less accessible platform lift instead of a passenger elevator.  For example, an existing small, two-story town hall would not be permitted to have a limited-use elevator installed, but if the town cannot afford $50-60K for a 2500 lb passenger elevator, it could install a less accessible platform lift to serve the second story.

 

EXCEPTIONS:

1. In a building or facility permitted to use the exceptions to 206.2.3 or permitted by 206.7 to use a platform lift, elevators complying with 408 shall be permitted.

 

 

 

2. Elevators complying with 408 or 409 shall be permitted in multi-story residential dwelling units.

 

 

 

 

206.6.1 Existing Elevators. Where elements of existing elevators are altered, the same element shall also be altered in all elevators that are programmed to respond to the same hall call control as the altered elevator and shall comply with the requirements of 407 for the altered element.

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards specify that where elements are altered on existing elevators, those elements must be altered on all elevators programmed to respond to the same hall call control.  The 1994 Standards permit only one elevator in a bank of elevators that respond to the same call to be altered.  The result is that under the 1994 Standards, three elevators in a bank of four elevators that respond to the same hall call control may be inaccessible, meaning a passenger has only a 25% chance of getting an accessible elevator when pushing the hall call button.

 

206.7 Platform Lifts. Platform lifts shall comply with 410. Platform lifts shall be permitted as a component of an accessible route in new construction in accordance with 206.7. Platform lifts shall be permitted as a component of an accessible route in an existing building or facility.

 

4.1.3(5) EXCEPTION 4: Platform lifts (wheelchair lifts) complying with 4.11 of this guideline and applicable State or local codes may be used in lieu of an elevator only under the following conditions:

 

4.1.6(3)(g) Platform Lifts (Wheelchair Lifts): In alterations, platform lifts (wheelchair lifts) complying with 4.11 and applicable state or local codes may be used as part of an accessible route. The use of lifts is not limited to the conditions in exception 4 of 4.1.3(5).

 

 

120-3-20-.08 EXCEPTION 4: Platform lifts (wheelchair lifts) complying with rule 120-3-20-.22 of this regulation and applicable state or local codes may be used in lieu of an elevator only under the following conditions:

 

120-3-20-.11 (3)(g) Platform Lifts (Wheelchair Lifts): In alterations, platform lifts (wheelchair lifts) complying with 120-3-20-.22 and applicable state or local codes may be used as part of an accessible route. The use of lifts is not limited to the four conditions in exception 4 of 120-3-20-.08(5).

 

 

206.7.1 Performance Areas and Speakers' Platforms. Platform lifts shall be permitted to provide accessible routes to performance areas and speakers' platforms

(a) To provide an accessible route to a performing area in an assembly occupancy.

 

120-3-20-.08 (5) Exception 4 (a) To provide an accessible route to a performing area in an assembly occupancy.

 

 

206.7.2 Wheelchair Spaces. Platform lifts shall be permitted to provide an accessible route to comply with the wheelchair space dispersion and line-of-sight requirements of 221 and 802.

 

(b) To comply with the wheelchair viewing position line-of- sight and dispersion requirements of 4.33.3.

 

(b) To comply with the wheelchair viewing position line-of-sight and dispersion requirements of rule 120-3-20-.44(3).

 

 

206.7.3 Incidental Spaces. Platform lifts shall be permitted to provide an accessible route to incidental spaces which are not public use spaces and which are occupied by five persons maximum.

 

(c) To provide access to incidental occupiable spaces and rooms which are not open to the general public and which house no more than five persons, including but not limited to equipment control rooms and projection booths.

 

(c) To provide access to incidental occupiable spaces and rooms which are not open to the general public and which house no more than five persons, including but not limited to equipment control rooms and projection booths.

 

 

206.7.4 Judicial Spaces. Platform lifts shall be permitted to provide an accessible route to: jury boxes and witness stands; raised courtroom stations including, judges' benches, clerks' stations, bailiffs' stations, deputy clerks'

stations, and court reporters' stations; and to depressed areas such as the well of a court.

 

See Appendix 4.1.3(5)

 

 

206.7.5 Existing Site Constraints. Platform lifts shall be permitted where existing exterior site constraints make use of a ramp or elevator infeasible.

 

(d) To provide access where existing site constraints or other constraints make use of a ramp or an elevator infeasible.

(d) To provide access where existing site constraints or other constraints make use of a ramp or an elevator infeasible.

 

 

 

 

Note: Only full passenger elevators are covered by the accessibility provisions of rule 120-3-20-.21. Materials and equipment hoists, freight elevators not intended for passenger use, dumbwaiters, and construction elevators are not covered by these rules. If a building is exempt from the elevator requirement, it is not necessary to provide a platform lift or other means of vertical access in lieu of an elevator.

 

 

 

 

Under Exception 4, platform lifts are allowed where existing conditions make it impractical to install a ramp or elevator. Such conditions generally occur where it is essential to provide access to small raised or lowered areas where space may not be available for a ramp. Examples include, but are not limited to, raised pharmacy platforms, commercial offices raised above a sales floor, or radio and news booths.

 

 

206.7.6 Guest Rooms and Residential Dwelling Units. Platform lifts shall be permitted to connect levels within transient lodging guest rooms required to provide mobility features complying with 806.2 or residential dwelling units required to provide mobility features complying with 809.2 through 809.4.

 

 

 

 

206.7.7 Amusement Rides. Platform lifts shall be permitted to provide accessible routes to load and unload areas serving amusement rides.

 

See Appendix 15.1.3

 

 

206.7.8 Play Areas. Platform lifts shall be permitted to provide accessible routes to play components or soft contained play structures.

 

See Appendix 15.6

 

 

206.7.9 Team or Player Seating.  Platform lifts shall be permitted to provide accessible routes to team or player seating areas serving areas of sport activity.

 

See Appendix 4.1.3(5)

 

 

206.7.10 Recreational Boating Facilities and Fishing Piers and Platforms. Platform lifts shall be permitted to be used instead of gangways that are part of accessible routes serving recreational boating facilities and fishing piers and platforms.

 

See Appendix 15.2

 

 

206.8 Security Barriers. Security barriers, including but not limited to, security bollards and security check points, shall not obstruct a required accessible route or accessible means of egress.

 

EXCEPTION: Where security barriers incorporate elements that cannot comply with these requirements such as certain metal detectors, fluoroscopes, or other similar devices, the accessible route shall be permitted to be located adjacent to security screening devices. The accessible route shall permit persons with disabilities passing around security barriers to maintain visual contact with their personal items to the same extent provided others passing through the security barrier.

 

7.4 Security Bollards. Any device used to prevent the removal of shopping carts from store premises shall not prevent access or egress to people in wheelchairs. An alternate entry that is equally convenient to that provided for the ambulatory population is acceptable.

 

10.4.1(8) Security Systems. In public facilities that are airports, at least one accessible route complying with 4.3 shall be provided through fixed security barriers at each single barrier or group of security barriers. A group is two or more security barriers immediately adjacent to each other at a single location. Where security barriers incorporate equipment such as metal detectors, fluoroscopes, or other similar devices which cannot be made accessible, an accessible route shall be provided adjacent to such security screening devices to facilitate an equivalent circulation path. The circulation path shall permit persons with disabilities passing through security barriers to maintain visual contact with their personal items to the same extent provided other members of the general public.

 

EXCEPTION: Doors, doorways, and gates designed to be operated only by security personnel shall be exempt from 4.13.9, 4.13.11, and 4.13.12.

 

120-3-20-.49  (4) Security Bollards.  Any device used to prevent the removal of shopping carts from store premises shall not prevent access or egress to people in wheelchairs.  An alternate entry that is equally convenient to that provided for the ambulatory population is acceptable. 

 

120-3-20-.52 (4)(a) 8. Security Systems.  [Reserved]

 

207 Accessible Means of Egress

 

 

 

 

207.1 General. Means of egress shall comply with section 1003.2.13 of the International Building Code (2000 edition and 2001 Supplement) or section 1007 of the International Building Code (2003 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1).

 

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Where means of egress are permitted by local building or life safety codes to share a common path of egress travel, accessible means of egress shall be permitted to share a common path of egress travel.

2. Areas of refuge shall not be required in detention and correctional facilities.

 

4.1.3(9) In buildings or facilities, or portions of buildings or facilities, required to be accessible, accessible means of egress shall be provided in the same number as required for exits by local building/life safety regulations. Where a required exit from an occupiable level above or below a level of accessible exit discharge is not accessible, an area of rescue assistance shall be provided on each such level (in a number equal to that of inaccessible required exits). Areas of rescue assistance shall comply with 4.3.11. A horizontal exit, meeting the requirements of local building/life safety regulations, shall satisfy the requirement for an area of rescue assistance. 

EXCEPTION: Areas of rescue assistance are not required in buildings or facilities having a supervised automatic sprinkler system.

 

4.1.6(1)(g) In alterations, the requirements of 4.1.3(9), 4.3.10 and 4.3.11 do not apply.

 

See also Appendix 12.1 EXCEPTION

 

120-3-20-.08 (9) In buildings or facilities, or portions of buildings or facilities, required to be accessible, accessible means of egress shall be provided in the same number as required for exits by local building/life safety regulations. Where a required exit from an occupiable level above or below a level of accessible exit discharge is not accessible, an area of rescue assistance shall be provided on each such level (in a number equal to that of inaccessible required exits). Areas of rescue assistance shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.14(11). A horizontal exit, meeting the requirements of local building/life safety regulations, shall satisfy the requirement for an area of rescue assistance.

 

 

120-3-20-.11 (g)In alterations, the requirements of 120-3-20-.08 (9), 120-3-20-. 4.3.10 and 4.3.11 do not apply.

 

EXCEPTION: Areas of rescue assistance are not required in buildings or facilities having a supervised automatic sprinkler system.

Note: Supervised automatic sprinkler systems have built in signals for monitoring features of the system such as the opening and closing of water control valves, the power supplies for needed pumps, water tank levels, and for indicating conditions that will impair the satisfactory operation of the sprinkler system. Because of these monitoring features, supervised automatic sprinkler systems have a high level of satisfactory performance and response to fire conditions.

 

 120-3-20-.14 (10) Egress. Accessible routes serving any accessible space or element shall also serve as a means of egress for emergencies or connect to an accessible area of rescue assistance.

 

Note:  Because people with disabilities may visit, be employed or be a resident in any building, emergency management plans with specific provisions to ensure their safe evacuation also play an essential role in fire safety and life safety.

 

120-3-20-.11 (g) In alterations, the requirements of 120-3-20-.08 (9), 120-3-20-. 4.3.10 and 4.3.11 do not apply.

 

The 2010 Standards incorporate the IBC accessible means of egress requirements by reference. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.3.10 Egress. Accessible routes serving any accessible space or element shall also serve as a means of egress for emergencies or connect to an accessible area of rescue assistance. 

 

The 1994 Standards do not support this provision.  For example, an elevator may serve as an accessible route to the second story of a building, but the 1994 Standards do not specify that the elevator must be a part of an accessible means of egress.

 

4.3.11.3 Stairway Width. Each stairway adjacent to an area of rescue assistance shall have a minimum clear width of 48 inches between handrails. 

 

120-3-20-.14(11) (c) Stairway Width. Each stairway adjacent to an area of rescue assistance shall have a minimum clear width of 48 inches between handrails.

 

Note:  A 48 inches (1220 mm) wide exit stairway is needed to allow assisted evacuation (e.g., carrying a person in a wheelchair) without encroaching on the exit path for ambulatory persons.

 

 

 

4.3.11 Areas of Rescue Assistance.

 

120-3-20-.14(11) Areas of Rescue Assistance.

 

 

 

4.3.11.1 Location and Construction.  An area of rescue assistance shall be one of the following:

  (1) A portion of a stairway landing within a smokeproof enclosure (complying with local requirements).

  (2) A portion of an exterior exit balcony located immediately adjacent to an exit stairway when the balcony complies with local requirements for exterior exit balconies.  Openings to the interior of the building located within 20 feet (6 m) of the area of rescue assistance shall be protected with fire assemblies having a three-fourths hour fire protection rating.

  (3) A portion of a one-hour fire-resistive corridor (complying with local requirements for fire-resistive construction and for openings) located immediately adjacent to an exit enclosure.

  (4) A vestibule located immediately adjacent to an exit enclosure and constructed to the same fire-resistive standards as required for corridors and openings.

  (5) A portion of a stairway landing within an exit enclosure which is vented to the exterior and is separated from the interior of the building with not less than one-hour fire-resistive doors.

  (6) When approved by the appropriate local authority, an area or a room which is separated from other portions of the building by a smoke barrier.  Smoke barriers shall have a fire-resistive rating of not less than one hour and shall completely enclose the area or room.  Doors in the smoke barrier shall be tight-fitting smoke- and draft control  assemblies having a fire-protection rating of not less than 20 minutes and shall be self-closing or automatic closing.  The area or room shall be provided with an exit directly to an exit enclosure.  Where the room or area exits into an exit enclosure which is required to be of more than one-hour fire-resistive construction, the room or area shall have the same fire-resistive construction, including the same opening protection, as required for the adjacent exit enclosure.

  (7) An elevator lobby when elevator shafts and adjacent lobbies are pressurized as required for smokeproof enclosures by local regulations and when complying with requirements herein for size, communication, and signage.  Such pressurization system shall be activated by smoke detectors on each floor located in a manner approved by the appropriate local authority.  Pressurization equipment and its duct work within the building shall be separated from other portions of the building by a minimum two-hour fire-resistive construction.

 (a) Location and Construction. An area of rescue assistance shall be one of the following:

1. A portion of a stairway landing within a smokeproof enclosure (complying with local requirements).

 

2. A portion of an exterior exit balcony located immediately adjacent to an exit stairway when the balcony complies with local requirements for exterior exit balconies. Openings to the interior of the building located within 20 feet (6 m) of the area of rescue assistance shall be protected with fire assemblies having a three-fourths hour fire protection rating.

 

3. A portion of a one-hour fire-resistive corridor (complying with local requirements for fire-resistive construction and for openings) located immediately adjacent to an exit enclosure.

 

4. A vestibule located immediately adjacent to an exit enclosure and constructed to the same fire-resistive standards as required for corridors and openings.

 

5. A portion of a stairway landing within an exit enclosure which is vented to the exterior and is separated from the interior of the building with not less than one-hour fire-resistive doors.

 

6. When approved by the appropriate local authority, an area or a room which is separated from other portions of the building by a smoke barrier. Smoke barriers shall have a fire-resistive rating of not less than one hour and shall completely enclose the area or room. Doors in the smoke barrier shall be tight-fitting smoke-control and draft-control assemblies having a fire-protection rating of not less than 20 minutes and shall be self-closing or automatic closing. The area or room shall be provided with an exit directly to an exit enclosure. Where the room or area exits into an exit enclosure which is required to be of more than one-hour fire-resistive construction, the room or area shall have the same fire-resistive construction, including the same opening protection, as required for the adjacent exit enclosure.

 

7. An elevator lobby when elevator shafts and adjacent lobbies are pressurized as required for smokeproof enclosures by local regulations and when complying with requirements herein for size, communication, and signage.  Such pressurization system shall be activated by smoke detectors on each floor located in a manner approved by the appropriate local authority. Pressurization equipment and its duct work within the building shall be separated from other portions of the building by a minimum two-hour fire-resistive construction.

 

 

 

4.3.11.2 Size.  Each area of rescue assistance shall provide at least two accessible areas each being not less than 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm).  The area of rescue assistance shall not encroach on any required exit width.  The total number of such 30-inch by 48-inch (760 mm by 1220 mm) areas per story shall be not less than one for every 200 persons of calculated occupant load served by the area of rescue assistance.

EXCEPTION: The appropriate local authority may reduce the minimum number of 30-inch by 48-inch (760 mm by 1220 mm) areas to one for each area of rescue assistance on floors where the occupant load is less than 200.

(b) Size. Each area of rescue assistance shall provide at least two accessible areas each being not less than 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm). The area of rescue assistance shall not encroach on any required exit width. The total number of such 30-inch by 48-inch (760 mm by 1220 mm) areas per story shall be not less than one for every 200 persons of calculated occupant load served by the area of rescue assistance.

 

EXCEPTION: The appropriate local authority may reduce the minimum number of 30-inches by 48-inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) areas to one for each area of rescue assistance on floors where the occupant load is less than 200.

 

 

 

4.3.11.3* Stairway Width.  Each stairway adjacent to an area of rescue assistance shall have a minimum clear width of 48 inches between handrails.

(c) Stairway Width. Each stairway adjacent to an area of rescue assistance shall have a minimum clear width of 48 inches between handrails.

 

Note: A 48 inches (1220 mm) wide exit stairway is needed to allow assisted evacuation (e.g., carrying a person in a wheelchair) without encroaching on the exit path for ambulatory persons.

 

 

 

4.3.11.4 Two-way Communication. A method of two-way communication, with both visible and audible signals, shall be provided between each area of rescue assistance and the primary entry. The fire department or appropriate local authority may approve a location other than the primary entry. 

 

(d) Two-way Communication. A method of two-way communication, with both visible and audible signals, shall be provided between each area of rescue assistance and the primary entry. The fire department or appropriate local authority may approve a location other than the primary entry.

 

Note:  It is essential that emergency communication not be dependent on voice communications alone because the safety of people with hearing or speech impairments could be jeopardized. The visible signal requirement could be satisfied with something as simple as a button in the area of rescue assistance that lights, indicating that help is on the way, when the message is answered at the point of entry.

 

 

 

4.3.11.5 Identification. Each area of rescue assistance shall be identified by a sign which states "AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE" and displays the international symbol of accessibility. The sign shall be illuminated when exit sign illumination is required. Signage shall also be installed at all inaccessible exits and where otherwise necessary to clearly indicate the direction to areas of rescue assistance. In each area of rescue assistance, instructions on the use of the area under emergency conditions shall be posted adjoining the two-way communication system.

 

(e) Identification. Each area of rescue assistance shall be identified by a sign which states "AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE" and displays the international symbol of accessibility. The sign shall be illuminated when exit sign illumination is required. Signage shall also be installed at all inaccessible exits and where otherwise necessary to clearly indicate the direction to areas of rescue assistance. In each area of rescue assistance, instructions on the use of the area under emergency conditions shall be posted adjoining the two-way communication system.

 

 

 

207.2 Platform Lifts. Standby power shall be provided for platform lifts permitted by section 1003.2.13.4 of the International Building Code (2000 edition and 2001 Supplement) or section 1007.5 of the International Building Code (2003 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1) to serve as a part of an accessible means of egress.

 

 

 

Note the requirement for standby power on platform lifts used as part of an accessible means of egress in the 2010 Standards.

208 Parking Spaces

 

4.1.2(5)(a) If parking spaces are provided for self-parking by employees or visitors, or both, then accessible spaces complying with 4.6 shall be provided in each such parking area in conformance with the table below. Spaces required by the table need not be provided in the particular lot. They may be provided in a different location if equivalent or greater accessibility, in terms of distance from an accessible entrance, cost and convenience is ensured.[8]

 

120-3-20-.07 (e) (1). If parking spaces are provided for self-parking by employees or visitors, or both, then accessible spaces complying with rule 120-3-20-.17 shall be provided in each such parking area in conformance with the table below.

Spaces required by the table need not be provided in the particular lot. They may be provided in a different location if equivalent or greater accessibility, in terms of distance from an accessible entrance, cost and convenience is ensured.

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not have an exception for parking spaces for buses, trucks, etc.

208.1 General. Where parking spaces are provided, parking spaces shall be provided in accordance with 208.

 

EXCEPTION: Parking spaces used exclusively for buses, trucks, other delivery vehicles, law enforcement vehicles, or vehicular impound shall not be required to comply with 208 provided that lots accessed by the public are provided with a passenger loading zone complying with 503.

 

208.2 Minimum Number. Parking spaces complying with 502 shall be provided in accordance with Table 208.2 except as required by 208.2.1, 208.2.2, and 208.2.3.

Where more than one parking facility is provided on a site, the number of accessible spaces provided on the site shall be calculated according to the number of spaces required for each parking facility.

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

Table 208.2 Parking Spaces

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Total Number of Parking Spaces Provided in Parking Facility

Minimum Number of Required Accessible Parking Spaces

Total Parking in Lot

Required Minimum Number of Accessible Spaces

Total Parking in Lot

Required Minimum Number of Accessible Spaces

1 to 25

1

1 to 25

1

1 to 25

1

26 to 50

2

26 to 50

2

26 to 50

2

51 to 75

3

51 to 75

3

51 to 75

3

76 to 100

4

76 to 100

4

76 to 100

4

101 to 150

5

101 to 150

5

101 to 150

5

151 to 200

6

151 to 200

6

151 to 200

6

201 to 300

7

201 to 300

7

201 to 300

7

301 to 400

8

301 to 400

8

301 to 400

8

401 to 500

9

401 to 500

9

401 to 500

9

501 to 1000

2 percent of total

501 to 1000

2 percent of total

501 to 1000

2% of total

1001 and over

20, plus 1 for each 100, or fraction thereof, over 1000

1001 and over

20, plus 1 for each 100, or fraction thereof, over 1000

1001 and over

20 plus one for each 100 over 1,000

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Commentary

 

9.2.2(6) Where provided as part of an accessible unit, sleeping room, or suite, the following spaces shall be accessible and shall be on an accessible route:

(g) carports, garages or parking spaces.

 

120-3-20-.51 6. Exception (g) Where provided as part of an accessible unit, sleeping room, or suite, the following spaces shall be accessible and shall be on an accessible route:

 

 

(g) carports, garages or parking spaces.

 

 

208.2.1 Hospital Outpatient Facilities. Ten percent of patient and visitor parking spaces provided to serve hospital outpatient facilities shall comply with 502.

 

4.1.2(5)(d) At facilities providing medical care and other services for persons with mobility impairments, parking spaces complying with 4.6 shall be provided in accordance with 4.1.2(5)(a) except as follows:

 

(i) Outpatient units and facilities: 10 percent of the total number of parking spaces provided serving each such outpatient unit or facility;

 

120-3-20-.07 (e)(4). At facilities providing medical care and facilities providing other services for persons with mobility impairments, parking spaces complying with rule120-3-20-.17 shall be provided in accordance with rule 120-3-20-.07(5)(a) except as follows:

 

Exception 1: Outpatient units and facilities: 10 percent of the total number of parking spaces provided serving each such outpatient unit or facility;

 

The 2010 Standards restrict the 10% requirement to patient and visitor parking.  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code apply the 10% to employee parking as well.

208.2.2 Rehabilitation Facilities and Outpatient Physical Therapy Facilities. Twenty percent of patient and visitor parking spaces provided to serve rehabilitation facilities specializing in treating conditions that affect

mobility and outpatient physical therapy facilities shall comply with 502.

 

(ii) Units and facilities that specialize in treatment or services for persons with mobility impairments: 20 percent of the total number of parking spaces provided serving each such unit or facility.

 

Exception 2: Units and facilities that specialize in treatment or services for persons with mobility impairments: 20 percent of the total number of parking spaces provided serving each such unit or facility.

The 2010 Standards restrict the 20% requirement to patient and visitor parking.  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code apply the 20% to employee parking as well.

208.2.3 Residential Facilities. Parking spaces provided to serve residential facilities shall comply with 208.2.3.

 

 

 

 

208.2.3.1 Parking for Residents. Where at least one parking space is provided for each residential dwelling unit, at least one parking space complying with 502 shall be provided for each residential dwelling unit required to provide mobility features complying with 809.2 through 809.4.

 

 

 

 

208.2.3.2 Additional Parking Spaces for Residents. Where the total number of parking spaces provided for each residential dwelling unit exceeds one parking space per residential dwelling unit, 2 percent, but no fewer than one space, of all the parking spaces not covered by 208.2.3.1 shall comply with 502.

 

 

 

208.2.3.3 Parking for Guests, Employees, and Other Non-Residents. Where parking spaces are provided for persons other than residents, parking shall be provided

in accordance with Table 208.2.

 

 

 

 

208.2.4 Van Parking Spaces. For every six or fraction of six parking spaces required by 208.2 to comply with 502, at least one shall be a van parking space complying with 502.

 

4.1.2(5)(b) One in every eight accessible spaces, but not less than one, shall be served by an access aisle 96 in (2440 mm) wide minimum and shall be designated "van accessible" as required by 4.6.4. The vertical clearance at such spaces shall comply with 4.6.5. All such spaces may be grouped on one level of a parking structure.

EXCEPTION: Provision of all required parking spaces in conformance with "Universal Parking Design" (see appendix A4.6.3) is permitted.

 

120-3-20-.07(e) (2). One in every eight accessible spaces, but not less than one, shall be served by an access aisle 96 inches (2440 mm) wide minimum and shall be designated "van accessible" as required by rule 120-3-20-.17(4). The vertical clearance at such spaces shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.17(5). All such spaces may be grouped on one level of a parking structure.

 

EXCEPTION: Provision of all required parking spaces in conformance with "Universal Parking Design" (fig. A5)

The 2010 Standards require one in every six accessible spaces (or fraction thereof) to be van accessible.  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require 1 in 8.

208.3 Location. Parking facilities shall comply with 208.3

 

 

 

 

208.3.1 General. Parking spaces complying with 502 that serve a particular building or facility shall be located on the shortest accessible route from parking to an entrance complying with 206.4. Where parking serves more than one accessible entrance, parking spaces complying with 502 shall be dispersed and located on the shortest accessible route to the accessible entrances. In parking

facilities that do not serve a particular building or facility, parking spaces complying with 502 shall be located on the shortest accessible route to an accessible pedestrian entrance of the parking facility.

4.6.2 Location. Accessible parking spaces serving a particular building shall be located on the shortest accessible route of travel from adjacent parking to an accessible entrance. In parking facilities that do not serve a particular building, accessible parking shall be located on the shortest accessible route of travel to an accessible pedestrian entrance of the parking facility. In buildings with multiple accessible entrances with adjacent parking, accessible parking spaces shall be dispersed and located closest to the accessible entrances.

 

120-3-20-.17 (2) Location. Accessible parking spaces serving a particular building shall be located on the shortest accessible route of travel from adjacent parking to an accessible entrance. In parking facilities that do not serve a particular building, accessible parking shall be located on the shortest accessible route of travel to an accessible pedestrian entrance of the parking facility.  In buildings with multiple accessible entrances with adjacent parking, accessible parking spaces shall be dispersed and located closest to the accessible entrances.

 

EXCEPTIONS:

1. All van parking spaces shall be permitted to be grouped on one level within a multi-story parking facility.

 

4.1.2(5)(b) . . . All such spaces may be grouped on one level of a parking structure.

120-3-20-.07(e) (2) ÉAll such spaces may be grouped on one level of a parking structure.

 

 

2. Parking spaces shall be permitted to be located in different parking facilities if substantially equivalent or greater accessibility is provided in terms of distance from an accessible entrance or entrances, parking fee, and user convenience.

 

4.1.2(5)(a) If parking spaces are provided for self-parking by employees or visitors, or both, then accessible spaces complying with 4.6 shall be provided in each such parking area in conformance with the table below. Spaces required by the table need not be provided in the particular lot. They may be provided in a different location if equivalent or greater accessibility, in terms of distance from an accessible entrance, cost and convenience is ensured.

120-3-20-.07 (e) (1). If parking spaces are provided for self-parking by employees or visitors, or both, then accessible spaces complying with rule 120-3-20-.17 shall be provided in each such parking area in conformance with the table below.

 

Spaces required by the table need not be provided in the particular lot. They may be provided in a different location if equivalent or greater accessibility, in terms of distance from an accessible entrance, cost and convenience is ensured.

 

 

208.3.2 Residential Facilities. In residential facilities containing residential dwelling units required to provide mobility features complying with 809.2 through 809.4, parking spaces provided in accordance with 208.2.3.1 shall be located on the shortest accessible route to the residential dwelling unit entrance they serve. Spaces provided in accordance with 208.2.3.2 shall be dispersed throughout all types of parking provided for the residential dwelling units.

 

 

120-3-20-.54 Where parking is provided for facilities with all dwelling units designed for adaptability, accessible parking spaces are provided according to the number and particular needs of the disabled residents occupying the adaptable units.

 

EXCEPTION: Parking spaces provided in accordance with 208.2.3.2 shall not be required to be dispersed throughout all types of parking if substantially equivalent or greater accessibility is provided in terms of distance from an accessible entrance, parking fee, and user convenience.

 

 

 

 

209 Passenger Loading Zones and Bus Stops

209.1 General. Passenger loading zones shall be provided in accordance with 209.

 

4.1.2(5)(c) If passenger loading zones are provided, then at least one passenger loading zone shall comply with 4.6.6.

 

120-3-20-.07 (e) (3). If passenger loading zones are provided, then at least one passenger loading zone shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.17(6).

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code only require one accessible passenger loading zone where they are provided.

209.2 Type. Where provided, passenger loading zones shall comply with 209.2.

 

 

 

 

209.2.1 Passenger Loading Zones. Passenger loading zones, except those required to comply with 209.2.2 and 209.2.3, shall provide at least one passenger loading

zone complying with 503 in every continuous 100 linear feet (30 m) of loading zone space, or fraction thereof.

 

 

 

 

209.2.2 Bus Loading Zones. In bus loading zones restricted to use by designated or specified public transportation vehicles, each bus bay, bus stop, or other area designated for lift or ramp deployment shall comply with 810.2. 

 

 

 

 

209.2.3 On-Street Bus Stops. On-street bus stops shall comply with 810.2 to the maximum extent practicable.

 

10.2.1 (1) Where new bus stop pads are constructed at bus stops, bays or other areas where a lift or ramp is to be deployed, they shall have a firm, stable surface; a minimum clear length of 96 inches (measured from the curb or vehicle roadway edge) and a minimum clear width of 60 inches (measured parallel to the vehicle roadway) to the maximum extent allowed by legal or site constraints; and shall be connected to streets, sidewalks or pedestrian paths by an accessible route complying with 4.3 and 4.4. The slope of the pad parallel to the roadway shall, to the extent practicable, be the same as the roadway. For water drainage, a maximum slope of 1:50 (2%) perpendicular to the roadway is allowed.

120-3-20-.52 (2)(a)1. Where new bus stop pads are constructed at bus stops, bays or other areas where a lift or ramp is to be deployed, they shall have a firm, stable surface;  a minimum clear length of 96 inches (measured from the curb or vehicle roadway edge) and a minimum clear width of 60 inches (measured parallel to the vehicle roadway) to the maximum extent allowed by legal or site constraints; and shall be connected to streets, sidewalks or pedestrian paths by an accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14 and rule 120-3-20-.15.  The slope of the pad parallel to the roadway shall, to the extent practicable, be the same as the roadway.  For water drainage, a maximum slope of 1:50 (2%) perpendicular to the roadway is allowed.

 

 

209.3 Medical Care and Long-Term Care Facilities. At least one passenger loading zone complying with 503 shall be provided at an accessible entrance to licensed medical care and licensed long-term care facilities where the period of stay exceeds twenty-four hours.

 

6.2 Entrances. At least one accessible entrance that complies with 4.14 shall be protected from the weather by canopy or roof overhang. Such entrances shall incorporate a passenger loading zone that complies with 4.6.6.

 

120-3-20-.48 (2) Entrances.  At least one accessible entrance that complies with rule 120-3-20-.25 shall be protected from the weather by canopy or roof overhang.  Such entrances shall incorporate a passenger loading zone that complies with rule 120-3-20-.17(6).

The 1994 Standards and the Georgia Accessibility Code require a canopy at an accessible medical facility entrance.

209.4 Valet Parking. Parking facilities that provide valet parking services shall provide at least one passenger loading zone complying with 503.

 

4.1.2(5)(e) Valet parking: Valet parking facilities shall provide a passenger loading zone complying with 4.6.6 located on an accessible route to the entrance of the facility. Paragraphs 5(a), 5(b), and 5(d) of this section do not apply to valet parking facilities.

 

120-3-20-.07 (e)(5). Valet parking: Valet parking facilities shall provide a passenger loading zone complying with rule 120-3-20-.17(6) located on an accessible route to the entrance of the facility. Paragraphs (a), (b), and (d) of this section 120-

3-20-.07 do not apply to valet parking facilities.

 

Notes: Valet parking is not always usable by individuals with disabilities.  For instance, an individual may use a type of vehicle controls that render the regular controls inoperable or the driver's seat in a van may be removed. In these situations, another person cannot park the vehicle. It is recommended that some self-parking spaces be provided at valet parking facilities for individuals whose vehicles cannot be parked by another person and that such spaces be located on an accessible route to the entrance of the facility.

 

209.5 Mechanical Access Parking Garages. Mechanical access parking garages shall provide at least one passenger loading zone complying with 503 at vehicle drop-off and vehicle pick-up areas.

 

 

 

 

210 Stairways

 

 

 

 

210.1 General. Interior and exterior stairs that are part of a means of egress shall comply with 504.

 

4.1.3(4) Interior and exterior stairs connecting levels that are not connected by an elevator, ramp, or other accessible means of vertical access shall comply with 4.9.

 

120-3-20-.08 (4) Interior and exterior stairs connecting levels that are not connected by an elevator, ramp, or other accessible means of vertical access shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.20.

The 2010 Standards apply their stair requirements on stairs that are part of a means of egress, regardless of whether the connected levels are served by accessible routes.  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code apply only where the connected levels are not also connected by an accessible route.

 

EXCEPTIONS:

1. In detention and correctional facilities, stairs that are not located in public use areas shall not be required to comply with 504.

 

See Appendix 12.1 EXCEPTION

 

 

 

2. In alterations, stairs between levels that are connected by an accessible route shall not be required to comply with 504, except that handrails complying with 505 shall be provided when the stairs are altered.

 

 

 

 

3. In assembly areas, aisle stairs shall not be required to comply with 504.

 

 

 

 

4. Stairs that connect play components shall not be required to comply with 504.

 

See Appendix 15.6.1 EXCEPTION 6

 

 

211 Drinking Fountains

 

4.1.3(10) Drinking Fountains:

 

120-3-20-.08 (10) Drinking Fountains:

 

 

211.1 General. Where drinking fountains are provided on an exterior site, on a floor, or within a secured area they shall be provided in accordance with 211.

EXCEPTION: In detention or correctional facilities, drinking fountains only serving holding or housing cells not required to comply with 232 shall not be required to comply with 211.

 

(a) Where only one drinking fountain is provided on a floor there shall be a drinking fountain which is accessible to individuals who use wheelchairs in accordance with 4.15 and one accessible to those who have difficulty bending or stooping. (This can be accommodated by the use of a "hi-lo" fountain; by providing one fountain accessible to those who use wheelchairs and one fountain at a standard height convenient for those who have difficulty bending; by providing a fountain accessible under 4.15 and a water cooler; or by such other means as would achieve the required accessibility for each group on each floor.)

 

(b) Where more than one drinking fountain or water cooler is provided on a floor, 50% of those provided shall comply with 4.15 and shall be on an accessible route. 

 

 (a) Where only one drinking fountain is provided on a floor there shall be a drinking fountain which is accessible to individuals who use wheelchairs in accordance with rule 120-3-20-.26 and one accessible to those who have difficulty bending or stooping. (This can be accommodated by the use of a "hi-lo" fountain; by providing one fountain accessible to those who use wheelchairs and one fountain at a standard height convenient for those who have difficulty bending; by providing a fountain accessible under rule 120-3-20-.26 and a water cooler; or by such other means as would achieve the required accessibility for each group on each floor.)

 

(b) Where more than one drinking fountain or water cooler is provided on a floor, 50% of those provided shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.26 and shall be on an accessible route.

 

Notes: If an odd number of drinking fountains is provided on a floor, the requirement in rule 120-3-20-.08(10)(b) may be met by rounding down the odd number to an even number and calculating 50% of the even number. When more than one drinking fountain on a floor is required to comply with rule 120-3-20-26, those fountains should be dispersed to allow wheelchair users convenient access.  For example, in a large facility such as a convention center that has water fountains at several locations on a floor, the accessible water fountains should be located so that wheelchair users do not have to travel a greater distance than other people to use a drinking fountain.

All three documents require drinking fountains to be accessible to people who use wheelchairs and people who stand (the 1994 Standards specify the latter have difficulty bending or stooping).  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code provide no technical criteria for drinking fountains for standing persons.

 

Note that the 1994 Standards do not scope exterior drinking fountains.

211.2 Minimum Number. No fewer than two drinking fountains shall be provided. One drinking fountain shall comply with 602.1 through 602.6 and one drinking fountain shall comply with 602.7.

 

 

EXCEPTION: Where a single drinking fountain complies with 602.1 through 602.6 and 602.7, it shall be permitted to be substituted for two separate drinking fountains.

 

211.3 More Than Minimum Number. Where more than the minimum number of drinking fountains specified in 211.2 are provided, 50 percent of the total number of drinking fountains provided shall comply with 602.1 through 602.6, and 50 percent of the total number of drinking fountains provided shall comply with 602.7.

 

EXCEPTION: Where 50 percent of the drinking fountains yields a fraction, 50 percent shall be permitted to be rounded up or down provided that the total number of drinking fountains complying with 211 equals 100 percent of drinking fountains.

 

212 Kitchens, Kitchenettes, and Sinks

 

 

 

 

212.1 General. Where provided, kitchens, kitchenettes, and sinks shall comply with 212.

 

 

 

 

212.2 Kitchens and Kitchenettes. Kitchens and kitchenettes shall comply with 804.

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards have specific requirements for kitchens and kitchenettes not limited to residential units.

 

212.3 Sinks. Where sinks are provided, at least 5 percent, but no fewer than one, of each type provided in each accessible room or space shall comply with 606.

 

 

 

Note that while the 1994 Standards include technical requirements for accessible sinks (4.24), they never provide scoping requirements for sinks.

EXCEPTION: Mop or service sinks shall not be required to comply with 212.3.

 

 

 

 

213 Toilet Facilities and Bathing Facilities

 

213.1 General. Where toilet facilities and bathing facilities are provided, they shall comply with 213. Where toilet facilities and bathing facilities are provided in facilities permitted by 206.2.3 Exceptions 1 and 2 not to connect stories by an accessible route, toilet facilities and bathing facilities shall be provided on a story connected by an accessible route to an accessible entrance.

 

213.2 Toilet Rooms and Bathing Rooms. Where toilet rooms are provided, each toilet room shall comply with 603. Where bathing rooms are provided, each bathing room shall comply with 603.

4.1.2(6) If toilet facilities are provided on a site, then each such public or common use toilet facility shall comply with 4.22. If bathing facilities are provided on a site, then each such public or common use bathing facility shall comply with 4.23 Accessible units shall be identified by the International Symbol of Accessibility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXCEPTION: Portable toilet units at construction sites used exclusively by construction personnel are not required to comply with 4.1.2(6).

 

 

4.1.3(11) Toilet Facilities: If toilet rooms are provided, then each public and common use toilet room shall comply with 4.22. Other toilet rooms provided for the use of occupants of specific spaces (i.e., a private toilet room for the occupant of a private office) shall be adaptable. If bathing rooms are provided, then each public and common use bathroom shall comply with 4.23. Accessible toilet rooms and bathing facilities shall be on an accessible route.

120-3-20-.07 (e)(6) If toilet facilities are provided on a site, then each such public or common use toilet facility shall comply with 120-3-20-.33. If bathing facilities are provided on a site, then each such public or common use bathing facility shall comply with 120-3- 20-.34. For single user portable toilet or bathing units clustered at a single location, at least 5% but no less than one toilet unit or bathing unit complying with 120-3-20-.33 or 120-3-20-.34 shall be installed at each cluster whenever typical inaccessible units are provided. Accessible units shall be identified by the International Symbol of Accessibility.

 

EXCEPTION: Portable toilet units at construction sites used exclusively by construction personnel are not required to comply with 120-3-20-.07(6).

 

 

120-3-20-.08 (11) Toilet Facilities: If toilet rooms are provided, then each public and common use toilet room shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.33. Other toilet rooms provided for the use of occupants of specific spaces (i.e., a private toilet room for the occupant of a private office) shall be adaptable. If bathing rooms are provided, then each public and common use bathroom shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.34. Accessible toilet rooms and bathing facilities shall be on an accessible route.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The 1994 Standards permit private toilet rooms off private spaces to be ÒadaptableÓ but provide no technical specification for this. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXCEPTIONS:

1. In alterations where it is technically infeasible to comply with 603, altering existing toilet or bathing rooms shall not be required where a single unisex toilet room or bathing room complying with 213.2.1 is provided and located in the same area and on the same floor as existing inaccessible toilet or bathing rooms.

 

4.1.6(3)(e) Toilet Rooms:

(i) Where it is technically infeasible to comply with 4.22 or 4.23, the installation of at least one unisex toilet/bathroom per floor, located in the same area as existing toilet facilities, will be permitted in lieu of modifying existing toilet facilities to be accessible. Each unisex toilet room shall contain one water closet complying with 4.16 and one lavatory complying with 4.19, and the door shall have a privacy latch.

 

120-3-20-.11 (3)(e) Toilet Rooms:

(i) Where it is technically infeasible to comply with 120-3-20-.33 or

120-3-20-.34, the installation of at least one unisex toilet/bathroom per floor, located in the same area as existing toilet facilities, will be permitted in lieu of modifying existing toilet facilities to be accessible. Each unisex toilet room shall contain one water closet complying with 120-3-20-.27 and one lavatory complying with 120-3-20-.30, and the door shall have a privacy latch.

 

 

 

(ii) Where it is technically infeasible to install a required standard stall (Fig. 30(a)), or where other codes prohibit reduction of the fixture count (i.e., removal of a water closet in order to create a double-wide stall), either alternate stall (Fig.30(b)) may be provided in lieu of the standard stall.

 

(ii) Where it is technically infeasible to install a required standard stall (Fig. 30(a)), or where other codes prohibit reduction of the fixture count (i.e., removal of a water closet in order to create a double-wide stall), either alternate stall (Fig.30(b)) may be provided in lieu of the standard stall.

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code permit the use of smaller, alternate toilet stalls; the 2010 Standards do not.

2. Where exceptions for alterations to qualified historic buildings or facilities are permitted by 202.5, no fewer than one toilet room for each sex complying with 603 or one unisex toilet room complying with 213.2.1 shall be provided.

 

4.1.7(3)(c) If toilets are provided, then at least one toilet facility complying with 4.22 and 4.1.6 shall be provided along an accessible route that complies with 4.3. Such toilet facility may be unisex in design.

 

120-3-20-.12 (3)(c) If toilets are provided, then at least one toilet facility complying with 120-3-20-.33 and 120-3-20-.11 shall be provided along an accessible route that complies with 120-3-20-.14. Such toilet facility may be unisex in design.

 

 

3. Where multiple single user portable toilet or bathing units are clustered at a single location, no more than 5 percent of the toilet units and bathing units at each cluster shall be required to comply with 603. Portable toilet units and bathing units complying with 603 shall be identified by the International Symbol of Accessibility complying with 703.7.2.1.

 

4.1.2(6) If toilet facilities are provided on a site, then each such public or common use toilet facility shall comply with 4.22. If bathing facilities are provided on a site, then each such public or common use bathing facility shall comply with 4.23. For single user portable toilet or bathing units clustered at a single location, at least five percent but no less than one toilet unit or bathing unit complying with 4.22 or 4.23 shall be installed at each cluster whenever typical inaccessible units are provided. Accessible units shall be identified by the International Symbol of Accessibility.

 

120-3-20-.07 (e)(6) If toilet facilities are provided on a site, then each such public or common use toilet facility shall comply with 120-3-20-.33. If bathing facilities are provided on a site, then each such public or common use bathing facility shall comply with 120-3- 20-.34. For single user portable toilet or bathing units clustered at a single location, at least 5% but no less than one toilet unit or bathing unit complying with 120-3-20-.33 or 120-3-20-.34 shall be installed at each cluster whenever typical inaccessible units are provided. Accessible units shall be identified by the International Symbol of Accessibility.

 

 

4. Where multiple single user toilet rooms are clustered at a single location, no more than 50 percent of the single user toilet rooms for each use at each cluster shall be required to comply with 603.

 

 

 

 

213.2.1 Unisex (Single-Use or Family) Toilet and Unisex Bathing Rooms. Unisex toilet rooms shall contain not more than one lavatory, and two water closets without urinals or one water closet and one urinal. Unisex bathing rooms shall contain one shower or one shower and one bathtub, one lavatory, and one water closet. Doors to unisex toilet rooms and unisex bathing rooms shall have privacy latches.

 

 

 

 

213.3 Plumbing Fixtures and Accessories. Plumbing fixtures and accessories provided in a toilet room or bathing room required to comply with 213.2 shall comply with 213.3.

 

 

 

 

213.3.1 Toilet Compartments. Where toilet compartments are provided, at least one toilet compartment shall comply with 604.8.1. In addition to the compartment required to comply with 604.8.1, at least one compartment shall comply with 604.8.2 where six or more toilet compartments are provided, or where the

combination of urinals and water closets totals six or more fixtures.

 

 

 

 

 

213.3.2 Water Closets. Where water closets are provided, at least one shall comply with 604.

 

4.22.4 Water Closets. If toilet stalls are provided, then at least one shall be a standard toilet stall complying with 4.17; where 6 or more stalls are provided, in addition to the stall complying with 4.17.3, at least one stall 36 in (915 mm) wide with an outward swinging, self-closing door and parallel grab bars complying with Fig. 30(d) and 4.26 shall be provided. Water closets in such stalls shall comply with 4.16. If water closets are not in stalls, then at least one shall comply with 4.16.

 

 

 

4.23.4 Water Closets. If toilet stalls are provided, then at least one shall be a standard toilet stall complying with 4.17; where 6 or more stalls are provided, in addition to the stall complying with 4.17.3, at least one stall 36 in (915 mm) wide with an outward swinging, self-closing door and parallel grab bars complying with Fig. 30(d) and 4.26 shall be provided. Water closets in such stalls shall comply with 4.16. If water closets are not in stalls, then at least one shall comply with 4.16.

120-3-20-.33 (4) Water Closets.  If toilet stalls are provided, then at least one shall be a standard toilet stall complying with rule 120-3-20-.28; where 6 or more stalls are   provided, in addition to the stall complying with rule 120-3-20-.28(3), at least one stall 36 inches (915 mm) wide with an outward swinging, self-closing door and parallel grab bars complying with Fig. 30(d) and rule 120-3-20-.37 shall be provided.  Water closets in such stalls shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.27.  If water closets are not in stalls, then at least one shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.27

 

(4) Water Closets.  If toilet stalls are provided, then at least one shall be a standard toilet stall complying with rule 120-3-20-.28; where 6 or more stalls are provided, in addition to the stall complying with rule 120-3-20-.28(3), at least one stall 36 inches (915 mm) wide with an outward swinging, self-closing door and parallel grab bars complying with Fig. 30(d) and rule 120-3-20-.37 shall be provided.  Water closets in such stalls shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.27.  If water closets are not in stalls, then at least one shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.27.

 

Note that the 2010 StandardsÕ trigger for the ambulatory stall in addition to the accessible toilet stall is based on 6 or more toilet stalls OR where the combination of urinals and water closets totals 6 or more fixtures.  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require the ambulatory stall when 6 or more stalls are provided.

213.3.3 Urinals. Where more than one urinal is provided, at least one shall comply with 605.

 

4.22.5 Urinals. If urinals are provided, then at least one shall comply with 4.18.

 

 

120-3-20-.33 (5) Urinals. If urinals are provided, then at least one shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.29. 

The 1994 Standards require at least one accessible urinal in rooms where urinals are provided.  The 2010 Standards have an exception where only one urinal is provided.

4.23.5 Urinals. If urinals are provided, then at least one shall comply with 4.18.

120-3-20-.34 (5) Urinals.  If urinals are provided, then at least one shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.29.  

213.3.4 Lavatories. Where lavatories are provided, at least one shall comply with 606 and shall not be located in a toilet compartment.

 

213.3.5 Mirrors. Where mirrors are provided, at least one shall comply with 603.3.

 

4.22.6 Lavatories and Mirrors [Toilet Rooms]. If lavatories and mirrors are provided, then at least one of each shall comply with 4.19.

4.23.6 Lavatories and Mirrors. If lavatories and mirrors are provided, then at least one of each shall comply with 4.19.

120-3-20-.33 (6) Lavatories and Mirrors [Toilet Rooms].  If lavatories and mirrors are provided, then at least one of each shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.30.

 

120-3-20-.34 (6) Lavatories and Mirrors [Bathrooms].  If lavatories and mirrors are provided, then at least one of each shall comply with rule 120-2-20-.30.   

 

213.3.6 Bathing Facilities. Where bathtubs or showers are provided, at least one bathtub complying with 607 or at least one shower complying with 608 shall be provided.

 

4.23.8 Bathing and Shower Facilities. If tubs or showers are provided, then at least one accessible tub that complies with 4.20 or at least one accessible shower that complies with 4.21 shall be provided.

120-3-20-.34 (8) Bathing and Shower Facilities.  If tubs or showers are provided, then at least one accessible tub that complies with rule 120-2-20-.31 or at least one accessible shower that complies with rule 120-2-20-.32 shall be provided.

 

213.3.7 Coat Hooks and Shelves. Where coat hooks or shelves are provided in toilet rooms without toilet compartments, at least one of each type shall comply with 603.4. Where coat hooks or shelves are provided in toilet compartments, at least one of each type complying with 604.8.3 shall be provided in toilet compartments required to comply with 213.3.1. Where coat hooks or shelves are provided in bathing facilities, at least one of each type complying with 603.4 shall serve fixtures required to comply with 213.3.6.

 

 

 

 

214 Washing Machines and Clothes Dryers

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards address accessible laundry equipment; the 1994 Standards do not.

 

214.1 General. Where provided, washing machines and clothes dryers shall comply with 214.

 

 

120-3-20-.54 (6) (Residential)Laundry Facilities. If laundry equipment is provided within individual accessible dwelling units, or if separate laundry facilities serve one or more accessible dwelling units, they shall meet the requirements of 120-3­20-.54.6.1 and 120-3-20-.54.6.2.

 

 

214.2 Washing Machines. Where three or fewer washing machines are provided, at least one shall comply with 611. Where more than three washing machines are provided, at least two shall comply with 611.

 

 

(a) Location. Laundry Facilities and laundry equipment shall be on an accessible route­.

(b) Washing Machines and Clothes Dryers. Accessible washing machines and clothes dryers in common-use laundry rooms shall be front loading and shall comply with 120-3-20-.13(4).

(c) Controls. Laundry equipment shall comply with 120-3­-20-.38.

 

214.3 Clothes Dryers. Where three or fewer clothes dryers are provided, at least one shall comply with 611. Where more than three clothes dryers are provided, at

least two shall comply with 611.

 

 

 

 

215 Fire Alarm Systems

 

4.1.3(14) If emergency warning systems are provided, then they shall include both audible alarms and visual alarms complying with 4.28. Sleeping accommodations required to comply with 9.3 shall have an alarm system complying with 4.28. Emergency warning systems in medical care facilities may be modified to suit standard health care alarm design practice.

 

120-3-20-.08 (14) If emergency warning systems are provided, then they shall include both audible alarms and visual alarms complying with rule 120-3-20-.39. Sleeping accommodations required to comply with rule 120-3-20-.51(3) shall have an alarm system complying with rule 120-3-20-.39. Emergency warning systems in medical care facilities may be modified to suit standard health care alarm design practice.

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code purport to regulate all emergency warning systems, but provide technical criteria only for fire alarm systems.

215.1 General. Where fire alarm systems provide audible alarm coverage, alarms shall comply with 215.

 

EXCEPTION: In existing facilities, visible alarms shall not be required except where an existing fire alarm system is upgraded or replaced, or a new fire alarm system is installed.

 

 

 

 

 

215.2 Public and Common Use Areas. Alarms in public use areas and common use areas shall comply with 702.

 

4.28.1 General. Alarm systems required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.28. At a minimum, visual signal appliances shall be provided in buildings and facilities in each of the following areas: restrooms and any other general usage areas (e.g., meeting rooms), hallways, lobbies, and any other area for common use.

 

120-3-20-.39 Alarms.

General.  Alarm systems required to be accessible by rule 120-3-.20-.03 shall comply with rule 120-3-.20-.39.  At a minimum, visual signal appliances shall be provided in buildings and facilities in each of the following areas: restrooms and any other general usage areas (e.g., class rooms, meeting rooms), hallways, lobbies, and any other area for common use. 

 

 

215.3 Employee Work Areas. Where employee work areas have audible alarm coverage, the wiring system shall be designed so that visible alarms complying

with 702 can be integrated into the alarm system.

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards require that alarm systems in employee work areas be designed so that visible notification devices can be added at a later date as needed  The 1994 Standards exempt employee work areas from all alarm requirements.

215.4 Transient Lodging. Guest rooms required to comply with 224.4 shall provide alarms complying with 702.

 

4.28.4 Auxiliary Alarms. Units and sleeping accommodations shall have a visual alarm connected to the building emergency alarm system or shall have a standard 110-volt electrical receptacle into which such an alarm can be connected and a means by which a signal from the building emergency alarm system can trigger such an auxiliary alarm. When visual alarms are in place the signal shall be visible in all areas of the unit or room. Instructions for use of the auxiliary alarm or receptacle shall be provided. 

 

120-3-20-.39 (4) Auxiliary Alarms.  Units and sleeping accommodations shall have a visual alarm connected to the building emergency alarm system or shall have a standard 110-volt electrical receptacle into which such an alarm can be connected and a means by which a signal from the building emergency alarm system can trigger such an auxiliary alarm.  When visual alarms are in place the signal shall be visible in all areas of the unit or room.  Instructions for use of the auxiliary alarm or receptacle shall be provided. 

 

Note:  Locating visual emergency alarms in rooms where persons who are deaf may work or reside alone can ensure that they will always be warned when an emergency alarm is activated.  To be effective, such devices must be located and oriented so that they will spread signals and reflections throughout a space or raise the overall light level sharply.  However, visual alarms alone are not necessarily the best means to alert sleepers.  A study conducted by Underwriters Laboratory (UL) concluded that a flashing light more than seven times brighter was required (110 candela v. 15 candela, at the same distance) to awaken sleepers as was needed to alert awake subjects in a normal daytime illuminated room.

 

For hotel and other rooms where people are likely to be asleep, a signal activated vibrator placed between mattresses and box springs or under pillows were found by UL to be much more effective in alerting sleepers.  Many readily available devices are sound – activated so that they could respond to an alarm clock, clock radio, wake-up telephone call or room smoke detector.  Activation by a building alarm system can be accomplished either by a separate circuit activating an auditory alarm which would, in turn, trigger the vibrator or by a signal transmitted through the ordinary 110-volt outlet.  Transmission of signals through the power line is relatively simple and is the basis of common, inexpensive remote light control systems sold in many department and electronic stores for home use.  So-called ÒwirelessÓ intercoms operate on the same principal.

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code permit portable, plug-in visible alarms.  These are not acceptable under the 2010 Standards as they would not be part of a supervised alarm system.

215.5 Residential Facilities. Where provided in residential dwelling units required to comply with 809.5, alarms shall comply with 702.

 

 

 

Where alarms are provided in a building, the 2010 Standards require visible alarms in the small number of accessible dwelling units it requires.  The 1994 Standards do not address non-transient residential occupancies.

 

216 Signs

 

216.1 General. Signs shall be provided in accordance with 216 and shall comply with 703.

 

4.1.2(7) Building Signage.

 

4.1.3(16) Building Signage:

Signs which designate permanent rooms and spaces shall comply with 4.30.1, 4.30.4, 4.30.5 and 4.30.6. Other signs which provide direction to, or information about, functional spaces of the building shall comply with 4.30.1, 4.30.2, 4.30.3, and 4.30.5. Elements and spaces of accessible facilities which shall be identified by the International Symbol of Accessibility and which shall comply with 4.30.7 are:

 

120-3-20-.07 (e)(7) Building Signage. Signs which designate permanent rooms and spaces shall comply with rules 120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20-.41(4), 120-3-20-.41(5) and 120-3- 20-.41(6)É.

 

120-3-20-.08 (16) Building Signage:

(a) Signs which designate permanent rooms and spaces shall comply with rules 120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20-.41(4), 120-3-20-.41(5) and 120-3-20-.41(6).

 

 

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Building directories, menus, seat and row designations in assembly areas, occupant names, building addresses, and company names and logos shall not be required to comply with 216.

 

4.1.3(16)(b) EXCEPTION: Building directories, menus, and all other signs which are temporary are not required to comply.

 

EXCEPTION: Transitory building directories, menus, and all other signs which are temporary in nature are not required to comply

 

2. In parking facilities, signs shall not be required to comply with 216.2, 216.3, and 216.6 through 216.12.

 

 

 

 

3. Temporary, 7 days or less, signs shall not be required to comply with 216.

 

4.1.3(16)(b) EXCEPTION: Building directories, menus, and all other signs which are temporary are not required to comply.

 

EXCEPTION: Transitory building directories, menus, and all other signs which are temporary in nature are not required to comply

 

4. In detention and correctional facilities, signs not located in public use areas shall not be required to comply with 216.

 

See Appendix 12.1 EXCEPTION

 

 

216.2 Designations. Interior and exterior signs identifying permanent rooms and spaces shall comply with 703.1, 703.2, and 703.5. Where pictograms are provided as designations of permanent interior rooms and spaces, the pictograms shall comply with 703.6 and shall have text descriptors complying with 703.2 and 703.5

.

EXCEPTION: Exterior signs that are not located at the door to the space they serve shall not be required to comply with 703.2.

 

4.1.2(7) Building Signage. Signs which designate permanent rooms and spaces shall comply with 4.30.1, 4.30.4, 4.30.5 and 4.30.6. Other signs which provide direction to, or information about, functional spaces of the building shall comply with 4.30.1, 4.30.2, 4.30.3, and 4.30.5. Elements and spaces of accessible facilities which shall be identified by the International Symbol of Accessibility and which shall comply with 4.30.7 areÉ

 

 

 

4.1.3(16)(a) Signs which designate permanent rooms and spaces shall comply with 4.30.1, 4.30.4, 4.30.5 and 4.30.6.

120-3-20-.07 (e)(7) Building Signage. Signs which designate permanent rooms and spaces shall comply with rules 120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20-.41(4), 120-3-20-.41(5) and 120-3- 20-.41(6). Other signs which provide direction to, or information about, functional spaces of the building shall comply with rules 120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20-.41(2), 120-3-20-.41(3), and 120-3-20-.41(5). Elements and spaces of accessible facilities which shall be identified by the International Symbol of Accessibility and which shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.41(7) are. . .

 

120-3-20-.08 (16) Building Signage:

(a) Signs which designate permanent rooms and spaces shall comply with rules 120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20-.41(4), 120-3-20-.41(5) and 120-3-20-.41(6).

 

 

 

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not have an exception for exterior signs not located at the door to the space they serve.

216.3 Directional and Informational Signs. Signs that provide direction to or information about interior spaces and facilities of the site shall comply with 703.5.

4.1.3(16)(b) Other signs which provide direction to or information about functional spaces of the building shall comply with 4.30.1, 4.30.2, 4.30.3, and 4.30.5.

 

(b) Other signs which provide direction to or information about functional spaces of the building shall comply with rules 120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20-.41(2), 120-3-20-.41(3), and 120-3-20-.41(5).

 

 

216.4 Means of Egress. Signs for means of egress shall comply with 216.4.

 

 

 

 

216.4.1 Exit Doors. Doors at exit passageways, exit discharge, and exit stairways shall be identified by tactile signs complying with 703.1, 703.2, and 703.5.

 

 

 

 

216.4.2 Areas of Refuge. Signs required by section 1003.2.13.5.4 of the International Building Code (2000 edition) or section 1007.6.4 of the International Building Code (2003 edition) (incorporated by reference, see

"Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1) to provide instructions in areas of refuge shall comply with 703.5.

 

4.3.11.5 Identification. Each area of rescue assistance shall be identified by a sign which states "AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE" and displays the international symbol of accessibility. The sign shall be illuminated when exit sign illumination is required. Signage shall also be installed at all inaccessible exits and where otherwise necessary to clearly indicate the direction to areas of rescue assistance. In each area of rescue assistance, instructions on the use of the area under emergency conditions shall be posted adjoining the two-way communication system.

120-3.20-.14 (e) Identification. Each area of rescue assistance shall be identified by a sign which states "AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE" and displays the international symbol of accessibility. The sign shall be illuminated when exit sign illumination is required. Signage shall also be installed at all inaccessible exits and where otherwise necessary to clearly indicate the direction to areas of rescue assistance. In each area of rescue assistance, instructions on the use of the area under emergency conditions shall be posted adjoining the two-way communication system.

 

216.4.3 Directional Signs. Signs required by section 1003.2.13.6 of the International Building Code (2000 edition) or section 1007.7 of the International Building Code (2003 edition) (incorporated by reference, see

"Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1) to provide directions to accessible means of egress shall comply with 703.5.

 

4.3.11.5 Identification. Each area of rescue assistance shall be identified by a sign which states "AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE" and displays the international symbol of accessibility. The sign shall be illuminated when exit sign illumination is required. Signage shall also be installed at all inaccessible exits and where otherwise necessary to clearly indicate the direction to areas of rescue assistance. In each area of rescue assistance, instructions on the use of the area under emergency conditions shall be posted adjoining the two-way communication system.

(e) Identification. Each area of rescue assistance shall be identified by a sign which states "AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE" and displays the international symbol of accessibility. The sign shall be illuminated when exit sign illumination is required. Signage shall also be installed at all inaccessible exits and where otherwise necessary to clearly indicate the direction to areas of rescue assistance. In each area of rescue assistance, instructions on the use of the area under emergency conditions shall be posted adjoining the two-way communication system.

 

 

216.5 Parking. Parking spaces complying with 502 shall be identified by signs complying with 502.6.

 

4.1.2(7)(a) Parking spaces designated as reserved for individuals with disabilities;

 

120-3-20-.07 (e)(7)(i) Parking spaces designated as reserved for individuals with disabilities;

 

The 2010 Standards do not require signs for accessible parking spaces where there are four or fewer total parking spaces.

EXCEPTIONS:

 1. Where a total of four or fewer parking spaces, including accessible parking spaces, are provided on a site, identification of accessible parking spaces shall not be required.

2. In residential facilities, where parking spaces are assigned to specific residential dwelling units, identification of accessible parking spaces shall not be required.

 

 

 

 

4.1.2(7)(b) Accessible passenger loading zones;

 

(ii) Accessible passenger loading zones;

 

 

216.6 Entrances. Where not all entrances comply with 404, entrances complying with 404 shall be identified by the International Symbol of Accessibility complying with 703.7.2.1. Directional signs complying with 703.5 that indicate the location of the nearest entrance complying with 404 shall be provided at entrances that do not comply with 404.

 

4.1.2(7)(c) Accessible entrances when not all are accessible (inaccessible entrances shall have directional signage to indicate the route to the nearest accessible entrance);

 

4.1.3(8)(d) Entrances which are not accessible shall have directional signage complying with 4.30.1, 4.30.2, 4.30.3, and 4.30.5, which indicates the location of the nearest accessible entrance.

 

 

(iii) Accessible entrances when not all are accessible (inaccessible entrances shall have directional signage to indicate the route to the nearest accessible entrance);

 

120-3-20-.08 (d) Entrances which are not accessible shall have directional signage complying with rules 120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20 .41(2), 120-3-20-.41(3), and 120-3-20-.41(5), which indicates the location of the nearest accessible entrance.

 

216.7 Elevators. Where existing elevators do not comply with 407, elevators complying with 407 shall be clearly identified with the International Symbol of Accessibility complying with 703.7.2.1.

 

 

 

 

216.8 Toilet Rooms and Bathing Rooms. Where existing toilet rooms or bathing rooms do not comply with 603, directional signs indicating the location of the nearest toilet room or bathing room complying with 603 within the facility shall be provided. Signs shall comply with 703.5 and shall include the International Symbol of Accessibility complying with 703.7.2.1. Where existing toilet rooms or bathing rooms do not comply with 603, the toilet rooms or bathing rooms complying with 603 shall be identified by the International Symbol of Accessibility complying with 703.7.2.1. Where clustered single user toilet rooms or bathing facilities are permitted to use exceptions to 213.2, toilet rooms or bathing facilities complying with 603 shall be identified by the International Symbol of Accessibility complying with 703.7.2.1 unless all toilet rooms and bathing facilities comply with 603.

4.1.2(7)(d) Accessible toilet and bathing facilities when not all are accessible.

 

4.1.6(3)(e)(iii)  When existing toilet or bathing facilities are being altered and are not made accessible, signage complying with 4.30.1,4.30.2, 4.30.3, 4.30.5 and 4.30.7 shall be provided indicating the location of the nearest accessible toilet or bathing facility within the facility.

120-3-20-.07 (e)(7)(iiii) Accessible toilet and bathing facilities when not all are accessible.

 

120-3-20-.11 (3)(e)(iii) When existing toilet or bathing facilities are being altered and are not made accessible, signage complying with 120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20-.41(2), 120-3-20-.41(3), 120-3-20-.41(5) and 120-3-20-.41(7) shall be provided indicating the location of the nearest accessible toilet or bathing facility within the facility.

 

216.9 TTYs. Identification and directional signs for public TTYs shall be provided in accordance with 216.9.

 

216.9.1 Identification Signs. Public TTYs shall be identified by the International Symbol of TTY complying with 703.7.2.2.

 

216.9.2 Directional Signs. Directional signs indicating the location of the nearest public TTY shall be provided at all banks of public pay telephones not containing a public TTY. In addition, where signs provide direction to public pay telephones, they shall also provide direction to public TTYs. Directional signs shall comply with 703.5 and shall include the International Symbol of TTY complying with 703.7.2.2.

 

4.30.7(3) Text Telephones. Text telephones required by 4.1.3(17)(c) shall be identified by the international TDD symbol (Fig 43(c)). In addition, if a facility has a public text telephone, directional signage indicating the location of the nearest text telephone shall be placed adjacent to all banks of telephones which do not contain a text telephone. Such directional signage shall include the international TDD symbol. If a facility has no banks of telephones, the directional signage shall be provided at the entrance (e.g., in a building directory).

 

 

120-3-20-.41 (7)(c) Text Telephones. Text telephones required by rule 120-3-20-.08 (17)(c) shall be identified by the international TDD symbol (Fig 43(c)).  In addition, if a facility has a public text telephone, directional signage indicating the location of the nearest text telephone shall be placed adjacent to all banks of telephones which do not contain a text telephone.  Such directional signage shall include the international TDD symbol.  If a facility has no banks of telephones, the directional signage shall be provided at the entrance (e.g., in a building directory).

 

216.10 Assistive Listening Systems. Each assembly area required by 219 to provide assistive listening systems shall provide signs informing patrons of the availability of the assistive listening system. Assistive listening signs shall comply with 703.5 and shall include the International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss complying with 703.7.2.4.

 

EXCEPTION: Where ticket offices or windows are provided, signs shall not be required at each assembly area provided that signs are displayed at each ticket office or window informing patrons of the availability of assistive listening systems.

 

4.30.7(4) Assistive Listening Systems. In assembly areas where permanently installed assistive listening systems are required by 4.1.3(19)(b) the availability of such systems shall be identified with signage that includes the international symbol of access for hearing loss (Fig 43(d)).

120-3-20-.41 (7)(d) Assistive Listening Systems.  In assembly areas where permanently installed assistive listening systems are required by rule 120-3-20-.08(19)(b) the availability of such systems shall be identified with signage that includes the international symbol of access for hearing loss (Fig 43(d)).

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require a sign at each assembly area, even where they are all served by a common ticket office (e.g., multiplex theaters).

216.11 Check-Out Aisles. Where more than one check-out aisle is provided, check-out aisles complying with 904.3 shall be identified by the International Symbol of Accessibility complying with 703.7.2.1. Where check-out aisles are identified by numbers, letters, or functions, signs identifying check-out aisles complying with 904.3 shall be located in the same location as the check-out aisle identification.

 

EXCEPTION: Where all check-out aisles serving a single function comply with 904.3, signs complying with 703.7.2.1 shall not be required.

 

7.3(3) Signage identifying accessible check-out aisles shall comply with 4.30.7 and shall be mounted above the check-out aisle in the same location where the check-out number or type of check-out is displayed.

 

120-3-20-.49  (3)(c) Signage identifying accessible check-out aisles shall comply with 4.30.7 and shall be mounted above the check-out aisle in the same location where the check-out number or type of check-out is displayed.

Note:  Rule 120-3-20-.49(2) refers to counters without aisles; rule 120-3-20-.49(3) concerns check out aisles.  A counter without an aisle (rule 120-3-20-.49(2)) can be approached from more than one direction such as in a convenience store.  In order to use a check out aisle (rule 120-3-20-.49(3)), customers must enter a defined area (an aisle) at a particular point, pay for goods, and exit at a particular point.

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not have an exception for signs where all check-out aisles serving a single function are accessible.

216.12 Amusement Rides. Signs identifying the type of access provided on amusement rides shall be provided at entries to queues and waiting lines. In addition, where accessible unload areas also serve as accessible load areas, signs indicating the location of the accessible load and unload areas shall be provided at entries to queues and waiting lines.

 

See Appendix 15.1.6

 

 

217 Telephones

 

4.1.3(17) Public telephones:

 

120-3-20-.08 (17) Public telephones:

 

 

217.1 General. Where coin-operated public pay telephones, coinless public pay telephones, public closed-circuit telephones, public courtesy phones, or other types of public telephones are provided, public telephones shall be provided in accordance with 217 for each type of public telephone provided. For purposes of this section, a bank of telephones shall be considered to be two or more  adjacent telephones.

 

(a) If public pay telephones, public closed circuit telephones, or other public telephones are provided, then they shall comply with 4.31.2 through 4.31.8 to the extent required by the following table:

 

 (a) If public pay telephones, public closed circuit telephones, or other public telephones are provided, then they shall comply with rules 120-3-20-.42(2) through 120-3-20-.42(8) to the extent required by the following table:

 

The 1994 StandardsÕ requirements for accessible public telephones are located in the ÒAccessible BuildingÓ section but not the ÒÓAccessible Sites and Exterior FacilitiesÓ section, and arguably do not regulate exterior phones.  The 2010 Standards require accessible public telephones where phones are provided.

217.2 Wheelchair Accessible Telephones. Where public telephones are provided, wheelchair accessible telephones complying with 704.2 shall be provided in accordance with Table 217.2.

 

 

 

 

EXCEPTION: Drive-up only public telephones shall not be required to comply with 217.2.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

Table 217.2 Wheelchair Accessible Telephones

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Number of Telephones Provided on a Floor, Level or Exterior Site

Minimum Number of Required Wheelchair Accessible Telephones

Number of each type of telephone provided on each floor

Number of telephones required to comply with 4.31.2 through 4.31.81

Number of each type of telephone provided on each floor

Number of telephones required to comply with 4.31.2 through 4.31.81

1 or more single units

1 per floor, level and exterior site

1 or more single unit

1 per floor

1 or more single unit

1 per floor

1 bank

1 per floor, level and exterior site

1 bank²

1 per floor

1 bank²

1 per floor

2 or more banks

1 per bank

2 or more banks²

1 per bank. Accessible unit may be installed as a single unit in proximity (either visible or with signage) to the bank. At least one public telephone per floor shall meet the requirements for a forward reach telephone³

2 or more banks²

1 per bank. Accessible unit may be installed as a single unit in proximity (either visible or with signage) to the bank. At least one public telephone per floor shall meet the requirements for a forward reach telephone³

 

¹ Additional public telephones may be installed at any height. Unless otherwise specified, accessible telephones may be either forward or side reach telephones.

² A bank consists of two or more adjacent public telephones, often installed as a unit.

³ EXCEPTION: For exterior installations only, if dial tone first service is available, then a side reach telephone may be installed instead of the required forward reach telephone.

 

¹ Additional public telephones may be installed at any height. Unless otherwise specified, accessible telephones may be either forward or side reach telephones.

² A bank consists of two or more adjacent public telephones, often installed as a unit.

³ EXCEPTION: For exterior installations only, if dial tone first service is available, then a side reach telephone may be installed instead of the required forward reach telephone.

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

 

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Commentary

217.3 Volume Controls. All public telephones shall have volume controls complying with 704.3.

 

(b) All telephones required to be accessible and complying with 4.31.2 through 4.31.8 shall be equipped with a volume control. In addition, 25 percent, but never less than one, of all other public telephones provided shall be equipped with a volume control and shall be dispersed among all types of public telephones, including closed circuit telephones, throughout the building or facility. Signage complying with applicable provisions of 4.30.7 shall be provided. 

 

(b) All telephones required to be accessible and complying with rules 120-3-20-.42(2) through 120-3-20-.42(8) shall be equipped with a volume control. In addition, 25 percent, but never less than one, of all other public telephones provided shall be equipped with a volume control and shall be dispersed among all types of public telephones, including closed circuit telephones, throughout the building or facility. Signage complying with applicable provisions of rule 120-3-20-.41(7) shall be provided.

The 2010 Standards require all public telephones to have volume controls.  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require volume controls only on accessible phones.

217.4 TTYs. TTYs complying with 704.4 shall be provided in accordance with 217.4.

 

(c) The following shall be provided in accordance with 4.31.9:

 

(i) If a total of four or more public pay telephones (including both interior and exterior telephones) is provided at a site, and at least one is in an interior location, then at least one interior public text telephone shall be provided

 

(c) The following shall be provided in accordance with rule 120-3-20-.42(9):

 

1. if a total number of four or more public pay telephones (including both interior and exterior phones) is provided at a site, and at least one is in an interior location, then at least one interior public text telephone shall be provided.

 

 

 

217.4.1 Bank Requirement. Where four or more public pay telephones are provided at a bank of telephones, at least one public TTY complying with 704.4 shall be

provided at that bank.

 

 

 

EXCEPTION: TTYs shall not be required at banks of telephones located within 200 feet (61 m) of, and on the same floor as, a bank containing a public TTY.

 

 

 

217.4.2 Floor Requirement. TTYs in public buildings shall be provided in accordance with 217.4.2.1. TTYs in private buildings shall be provided in accordance with 217.4.2.2.

 

 

 

217.4.2.1 Public Buildings. Where at least one public pay telephone is provided on a floor of a public building, at least one public TTY shall be provided on that floor.

 

See Appendix 4.1.3(17)(c)(i)

 

217.4.2.2 Private Buildings. Where four or more public pay telephones are provided on a floor of a private building, at least one public TTY shall be provided on that floor.

 

 

 

 

217.4.3 Building Requirement. TTYs in public buildings shall be provided in accordance with 217.4.3.1. TTYs in private buildings shall be provided in accordance with 217.4.3.2.

 

 

 

 

217.4.3.1 Public Buildings. Where at least one public pay telephone is provided in a public building, at least one public TTY shall be provided in the building. Where at least one public pay telephone is provided in a public use area of a public building, at least one public TTY shall be provided in the public building in a public use area.

 

(ii) If an interior public pay telephone is provided in a stadium or arena, in a convention center, in a hotel with a convention center, or in a covered mall, at least one interior public text telephone shall be provided in the facility

 

2. If an interior public pay telephone is provided in a stadium or arena, in a convention center, in a hotel with a convention center, or in a covered mall, at least one interior public text telephone shall be provided in the facility.

 

 

217.4.3.2 Private Buildings. Where four or more public pay telephones are provided in a private building, at least one public TTY shall be provided in the building.

 

217.4.4 Exterior Site Requirement. Where four or more public pay telephones are provided on an exterior site, at least one public TTY shall be provided on the site.

 

 

 

 

217.4.5 Rest Stops, Emergency Roadside Stops, and Service Plazas. Where at least one public pay telephone is provided at a public rest stop, emergency roadside stop, or service plaza, at least one public TTY shall be provided.

 

 

 

 

217.4.6 Hospitals. Where at least one public pay telephone is provided serving a hospital emergency room, hospital recovery room, or hospital waiting room, at least one public TTY shall be provided at each location.

 

(iii) If a public pay telephone is located in or adjacent to a hospital emergency room, hospital recovery room, or hospital waiting room, one public text telephone shall be provided at each such location.

 

3. if a public pay telephone is located in or adjacent to a hospital emergency room, hospital recovery room, or hospital waiting room, one public text telephone shall be provided at each such location.

 

217.4.7 Transportation Facilities. In transportation facilities, in addition to the requirements of 217.4.1 through 217.4.4, where at least one public pay telephone serves a particular entrance to a bus or rail facility, at least one public TTY shall be provided to serve that entrance. In airports, in addition to the requirements of 217.4.1 through 217.4.4, where four or more public pay telephones are located in a terminal outside the security areas, a concourse within the security areas, or a baggage claim area in a terminal, at least one public TTY shall be provided in each location.

 

 

10.3.1(12) Text Telephones: The following shall be provided in accordance with 4.31.9:

(a) If an interior public pay telephone is provided in a transit facility (as defined by the Department of Transportation) at least one interior public text telephone shall be provided in the station.

(b) Where four or more public pay telephones serve a particular entrance to a rail station and at least one is in an interior location, at least one interior public text telephone shall be provided to serve that entrance. Compliance with this section constitutes compliance with section 4.1.3(17)(c).

 

120-3-20-.52 (3)(a)12. Text Telephones: The following shall be provided in accordance with rule 120-3-20-.42(9):

(i) If an interior public pay telephone is provided in a transit facility (as defined by the Department of Transportation) at least, one interior public text telephone shall be provided in the station.

(ii) Where four or more public pay telephones serve a particular entrance to a rail station and at least one is in an interior location, at least one interior public text telephone shall be provided to serve that entrance.  Compliance with this section constitutes compliance with rule 120-3-20-.08 (17)(c).

 

 

10.4.1(4) Where public pay telephones are provided, and at least one is at an interior location, a public text telephone shall be provided in compliance with 4.31.9. Additionally, if four or more public pay telephones are located in any of the following locations, at least one public text telephone  shall also be provided in that location:

(a) a main terminal outside the security areas;

(b) a concourse within the security areas; or

(c) a baggage claim area in a terminal.

Compliance with this section constitutes compliance with section 4.1.3(17)(c).

 

120-3-20-.52 (4)(a)4. Where public pay telephones are provided, and at least one is at an interior location, a public text telephone shall be provided in compliance with rule 120-3-20-.42(9).  Additionally, if four or more public pay telephones are located in any of the following locations, at least one public text telephone shall also be provided in that location:

(i)  a main terminal outside the security areas;

(ii)  a concourse within the security areas; or

(iii)  a baggage claim area in a terminal.

Compliance with this section constitutes compliance with rule 120-3-20-.08(17)(c).

 

 

217.4.8 Detention and Correctional Facilities. In detention and correctional facilities, where at least one pay telephone is provided in a secured area used only by detainees or inmates and security personnel, at least one TTY shall be provided in at least one secured area.

 

See Appendix 4.1.3(17)(c)(iv)

 

The 2010 Standards include requirements for TTYs at detention and correctional facilities; the 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not.

217.5 Shelves for Portable TTYs. Where a bank of telephones in the interior of a building consists of three or more public pay telephones, at least one public pay telephone at the bank shall be provided with a shelf and an electrical outlet in accordance with 704.5.

 

4.1.3(17)(d) Where a bank of telephones in the interior of a building consists of three or more public pay telephones, at least one public pay telephone in each such bank shall be equipped with a shelf and outlet in compliance with 4.31.9(2).

 

120-3-20-.08 (17)(d) Where a bank of telephones in the interior of a building consists of three or more public pay telephones, at least one public pay telephone in each such bank shall be equipped with a shelf and outlet in compliance with rule 120-3-20-.42(9)(b).

 

Notes: In addition to the requirements of rule 120-3-20-.08(17)(b), the installation of additional volume controls is required. Volume controls can be installed on any telephone.

 

 

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Secured areas of detention and correctional facilities where shelves and outlets are prohibited for purposes of security or safety shall not be required to comply with 217.5.

 

See Appendix 4.1.3(17)(d) Exception

 

 

2. The shelf and electrical outlet shall not be required at a bank of telephones with a TTY.

 

 

 

 

218 Transportation Facilities

 

10. TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES.

 

 

 

218.1 General. Transportation facilities shall comply with 218.

See 10.1

 

 

 

218.2 New and Altered Fixed Guideway Stations. New and altered stations in rapid rail, light rail, commuter rail, intercity rail, high speed rail, and other fixed guideway systems shall comply with 810.5 through 810.10.

 

10.3.1 New Construction. New stations in rapid rail, light rail, commuter rail, intercity bus, intercity rail, high speed rail, and other fixed guideway systems (e.g., automated guideway transit, monorails, etc.) shall comply with the following provisions, as applicableÉ.

(1) Elements such as ramps, elevators or other circulation devices, fare vending or other ticketing areas, and fare collection areas shall be placed to minimize the distance which wheelchair users and other persons who cannot negotiate steps may have to travel compared to the general public.  The circulation path, including an accessible entrance and an accessible route, for persons with disabilities shall, to the maximum extent practicable, coincide with the circulation path for the general public.  Where the circulation path is different, signage complying with 4.30.1, 4.30.2, 4.30.3, 4.30.5, and 4.30.7(1) shall be provided to indicate direction to and identify the accessible entrance and accessible route.

120-3-20-.52 (3)(a)  New Construction.  New stations in rapid rail, light rail, commuter rail, intercity bus, intercity rail, high speed rail, and other fixed guide way systems (e.g., automated guide way transit, monorails, etc.) shall comply with the following provisions, as applicable:

1.  Elements such as ramps, elevators or other circulation devices, fare vending or other ticketing areas, and fare collection areas shall be placed to minimize the distance which wheelchair users and other persons who cannot negotiate steps may have to travel compared to the general public.  The circulation path, including an accessible entrance and an accessible route, for persons with disabilities shall, to the maximum extent practicable, coincide with the circulation path for the general public.  Where the circulation path is different, signage complying with rules 120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20-.41(2), 120-3-20-.41(3), 120-3-20-.41(5), and 120-3-20-.41(7)(1) shall be provided to indicate direction to and identify the accessible entrance and accessible route.

 

 

10.3.1 (10) Stations shall not be designed or constructed so as to require persons with disabilities to board or alight from a vehicle at a location other than one used by the general public.

 

120-3-20-.52 (3)10. Stations shall not be designed or constructed so as to require persons with disabilities to board or alight from a vehicle at a location other than one used by the general public.

 

10.3.3 Existing Facilities: Alterations.

 

(1) For the purpose of complying with 4.1.6(2) (Alterations to an Area Containing a Primary Function), an area of primary function shall be as defined by applicable provisions of 49 C.F.R. 37.43(c); (Department of Transportation's ADA Rule) or 28 C.F.R. 36.403 (Department of Justice's ADA Rule).

 

120-3-20-.52 (c) (1)Existing Facilities: Alterations.

 

1. For the purpose of complying with rule 120-3-20-.11(2) Alterations to an Area Containing a Primary Function, an area of primary function shall be as defined by applicable provisions of 49 CFR 37.43(c) (Department of Transportation's ADA Rule) or 28 CFR 36.403 (Department of Justice's ADA Rule).

 

 

218.3 Key Stations and Existing Intercity Rail Stations. Key stations and existing intercity rail stations shall comply with 810.5 through 810.10.

 

10.3.2 Existing Facilities: Key Stations.

 

(1) Rapid, light and commuter rail key stations, as defined under criteria established by the Department of Transportation in subpart C of 49 C.F.R. part 37 and existing intercity rail stations shall provide at least one accessible route from an accessible entrance to those areas necessary for use of the transportation system.

 

(2) The accessible route required by 10.3.2(1) shall include the features specified in 10.3.1(1), (4)-(9), (11)-(15), and (17)-(19).

 

(3) Where technical infeasibility in existing stations requires the accessible route to lead from the public way to a paid area of the transit system, an accessible fare collection system, complying with 10.3.1(7), shall be provided along such accessible route.

 

(4) In light rail, rapid rail and commuter rail key stations, the platform or a portion thereof and the vehicle floor shall be coordinated so that the vertical difference, measured when the vehicle is at rest, is within plus or minus 1-1/2 inches under all normal passenger load conditions, and the horizontal gap, measured when the vehicle is at rest, is no greater than 3 inches for at least one door of each vehicle or car required to be accessible by 49 C.F.R. part 37.

EXCEPTION 1: Existing vehicles retrofitted to meet the requirements of 49 C.F.R. 37.93 (one-car-per-train rule) shall be coordinated with the platform such that, for at least one door, the vertical difference between the vehicle floor and the platform, measured when the vehicle is at rest with 50% normal passenger capacity, is within plus or minus 2 inches and the horizontal gap is no greater than 4 inches.

EXCEPTION 2: Where it is not structurally or operationally feasible to meet the horizontal gap or vertical difference requirements, mini-high platforms, car-borne or platform mounted lifts, ramps or bridge plates, or similar manually deployed devices, meeting the applicable requirements of 36 C.F.R. part 1192, or 49 C.F.R. part 38, shall suffice.

 

(5) New direct connections to commercial, retail, or residential facilities shall, to the maximum extent feasible, have an accessible route complying with 4.3 from the point of connection to boarding platforms and all transportation system elements used by the public. Any elements provided to facilitate future direct connections shall be on an accessible route connecting boarding platforms and all transportation system elements used by the public.

 

120-3-20-.52 (b)(1) Existing Facilities: Key Stations.

 

1. Rapid, light and commuter rail key stations, as defined under criteria established by the Department of Transportation in subpart C of 49 CFR part 37 and existing intercity rail stations shall provide at least one accessible route from an accessible entrance to those areas necessary for use of the transportation system.

 

2. The accessible route required by rule 120-3-20-.52(b)1 shall include the features specified in rules 120-3-20-.52(a)(1), (4)-(9), (11)-(15), and (17)-(19).

 

3.Where technical infeasibility in existing stations requires the accessible route to lead from the public way to a paid area of the transit system, an accessible fare collection system, complying with rule 120-3-20-.52(a)(7), shall be provided along such accessible routes.

 

4.  In light rail, rapid rail and commuter rail key stations, the platform or a portion thereof and the vehicle floor shall be coordinated so that the vertical difference, measured when the vehicle is at rest, within plus or minus 1-1/2 inches under all normal passenger load conditions, and the horizontal gap, measured when the vehicle is at rest, is no greater than 3 inches for at least one door of each vehicle or car required to be accessible by 49 CFR part 37.

EXCEPTION 1: Existing vehicles retrofitted to meet the requirements of 49 CFR 37.93 (one-car-per-train rule) shall be coordinated with the platform such that, for at least one door, the vertical difference between the vehicle floor and the platform, measured when the vehicle is at rest with 50% normal passenger capacity, is within plus or minus 2 inches and the horizontal gap is no greater than 4 inches.

EXCEPTION 2:  Where it is not structurally or operationally feasible to meet the horizontal gap or vertical difference requirements, mini-high platforms, car-borne or platform mounted lifts, ramps or bridge plates, or similar manually deployed devices, meeting the applicable requirements of 36 CFR Part 1192 shall suffice.

 

5. New direct connections to commercial, retail, or residential facilities shall, to the maximum extent feasible, have an accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14 from the point of connection to boarding platforms and all transportation system elements used by the public.  Any elements provided to facilitate future direct connections shall be on an accessible route connecting boarding platforms and all transportation system elements used by the public. 

 

 

218.4 Bus Shelters. Where provided, bus shelters shall comply with 810.3.

 

See 10.2.1(2)

 

 

 

10.4 Airports.

10.4.1 New Construction.

  (1) Elements such as ramps, elevators or other vertical circulation devices, ticketing areas, security checkpoints, or passenger waiting areas shall be placed to minimize the distance which wheelchair users and other persons who cannot negotiate steps may have to travel compared to the general public.

120-3-20-.52 (4) Airports.

(a)New Construction.

1. Elements such as ramps, elevators or other vertical circulation devices, ticketing areas, security checkpoints, or passenger waiting areas shall be placed to minimize the distance which wheelchair users and other persons who cannot negotiate steps may have to travel compared to the general public

 

 

 

10.4.1 (2) The circulation path, including an accessible entrance and an accessible route, for persons with disabilities shall, to the maximum extent practicable, coincide with the circulation path for the general public.  Where the circulation path is different, directional signage complying with 4.30.1, 4.30.2, 4.30.3 and 4.30.5 shall be provided which indicates the location of the nearest accessible entrance and its accessible route.

 

2. The circulation path, including an accessible entrance and an accessible route, for persons with disabilities shall, to the maximum extent practicable, coincide with the circulation path for the general public.  Where the circulation path is different, directional signage complying with rules 120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20-.41(2), 120-3-20-.41(3) and 120-3-20-.41(5) shall be provided which indicates the location of the nearest accessible entrance and its accessible route.    

 

 

218.5 Other Transportation Facilities. In other transportation facilities, public address systems shall comply with 810.7 and clocks shall comply with 810.8.

 

10.4.1(6) Terminal information systems which broadcast information to the general public through a public address system shall provide a means to provide the same or equivalent information to persons with a hearing loss or who are deaf. Such methods may include, but are not limited to, visual paging systems using video monitors and computer technology. For persons with certain types of hearing loss such methods may include, but are not limited to, an assistive listening system complying with 4.33.7.

 

 

120-3-20-.52 (4) 6. Terminal information systems which broadcast information to the general public through a public address system shall provide a means to provide the same or equivalent information to persons with a hearing loss or who are deaf.  Such methods may include, but are not limited to, visual paging systems using video monitors and computer technology.  For persons with certain types of hearing loss such methods may include, but are not limited to, an Assistive listening system complying with rule 120-3-20-.44(7).

 

 

10.4.1(7) Where clocks are provided for use by the general public the clock face shall be uncluttered so that its elements are clearly visible. Hands, numerals, and/or digits shall contrast with their background either light-on-dark or dark-on-light. Where clocks are mounted overhead, numerals and/or digits shall comply with 4.30.3. Clocks shall be placed in uniform locations throughout the facility to the maximum extent practicable.

 

120-3-20-.52 (4) 7. Where clocks are provided for use by the general public the clock face shall be uncluttered so that its elements are clearly visible.  Hands, numerals, and/or digits shall contrast with their background either light-on-dark or dark-on-light.  Where clocks are mounted, numerals and/or digits shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.41(3).  Clocks shall be placed in uniform locations throughout the facility to the maximum extent practicable. 

 

219 Assistive Listening Systems

 

4.1.3(19) Assembly Areas:

 

120-3-20-.08 (19)* Assembly areas:

 

 

219.1 General. Assistive listening systems shall be provided in accordance with 219 and shall comply with 706.

 

 

 

 

219.2 Required Systems. In each assembly area where audible communication is integral to the use of the space, an assistive listening system shall be provided.

 

(b) This paragraph applies to assembly areas where audible communications are integral to the use of the space (e.g., concert and lecture halls, playhouses and movie theaters, meeting rooms, etc.). Such assembly areas, if (1) they accommodate at least 50 persons, or if they have audio-amplification systems, and (2) they have fixed seating, shall have a permanently installed assistive listening system complying with 4.33. For other assembly areas, a permanently installed assistive listening system, or an adequate number of electrical outlets or other supplementary wiring necessary to support a portable assistive listening system shall be provided. The minimum number of receivers to be provided shall be equal to 4 percent of the total number of seats, but in no case less than two. Signage complying with applicable provisions of 4.30 shall be installed to notify patrons of the availability of a listening system.

 

(b) This paragraph applies to assembly areas where audible communications are integral to the use of the space (e.g.,  assembly areas, if (1) they accommodate at least 50 persons, or if they have audio - amplification systems, and (2) they have fixed seating, shall have a permanently installed Assistive listening system complying with rule 120-3- 20-.34. For other assembly areas, a permanently installed assistive listening system, or an adequate number of electrical outlets or other supplementary wiring necessary to support a portable assistive listening system shall be provided. The minimum number of receivers to be provided shall be equal to 4 percent of the total number of seats, but in no case less than two. Signage complying with applicable provisions of rule 120-3-20-.41 shall be installed to notify patrons of the availability of a listening system.

 

 

EXCEPTION: Other than in courtrooms, assistive listening systems shall not be required where audio amplification is not provided.

 

219.3 Receivers. Receivers complying with 706.2 shall be provided for assistive listening systems in each assembly area in accordance with Table 219.3. Twenty-five percent minimum of receivers provided, but no fewer than two, shall be hearing-aid compatible in accordance with 706.3.

 

The 2010 Standards decrease the number of receivers required inversely to the capacity of a venue.  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require a number of receivers equal to 4% of the venue capacity.

 

The 2010 Standards require some receivers to be hearing-aid compatible; the 1994 Standards and  Georgia Accessibility Code do not.

 

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Where a building contains more than one assembly area and the assembly areas required to provide assistive listening systems are under one management, the total number of required receivers shall be permitted to be

calculated according to the total number of seats in the assembly areas in the building provided that all receivers are usable with all systems.

 

 

The 2010 Standards permit multi-room assembly venues like multiplex movie theaters to calculate the number of required receivers based on the total capacity of the facility instead of on a room-by-room basis.  The 1994 Standards and  Georgia Accessibility Code require a number of receivers equal to 4% of the capacity.

2. Where all seats in an assembly area are served by an induction loop assistive listening system, the minimum number of receivers required by Table 219.3 to be hearing-aid compatible shall not be required to be provided.

 

 

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

Table 219.3

Receivers for Assistive Listening Systems

 

Capacity of Seating in Assembly Area

Minimum Number of Required Receivers

Minimum Number of Required Receivers Required to be Hearing-aid Compatible

50 or less

2

2

51 to 200

 2, plus 1 per 25 seats over 50 seats1

2

201 to 500

 2, plus 1 per 25 seats over 50 seats1

1 per 4 receivers1

501 to 1000

20, plus 1 per 33 seats over 500 seats1

1 per 4 receivers1

1001 to 2000

35, plus 1 per 50 seats over 1000 seats1

1 per 4 receivers1

2001 and over

55, plus 1 per 100 seats over 2000 seats1

1 per 4 receivers1

1 or fraction thereof

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

 

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Commentary

220 Automatic Teller Machines and Fare Machines

 

 

 

 

220.1 General. Where automatic teller machines or self-service fare vending, collection, or adjustment machines are provided, at least one of each type provided at each location shall comply with 707. Where bins are provided for envelopes, waste paper, or other purposes, at least one of each type shall comply with 811.

 

4.1.3(20) Where automated teller machines (ATMs) are provided, each ATM shall comply with the requirements of 4.34 except where two or more are provided at a location, then only one must comply.

 

EXCEPTION: Drive-up-only automated teller machines are not required to comply with 4.27.2, 4.27.3 and 4.34.3.

 

 

120-3-20-.08 (20) Where automated teller machines (ATMs) are provided, each ATM shall comply with the requirements of rule 120-3-20-.45 except where two or more are provided at a location, then only one must comply.

 

EXCEPTION: Drive-up-only automated teller machines are not required to comply with rules 120-3-20-.38(2), 120-3-20-.38(3) and 120-3-20-.45(3).

The 2010 Standards address fare vending machines generally.  The 1994 Standards only address these when located in transportation facilities

10.3.1(7) Automatic fare vending, collection and adjustment (e.g., add-fare) systems shall comply with 4.34.2, 4.34.3, 4.34.4, and 4.34.5. At each accessible entrance such devices shall be located on an accessible route. If self-service fare collection devices are provided for the use of the general public, at least one accessible device for entering, and at least one for exiting, unless one device serves both functions, shall be provided at each accessible point of entry or exit. Accessible fare collection devices shall have a minimum clear opening width of 32 inches; shall permit passage of a wheelchair; and, where provided, coin or card slots and controls necessary for operation shall comply with 4.27. Gates which must be pushed open by wheelchair or mobility aid users shall have a smooth continuous surface extending from 2 inches above the floor to 27 inches above the floor and shall comply with 4.13. Where the circulation path does not coincide with that used by the general public, accessible fare collection systems shall be located at or adjacent to the accessible point of entry or exit. 

 

120-3-20-.52 (3)(a)7. Automatic fare vending, collection and adjustment (e.g., add-fare) systems shall comply with rules 120-3-20-.45(2), 120-3-20-.45(3), and 120-3-20-.45(4).  At each accessible entrance such devices shall be located on an accessible route.  If self-service fare collection devices are provided for the use of the general public, at least one accessible device for entering, and at least one for exiting, unless one device serves both functions, shall be provided at each accessible point of entry or exit.  Accessible fare collection devices shall have a minimum clear opening width of 32 inches; shall permit passage of a wheelchair; and, where provided, coin or card slots and controls necessary for operation shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38.  Gates which must be pushed open by wheelchair or mobility aid users shall have a smooth continuous surface extending from 2 inches above the floor to 27 inches above the floor and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.24.  Where the circulation path does not coincide with that used by the general public, accessible fare collection systems shall be located at or adjacent to the accessible point of entry or exit.

 

Note:  One means of making control buttons on fare vending machines usable by persons with vision impairments is to raise them above the surrounding surface.  Those activated by a mechanical motion are likely to be more detectable.  If fare card vending, collection, and adjustment devices are designed to accommodate fare cards having one tactually distinctive corner, then a person who has a vision impairment will insert the card with greater ease. 

 

 

 

Token collection devices that are designed to accommodate tokens which are perforated can allow a person to distinguish more readily between tokens and common coins.  Thoughtful placement of accessible gates and fare vending machines in relation to inaccessible devices will make their use and detection easier for all persons with disabilities

 

 

221 Assembly Areas

 

4.1.3(19) Assembly Areas:

 

120-3-20-.08 (19)* Assembly areas:

 

 

221.1 General. Assembly areas shall provide wheelchair spaces, companion seats, and designated aisle seats complying with 221 and 802. In addition, lawn seating

shall comply with 221.5.

 

221.2 Wheelchair Spaces. Wheelchair spaces complying with 221.2 shall be provided in assembly areas with fixed seating.

 

221.2.1 Number and Location. Wheelchair spaces shall be provided complying with 221.2.1.

 

221.2.1.1 General Seating. Wheelchair spaces complying with 802.1 shall be provided in accordance with Table 221.2.1.1.

 

(a) In places of assembly with fixed seating accessible wheelchair locations shall comply with 4.33.2, 4.33.3, and 4.33.4 and shall be provided consistent with the following table:[9]

 

 (a) In places of assembly with fixed seating, accessible wheelchair locations shall comply with rules 120-3-20-.44(2), 120-3-20-.44(3), and 120-3-20-.44(4) and shall be provided consistent with the following table:

 

 

The 1994 Standards and  Georgia Accessibility Code require 1% of the seating over 500 to be wheelchair spaces. The 2010 Standards reduce the requirement to 0.67% of the seating capacity between 501 and 5,000, and 0.5% of the seating capacity over 5,000.

¤36.406(f) Assembly areas. Assembly areas that are subject to this part shall comply with the provisions of the 2010 Standards applicable to assembly areas, including, but not limited to, sections 221 and 802 (p. 78 and 202). In addition, assembly areas shall ensure that––

 

 

 

 

(1) In stadiums, arenas, and grandstands, wheelchair spaces and companion seats are dispersed to all levels that include seating served by an accessible route;

 

 

 

(2) Assembly areas that are required to horizontally disperse wheelchair spaces and companion seats by section 221.2.3.1 of the 2010 Standards (p. 79) and that have seating encircling, in whole or in part, a field of play or performance, wheelchair spaces and companion seats are dispersed around that field of play or performance area;

 

 

 

(3) Wheelchair spaces and companion seats are not located on (or obstructed by) temporary platforms or other movable structures, except that when an entire seating section is placed on temporary platforms or other movable structures in an area where fixed seating is not provided, in order to increase seating for an event, wheelchair spaces and companion seats may be placed in that section. When wheelchair spaces and companion seats are not required to accommodate persons eligible for those spaces and seats, individual, removable seats may be placed in those spaces and seats;

 

 

 

(4) In stadium-style movie theaters, wheelchair spaces and companion seats are located on a riser or cross-aisle in the stadium section that satisfies at least one of the following criteria––

 

(i) It is located within the rear 60% of the seats provided in an auditorium; or

 

(ii) It is located within the area of an auditorium in which the vertical viewing angles (as measured to the top of the screen) are from the 40th to the 100th percentile of vertical viewing angles for all seats as ranked from the seats in the first row (1st percentile) to seats in the back row (100th percentile).

 

 

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

Table 221.2.1.1

Number of Wheelchair Spaces in Assembly Areas

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Number of Seats

Minimum Number or Required Wheelchair Spaces

Capacity of Seating in Assembly Area

Number of Required Wheelchair Locations

Capacity of Seating in Assembly Area

Number of Required Wheelchair Locations

4 to 25

1

4 to 25

1

4 to 25

1

26 to 50

2

26 to 50

2

26 to 50

2

51 to 150

4

51 to 300

4

51 to 300

4

301 to 500

6

301 to 500

6

301 to 500

6

501 to 5000

6, plus 1 for each 150, or fraction thereof, between 501 through 5000

over 500

6 plus 1 additional space for each total seating capacity increase of 100

over 500

6 plus 1 additional space for each total seating capacity increase of 100

5001 and over

36, plus 1 for each 200, or fraction thereof, over 5000

 

 

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Commentary

221.2.1.2 Luxury Boxes, Club Boxes, and Suites in Arenas, Stadiums, and Grandstands. In each luxury box, club box, and suite within arenas, stadiums, and grandstands, wheelchair spaces complying with 802.1 shall be provided in accordance with Table 221.2.1.1.

 

 

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code specify that wheelchair spaces must provide a choice of admission prices and comparable lines of sight, but do not specifically address luxury boxes, club boxes, or suites.

221.2.1.3 Other Boxes. In boxes other than those required to comply with 221.2.1.2, the total number of wheelchair spaces required shall be determined in accordance with Table 221.2.1.1. Wheelchair spaces shall be located in not less than 20 percent of all boxes provided. Wheelchair spaces shall comply with 802.1.

 

 

 

221.2.1.4 Team or Player Seating. At least one wheelchair space complying with 802.1 shall be provided in team or player seating areas serving areas of sport activity.

 

EXCEPTION: Wheelchair spaces shall not be required in team or player seating areas serving bowling lanes not required to comply with 206.2.11.

 

See Appendix 4.1.3(19)

 

 

221.2.2 Integration. Wheelchair spaces shall be an integral part of the seating plan.

 

221.2.3 Lines of Sight and Dispersion. Wheelchair spaces shall provide lines of sight complying with 802.2 and shall comply with 221.2.3. In providing lines of sight, wheelchair spaces shall be dispersed. Wheelchair spaces shall provide spectators with choices of seating locations and viewing angles that are substantially equivalent to, or better than, the choices of seating locations and viewing angles available to all other spectators. When the number of wheelchair spaces required by 221.2.1 has been met, further dispersion shall not be required.

 

4.33.3 Placement of Wheelchair Locations. Wheelchair areas shall be an integral part of any fixed seating plan and shall be provided so as to provide people with physical disabilities a choice of admission prices and lines of sight comparable to those for members of the general public. They shall adjoin an accessible route that also serves as a means of egress in case of emergency. At least one companion fixed seat shall be provided next to each wheelchair seating area. When the seating capacity exceeds 300, wheelchair spaces shall be provided in more than one location. Readily removable seats may be installed in wheelchair spaces when the spaces are not required to accommodate wheelchair users.

 

4.1.6(3)(f) Assembly Areas:

(i) Where it is technically infeasible to disperse accessible seating throughout an altered assembly area, accessible seating areas may be clustered. Each accessible seating area shall have provisions for companion seating and shall be located on an accessible route that also serves as a means of emergency egress

120-3-20-.44 (3) Placement of Wheelchair Locations.  Wheelchair areas shall be an integral part of any fixed seating plan and shall be provided so as to provide people with physical disabilities a choice of admission prices and lines of sight comparable to those for members of the general public.  They shall adjoin an accessible route that also serves as a means of egress in case of emergency.  At least one companion fixed seat shall be provided next to each wheelchair seating area.  When the seating capacity exceeds 300, wheelchair spaces shall be provided in more than one location.  Readily removable seats may be installed in wheelchair spaces when the spaces are not required to accommodate wheelchair users. 

 

120-3-20-.11 (3)(f) Assembly Areas:

(i) Where it is technically infeasible to disperse accessible seating throughout an altered assembly area, accessible seating areas may be clustered. Each accessible seating area shall have provisions for companion seating and shall be located on an accessible route that also serves as a means of emergency egress.

 

(ii) Where it is technically infeasible to alter all performing areas to be on an accessible route, at least one of each type of performing area shall be made accessible.

 

 

EXCEPTION: Wheelchair spaces in team or player seating areas serving areas of sport activity shall not be required to comply with 221.2.3.

 

See Appendix 4.1.3(19)(c)

 

 

221.2.3.1 Horizontal Dispersion. Wheelchair spaces shall be dispersed horizontally.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Horizontal dispersion shall not be required in assembly areas with 300 or fewer seats if the companion seats required by 221.3 and wheelchair spaces are located within the 2nd or 3rd quartile of the total row length.

Intermediate aisles shall be included in determining the total row length. If the row length in the 2nd and 3rd quartile of a row is insufficient to accommodate the required number of companion seats and wheelchair spaces, the additional companion seats and wheelchair spaces shall be permitted to be located in the 1st and 4th quartile of the row.

2. In row seating, two wheelchair spaces shall be permitted to be located side-by-side.

 

 

 

 

222.3.2 Vertical Dispersion. Wheelchair spaces shall be dispersed vertically at varying distances from the screen, performance area, or playing field. In addition, wheelchair spaces shall be located in each balcony or mezzanine that is located on an accessible route.

 

EXCEPTIONS:

 1. Vertical dispersion shall not be required in assembly areas with 300 or fewer seats if the wheelchair spaces provide viewing angles that are equivalent to, or better than, the average viewing angle provided in the facility.

2. In bleachers, wheelchair spaces shall not be required to be provided in rows other than rows at points of entry to bleacher seating.

 

4.33.3 Placement of Wheelchair Locations.

 

EXCEPTION: Accessible viewing positions may be clustered for bleachers, balconies, and other areas having sight lines that require slopes of greater than 5 percent. Equivalent accessible viewing positions may be located on levels having accessible egress.

120-3-20-.44 (3)EXCEPTION: Accessible viewing positions may be clustered for bleachers, balconies, and other areas having sight lines that require slopes of greater than 5 percent.  Equivalent accessible viewing positions may be located on levels having accessible egress.

 

 

 

221.3 Companion Seats. At least one companion seat complying with 802.3 shall be provided for each wheelchair space required by 221.2.1.

 

4.33.3 Placement of Wheelchair Locations. Wheelchair areas shall be an integral part of any fixed seating plan and shall be provided so as to provide people with physical disabilities a choice of admission prices and lines of sight comparable to those for members of the general public. They shall adjoin an accessible route that also serves as a means of egress in case of emergency. At least one companion fixed seat shall be provided next to each wheelchair seating area. When the seating capacity exceeds 300, wheelchair spaces shall be provided in more than one location. Readily removable seats may be installed in wheelchair spaces when the spaces are not required to accommodate wheelchair users.

120-3-20-.44 (3) Placement of Wheelchair Locations.  Wheelchair areas shall be an integral part of any fixed seating plan and shall be provided so as to provide people with physical disabilities a choice of admission prices and lines of sight comparable to those for members of the general public.  They shall adjoin an accessible route that also serves as a means of egress in case of emergency.  At least one companion fixed seat shall be provided next to each wheelchair seating area.  When the seating capacity exceeds 300, wheelchair spaces shall be provided in more than one location.  Readily removable seats may be installed in wheelchair spaces when the spaces are not required to accommodate wheelchair users. 

 

 

 

221.4 Designated Aisle Seats. At least 5 percent of the total number of aisle seats provided shall comply with 802.4 and shall be the aisle seats located closest to accessible routes.

 

4.1.3(19)(a) É. In addition, one percent, but not less than one, of all fixed seats shall be aisle seats with no armrests on the aisle side, or removable or folding armrests on the aisle side. Each such seat shall be identified by a sign or marker. Signage notifying patrons of the availability of such seats shall be posted at the ticket office. Aisle seats are not required to comply with 4.33.4. 

 

120-3-20-.08 (19)(a)In addition, one percent, but not less than one, of all fixed seats shall be aisle seats with no armrests on the aisle side, or removable or folding armrests on the aisle side. Each such seat shall be identified by a sign or marker. Signage notifying patrons of the availability of such seats shall be posted at the ticket office. Aisle seats are not required to comply with rule 120-3-20-.44(4).

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require that 1% of the total number of seats be designated aisle seats.  The 2010 Standards apply the accessible designated aisle seat provisions to 5% of the total number of aisle seats.

 

Note that none of the documents require designated aisle seats to be on an accessible route.

 

EXCEPTION: Team or player seating areas serving areas of sport activity shall not be required to comply with 221.4.

 

See Appendix 4.1.3(5) Exception 4(f)

 

 

219.2 Required Systems. In each assembly area where audible communication is integral to the use of the space, an assistive listening system shall be provided.

EXCEPTION: Other than in courtrooms, assistive listening systems shall not be required where audio amplification is not provided.

 

4.1.3 (19) (b) This paragraph applies to assembly areas where audible communications are integral to the use of the space (e.g., concert and lecture halls, playhouses and movie theaters, meeting rooms, etc.).  Such assembly areas, if (1) they accommodate at least 50 persons, or if they have audio‑amplification systems, and (2) they have fixed seating, shall have a permanently installed assistive listening system complying with 4.33.  For other assembly areas, a permanently installed assistive listening system, or an adequate number of electrical outlets or other supplementary wiring necessary to support a portable assistive  listening system shall be provided.  The minimum number of receivers to be provided shall be equal to 4 percent of the total number of seats, but in no case less than two.  Signage complying with applicable provisions of 4.30 shall be installed to notify patrons of the availability of a listening system.

120-3-20-.08 (19)(b) This paragraph applies to assembly areas where audible communications are integral to the use of the space (e.g., assembly areas, if (1) they accommodate at least 50 persons, or if they have audio - amplification systems, and (2) they have fixed seating, shall have a permanently installed Assistive listening system complying with rule 120-3- 20-.34. For other assembly areas, a permanently installed assistive listening system, or an adequate number of electrical outlets or other supplementary wiring necessary to support a portable assistive listening system shall be provided. The minimum number of receivers to be provided shall be equal to 4 percent of the total number of seats, but in no case less than two. Signage complying with applicable provisions of rule 120-3-20-.41 shall be installed to notify patrons of the availability of a listening system.

 

221.5 Lawn Seating. Lawn seating areas and exterior overflow seating areas, where fixed seats are not provided, shall connect to an accessible route.

 

 

 

 

222 Dressing, Fitting, and Locker Rooms

 

222.1 General. Where dressing rooms, fitting rooms, or locker rooms are provided, at least 5 percent, but no fewer than one, of each type of use in each cluster provided shall comply with 803.

 

4.1.3(21) Where dressing and fitting rooms are provided for use by the general public, patients, customers or employees, 5 percent, but never less than one, of dressing rooms for each type of use in each cluster of dressing rooms shall be accessible and shall comply with 4.35.

 

See also Appendix 4.1.3(21)

 

120-3-20-.08 (21) Where dressing and fitting rooms are provided for use by the general public, patients, customers or employees, 5% , but never less than one, of dressing rooms for each type of use in each cluster of dressing rooms shall be accessible and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.46. 

 

Examples of types of dressing rooms are those serving different sexes or distinct and different functions as in different treatment or examination facilities.

 

EXCEPTION: In alterations, where it is technically infeasible to provide rooms in accordance with 222.1, one room for each sex on each level shall comply with 803. Where only unisex rooms are provided, unisex rooms shall be permitted.

 

4.1.6(3)(h) Dressing Rooms: In alterations where technical infeasibility can be demonstrated, one dressing room for each sex on each level shall be made accessible. Where only unisex dressing rooms are provided, accessible unisex dressing rooms may be used to fulfill this requirement.

 

120-3-20-.11 (3)(h) Dressing Rooms: In alterations where technical in feasibility can be demonstrated, one dressing room for each sex on each level shall be made accessible. Where only unisex dressing rooms are provided, accessible unisex dressing rooms may be used to fulfill this requirement.

 

222.2 Coat Hooks and Shelves. Where coat hooks or shelves are provided in dressing, fitting or locker rooms without individual compartments, at least one of each type shall comply with 803.5. Where coat hooks or shelves are provided in individual compartments at least one of each type complying with 803.5 shall be provided in individual compartments in dressing, fitting, or locker rooms required to comply with 222.1.

 

 

 

223 Medical Care and Long-Term Care Facilities

 

6. MEDICAL CARE FACILITIES

120-3-20-.48 MEDICAL CARE FACILITIES

 

 

¤36.406(g) Medical care facilities. Medical care facilities that are subject to this part shall comply with the provisions of the 2010 Standards applicable to medical care facilities, including, but not limited to, sections 223 and 805 (pp. 81 and 209). In addition, medical care facilities that do not specialize in the treatment of conditions that affect mobility shall disperse the accessible patient bedrooms required by section 223.2.1 of the 2010 Standards (p. 82) in a manner that is proportionate by type of medical specialty.

 

 

 

 

223.1 General. In licensed medical care facilities and licensed long-term care facilities where the period of stay exceeds twenty-four hours, patient or resident sleeping rooms shall be provided in accordance with 223.

 

6.1 General. Medical care facilities included in this section are those in which people receive physical or medical treatment or care and where persons may need assistance in responding to an emergency and where the period of stay may exceed 24 hours. In addition to the requirements of 4.1 through 4.35, medical care facilities and buildings shall comply with 6.

 

 (1) General.  Medical care facilities included in this section are those in which people receive physical or medical treatment or care and where persons may need assistance in responding to an emergency and where the period of stay may exceed twenty-four hours.  In addition to the requirements of rules 120-3-20-.03 through 120-3-20-.52, medical care facilities shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.48.

 

 

EXCEPTION: Toilet rooms that are part of critical or intensive care patient sleeping rooms shall not be required to comply with 603.

 

 

 

 

The toilet room exception is not found in the 1994 Standards. The intent is that those individuals in critical or intensive care will not be independently using the toilet room.

223.1.1 Alterations. Where sleeping rooms are altered or added, the requirements of 223 shall apply only to the sleeping rooms being altered or added until the number of sleeping rooms complies with the minimum number required for new construction.

 

6.1(4) Alterations to patient bedrooms.

 

(a) When patient bedrooms are being added or altered as part of a planned renovation of an entire wing, a department, or other discrete area of an existing medical facility, a percentage of the patient bedrooms that are being added or altered shall comply with 6.3. The percentage of accessible rooms provided shall be consistent with the percentage of rooms required to be accessible by the applicable requirements of 6.1(1), 6.1(2), or 6.1(3), until the number of accessible patient bedrooms in the facility equals the overall number that would be required if the facility were newly constructed. (For example, if 20 patient bedrooms are being altered in the obstetrics department of a hospital, 2 of the altered rooms must be made accessible. If, within the same hospital, 20 patient bedrooms are being altered in a unit that specializes in treating mobility impairments, all of the altered rooms must be made accessible.) Where toilet/bathrooms are part of patient bedrooms which are added or altered and required to be accessible, each such patient toilet/bathroom shall comply with 6.4.

 

 

(b) When patient bedrooms are being added or altered individually, and not as part of an alteration of the entire area, the altered patient bedrooms shall comply with 6.3, unless either: a) the number of accessible rooms provided in the department or area containing the altered patient bedroom equals the number of accessible patient bedrooms that would be required if the percentage requirements of 6.1(1), 6.1(2), or 6.1(3) were applied to that department or area; or b) the number of accessible patient bedrooms in the facility equals the overall number that would be required if the facility were newly constructed. Where toilet/bathrooms are part of patient bedrooms which are added or altered and required to be accessible, each such toilet/bathroom shall comply with 6.4.

 

120-3-20-.48 (d) Alterations to patient bedrooms: 

 

(1)  When patient bedrooms are being added or altered as part of a planned renovation of an entire wing, a department, or other discrete area of an existing medical facility, a percentage of the patient bedrooms that are being added or altered shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.48(3).  The percentage of accessible rooms provided shall be consistent with the percentage of rooms required to be accessible by the applicable requirements of rules 120-3-20-.48(1)(a), 120-3-20-.48(1)(b), or 120-3-20-.48(1)(c), until the number of accessible patient bedrooms in the facility equals the overall number that would be required if the facility were newly constructed.  (For example, if 20 patient bedrooms are being altered in the obstetrics department of a hospital, 2 of the altered rooms must be made accessible.  If, within the same hospital, 20 patient bedrooms are being altered in a unit that specializes in treating mobility impairments, all of the altered rooms must be made accessible.)  Where toilet/bathrooms are part of patient bedrooms which are added or altered and required to be accessible, each such patient toilet/bathroom shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.48(4).

 

(b)  When patient bedrooms are being added or altered individually, and not as part of an alteration of the entire area, the altered patient bedrooms shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.48(3), unless either:  a) the number of accessible rooms provided in the department or area containing the altered patient bedroom equals the number of accessible patient bedrooms that would be required if the percentage requirements of rules 120-3-20-.48(1)(a), 120-3-20-.48(1)(b), or 120-3-20-.48(1)(c) were applied to that department or area; or  b) the number of accessible patient bedrooms in the facility equals the overall number that would be required if the facility were newly constructed.  Where toilet/bathrooms are part of patient bedrooms which are added or altered and required to be accessible, each such toilet/bathroom shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.48(4). 

 

 

223.2 Hospitals, Rehabilitation Facilities, Psychiatric Facilities and Detoxification Facilities. Hospitals, rehabilitation facilities, psychiatric facilities and detoxification facilities shall comply with 223.2.

 

 

 

 

223.2.1 Facilities Not Specializing in Treating Conditions That Affect Mobility. In facilities not specializing in treating conditions that affect mobility, at least 10 percent, but no fewer than one, of the patient sleeping rooms shall provide mobility features complying with 805.

 

6.1(1) Hospitals - general purpose hospitals, psychiatric facilities, detoxification facilities - At least 10 percent of patient bedrooms and toilets, and all public use and common use areas are required to be designed and constructed to be accessible.

120-3-20-.48 (1)(a) Hospitals - general purpose hospitals, psychiatric facilities, detoxification facilities - at least 10 percent of patient bedrooms and toilets, and all public use and common use areas are required to be designed and constructed to be accessible. 

 

 

223.2.2 Facilities Specializing in Treating Conditions That Affect Mobility. In facilities specializing in treating conditions that affect mobility, 100 percent of the patient sleeping rooms shall provide mobility features complying with 805.

 

6.1(2) Hospitals and rehabilitation facilities that specialize in treating conditions that affect mobility, or units within either that specialize in treating conditions that affect mobility - All patient bedrooms and toilets, and all public use and common use areas are required to be designed and constructed to be accessible.

 

120-3-20-.48 (1)(b) Hospitals and rehabilitation facilities that specialize in treating conditions that affect mobility, or units within either that specialize in treating conditions that affect mobility - All patient bedrooms and toilets, and all public use and common use areas are required to be designed and constructed to be accessible. 

 

 

223.3 Long-Term Care Facilities. In licensed long-term care facilities, at least 50 percent, but no fewer than one, of each type of resident sleeping room shall provide mobility features complying with 805.

 

6.1(3) Long term care facilities, nursing homes - At least 50 percent of patient bedrooms and toilets, and all public use and common use areas are required to be designed and constructed to be accessible.

 

120-3-20-.48 (1)(c) Long term care facilities, nursing homes - at least 50 percent of patient bedrooms and toilets, and all public use and common use areas are required to be designed and constructed to be accessible.

 

224 Transient Lodging Guest Rooms

 

9. ACCESSIBLE TRANSIENT LODGING.

 

 

(1) Except as specified in the special technical provisions of this section, accessible transient lodging shall comply with the applicable requirements of section 4. Transient lodging includes facilities or portions thereof used for sleeping accommodations, when not classed as a medical care facility.

 

120-3-20-.51 ACCESSIBLE TRANSIENT LODGING.

 

Except as specified in the special technical provisions of this section, accessible transient lodging shall comply with the applicable requirements of rules 120-3-20-.03 through 120-3-20-.46.  Transient lodging includes facilities or portions thereof used for sleeping accommodations, when not classed as a medical care facility. 

 

 

224.1 General. Transient lodging facilities shall provide guest rooms in accordance with 224.

 

9.1 Hotels, Motels, Inns, Boarding Houses, Dormitories, Resorts and Other Similar Places of Transient Lodging.

 

(1) Hotels, Motels, Inns, Boarding Houses, Dormitories, Resorts and Other Similar Places of Transient Lodging.

 

 

 

9.1.1 General. All public use and common use areas are required to be designed and constructed to comply with section 4 (Accessible Elements and Spaces: Scope and Technical Requirements).

EXCEPTION: Sections 9.1 through 9.4 do not apply to an establishment located within a building that contains not more than five rooms for rent or hire and that is actually occupied by the proprietor of such establishment as the residence of such proprietor.

 

120-3-20-.51 (1)(a) General.  All public use and common use areas are required to be designed and constructed to comply with rule 120-3-20-.03 (Accessible Elements and Spaces:  Scope and Technical Requirements).

EXCEPTION: Rules 120-3-20-.51(1) through 120-3-20-.51(4) do not apply to an establishment located within a building that contains not more than five rooms for rent or hire and that is actually occupied by the proprietor of such establishment as the residence of such proprietor. 

 

¤36.406(c)(3) Facilities with residential units and transient lodging units. Residential dwelling units that are designed and constructed for residential use exclusively are not subject to the transient lodging standards.

 

 

 

 

 

9.5 Transient Lodging in Homeless Shelters, Halfway Houses, Transient Group Homes, and Other Social Service Establishments.

 

120-3-20-.51 (5) Transient Lodging in Homeless Shelters, Halfway Houses, Transient Group Homes, and Other Social Service Establishments. 

 

 

(a) New Construction.  In new construction all public use and common use areas are required to be designed and constructed to comply with rule 120-3-20.08.  At least one of each type of amenity (such as washers, dryers and similar equipment installed for the use of occupants) in each common area shall be accessible and shall be located on an accessible route to any accessible unit or sleeping accommodation. 

EXCEPTION:  Where elevators are not provided as allowed in rule 120-3-20-.08(5), accessible amenities are not required on inaccessible floors as long as one of each type is provided in common areas on accessible floors.

 

 

9.5.1 New Construction. In new construction all public use and common use areas are required to be designed and constructed to comply with section 4. At least one of each type of amenity (such as washers, dryers and similar equipment installed for the use of occupants) in each common area shall be accessible and shall be located on an accessible route to any accessible unit or sleeping accommodation.

EXCEPTION: Where elevators are not provided as allowed in 4.1.3(5), accessible amenities are not required on inaccessible floors as long as one of each type is provided in common areas on accessible floors.

 

224.1.1 Alterations. Where guest rooms are altered or added, the requirements of 224 shall apply only to the guest rooms being altered or added until the number of guest rooms complies with the minimum number required for new construction.

 

9.1.5. Alterations to Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms, and Suites. When sleeping rooms are being altered in an existing facility, or portion thereof, subject to the requirements of this section, at least one sleeping room or suite that complies with the requirements of 9.2 (Requirements for Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms, and Suites) shall be provided for each 25 sleeping rooms, or fraction thereof, of rooms being altered until the number of such rooms provided equals the number required to be accessible with 9.1.2. In addition, at least one sleeping room or suite that complies with the requirements of 9.3 (Visual Alarms, Notification Devices, and Telephones) shall be provided for each 25 sleeping rooms, or fraction thereof, of rooms being altered until the number of such rooms equals the number required to be accessible by 9.1.3.

 

120-3-20-.51 (1)(e) Alterations to Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms, and Suites.  When sleeping rooms are being altered in an existing facility, or portion thereof, subject to the requirements of this section, at least one sleeping room or suite that complies with the requirements of rule 120-3-20-.51(2) (Requirements for Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms, and Suites) shall be provided for each 25 sleeping rooms, or fraction thereof, of rooms being altered until the number of such rooms provided equals the number required to be accessible with rule 120-3-20-.51(b).  In addition, at least one sleeping room or suite that complies with the requirements of rule 120-3-20-51(3) (Visual Alarms, Notification Devices, and Telephones) shall be provided for each 25 sleeping rooms, or fraction thereof, of rooms being altered until the number of such rooms equals the number required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.51(c).

 

 

¤36.406(c)(2) Exception. Alterations to guest rooms in places of lodging where the guest rooms are not owned or substantially controlled by the entity that owns, leases, or operates the overall facility and the physical features of the guest room interiors are controlled by their individual owners are not required to comply with ¤ 36.402 or the alterations requirements in section 224.1.1 of the 2010 Standards (p. 83).

 

 

 

See 233.2

9.5.2 Alterations.

 

(1) Social service establishments which are not homeless shelters:

(a) The provisions of 9.5.3 and 9.1.5 shall apply to sleeping rooms and beds.

(b) Alteration of other areas shall be consistent with the new construction provisions of 9.5.1.

120-3-20-.51 (5)(b) Alterations.

1. Social service establishments which are not homeless shelters:

(i) The provisions of rule 120-3-20-.51(5)(c) and rule 120-3-20-.51(1)(e) shall apply to sleeping rooms and beds.

(ii) Alteration of other areas shall be consistent with the new construction provisions of rule 120-3-20-.51(5)(a).

 

 

See 233.2

(2) Homeless shelters. If the following elements are altered, the following requirements apply:

 

(a) at least one public entrance shall allow a person with mobility impairments to approach, enter and exit including a minimum clear door width of 32 in (815 mm).

 

(b) sleeping space for homeless persons as provided in the scoping provisions of 9.1.2 shall include doors to the sleeping area with a minimum clear width of 32 in (815 mm) and maneuvering space around the beds for persons with mobility impairments complying with 9.2.2(1).

 

 

(c) at least one toilet room for each gender or one unisex toilet room shall have a minimum clear door width of 32 in (815 mm), minimum turning space complying with 4.2.3, one water closet complying with 4.16, one lavatory complying with 4.19 and the door shall have a privacy latch; and, if provided, at least one tub or shower shall comply with 4.20 or 4.21, respectively.

 

 

(d) at least one common area which a person with mobility impairments can approach, enter and exit including a minimum clear door width of 32 in (815 mm).

 

(e) at least one route connecting elements (a), (b), (c) and (d) which a person with mobility impairments can use including minimum clear width of 36 in (915 mm), passing space complying with 4.3.4, turning space complying with 4.2.3 and changes in levels complying with 4.3.8.

 

 

(f) homeless shelters can comply with the provisions of (a)- (e) by providing the above elements on one accessible floor.

 

120-3-20-.51 (5)(b)(2) Homeless shelters.  If the following elements are altered, the following requirements apply:

 

(a) at least one public entrance shall allow a person with mobility impairments to approach, enter and exit including a minimum clear door width of 32 inches (815 mm).

 

(b) sleeping space for homeless persons as provided in the scoping provisions of rule 120-3-20-.51(1)(b) shall include doors to the sleeping area with a minimum clear width of 32 inches (815 mm) and maneuvering space around the beds for persons with mobility impairments complying with rule 120-3-20-.51(2)(a).

 

(c) at least one toilet room for each sex or one unisex toilet room shall have a minimum clear door width of 32 inches (815 mm), minimum turning space complying with rule 120-3-20-.13(3), one water closet complying with rule 120-3-20-.27, one lavatory complying with rule 120-3-20-.30 and the door shall have a privacy latch; and, if provided, at least one tub or shower shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.31 or rule 120-3-20-.32, respectively.

 

(d) at least one common area which a person with mobility impairments can approach, enter and exit including a minimum clear door width of 32 inches.

 

(e)at least one route connecting elements (a), (b), (c)and (d) which a person with mobility impairments can use including minimum clear width of 36 inches (915 mm), passing space complying with rule 120-3-20-.14(4), turning space complying with rule 120-3-20-.14(3) and changes in levels complying with rule 120-3-20-.14(8).

 

(f) homeless shelters can comply with the provisions of (a)-(e) by providing the above elements on one accessible floor.

 

224.1.2 Guest Room Doors and Doorways. Entrances, doors, and doorways providing user passage into and within guest rooms that are not required to provide mobility features complying with 806.2 shall comply with 404.2.3.

 

9.4 Other Sleeping Rooms and Suites.  Doors and doorways designed to allow passage into and within all sleeping units or other covered units shall comply with 4.13.5.

 

 

 

EXCEPTION: Shower and sauna doors in guest rooms that are not required to provide mobility features complying with 806.2 shall not be required to comply with 404.2.3.

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards specify that the minimum clear opening requirement for doors does not apply to shower or sauna doors.

224.2 Guest Rooms with Mobility Features. In transient lodging facilities, guest rooms with mobility features complying with 806.2 shall be provided in accordance with Table 224.2.

 

9.1.2 Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms, and Suites. Accessible sleeping rooms or suites that comply with the requirements of 9.2 (Requirements for Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms, and Suites) shall be provided in conformance with the table below. In addition, in hotels, of 50 or more sleeping rooms or suites, additional accessible sleeping rooms or suites that include a roll- in shower shall also be provided in conformance with the table below. Such accommodations shall comply with the requirements of 9.2, 4.21, and Figure 57(a) or (b).

 

120-3-20-.51 (1)(b) Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms, and Suites.  Accessible sleeping rooms or suites that comply with the requirements of rule 120-3-20-.51(2). (Requirements for Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms, and Suites) shall be provided in conformance with the table below.  In addition, in hotels, of 50 or more sleeping rooms or suites, additional accessible sleeping rooms or suites that include a roll-in shower shall also be provided in conformance with the table below.  Such accommodations shall comply with the requirements of rule 120-3-20-.51(2), rule 120-3-20-.32, and Figure 57(a) or (b).

 

The 2010 Standards specify a minimum number of guest rooms without roll-in showers. 

¤36.406(c) Places of lodging. Places of lodging subject to this part shall comply with the provisions of the 2010 Standards applicable to transient lodging, including, but not limited to, the requirements for transient lodging guest rooms in sections 224 and 806 of the 2010 Standards (pp. 82 and 210).

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Guest rooms. Guest rooms with mobility features in places of lodging subject to the transient lodging requirements of 2010 Standards shall be provided as follows—

 

 

 

 

(i) Facilities that are subject to the same permit application on a common site that each have 50 or fewer guest rooms may be combined for the purposes of determining the required number of accessible rooms and type of accessible bathing facility in accordance with table 224.2 to section 224.2 of the 2010 Standards (pp 83).

 

 

 

 

(ii) Facilities with more than 50 guest rooms shall be treated separately for the purposes of determining the required number of accessible rooms and type of accessible bathing facility in accordance with table 224.2 to section 224.2 of the 2010 Standards (p. 83).

 

 

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

Table 224.2

Guest Rooms with Mobility Features

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Total Number of Guest Rooms Provided

Minimum Number of Required Rooms Without Roll-in Showers

Minimum Number of Required Rooms With Roll-in Showers

Total Number of Required Rooms

Number of Rooms

Accessible Rooms

Rooms with Roll-in Showers

Number of Rooms

Accessible Rooms

Rooms with Roll-in Showers

1 to 25

1

0

1

1 to 25

1

 

1 to 25

1

 

26 to 50

2

0

2

26 to 50

2

 

26 to 50

2

 

51 to 75

3

1

4

51 to 75

3

1

51 to 75

3

1

76 to 100

4

1

5

76 to 100

4

1

76 to 100

4

1

101 to 150

5

2

7

101 to 150

5

2

101 to 150

5

2

151 to 200

6

2

8

151 to 200

6

2

151 to 200

6

2

201 to 300

7

3

10

201 to 300

7

3

201 to 300

7

3

301 to 400

8

4

12

301 to 400

8

4

301 to 400

8

4

401 to 500

9

4

13

401 to 500

9

4 plus 1 for each additional 100 over 400

401 to 500

9

4 plus 1 for each additional 100 over 400

501 to 1000

2 percent of total

1 percent of total

3 percent of total

501 to 1000

2% of total

501 to 1000

2% of total

1001 and over

20, plus 1 for each 100, or fraction thereof, over 1000

10, plus 1 for each 100, or fraction thereof, over 1000

 

30, plus 2 for each 100, or fraction thereof, over 1000

1001 and over

20 plus 1 for each 100 over 1000

1001 and over

20 plus 1 for each 100 over 1000

 

 

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Commentary

224.3 Beds. In guest rooms having more than 25 beds, 5 percent minimum of the beds shall have clear floor space complying with 806.2.3.

 

9.5.3. Accessible Sleeping Accommodations in New Construction. Accessible sleeping rooms shall be provided in conformance with the table in 9.1.2 and shall comply with 9.2 Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms and Suites (where the items are provided). Additional sleeping rooms that comply with 9.3 Sleeping Accommodations for Persons with Hearing Impairments shall be provided in conformance with the table provided in 9.1.3.

 

In facilities with multi-bed rooms or spaces, a percentage of the beds equal to the table provided in 9.1.2 shall comply with 9.2.2(1).

 

120-3-20-.51 (5)(3)  Accessible Sleeping Accommodations in New Construction.  Accessible sleeping rooms shall be provided in conformance with the table in rule 120-3-20-.51(1)(b) and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.51(2)  Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms and Suites (where the items are provided).  Additional sleeping rooms that comply with rule 120-3-20-.51(3) Sleeping Accommodations for Persons with Hearing Impairments shall be provided in conformance with the table provided in rule 120-3-20-.51(1)(c).  In facilities with multi-bed rooms or spaces, a percentage of the beds equal to the table provided in rule 120-3-20-.51(1)(b) shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.51(2)(b)(1).

 

 

224.4 Guest Rooms with Communication Features. In transient lodging facilities, guest rooms with communication features complying with 806.3 shall be provided in accordance with Table 224.4.

 

9.2.2(8) Sleeping room accommodations for persons with hearing impairments required by 9.1 and complying with 9.3 shall be provided in the accessible sleeping room or suite.

 

 

9.1.3 Sleeping Accommodations for Persons with Hearing Impairments. In addition to those accessible sleeping rooms and suites required by 9.1.2, sleeping rooms and suites that comply with 9.3 (Visual Alarms, Notification Devices, and Telephones) shall be provided in conformance with the following table:

 

120-3-20-.51 (2)(b)8. Sleeping room accommodations for persons with hearing impairments required by rule 120-3-20-.51 and complying with rule 120-3-20-.51(3) shall be provided in the accessible sleeping room or suite. 

 

120-3-20-.51 (1)(c) Sleeping Accommodations for Persons with Hearing Impairments.  In addition to those accessible sleeping rooms and suites required by rule 120-3-20-.51(2), sleeping rooms and suites that comply with rule 120-3-20-.51(3) (Visual Alarms, Notification Devices, and Telephones) shall be provided in conformance with the following table:

 

The 2010 Standards require a larger number of rooms to have visible alarms/communication features.

 

Note the while the 1994 StandardsÕ table indicates requirements for facilities with 1-5 rooms, these are exempt in an exception in 9.1.1.

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

Table 224.4

Guest Rooms with Communication Features

 

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Total Number of Guest Rooms Provided

Minimum Number of Required Guest Rooms with Communication Features

Number of Elements

Accessible Elements

Number of Elements

Accessible Elements

6 to 25

2

1 to 25

1

1 to 25

1

26 to 50

4

26 to 50

2

26 to 50

2

51 to 75

7

51 to 75

3

51 to 75

3

76 to 100

9

76 to 100

4

76 to 100

4

101 to 150

12

101 to 150

5

101 to 150

5

151 to 200

14

151 to 200

6

151 to 200

6

201 to 300

17

201 to 300

7

201 to 300

7

301 to 400

20

301 to 400

8

301 to 400

8

401 to 500

22

401 to 500

9

401 to 500

9

501 to 1000

5 percent of total

501 to 1000

2% of total

501 to 1000

2% of total

1001 and over

50, plus 3 for each 100 over 1000

1001 and over

20 plus 1 for each 100 over 1000

1001 and over

20 plus 1 for each 100 over 1000

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Commentary

224.5 Dispersion. Guest rooms required to provide mobility features complying with 806.2 and guest rooms required to provide communication features complying

with 806.3 shall be dispersed among the various classes of guest rooms, and shall provide choices of types of guest rooms, number of beds, and other amenities comparable to the choices provided to other guests. Where the minimum number of guest rooms required to comply with 806 is not sufficient to allow for complete dispersion, guest rooms shall be dispersed in the following priority: guest room type, number of beds, and amenities. At least one guest room required to provide mobility features complying with 806.2 shall also provide communication features complying with 806.3. Not more than 10 percent of guest rooms required to provide mobility features complying with 806.2 shall be used to satisfy the minimum number of guest rooms required to provide communication features complying with 806.3.

 

9.1.4 Classes of Sleeping Accommodations.

 

(1) In order to provide persons with disabilities a range of options equivalent to those available to other persons served by the facility, sleeping rooms and suites required to be accessible by 9.1.2 shall be dispersed among the various classes of sleeping accommodations available to patrons of the place of transient lodging. Factors to be considered include room size, cost, amenities provided, and the number of beds provided.

 

(2) Equivalent Facilitation. For purposes of this section, it shall be deemed equivalent facilitation if the operator of a facility elects to limit construction of accessible rooms to those intended for multiple occupancy, provided that such rooms are made available at the cost of a single occupancy room to an individual with disabilities who requests a single-occupancy room.

 

120-3-20-.51 (1)(d) Classes of Sleeping Accommodations.

 

 

1. In order to provide persons with disabilities a range of options equivalent to those available to other persons served by the facility, sleeping rooms and suites required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.51(b) shall be dispersed among the various classes of sleeping accommodations available to patrons of the place of transient lodging.  Factors to be considered including room size, cost, amenities provided, and the number of beds provided.

2. Equivalent Facilitation.  For purposes of this section, it shall be deemed equivalent facilitation if the operator of a facility elects to limit construction of accessible rooms to those intended for multiple occupancy, provided that such rooms are made available at the cost of a single occupancy room to an individual with disabilities who requests a single-occupancy room.

 

 

¤36.406(e) Housing at a place of education. Housing at a place of education that is subject to this part shall comply with the provisions of the 2010 Standards applicable to transient lodging, including, but not limited to, the requirements for transient lodging guest rooms in sections 224 and 806 (pp. 82 and 210), subject to the following exceptions. For the purposes of the application of this section, the term Òsleeping roomÓ is intended to be used interchangeably with the term Òguest roomÓ as it is used in the transient lodging standards.

 

 

 

 

(1) Kitchens within housing units containing accessible sleeping rooms with mobility features (including suites and clustered sleeping rooms) or on floors containing accessible sleeping rooms with mobility features shall provide turning spaces that comply with section 809.2.2 of the 2010 Standards (p. 213) and kitchen work surfaces that comply with section 804.3 of the 2010 Standards (p. 208).

 

 

 

 

(2) Multi-bedroom housing units containing accessible sleeping rooms with mobility features shall have an accessible route throughout the unit in accordance with section 809.2 of the 2010 Standards (p. 212).

 

 

 

(3) Apartments or townhouse facilities that are provided by or on behalf of a place of education, which are leased on a year-round basis exclusively to graduate students or faculty and do not contain any public use or common use areas available for educational programming, are not subject to the transient lodging standards and shall comply with the requirements for residential facilities in sections 233 and 809 of the 2010 Standards (pp. 91 and 212).

 

 

 

 

225 Storage

 

 

 

 

225.1 General. Storage facilities shall comply with 225.

 

 

 

 

225.2 Storage. Where storage is provided in accessible spaces, at least one of each type shall comply with 811.

 

4.1.3(12) Storage, Shelving and Display Units:

(a) If fixed or built-in storage facilities such as cabinets, shelves, closets, and drawers are provided in accessible spaces, at least one of each type provided shall contain storage space complying with 4.25. Additional storage may be provided outside of the dimensions required by 4.25.

 

120-3-20-.08 (12) Storage, Shelving and Display Units:

(a) If fixed or built-in storage facilities such as cabinets, shelves, closets, and drawers are provided in accessible spaces, at least one of each type provided shall contain storage space complying with rule 120-3-20-.36. Additional storage may be provided outside of the dimensions required by rule 120-3-20-.36.

 

 

225.2.1 Lockers. Where lockers are provided, at least 5 percent, but no fewer than one of each type, shall comply with 811.

 

See Appendix 4.1.3(12)

 

 

225.2.2 Self-Service Shelving. Self-service shelves shall be located on an accessible route complying with 402. Self-service shelving shall not be required to comply with 308.

 

4.1.3(12)(b) Shelves or display units allowing self-service by customers in mercantile occupancies shall be located on an accessible route complying with 4.3. Requirements for accessible reach range do not apply.

 

8.5 Stacks. Minimum clear aisle width between stacks shall comply with 4.3, with a minimum clear aisle width of 42 in (1065 mm) preferred where possible. Shelf height in stack areas is unrestricted (see Fig. 56).

NOTE:  Figure 56 indicates the minimum width between fixed stacks is 36 inches (915 mm).

 

120-3-20-.08 (12)(b) Shelves or display units allowing self-service by customers in mercantile occupancies shall be located on an accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14. Requirements for accessible reach range do not apply.

120-3-20-.50 (5) Stacks.  Minimum clear aisle width between stacks shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.14, with a minimum clear aisle width of 42 inches (1065 mm) preferred where possible.  Shelf height in stack areas is unrestricted (see Fig.  56). 

 

225.3 Self-Service Storage Facilities. Self-service storage facilities shall provide individual self-service storage spaces complying with these requirements in accordance with Table 225.3.

 

 

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require all spaces in self-service storage facilities to be accessible (subject to the building elevator exceptions).

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

Table 225.3 Self-Service Storage Facilities

 

 

 

 

Total Spaces in Facility

Minimum Number of Spaces Required to be Accessible

1 to 200

5 percent

201 and over

10, plus 2 percent of total number of units over 200

 

 

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Commentary

225.3.1 Dispersion. Individual self-service storage spaces shall be dispersed throughout the various classes of spaces provided. Where more classes of spaces are provided than the number required to be accessible, the number of spaces shall not be required to exceed that required by Table 225.3. Self-service storage spaces complying with Table 225.3 shall not be required to be dispersed among buildings in a multi-building facility.

 

 

 

 

226 Dining Surfaces and Work Surfaces

 

 

 

 

226.1 General. Where dining surfaces are provided for the consumption of food or drink, at least 5 percent of the seating spaces and standing spaces at the dining surfaces shall comply with 902. In addition, where work surfaces are provided for use by other than employees, at least 5 percent shall comply with 902.

 

4.1.3(18) If fixed or built-in seating or tables (including, but not limited to, study carrels and student laboratory stations), are provided in accessible public or common use areas, at least five percent (5%), but not less than one, of the fixed or built-in seating areas or tables shall comply with 4.32. An accessible route shall lead to and through such fixed or built-in seating areas, or tables.

 

120-3-20-.08  (18) If fixed or built-in seating or tables (including, but not limited to, study carrels and student laboratory stations), are provided in accessible public or common use areas, at least five percent (5%), but not less than one, of the fixed or built-in seating areas or tables shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.43. An accessible route shall lead to and through such fixed or built-in seating areas, or tables.

 

5.1 General. Except as specified or modified in this section, restaurants and cafeterias shall comply with the requirements of 4.1 to 4.35. Where fixed tables (or dining counters where food is consumed but there is no service) are provided, at least 5 percent, but not less than one, of the fixed tables (or a portion of the dining counter) shall be accessible and shall comply with 4.32 as required in 4.1.3(18). In establishments where separate areas are designated for smoking and non-smoking patrons, the required number of accessible fixed tables (or counters) shall be proportionally distributed between the smoking and non-smoking areas. In new construction, and where practicable in alterations, accessible fixed tables (or counters) shall be distributed throughout the space or facility.  

 

120-3-20-.47 RESTAURANTS AND CAFETERIAS

(1) General.  Except as specified or modified in this section, restaurants and cafeterias shall comply with the requirements of rule 120-3-20-.03 to rule 120-3-20-.52.    Where fixed tables (or dining counters where food is consumed but there is no service) are provided, at least 5 percent, but not less than one, of the fixed tables (or a portion of the dining counter) shall be accessible and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.43 as required in rule 120-3-20-.08(18).  In establishments where separate areas are designated for smoking and nonsmoking patrons, the required number of accessible fixed tables (or counters) shall be proportionally distributed between the smoking and nonsmoking areas.  In new construction, and where practicable in alterations, accessible fixed tables (or counters) shall be distributed throughout the space or facility.

 

Note:  Dining counters (where there is not service) are typically found in small carry-out restaurants, bakeries, or coffee shops and may be only a narrow eating surface attached to a wall.  This section requires that where such a dining counter is provided, a portion of the counter shall be at the required accessible height.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code address smoking and nonsmoking areas.  This is not a design and construction issue and thus is not addressed in the 2010 Standards.

8.2 Reading and Study Areas. At least 5 percent or a minimum of one of each element of fixed seating, tables, or study carrels shall comply with 4.2 and 4.32. Clearances between fixed accessible tables and between study carrels shall comply with 4.3.

 

120-3-20-.50 (2) Reading and Study Areas.  At least 5 percent or a minimum of one of each element of fixed seating, tables, or study carrels shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.13 and rule 120-3-20-.43.  Clearances between fixed accessible tables and between study carrels shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.14. 

 

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Sales counters and service counters shall not be required to comply with 902.

 

 

 

 

2. Check writing surfaces provided at check-out aisles not required to comply with 904.3 shall not be required to comply with 902.

 

 

 

 

 

226.2 Dispersion. Dining surfaces and work surfaces required to comply with 902 shall be dispersed throughout the space or facility containing dining surfaces and work surfaces.

 

 

 

 

227 Sales and Service

 

7. BUSINESS AND MERCANTILE.

 

120-3-20-.49  BUSINESS AND MERCANTILE

 

7.1 General. In addition to the requirements of 4.1 to 4.35, the design of all areas used for business transactions with the public shall comply with 7.

 

(1) General.  In addition to the requirements of rules 120-3-20-.03 through 120-3-20-.46, the design of all areas used for business transactions with the public shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.49. 

 

 

7.2 Sales and Service Counters, Teller Windows, Information Counters.

 

120-3-20-.49  (2) Sales and Service Counters, Teller Windows, Information Counters.

 

227.1 General. Where provided, check-out aisles, sales counters, service counters, food service lines, queues, and waiting lines shall comply with 227 and 904.

 

7.2 Sales and Service Counters, Teller Windows, Information Counters.

  (1) In department stores and miscellaneous retail stores where counters have cash registers and are provided for sales or distribution of goods or services to the public, at least one of each type shall have a portion of the counter which is at least 36 in (915 mm) in length with a maximum height of 36 in (915 mm) above the finish floor.  It shall be on an accessible route complying with 4.3.  The accessible counters must be dispersed throughout the building or facility.  In alterations where it is technically infeasible to provide an accessible counter, an auxiliary counter meeting these requirements may be provided.

  (2) At ticketing counters, teller stations in a bank, registration counters in hotels and motels, box office ticket counters, and other counters that may not have a cash register but at which goods or services are sold or distributed, either:

    (i) a portion of the main counter which is a minimum of 36 in (915 mm) in length shall be provided with a maximum height of 36 in (915 mm); or

    (ii) an auxiliary counter with a maximum height of 36 in (915 mm) in close proximity to the main counter shall be provided; or

    (iii) equivalent facilitation shall be provided (e.g., at a hotel registration counter, equivalent facilitation might consist of: (1) provision of a folding shelf attached to the main counter on which an individual with disabilities can write, and (2) use of the space on the side of the counter or at the concierge desk, for handing materials back and forth).

  All accessible sales and service counters shall be on an accessible route complying with 4.3.

  (3)* Assistive Listening Devices.  (Reserved).

(2) Sales and Service Counters, Teller Windows, Information Counters.

(a) In department stores and miscellaneous retail stores where counters have cash registers and are provided for sales or distribution of goods or services to the public, at least one of each type shall have a portion of the counter which is at least 36 inches (915mm) in length with a maximum height of 36 inches (915 mm) above the finish floor.  It shall be on an accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14.  The accessible counters must be dispersed throughout the building or facility.  In alterations where it is technically infeasible to provide an accessible counter, an auxiliary counter meeting these requirements may be provided.

(b) At ticketing counters, teller stations in a bank, registration counters in hotels and motels, box office ticket counters, and other counters that may not have a cash register but at which goods or services are sold or distributed, either:

1. a portion of the main counter which is a minimum of 36 inches (915 mm) in length shall be provided with a maximum height of 36 inches (915 mm); or

2. an auxiliary counter with a maximum height of 36 inches (915 mm) in close proximity to the main counter shall be provided; or

3. equivalent facilitation shall be provided (e.g., at a hotel registration counter, equivalent facilitation might consist of: 

(i) provision of a folding shelf attached to the main counter on which an individual with disabilities can write, and

(ii) use of the space on the side of the counter or at the concierge desk, for handing materials back and forth). All accessible sales and service counters shall be on an accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14

(c) Assistive Listening Devices. (Reserved)

Note:  At all sales and service counters, teller windows, box offices, and information kiosks  where a physical barrier separates service personnel and customers, it is recommended that at least one permanently installed Assistive listening device complying with rule 120-3-30-.44 be provided at each location or series.  Where Assistive listening devices are installed, signage should be provided identifying those stations which are so equipped.

 

 

227.2 Check-Out Aisles. Where check-out aisles are provided, check-out aisles complying with 904.3 shall be provided in accordance with Table 227.2. Where check-out aisles serve different functions, check-out aisles complying with 904.3 shall be provided in accordance with Table 227.2 for each function. Where check-out aisles are dispersed throughout the building or facility, check-out

aisles complying with 904.3 shall be dispersed.

 

7.3 Check-out Aisles.

 

(1) In new construction, accessible check-out aisles shall be provided in conformance with the table below:

 

 

120-3-20-.49  (3) Check out Aisles. 

 

(a) In new construction, accessible check out aisles shall be provided in conformance with the table below:

 

 

EXCEPTION: Where the selling space is under 5000 square feet (465 m2) no more than one check-out aisle complying with 904.3 shall be required.

 

7.3 EXCEPTION: In new construction, where the selling space is under 5000 square feet, only one check-out aisle is required to be accessible.

 

EXCEPTION: In new construction, where the selling space is under 5000 square feet, only one check-out aisle is required to be accessible.

 

 

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Table 227.2 Check-Out Aisles

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Number of Check-Out Aisles of Each Function

Minimum Number of Check-Out Aisles of Each Function Required to Comply with 904.3

Total Check-out Aisles of Each Design

Minimum Number of Accessible
Check-out Aisles (of each design)

Total Check-out Aisles of Each Design

Minimum Number of Accessible
Check-out Aisles (of each design)

1 to 4

1

1 - 4

1

1 - 4

1

5 to 8

2

5 - 8

2

5 - 8

2

9 to 15

3

9 - 15

3

9 - 15

3

16 and over

3, plus 20 percent of additional aisles

over 15

3, plus 20% of additional aisles

over 15

3, plus 20% of additional aisles

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Commentary

227.2.1 Altered Check-Out Aisles. Where check-out aisles are altered, at least one of each check-out aisle serving each function shall comply with 904.3 until the number of check-out aisles complies with 227.2.

 

EXCEPTION: In alterations, at least one check-out aisle shall be accessible in facilities under 5000 square feet of selling space. In facilities of 5000 or more square feet of selling space, at least one of each design of check-out aisle shall be made accessible when altered until the number of accessible check-out aisles of each design equals the number required in new construction.

 

EXCEPTION: In alterations, at least one check-out aisle shall be accessible in facilities under 5000 square feet of selling space.  In facilities of 5000 or more square feet of selling space, at least one of each design of check-out aisle shall be made accessible when altered until the number of accessible check-out aisles of each design equals the number required in new construction.

 

 

Examples of check-out aisles of different "design" include those which are specifically designed to serve different functions. Different "design" includes but is not limited to the following features - length of belt or no belt; or permanent signage designating the aisle as an express lane.

 

Examples of check-out aisles of different "design" include those which are specifically designed to serve different functions.  Different "design" includes but is not limited to the following features - length of belt or no belt; or permanent signage designating the aisle as an express lane.

 

 

227.3 Counters. Where provided, at least one of each type of sales counter and service counter shall comply with 904.4. Where counters are dispersed throughout the building or facility, counters complying with 904.4 also shall be dispersed.

 

 

10.3.1(18) Where provided, ticketing areas shall permit persons with disabilities to obtain a ticket and check baggage and shall comply with 7.2.

 

120-3-20-.52 (18). Where provided, ticketing areas shall permit persons with disabilities to obtain a ticket and check baggage and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.49(2).

 

10.4.1(3) Ticketing areas shall permit persons with disabilities to obtain a ticket and check baggage and shall comply with 7.2.

 

120-3-20-.52 (4)3. Ticketing areas shall permit persons with disabilities to obtain a ticket and check baggage and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.49(2).

 

227.4 Food Service Lines. Food service lines shall comply with 904.5. Where self-service shelves are provided, at least 50 percent, but no fewer than one, of each type provided shall comply with 308.

 

5.5 Food Service Lines. Food service lines shall have a minimum clear width of 36 in (915 mm), with a preferred clear width of 42 in (1065 mm) to allow passage around a person using a wheelchair. Tray slides shall be mounted no higher than 34 in (865 mm) above the floor (see Fig. 53). If self-service shelves are provided, at least 50 percent of each type must be within reach ranges specified in 4.2.5 and 4.2.6.

NOTE: Figure 53 indicates the clear width of the food service line shall be measured from the leading edge of the tray slide. At least 36 inches (915 mm) wide is required at the food service line. Tray slides shall be no higher than 34 inches (865 mm) above the floor.

 

120-3-20-.47 (5) Food Service Lines.  Food service lines shall have a minimum clear width of 36 inches, with a preferred clear width of 42 inches to allow passage around a person using a wheelchair.  Tray slides shall be mounted no higher than 34 inches above the floor (see Fig. 53).  If self-service shelves are provided, at least 50 percent of each type must be within reach ranges specified in rule 120-3-20-.13(5) and rule 120-3-20-.13(6).

 

227.5 Queues and Waiting Lines. Queues and waiting lines servicing counters or check-out aisles required to comply with 904.3 or 904.4 shall comply with 403.

 

 

 

 

 

8 LIBRARIES.

8.1 General.  In addition to the requirements of 4.1 to 4.35, the design of all public areas of a library shall comply with 8, including reading and study areas, stacks, reference rooms, reserve areas, and special facilities or collections.

120-3-20-.50 LIBRARIES

(1) General.  In addition to the requirements of rules 120-3-20-.03 to 120-3-20-.46, the design of all public areas of a library shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.50, including reading and study areas, stacks, reference rooms, reserve areas, and special facilities or collections. 

 

 

Libraries:

8.3 Check‑Out Areas.  At least one lane at each check‑out area shall comply with 7.2(1).  Any traffic control or book security gates or turnstiles shall comply with 4.13

Libraries:

120-3-20-.50 (3) Check-Out Areas.  At least one lane at each check out area shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.49(2)(a).  Any traffic control or book security gates or turnstiles shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.24. 

 

No Equivalent Section dedicated to Libraries in the 2010 Standards.

 

10.3.1(19) Where provided, baggage check-in and retrieval systems shall be on an accessible route complying with 4.3, and shall have space immediately adjacent complying with 4.2. If unattended security barriers are provided, at least one gate shall comply with 4.13. Gates which must be pushed open by wheelchair or mobility aid users shall have a smooth continuous surface extending from 2 inches above the floor to 27 inches above the floor.

 

120-3-20-.52 (3)(a)19. Where provided, baggage check-in and retrieval systems shall be on an accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14, and shall have space immediately adjacent complying with rule 120-3-20-.13.  If unattended security barriers are provided, at least one gate shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.24.  Gates which must be pushed open by wheelchair or mobility aid users shall have a smooth continuous surface extending from 2 inches above the floor to 27 inches above the floor.

 

 

10.4.1(5) Baggage check-in and retrieval systems shall be on an accessible route complying with 4.3, and shall have space immediately adjacent complying with 4.2.4. If unattended security barriers are provided, at least one gate shall comply with 4.13. Gates which must be pushed open by wheelchair or mobility aid users shall have a smooth continuous surface extending from 2 inches above the floor to 27 inches above the floor.

 

120-3-20-.52 (4)(a)5. Baggage check-in and retrieval systems shall be on an accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14, and shall have space immediately adjacent complying with rule 120-3-20-.13(4).  If unattended security barriers are provided, at least one gate shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.24.  Gates which must be pushed open by wheelchair or mobility aid users shall have a smooth continuous surface extending from 2 inches above the floor to 27 inches above the floor.

 

 

228 Depositories, Vending Machines, Change Machines, Mail Boxes, and Fuel Dispensers

 

 

 

 

228.1 General. Where provided, at least one of each type of depository, vending machine, change machine, and fuel dispenser shall comply with 309.

 

EXCEPTION: Drive-up only depositories shall not be required to comply with 309.

 

4.1.3(13) Controls and operating mechanisms in accessible spaces, along accessible routes, or as parts of accessible elements (for example, light switches and dispenser controls) shall comply with 4.27.

 

5.8 Vending Machines and Other Equipment. Spaces for vending machines and other equipment shall comply with 4.2 and shall be located on an accessible route.

 

120-3-20-.47 (8) Vending Machines and Other Equipment.  Spaces for vending machines and other equipment shall comply with rule 120-3-20.13 and shall be located on an accessible route. 

The 2010 Standards have an exception for drive-up only depositories.  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not.

228.2 Mail Boxes. Where mail boxes are provided in an interior location, at least 5 percent, but no fewer than one, of each type shall comply with 309. In residential facilities, where mail boxes are provided for each residential dwelling unit, mail boxes complying with 309 shall be provided for each residential dwelling unit required to provide mobility features complying with 809.2 through 809.4.

 

4.1.3(13) Controls and operating mechanisms in accessible spaces, along accessible routes, or as parts of accessible elements (for example, light switches and dispenser controls) shall comply with 4.27.

 

120-3-20-.08 (13) Controls and operating mechanisms in accessible spaces, along accessible routes, or as parts of accessible elements (for example, light switches and dispenser controls) shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38.

 

229 Windows

 

229.1 General. Where glazed openings are provided in accessible rooms or spaces for operation by occupants, at least one opening shall comply with 309. Each glazed opening required by an administrative authority to be operable shall comply with 309.

 

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Glazed openings in residential dwelling units required to comply with 809 shall not be required to comply with 229.

 

2. Glazed openings in guest rooms required to provide communication features and in guest rooms required to comply with 206.5.3 shall not be required to comply with 229.

 

4.1.3(6) Windows: (Reserved).

 

120-3-20-.08 (6) Windows: (Reserved).

(6) Windows intended to be accessed by occupants in accessible spaces shall comply with 120-3-.23.

The 1994 Standards do not address accessible windows.

 

The 2010 Standards rely on the employee work area exception to not require accessible windows in places like restaurants and office buildings.

 

The 2010 Standards do not require accessible windows in accessible residential dwelling units (section 809), and clarifies that accessible windows are not required in guest rooms that are accessible only to persons with hearing impairments.

230 Two-Way Communication Systems

 

 

 

 

230.1 General. Where a two-way communication system is provided to gain admittance to a building or facility or to restricted areas within a building or facility, the system shall comply with 708.

 

 

 

 

231 Judicial Facilities

 

 

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not specifically address judicial facilities.

 

231.1 General. Judicial facilities shall comply with 231.

 

 

 

 

231.2 Courtrooms. Each courtroom shall comply with 808.

 

See Appendix 11.1

 

 

See 808.3

231.3 Holding Cells. Where provided, central holding cells and court-floor holding cells shall comply with 231.3.

 

See Appendix 11.2.3

 

 

231.3.1 Central Holding Cells. Where separate central holding cells are provided for adult male, juvenile male, adult female, or juvenile female, one of each type shall comply with 807.2. Where central holding cells are provided and are not separated by age or sex, at least one cell complying with 807.2 shall be provided.

 

 

 

231.3.2 Court-Floor Holding Cells. Where separate court-floor holding cells are provided for adult male, juvenile male, adult female, or juvenile female, each courtroom shall be served by one cell of each type complying with 807.2. Where court-floor holding cells are provided and are not separated by age or sex, courtrooms shall be served by at least one cell complying with 807.2. Cells may serve more than one courtroom.

 

 

 

231.4 Visiting Areas. Visiting areas shall comply with 231.4.

 

 

 

231.4.1 Cubicles and Counters. At least 5 percent, but no fewer than one, of cubicles shall comply with 902 on both the visitor and detainee sides. Where counters are provided, at least one shall comply with 904.4.2 on both the visitor and detainee sides.

 

 

 

EXCEPTION: The detainee side of cubicles or counters at non-contact visiting areas not serving holding cells required to comply with 231 shall not be required to comply with 902 or 904.4.2.

 

 

 

231.4.2 Partitions. Where solid partitions or security glazing separate visitors from detainees at least one of each type of cubicle or counter partition shall comply with 904.6.

 

 

 

232 Detention Facilities and Correctional Facilities

 

 

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not specifically address detention and correctional facilities.

 

232.1 General. Buildings, facilities, or portions thereof, in which people are detained for penal or correction purposes, or in which the liberty of the inmates is restricted for security reasons shall comply with 232.

See Appendix 12.1

 

 

232.2 General Holding Cells and General Housing Cells. General holding cells and general housing cells shall be provided in accordance with 232.2.

 

 

 

 

EXCEPTION: Alterations to cells shall not be required to comply except to the extent determined by the Attorney General.

 

 

 

 

232.2.1 Cells with Mobility Features. At least 2 percent, but no fewer than one, of the total number of cells in a facility shall provide mobility features complying with 807.2.

 

See Appendix 12.4

 

 

232.2.1.1 Beds. In cells having more than 25 beds, at least 5 percent of the beds shall have clear floor space complying with 807.2.3.

 

 

 

 

232.2.2 Cells with Communication Features. At least 2 percent, but no fewer than one, of the total number of general holding cells and general housing cells equipped with audible emergency alarm systems and permanently installed telephones within the cell shall provide communication features complying with 807.3.

 

See Appendix 12.4.3

 

 

232.3 Special Holding Cells and Special Housing Cells. Where special holding cells or special housing cells are provided, at least one cell serving each purpose shall provide mobility features complying with 807.2. Cells subject to this requirement include, but are not limited to, those used for purposes of orientation, protective custody, administrative or disciplinary detention or segregation, detoxification, and medical isolation.

 

See Appendix 12.4.2

 

 

EXCEPTION: Alterations to cells shall not be required to comply except to the extent determined by the Attorney General.

 

 

 

 

232.4 Medical Care Facilities. Patient bedrooms or cells required to comply with 223 shall be provided in addition to any medical isolation cells required to comply with 232.3.

 

See Appendix 12.4.4

 

 

232.5 Visiting Areas. Visiting areas shall comply with 232.5.

 

See Appendix 12.3

 

 

232.5.1 Cubicles and Counters. At least 5 percent, but no fewer than one, of cubicles shall comply with 902 on both the visitor and detainee sides. Where counters are provided, at least one shall comply with 904.4.2 on both the visitor and detainee or inmate sides.

 

EXCEPTION: The inmate or detainee side of cubicles or counters at non-contact visiting areas not serving holding cells or housing cells required to comply with 232 shall not be required to comply with 902 or 904.4.2.

 

 

 

232.5.2 Partitions. Where solid partitions or security glazing separate visitors from detainees or inmates at least one of each type of cubicle or counter partition shall comply with 904.6.

 

233 Residential Facilities

 

 

120-3-20-.54 Covered Multi-Family Dwelling Unit

 

 

233.1 General. Facilities with residential dwelling units shall comply with 233.

 

 

 (1) General.  Accessible dwelling units shall comply with 120-3-20-.54.

 

Note:  A person with a disability who lives in an accessible dwelling unit of a multifamily building or a housing project wants to participate in all on-site social activities, including visiting neighbors in their dwelling units.  Hence, any circulation paths among all dwelling units and among all on-site facilities should be as accessible as possible.  An accessible second exit in dwelling units provides an extra margin of safety in a fire.  The Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988 requires a substantial number of minimally adaptable dwelling units (see regulations at 24 CFR 100.205 and accessibility guidelines at 24 CFR Ch. I, Subch. A, App. II).

 

In establishing administrative provisions as described in 2.0, administrative authorities specify the number of dwelling units to be fully adaptable or accessible, or procedures for determining the number to be fully adaptable or accessible, for different types of construction (i.e., new construction or remodeling or alterations).  In addition, administrative authorities specify whether those fixtures for which height ranges are provided in 120-3-20-.54.3 and 120-3-20-.54.4 are to be permanently installed at a specific height or whether they are to be designed for adaptability.

(2) Adaptability.  Both adaptable dwelling units and units in which fixtures are permanently installed within the heights specified in 120-3-20-.54.4 bathrooms and 120-3-20-.54.5 kitchens shall be considered accessible dwelling units.

 

Note:  Adaptable dwelling units are particularly beneficial in rental housing where the demand for accessible units varies over time.  Dwelling units designed for adaptability accommodate either able-bodies residents or residents having any of the disabilities described in 1.1, and have the further advantage of allowing the user to select the degree of accessibility that is desired.  For example, an occupant chooses to have grab bars installed in the bathroom but prefers the standard-height counter and sink.

 

Where parking is provided for facilities with all dwelling units designed for adaptability, accessible parking spaces are provided according to the number and particular needs of the disabled residents occupying the adaptable units.  The subsections on bathrooms and kitchens specify a range of heights and clearances within which certain fixtures are installed (for example, grab bars at bathtubs and toilets, and work surface and sink heights in kitchens).  In the case of grab bars, provision is made for later installation within the specified height range, as requested by the occupant of the dwelling unit.  Other fixtures are permanently installed at a height within these ranges, or the fixtures are adjustable within the ranges.

 

 

233.2 Residential Dwelling Units Provided by Entities Subject to HUD Section 504 Regulations. Where facilities with residential dwelling units are provided by entities subject to regulations issued by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, such entities shall provide residential dwelling units with mobility

features complying with 809.2 through 809.4 in a number required by the applicable HUD regulations. Residential dwelling units required to provide mobility features complying with 809.2 through 809.4 shall be on an accessible route as required by 206. In addition, such entities shall provide residential dwelling units with communication features complying with 809.5 in a number required by the applicable HUD regulations. Entities subject to 233.2 shall not be required to comply with 233.3.

 

 

 

 

¤36.406 (d) Social service center establishments. Group homes, halfway houses, shelters, or similar social service center establishments that provide either temporary sleeping accommodations or residential dwelling units that are subject to this part shall comply with the provisions of the 2010 Standards applicable to residential facilities, including, but not limited to, the provisions in sections 233 and 809 (pp. 91 and 212) .

 

 

 

 

(1) In sleeping rooms with more than 25 beds covered by this part, a minimum of 5% of the beds shall have clear floor space complying with section 806.2.3 of the 2010 Standards (p. 210).

 

 

 

 

(2) Facilities with more than 50 beds covered by this part that provide common use bathing facilities shall provide at least one roll-in shower with a seat that complies with the relevant provisions of section 608 of the 2010 Standards (p. 174). Transfer-type showers are not permitted in lieu of a roll-in shower with a seat, and the exceptions in sections 608.3 and 608.4 for residential dwelling units are not permitted. When separate shower facilities are provided for men and for women, at least one roll-in shower shall be provided for each group.

 

 

 

 

233.3 Residential Dwelling Units Provided by Entities Not Subject to HUD Section 504 Regulations. Facilities with residential dwelling units provided by entities not subject to regulations issued by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, shall comply with 233.3.

 

 

 

 

233.3.1 Minimum Number: New Construction. Newly constructed facilities with residential dwelling units shall comply with 233.3.1.

 

 

 

 

EXCEPTION: Where facilities contain 15 or fewer residential dwelling units, the requirements of 233.3.1.1 and 233.3.1.2 shall apply to the total number of residential dwelling units that are constructed under a single contract, or are developed as a whole, whether or not located on a common site.

 

 

 

 

233.3.1.1 Residential Dwelling Units with Mobility Features. In facilities with residential dwelling units, at least 5 percent, but no fewer than one unit, of the total number of residential dwelling units shall provide mobility features complying with 809.2 through 809.4 and shall be on an accessible route as required by 206.

 

 

 

 

233.3.1.2 Residential Dwelling Units with Communication Features. In facilities with residential dwelling units, at least 2 percent, but no fewer than one unit, of the total number of residential dwelling units shall provide communication features complying with 809.5.

 

 

 

 

233.3.2 Residential Dwelling Units for Sale. Residential dwelling units offered for sale shall provide accessible features to the extent required by regulations issued by Federal agencies under the Americans with Disabilities Act or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended.

 

 

 

 

233.3.3 Additions. Where an addition to an existing building results in an increase in the number of residential dwelling units, the requirements of 233.3.1 shall apply only to the residential dwelling units that are added until the total number of residential dwelling units complies with the minimum number required by 233.3.1. Residential dwelling units required to comply with 233.3.1.1 shall be on an accessible route as required by 206.

 

 

 

 

233.3.4 Alterations. Alterations shall comply with 233.3.4.

 

 

 

 

EXCEPTION: Where compliance with 809.2, 809.3, or 809.4 is technically infeasible, or where it is technically infeasible to provide an accessible route to a residential dwelling unit, the entity shall be permitted to alter or

construct a comparable residential dwelling unit to comply with 809.2 through 809.4 provided that the minimum number of residential dwelling units required by

233.3.1.1 and 233.3.1.2, as applicable, is satisfied.

 

 

 

 

233.3.4.1 Alterations to Vacated Buildings. Where a building is vacated for the purposes of alteration, and the altered building contains more than 15 residential dwelling units, at least 5 percent of the residential dwelling units

shall comply with 809.2 through 809.4 and shall be on an accessible route as required by 206. In addition, at least 2 percent of the residential dwelling units shall comply with 809.5.

 

 

 

 

233.3.4.2 Alterations to Individual Residential Dwelling Units. In individual residential dwelling units, where a bathroom or a kitchen is substantially altered, and at least one other room is altered, the requirements of 233.3.1 shall apply to the altered residential dwelling units until the total number of residential dwelling units complies with the minimum number required by 233.3.1.1 and 233.3.1.2. Residential dwelling units required to comply with 233.3.1.1 shall be on an accessible route as required by 206.

 

 

 

 

EXCEPTION: Where facilities contain 15 or fewer residential dwelling units, the requirements of 233.3.1.1 and 233.3.1.2 shall apply to the total number of residential dwelling units that are altered under a single contract, or are developed as a whole, whether or not located on a common site.

 

 

 

 

233.3.5 Dispersion. Residential dwelling units required to provide mobility features complying with 809.2 through 809.4 and residential dwelling units required to provide communication features complying with 809.5 shall be dispersed among the various types of residential dwelling units in the facility and shall provide choices of residential dwelling units comparable to, and integrated with, those available to other residents.

 

 

 

 

EXCEPTION: Where multi-story residential dwelling units are one of the types of residential dwelling units provided, one-story residential dwelling units shall be permitted as a substitute for multi-story residential dwelling units where equivalent spaces and amenities are provided in the one-story residential dwelling unit.

 

 

 

 

234 Amusement Rides

 

See Appendix 15.1

 

Neither the 1994 Standards nor the Georgia Accessibility Code specifically address accessible amusement rides.

 

234.1 General. Amusement rides shall comply with 234.

 

 

 

EXCEPTION: Mobile or portable amusement rides shall not be required to comply with 234.

 

 

 

234.2 Load and Unload Areas. Load and unload areas serving amusement rides shall comply with 1002.3.

 

 

 

234.3 Minimum Number. Amusement rides shall provide at least one wheelchair space complying with 1002.4, or at least one amusement ride seat designed for transfer complying with 1002.5, or at least one transfer device complying with 1002.6.

 

 

 

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Amusement rides that are controlled or operated by the rider shall not be required to comply with 234.3.

 

 

 

2. Amusement rides designed primarily for children, where children are assisted on and off the ride by an adult, shall not be required to comply with 234.3.

 

 

 

3. Amusement rides that do not provide amusement ride seats shall not be required to comply with 234.3.

 

 

 

234.4 Existing Amusement Rides. Where existing amusement rides are altered, the alteration shall comply with 234.4.

 

See Appendix 15.1.2

 

 

234.4.1 Load and Unload Areas. Where load and unload areas serving existing amusement rides are newly designed and constructed, the load and unload areas shall comply with 1002.3.

 

 

 

234.4.2 Minimum Number. Where the structural or operational characteristics of an amusement ride are altered to the extent that the amusement ride's performance differs from that specified by the manufacturer or the original design, the amusement ride shall comply with 234.3.

 

 

 

235 Recreational Boating Facilities

 

See Appendix 15.2

 

Neither the 1994 Standards nor the Georgia Accessibility Code specifically address accessible recreational boating facilities.

 

235.1 General. Recreational boating facilities shall comply with 235.

 

235.2 Boat Slips. Boat slips complying with 1003.3.1 shall be provided in accordance with Table 235.2. Where the number of boat slips is not identified, each 40 feet (12 m) of boat slip edge provided along the perimeter of the pier

shall be counted as one boat slip for the purpose of this section.

 

See Appendix 15.2.3

 

 

Table 235.2 Boat Slips

 

See Appendix Table 15.2.3

 

 

Total Number of Boating Slips Provided in Facility

Minimum Number of Required Accessible Boating Slips

 

 

 

1 to 25

1

26 to 50

2

51 to 100

3

101 to 150

4

151 to 300

5

301 to 400

6

401 to 500

7

501 to 600

8

601 to 700

9

701 to 800

10

801 to 900

11

901 to 1000

12

1001 and over

12, plus 1 for every 100, or fraction thereof, over 1000

235.2.1 Dispersion. Boat slips complying with 1003.3.1 shall be dispersed throughout the various types of boat slips provided. Where the minimum number of boat slips required to comply with 1003.3.1 has been met, no further dispersion shall be required.

 

 

 

 

235.3 Boarding Piers at Boat Launch Ramps. Where boarding piers are provided at boat launch ramps, at least 5 percent, but no fewer than one, of the boarding piers shall comply with 1003.3.2.

 

See Appendix 15.2.4

 

 

236 Exercise Machines and Equipment

 

See Appendix 15.7

 

Neither the 1994 Standards nor the Georgia Accessibility Code specifically address accessible exercise machines and equipment.

 

236.1 General. At least one of each type of exercise machine and equipment shall comply with 1004.

 

237 Fishing Piers and Platforms

 

See Appendix 15.3

 

Neither the 1994 Standards nor the Georgia Accessibility Code specifically address accessible fishing piers and platforms.

 

237.1 General. Fishing piers and platforms shall comply with 1005.

 

238 Golf Facilities

 

See Appendix 15.4

 

Neither the 1994 Standards nor the Georgia Accessibility Code specifically address accessible golf facilities.

 

238.1 General. Golf facilities shall comply with 238.

 

 

 

238.2 Golf Courses. Golf courses shall comply with 238.2.

 

238.2.1 Teeing Grounds. Where one teeing ground is provided for a hole, the teeing ground shall be designed and constructed so that a golf car can enter and exit the teeing ground. Where two teeing grounds are provided for a hole, the forward teeing ground shall be designed and constructed so that a golf car can enter and exit the teeing ground. Where three or more teeing grounds are

provided for a hole, at least two teeing grounds, including the forward teeing ground, shall be designed and constructed so that a golf car can enter and exit

each teeing ground.

 

 

 

EXCEPTION: In existing golf courses, the forward teeing ground shall not be required to be one of the teeing grounds on a hole designed and constructed so that a golf car can enter and exit the teeing ground where compliance is not feasible due to terrain.

 

 

 

238.2.2 Putting Greens. Putting greens shall be designed and constructed so that a golf car can enter and exit the putting green.

 

 

 

238.2.3 Weather Shelters. Where provided, weather shelters shall be designed and constructed so that a golf car can enter and exit the weather shelter and shall

comply with 1006.4.

 

 

 

238.3 Practice Putting Greens, Practice Teeing Grounds, and Teeing Stations at Driving Ranges. At least 5 percent, but no fewer than one, of practice putting greens, practice teeing grounds, and teeing stations at driving ranges shall be designed and constructed so that a golf car can enter and exit the practice putting greens, practice teeing grounds, and teeing stations at driving ranges.

 

 

 

239 Miniature Golf Facilities

 

See Appendix 15.5

 

Neither the 1994 Standards nor the Georgia Accessibility Code specifically address accessible miniature golf.

 

239.1 General. Miniature golf facilities shall comply with 239.

 

 

 

239.2 Minimum Number. At least 50 percent of holes on miniature golf courses shall comply with 1007.3.

 

 

 

239.3 Miniature Golf Course Configuration. Miniature golf courses shall be configured so that the holes complying with 1007.3 are consecutive. Miniature golf courses shall provide an accessible route from the last hole complying with 1007.3 to the course entrance or exit without requiring travel through any other holes on the course.

 

 

 

EXCEPTION: One break in the sequence of consecutive holes shall be permitted provided that the last hole on the miniature golf course is the last hole in the sequence.

 

 

 

240 Play Areas

 

See Appendix 15.6

 

Neither the 1994 Standards nor the Georgia Accessibility Code specifically address accessible play areas.

 

240.1 General. Play areas for children ages 2 and over shall comply with 240. Where separate play areas are provided within a site for specific age groups, each play area shall comply with 240.

 

 

 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Play areas located in family child care facilities where the proprietor actually resides shall not be required to comply with 240.

 

 

 

2. In existing play areas, where play components are relocated for the purposes of creating safe use zones and the ground surface is not altered or extended for more than one use zone, the play area shall not be required to comply with 240.

 

 

 

3. Amusement attractions shall not be required to comply with 240.

 

 

4. Where play components are altered and the ground surface is not altered, the ground surface shall not be required to comply with 1008.2.6 unless required by 202.4.

 

 

240.1.1 Additions. Where play areas are designed and constructed in phases, the requirements of 240 shall apply to each successive addition so that when the addition is completed, the entire play area complies with all the applicable requirements of 240.

 

 

 

240.2 Play Components. Where provided, play components shall comply with 240.2.

 

 

 

240.2.1 Ground Level Play Components. Ground level play components shall be provided in the number and types required by 240.2.1. Ground level play components that are provided to comply with 240.2.1.1 shall be permitted to satisfy the additional number required by 240.2.1.2 if the minimum required types of play components are satisfied. Where two or more required ground level play components are provided, they shall be dispersed throughout the play area and integrated with other play components.

 

 

 

240.2.1.1 Minimum Number and Types. Where ground level play components are provided, at least one of each type shall be on an accessible route and shall comply with 1008.4.

 

 

 

240.2.1.2 Additional Number and Types. Where elevated play components are provided, ground level play components shall be provided in accordance with Table 240.2.1.2 and shall comply with 1008.4.

 

 

 

EXCEPTION: If at least 50 percent of the elevated play components are connected by a ramp and at least 3 of the elevated play components connected by the ramp are different types of play components, the play area shall not be required to comply with 240.2.1.2.

 

 

 

Table 240.2.1.2

 Number and Types of Ground Level Play Components Required to be on Accessible Routes

 

See Appendix Table 15.6.2.2

 

 

Number of Elevated Play Components Provided

Minimum Number of Ground Level Play Components Required to be on an Accessible Route

Minimum Number of Different Types of Ground Level Play Components Required to be on an Accessible Route

 

 

 

1

Not applicable

Not applicable

 

2 to 4

1

1

5 to 7

2

2

8 to 10

3

3

11 to 13

4

3

14 to 16

5

3

17 to 19

6

3

22 to 22

7

4

23 to 25

8

4

26 and over

8, plus 1 for each additional 3, or fraction thereof, over 25

5

240.2.2 Elevated Play Components. Where elevated play components are provided, at least 50 percent shall be on an accessible route and shall comply with 1008.4.

 

 

 

 

241 Saunas and Steam Rooms

 

See Appendix 4.1.3(22)

 

 

241 General. Where provided, saunas and steam rooms shall comply with 612.

 

 

 

EXCEPTION: Where saunas or steam rooms are clustered at a single location, no more than 5 percent of the saunas and steam rooms, but no fewer than one, of each type in each cluster shall be required to comply with 612.

 

 

 

242 Swimming Pools, Wading Pools, and Spas

 

See Appendix 15.8

 

Neither the 1994 Standards nor the Georgia Accessibility Code specifically address accessible swimming pools.

 

242.1 General. Swimming pools, wading pools, and spas shall comply with 242.

 

 

 

242.2 Swimming Pools. At least two accessible means of entry shall be provided for swimming pools. Accessible means of entry shall be swimming pool lifts complying with 1009.2; sloped entries complying with 1009.3; transfer walls complying with 1009.4; transfer systems complying with 1009.5; and pool stairs complying with 1009.6. At least one accessible means of entry provided shall comply with 1009.2 or 1009.3.

 

 

 

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Where a swimming pool has less than 300 linear feet (91 m) of swimming pool wall, no more than one accessible means of entry shall be required provided that the accessible means of entry is a swimming pool lift complying with 1009.2 or sloped entry complying with 1009.3.

 

 

 

2. Wave action pools, leisure rivers, sand bottom pools, and other pools where user access is limited to one area shall not be required to provide more than one accessible means of entry provided that the accessible means of entry is a swimming pool lift complying with 1009.2, a sloped entry complying with 1009.3, or a transfer system complying with 1009.5.

 

 

 

3. Catch pools shall not be required to provide an accessible means of entry provided that the catch pool edge is on an accessible route.

 

 

 

242.3 Wading Pools. At least one accessible means of entry shall be provided for wading pools. Accessible means of entry shall comply with sloped entries complying with 1009.3.

 

 

 

242.4 Spas. At least one accessible means of entry shall be provided for spas. Accessible means of entry shall comply with swimming pool lifts complying with 1009.2; transfer walls complying with 1009.4; or transfer systems complying with 1009.5.

 

 

 

EXCEPTION: Where spas are provided in a cluster, no more than 5 percent, but no fewer than one, spa in each cluster shall be required to comply with 242.4.

 

 

 

243 Shooting Facilities with Firing Positions

 

See Appendix 15.7.4

 

Neither the 1994 Standards nor the Georgia Accessibility Code specifically address accessible shooting facilities.

 

243.1 General. Where shooting facilities with firing positions are designed and constructed at a site, at least 5 percent, but no fewer than one, of each type of firing position shall comply with 1010.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TECHNICAL

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

 

Georgia Accessibility Code

Commentary

CHAPTER 3: BUILDING BLOCKS

 

 

 

 

301 General

 

 

 

 

301.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 3 shall apply where required by Chapter 2 or where referenced by a requirement in this document.

 

 

 

 

302 Floor or Ground Surfaces

 

4.5 Ground and Floor Surfaces.

 

120-3-20-.16 Ground and Floor Surfaces

 

 

302.1 General. Floor and ground surfaces shall be stable, firm, and slip resistant and shall comply with 302.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Within animal containment areas, floor and ground surfaces shall not be required to be stable, firm, and slip resistant.

2. Areas of sport activity shall not be required to comply with 302.

4.5.1 General. Ground and floor surfaces along accessible routes and in accessible rooms and spaces including floors, walks, ramps, stairs, and curb ramps, shall be stable, firm, slip-resistant, and shall comply with 4.5. 

 

See also Appendix 4.1.3(3)

 (1) General. Ground and floor surfaces along accessible routes and in accessible rooms and spaces including floors, walks, ramps, stairs, and curb ramps, shall be stable, firm, slip-resistant, and shall comply with rule 120-3-20.19.

 

Note:  People who have difficulty walking or maintaining balance or who use crutches, canes, or walkers, and those with restricted gaits are particularly sensitive to slipping and tripping hazards. For such people, a stable and regular surface is necessary for safe walking, particularly on stairs.  Wheelchairs can be propelled most easily on surfaces that are hard, stable, and regular. Soft loose surfaces such as shag carpet, loose sand or gravel, wet clay, and irregular surfaces such as cobblestones can significantly impede wheelchair movement. Slip resistance is based on the frictional force necessary to keep a shoe heel or crutch tip from slipping on a walking surface under conditions likely to be found on the surface.  While the dynamic coefficient of friction during walking varies in a complex and non-uniform way, the static coefficient of friction, which can be measured in several ways, provides a close approximation of the slip resistance of a surface. Contrary to popular belief, some slippage is necessary to walking, especially for persons with restricted gaits; a truly "non-slip" surface could not be negotiated. 

 

The Occupational Safety and Health Administration recommends that walking surfaces have a static coefficient of friction of 0.5. A research project sponsored by the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (Access Board) conducted tests with persons with disabilities and concluded that a higher coefficient of friction was needed by such persons. A static coefficient of friction of 0.6 is recommended for accessible routes and 0.8 for ramps.

 

It is recognized that the coefficient of friction varies considerably due to the presence of contaminants, water, floor finishes, and other factors not under the control of the designer or builder and not subject to design and construction guidelines and that compliance would be difficult to measure on the building site.  Nevertheless, many common building materials suitable for flooring are now labeled with information on the static coefficient of friction. While it may not be possible to compare one product directly with another, or to guarantee a constant measure, builders and designers are encouraged to specify materials with appropriate values. As more products include information on slip resistance, improved uniformity in measurement and specification is likely. The Access Board's advisory guidelines on Slip Resistant Surfaces provides additional information on this subject. 

 

Cross slopes on walks and ground or floor surfaces can cause considerable difficulty in propelling a wheelchair in a straight line.

The 2010 Standards provide exceptions for animal containment areas and areas of sports activity.

302.2 Carpet. Carpet or carpet tile shall be securely attached and shall have a firm cushion, pad, or backing or no cushion or pad. Carpet or carpet tile shall have a level loop, textured loop, level cut pile, or level cut/uncut pile texture. Pile height shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm) maximum. Exposed edges of carpet shall be fastened to floor surfaces and shall have trim on the entire length of the exposed edge. Carpet edge trim shall comply with 303.

4.5.3 Carpet. If carpet or carpet tile is used on a ground or floor surface, then it shall be securely attached; have a firm cushion, pad, or backing, or no cushion or pad; and have a level loop, textured loop, level cut pile, or level cut/uncut pile texture. The maximum pile thickness shall be 1/2 in (13 mm) (see Fig. 8(f)). Exposed edges of carpet shall be fastened to floor surfaces and have trim along the entire length of the exposed edge. Carpet edge trim shall comply with 4.5.2.

NOTE:  Figure 8(f) shows an elevation of carpet with padding with the pile limited to ½ inch maximum.

120-3-20-.16 (3) Carpet. If carpet or carpet tile is used on a ground or floor surface, then it shall be securely attached; have a firm cushion, pad, or backing, or no cushion or pad; and have a level loop, textured loop, level cut pile, or level cut/uncut pile texture. The maximum pile thickness shall be ½ inches (13 mm)(see Fig. 8(f)). Exposed edges of carpet shall be fastened to floor surfaces and have trim along the entire length of the exposed edge.  Carpet edge trim shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.16(2).

 

Note: Much more needs to be done in developing both quantitative and qualitative criteria for carpeting (i.e., problems associated with texture and weave need to be studied). However, certain functional characteristics are well established. When both carpet and padding are used, it is desirable to have minimum movement (preferably none) between the floor and the pad and the pad and the carpet which would allow the carpet to hump or warp. In heavily trafficked areas, a thick, soft (plush) pad or cushion, particularly in combination with long carpet pile, makes it difficult for individuals in wheelchairs and those with other ambulatory disabilities to get about. Firm carpeting can be achieved through proper selection and combination of pad and carpet, sometimes with the elimination of the pad or cushion, and with proper installation. Carpeting designed with a weave that causes a zig-zag effect when wheeled across is strongly discouraged.

 

302.3 Openings. Openings in floor or ground surfaces shall not allow passage of a sphere more than 1/2 inch (13 mm) diameter except as allowed in 407.4.3, 409.4.3, 410.4, 810.5.3 and 810.10. Elongated openings shall be placed so that the long dimension is perpendicular to the dominant direction of travel.

 

4.5.4 Gratings. If gratings are located in walking surfaces, then they shall have spaces no greater than 1/2 in (13 mm) wide in one direction (see Fig. 8(g)). If gratings have elongated openings, then they shall be placed so that the long dimension is perpendicular to the dominant direction of travel (see Fig. 8(h)).

 

NOTE:  In Figure 8(g) the gratings are shown with one dimension 1/2 inch maximum measured parallel to the predominant direction of travel.

 

In Figure 8(h), gratings are shown with the long dimension perpendicular to route of travel.

 

120-3-20-.16 (4) Gratings. If gratings are located in walking surfaces, then they shall have spaces no greater than ½ inches (13 mm) wide in one direction (see Fig. 8(g)). If gratings have elongated openings, then they shall be placed so that the long dimension is perpendicular to the dominant direction of travel (see Fig. 8(h)).

The 2010 Standards address any openings in a floor or ground surface.  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code only address gratings.

303 Changes in Level

 

303.1 General. Where changes in level are permitted in floor or ground surfaces, they shall comply with 303.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Animal containment areas shall not be required to comply with 303.

2. Areas of sport activity shall not be required to comply with 303.

 

303.2 Vertical. Changes in level of 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) high maximum shall be permitted to be vertical.

303.3 Beveled. Changes in level between 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) high minimum and 1/2 inch (13 mm) high maximum shall be beveled with a slope not steeper than 1:2.

303.4 Ramps. Changes in level greater than 1/2 inch (13 mm) high shall be ramped, and shall comply with 405 or 406.

 

4.3.8 Changes in Levels. Changes in levels along an accessible route shall comply with 4.5.2. If an accessible route has changes in level greater than 1/2 in (13 mm), then a curb ramp, ramp, elevator, or platform lift (as permitted in 4.1.3 and 4.1.6) shall be provided that complies with 4.7, 4.8, 4.10, or 4.11, respectively. An accessible route does not include stairs, steps, or escalators. See definition of "egress, means of" in 3.5.

 

4.5.2 Changes in Level. Changes in level up to 1/4 in (6 mm) may be vertical and without edge treatment (see Fig. 7(c) ). Changes in level between 1/4 in and 1/2 in (6 mm and 13 mm) shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2 (see Fig. 7(d)). Changes in level greater than 1/2 in (13 mm) shall be accomplished by means of a ramp that complies with 4.7 or 4.8.

 

NOTE:  Figure 7(c) is a cross section drawing showing a maximum 1/4 inch vertical change in level.

 

Figure 7(d) is a cross section drawing showing a change in level 1/4 to 1/2 inch high with a 1:2 slope.

120-3-20-.16 (2) Changes in Level. Changes in level up to 1/4 inches (6 mm) may be vertical and without edge treatment (see Fig. 7(c) ). Changes in level between 1/4 inches and ½ inches (6 mm and 13 mm) shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2 (see Fig. 7(d)). Changes in level greater than ½ inches (13 mm) shall be accomplished by means of a ramp that complies with 120-3-20-.18 or 120-3-20-.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

304 Turning Space

 

4.2.3 Wheelchair Turning Space. The space required for a wheelchair to make a 180-degree turn is a clear space of 60 in (1525 mm) diameter (see Fig. 3(a)) or a T-shaped space (see Fig. 3(b)). 

NOTE: Figure 3(a) illustrates a 60 inch (1525 mm) diameter turning circle. Figure 3(b) indicates the T-shape space is 36 inches (915 mm) wide at the top and stem within a 60 inch by 60 inch (1525 mm by 1525 mm) square.

 

120-3-20-.13 Space Allowance and Reach Ranges Wheelchair Turning Space. The space required for a wheelchair to make a 180-degree turn is a clear space of 60 inches (1525 mm) diameter (see Fig.3(a)) or a T-shaped space (see Fig. 3(b)).

 

Note: These guidelines specify a minimum space of 60 inches (1525 mm) diameter or a 60 inches by 60 inches (1525 mm by 1525 mm) T-shaped space for a pivoting 180-degree turn of a wheelchair. This space is usually satisfactory for turning around, but many people will not be able to turn without repeated tries and bumping into surrounding objects.  The space shown in Fig. A2 will allow most wheelchair users to complete U-turns without difficulty. Figure 3   Wheelchair Turning Space.

  3(b)  T-Shaped Space for 180 degree Turns. 

The T-shaped space is created by the perpendicular intersection of two routes.  Each route must be a minimum of 36 in (915 mm) in width.  The route forming the top of the "T" must extend at least 12 in (305 mm) beyond the intersection in each direction and the route forming the base of the "T" must extend at least 24 in (610 mm) beyond the intersection.  The "T" fits within a 60 in (1525 mm) square.

 

 

304.1 General. Turning space shall comply with 304.

 

304.2 Floor or Ground Surfaces. Floor or ground surfaces of a turning space shall comply with 302. Changes in level are not permitted.

EXCEPTION: Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted.

 

 

304.3 Size. Turning space shall comply with 304.3.1 or 304.3.2.

 

 

 

304.3.1 Circular Space. The turning space shall be a space of 60 inches (1525 mm) diameter minimum. The space shall be permitted to include knee and toe clearance complying with 306.

 

 

The 2010 Standards specify that knee and toe clearances may be part of a circular turning space.  It is generally understood that the 1994 Standards allow this as well.

304.3.2 T-Shaped Space. The turning space shall be a T-shaped space within a 60 inch (1525 mm) square minimum with arms and base 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum. Each arm of the T shall be clear of obstructions 12 inches (305 mm) minimum in each direction and the base shall be clear of obstructions 24 inches (610 mm) minimum. The space shall be permitted to include knee and toe clearance complying with 306 only at the end of either the base or one arm.

 

The 2010 Standards specify that knee and toe clearances may be part of a T-shaped turning space at the end of the base or one arm.  It is generally understood that the 1994 Standards allow this as well.

304.4 Door Swing. Doors shall be permitted to swing into turning spaces.

 

 

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code permit this as well (except in dressing rooms).

305 Clear Floor or Ground Space

 

4.2.4 Clear Floor or Ground Space for Wheelchairs.

 

 

 

305.1 General. Clear floor or ground space shall comply with 305.

 

4.2.4.3 Surfaces for Wheelchair Spaces. Clear floor or ground spaces for wheelchairs shall comply with 4.5.   

4.13.6 Maneuvering Clearances at Doors. . . .  The floor or ground area within the required clearances shall be level and clear.

 

 

305.2 Floor or Ground Surfaces. Floor or ground surfaces of a clear floor or ground space shall comply with 302. Changes in level are not permitted.

EXCEPTION: Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted.

 

 

 

305.3 Size. The clear floor or ground space shall be 30 inches (760 mm) minimum by 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum.

 

4.2.4.1 Size and Approach. The minimum clear floor or ground space required to accommodate a single, stationary wheelchair and occupant is 30 in by 48 in (760 mm by 1220 mm) (see Fig. 4(a)). The minimum clear floor or ground space for wheelchairs may be positioned for forward or parallel approach to an object (see Fig. 4(b) and (c)). Clear floor or ground space for wheelchairs may be part of the knee space required under some objects.

NOTE: In Figure 4(a), the Clear floor space shown to be 30 by 48 inches minimum.

 

Figure 4(b) illustrates a forward approach with a clear floor space of 30 inches minimum by 48 inches minimum, the narrow side facing an element on a wall.

 

Figure 4(c) illustrates a parallel approach with a clear floor space of 30 inches minimum by 48 inches minimum, with the long side facing an element on a wall.

 

 

 

120-3-20-.16 (4) Clear Floor or Ground Space for Wheelchairs.

(a) Size and Approach. The minimum clear floor or ground space required to accommodate a single, stationary wheelchair and occupant is 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) (see Fig. 4(a)). The minimum clear floor or ground space for wheelchairs may be positioned for forward or parallel approach to an object (see Fig. 4(b) and (c)).  Clear floor or ground space for wheelchair may be part of the knee space required under some objects in the T-shape turn.

 

Note: The wheelchair and user shown in Fig. A3 represent typical dimensions for a large adult male. The space requirements in these rules are based upon maneuvering clearances that will accommodate most wheelchairs. Fig. A3 provides a uniform reference for design not covered by these rules.

 

 

305.4 Knee and Toe Clearance. Unless otherwise specified, clear floor or ground space shall be permitted to include knee and toe clearance complying with 306.

 

 

305.5 Position. Unless otherwise specified, clear floor or ground space shall be positioned for either forward or parallel approach to an element.

 

 

 

305.6 Approach. One full unobstructed side of the clear floor or ground space shall adjoin an accessible route or adjoin another clear floor or ground space.

4.2.4.2 Relationship of Maneuvering Clearance to Wheelchair Spaces. One full unobstructed side of the clear floor or ground space for a wheelchair shall adjoin or overlap an accessible route or adjoin another wheelchair clear floor space. If a clear floor space is located in an alcove or otherwise confined on all or part of three sides, additional maneuvering clearances shall be provided as shown in Fig. 4(d) and (e).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE:  Figure 4(d) indicates the following:

For a front approach, where the depth of the alcove is equal to or less than 24 inches (610 mm), the required clear floor space is 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm). 

 

For a side approach, where the depth of the alcove is equal to or less than 15 inches (380 mm), the required clear floor space is 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm).

 

Figure 4(e) indicates the following:

 

For a front approach, if the depth of the alcove is greater than 24 inches (610 mm), then in addition to the 30 inch (760 mm) width, a maneuvering clearance of 6 inches (150 mm) in width is required. 

 

 

For a side approach, where the depth of the alcove is greater than 15 inches (380 mm), then in addition to the 48 inch (1220 mm) length, an additional maneuvering clearance of 12 inches in length (305 mm) is required.

(b) Relationship of Maneuvering Clearance to Wheelchair Spaces. One full unobstructed side of the clear floor or ground space for a wheelchair shall adjoin or overlap an accessible route or adjoin another wheelchair clear floor space. If a clear floor space is located in an alcove or otherwise confined on all or part of three sides, additional maneuvering clearances shall be provided as shown in Fig. 4(d) and (e).

 

 

305.7 Maneuvering Clearance. Where a clear floor or ground space is located in an alcove or otherwise confined on all or part of three sides, additional maneuvering clearance shall be provided in accordance with 305.7.1 and 305.7.2.

 

 

305.7.1 Forward Approach. Alcoves shall be 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum where the depth exceeds 24 inches (610 mm).

 

305.7.2 Parallel Approach. Alcoves shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum where the depth exceeds 15 inches (380 mm).

 

Figure 4   Minimum Clear Floor Space for Wheelchairs.

  4(d)  Clear Floor Space in Alcoves.  For a forward approach, where the depth of the alcove is equal to or less than 24 in (610 mm), the required clear floor space is 30 in by 48 in (760 mm by 1220 mm).

  For a parallel approach, where the depth of the alcove is equal to or less than 15 in (380 mm), the required clear floor space is 48 in by 30 in (1220 mm by 760 mm).

 

 

4(e)  Additional Maneuvering Clearances for Alcoves.  For a forward approach, if the depth of the alcove is greater than 24 in (610 mm), then in addition to the 30 in (760 mm) width, a maneuvering clearance of 6 in (150 mm) in width is required, for a total width of 36 in (915 mm).

 

 

For a parallel approach, where the depth of the alcove is greater than 15 in (380 mm), then in addition to the 48 in (1220 mm) length, an additional maneuvering clearance of 12 in (305 mm) in length is required, for a total length of 60 in (1525 mm).

 

 

306 Knee and Toe Clearance

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards specify in text what the 1994 Standards attempt to convey in a figure.

 

306.1 General. Where space beneath an element is included as part of clear floor or ground space or turning space, the space shall comply with 306. Additional space shall not be prohibited beneath an element but shall not be considered as part of the clear floor or ground space or turning space.

See Figure 31

 

 

306.2 Toe Clearance.

 

 

 

 

306.2.1 General. Space under an element between the finish floor or ground and 9 inches (230 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall be considered toe clearance and shall comply with 306.2.

 

 

 

 

306.2.2 Maximum Depth. Toe clearance shall extend 25 inches (635 mm) maximum under an element.

 

 

 

 

306.2.3 Minimum Required Depth. Where toe clearance is required at an element as part of a clear floor space, the toe clearance shall extend 17 inches (430 mm) minimum under the element.

 

 

 

 

306.2.4 Additional Clearance. Space extending greater than 6 inches (150 mm) beyond the available knee clearance at 9 inches (230 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall not be considered toe clearance.

 

 

 

 

306.2.5 Width. Toe clearance shall be 30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum.

 

 

 

 

306.3 Knee Clearance.

 

 

 

 

306.3.1 General. Space under an element between 9 inches (230 mm) and 27 inches (685 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall be considered knee clearance and shall comply with 306.3.

 

 

 

 

306.3.2 Maximum Depth. Knee clearance shall extend 25 inches (635 mm) maximum under an element at 9 inches (230 mm) above the finish floor or ground

 

 

 

 

306.3.3 Minimum Required Depth. Where knee clearance is required under an element as part of a clear floor space, the knee clearance shall be 11 inches (280 mm) deep minimum at 9 inches (230 mm) above the finish floor or ground, and 8 inches (205 mm) deep minimum at 27 inches (685 mm) above the finish floor or ground.

 

 

 

 

306.3.4 Clearance Reduction. Between 9 inches (230 mm) and 27 inches (685 mm) above the finish floor or ground, the knee clearance shall be permitted to reduce at a rate of 1 inch (25 mm) in depth for each 6 inches (150 mm) in height.

 

 

 

 

306.3.5 Width. Knee clearance shall be 30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum.

 

 

 

307 Protruding Objects

4.4 Protruding Objects

 

 

120-3-20-.15 Protruding Objects.

 

(1) General. Objects projecting from walls (for example, telephones) with their leading edges between 27 inches and 80 inches (685 mm and 2030 mm) above the finished floor shall protrude no more than 4 inches (100 mm) inches to walks, halls, corridors, passageways, or aisles (see Fig. 8(a)). Objects mounted with their leading edges at or below 27 inches (685 mm) above the finished floor may protrude any amount (see Fig. 8(a) and (b)).  Free-standing objects mounted on posts or pylons may overhang 12 inches (305 mm) maximum from 27 inches to 80 inches (685 mm to 2030 mm) above the ground or finished floor (see Fig. 8(c) and (d)).  Protruding objects shall not reduce the clear width of an accessible route or maneuvering space (see Fig. 8(e)).

 

Note:  General. Service animals are trained to recognize and avoid hazards. However, most people with severe impairments of vision use the long cane as an aid to mobility. The two principal cane techniques are the touch technique, where the cane arcs from side to side and touches points outside both shoulders; and the diagonal technique, where the cane is held in a stationary position diagonally across the body with the cane tip touching or just above the ground at a point outside one shoulder and the handle or grip extending to a point outside the other shoulder. The touch technique is used primarily in uncontrolled areas, while the diagonal technique is used primarily in certain limited, controlled, and familiar environments. Cane users are often trained to use both techniques.  Potential hazardous objects are noticed only if they fall within the detection range of canes. (see Fig. A4).

 

Visually impaired people walking toward an object can detect an overhang if its lowest surface is not higher than 27 inches (685 mm). When walking alongside protruding objects, they cannot detect overhangs. Since proper cane and service animal techniques keep people away from the edge of a path or from walls, a slight overhang of no more than 4 inches (100 mm) is not hazardous.

 

307.1 General. Protruding objects shall comply with 307.

 

4.4.1 General. Objects projecting from walls (for example, telephones) with their leading edges between 27 in and 80 in (685 mm and 2030 mm) above the finished floor shall protrude no more than 4 in (100 mm) into walks, halls, corridors, passageways, or aisles (see Fig. 8(a)). Objects mounted with their leading edges at or below 27 in (685 mm) above the finished floor may protrude any amount (see Fig. 8(a) and (b)). Free-standing objects mounted on posts or pylons may overhang 12 in (305 mm) maximum from 27 in to 80 in (685 mm to 2030 mm) above the ground or finished floor (see Fig. 8(c) and (d)). Protruding objects shall not reduce the clear width of an accessible route or maneuvering space (see Fig. 8(e)). 

 

 

 

NOTE: In Figure 8(a) two figures show the depth that objects are permitted to protrude from walls based on their heights from the floor.  In one figure the object is installed below 27 inches and is permitted to intrude into the Òany amountÓ provided that Òclear widthÓ is preserved.  In the other figure, the object is installed higher than 27 inches and cannot protrude more than 4 inches from the wall.  Both figures show a person using a white cane avoiding the object by making cane contact with sufficient stopping time.

 

In Figure 8(b) a person using a white cane walks perpendicular to an object with its leading edge at 27 inches above the floor and detects the object with sufficient stopping time.

 

In Figure 8(c) free-standing objects are shown with their leading edges protruding no more than 12 inches from the floor.

 

In Figure 8(c-1), the diagram illustrates (as an example) a stair whose underside descends across a pathway. Where the headroom is less than 80 inches, protection is offered by a railing (2030 mm) which can be no higher than 27 inches (685 mm) to ensure detectability.

 

In Figure 8(d), the diagram illustrates an area where an overhang can be greater than 12 inches (305 mm) because the object cannot be approached in the direction of the overhang.

 

In Figure 8(e), the minimum clear width for continuous passage is 36 inches. Thirty two (32) inches is the minimum clear width for a maximum distance of 24 inches (610 mm).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

307.2 Protrusion Limits.  Objects with leading edges more than 27 inches (685 mm) and not more than 80 inches (2030 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall protrude 4 inches (100 mm) maximum horizontally into the circulation path.

EXCEPTION:  Handrails shall be permitted to protrude 4 1/2 inches (115 mm) maximum.

 

 

 

 

307.3 Post-Mounted Objects.  Free-standing objects mounted on posts or pylons shall overhang circulation paths 12 inches (305 mm) maximum when located 27 inches (685 mm) minimum and 80 inches (2030 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground.  Where a sign or other obstruction is mounted between posts or pylons and the clear distance between the posts or pylons is greater than 12 inches (305 mm), the lowest edge of such sign or obstruction shall be 27 inches (685 mm) maximum or 80 inches (2030 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground.

EXCEPTION:  The sloping portions of handrails serving stairs and ramps shall not be required to comply with 307.3.

 

 

 

 

307.4 Vertical Clearance. Vertical clearance shall be 80 inches (2030 mm) high minimum. Guardrails or other barriers shall be provided where the vertical clearance is less than 80 inches (2030 mm) high. The leading edge of such guardrail or barrier shall be located 27 inches (685 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground.

EXCEPTION: Door closers and door stops shall be permitted to be 78 inches (1980 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground.

4.4.2 Head Room. Walks, halls, corridors, passageways, aisles, or other circulation spaces shall have 80 in (2030 mm) minimum clear head room (see Fig. 8(a)). If vertical clearance of an area adjoining an accessible route is reduced to less than 80 in (nominal dimension), a barrier to warn blind or visually-impaired persons shall be provided (see Fig. 8(c-1)).

NOTE: In Figure 8(a) two figures show the depth that objects are permitted to protrude from walls based on their heights from the floor.  In one figure the object is installed below 27 inches and is permitted to intrude into the Òany amountÓ provided that Òclear widthÓ is preserved.  In the other figure, the object is installed higher than 27 inches and cannot protrude more than 4 inches from the wall.  Both figures show a person using a white cane avoiding the object by making cane contact with sufficient stopping time.

 

In Figure 8(c-1), the diagram illustrates (as an example) a stair whose underside descends across a pathway. Where the headroom is less than 80 inches, protection is offered by a railing (2030 mm) which can be no higher than 27 inches (685 mm) to ensure detectability

120-3-20-.15 (2) Head Room. Walks, halls, corridors, passageways, aisles, or other circulation spaces shall have 80 inches (2030 mm) minimum clear head room (see Fig. 8(a)).  If vertical clearance of an area adjoining an accessible route is reduced to less than 80 inches (nominal dimension), a barrier to warn blind or visually-impaired persons shall be provided (see Fig. 8(c-1)).

The 2010 Standards have an allowance for door closers and door stops to reduce the vertical clearance to 78 inches minimum.  While the 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not specifically allow this, is has been the accepted practice as closers and stops will always reduce the vertical clearance on an 80 inch door.

307.5 Required Clear Width. Protruding objects shall not reduce the clear width required for accessible routes.

 

4.4.1 General. . . . Protruding objects shall not reduce the clear width of an accessible route or maneuvering space (see Fig. 8(e)).

 

NOTE:  In Figure 8(e) the minimum clear width for continuous passage is 36 inches. Thirty two (32) inches is the minimum clear width for a maximum distance of 24 inches (610 mm). The maximum distance an object can protrude beyond a wing wall is 4 inches (100 mm).

 

120-3-20-.53(3) Protruding Objects [Children].

The requirements in rule 120-3-20-.15(1) are modified by rule 120-3-20-.53(3). Objects projecting from walls with their leading edges between 12 inches and 80 inches (305 mm and 2030 mm) above the finish floor shall protrude no more than 4 inches (100 mm) into walks, halls, corridors, passageways, or aisles. Objects mounted with their leading edges at or below 12 inches (305 mm) above the finish floor may protrude any amount. Free-standing objects mounted on posts or pylons may overhang 12 inches (305 mm) maximum from 12 inches to 80 inches (305 mm to 2030 mm) above the ground or finish floor. Protruding objects shall not reduce the clear width of an accessible route or maneuvering space.

 

 

308 Reach Ranges

 

 

 

 

308.1 General. Reach ranges shall comply with 308.

 

 

 

308.2 Forward Reach.

 

4.2.5 Forward Reach. If the clear floor space only allows forward approach to an object, the maximum high forward reach allowed shall be 48 in (1220 mm) (see Fig. 5(a)). The minimum low forward reach is 15 in (380 mm). If the high forward reach is over an obstruction, reach and clearances shall be as shown in Fig. 5(b). 

 

 

 

NOTE:  In Figure 5(a), the forward reach range shown in profile and plan view to be 48 inches maximum and 15 inches minimum.

 

In Figure 5(b), the maximum level forward reach over an obstruction with knee space below is 25 inches (635 mm). When the obstruction is less than 20 inches (510 mm) deep, the maximum high forward reach is 48 inches (1220 mm). When the obstruction projects 20 to 25 inches (510 mm to 635 mm), the maximum high forward reach is 44 inches (1120 mm). (4.2.5, 4.25.3).

 

 

120-3-20-.13 (5) Forward Reach. If the clear floor space only allows forward approach to an object, the maximum high forward reach allowed shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) (see Fig. 5(a)).  The minimum low forward reach is 15 inches (380 mm). If the high forward reach is over an obstruction, reach and clearances shall be as shown in Fig. 5(b).

 

 

5(b)  Maximum Forward Reach over an Obstruction.  The maximum depth of an obstruction with knee space below is 25 in (635 mm).  When the obstruction is less than 20 in (510 mm) deep, the maximum high forward reach is 48 in (1220 mm).  When the depth of the obstruction is greater than 20 in (510 mm), the maximum high forward reach is 44 in (1120 mm).

 

308.2.1 Unobstructed. Where a forward reach is unobstructed, the high forward reach shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum and the low forward reach shall be 15 inches (380 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground.

308.2.2 Obstructed High Reach. Where a high forward reach is over an obstruction, the clear floor space shall extend beneath the element for a distance not less than the required reach depth over the obstruction. The high forward reach shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum where the reach depth is 20 inches (510 mm) maximum. Where the reach depth exceeds 20 inches (510 mm), the high forward reach shall be 44 inches (1120 mm) maximum and the reach depth shall be 25 inches (635 mm) maximum.

 

308.3 Side Reach.

 

4.2.6 Side Reach. If the clear floor space allows parallel approach by a person in a wheelchair, the maximum high side reach allowed shall be 54 in (1370 mm) and the low side reach shall be no less than 9 in (230 mm) above the floor (Fig. 6(a) and (b)). If the side reach is over an obstruction, the reach and clearances shall be as shown in Fig 6(c).  

NOTE:  In Figure 6(a), the 30 by 48 inch clear floor space is located a maximum 10 inches (255 mm) from the wall.

 

In Figure 6(b), the 30 by 48 inch wheelchair clear floor space is located a maximum 10 inches (255 mm) from the wall.

 

Figure 6(c) indicates that if the depth of the obstruction is 24 inches (610 mm) and the maximum height of the obstruction is 34 inches (865 mm), the maximum high side reach over the obstruction is 46 inches (1170).

 

 

120-3-20-.13 (6) Side Reach. If the clear floor space allows parallel approach by a person in a wheelchair, the maximum high side reach allowed shall be 54 inches (1370 mm) and the low side reach shall be no less than 9 inches (230 mm) above the floor (Fig. 6(a) and (b).  If the side reach is over an obstruction, the reach and clearances shall be as shown in Fig. 6(c).

 

Note: Reach ranges for persons seated in wheelchairs may be further clarified by Fig. A3(a). These drawings approximate in the plan view the information shown in Fig. 4, 5, and 6.

 

 

308.3.1 Unobstructed. Where a clear floor or ground space allows a parallel approach to an element and the side reach is unobstructed, the high side reach shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum and the low side reach shall be 15 inches (380 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. An obstruction shall be permitted between the clear floor or ground space and the element where the depth of the obstruction is 10 inches (255 mm) maximum.

2. Operable parts of fuel dispensers shall be permitted to be 54 inches (1370 mm) maximum measured from the surface of the vehicular way where fuel dispensers are installed on existing curbs.

Figure 6  Side Reach.

  6(a)  Clear Floor Space - Parallel Approach, and  6(b)  High and Low Side Reach Limits.  The clear floor space is located a maximum of 10 in (255 mm) from the wall.

  6(c)  Maximum Side Reach over Obstruction.  If the depth of the obstruction is 24 in (610 mm) and the maximum height of the obstruction is 34 in (865 mm), the maximum high side reach over the obstruction is 46 in (1170 mm).

The 2010 Standards limit the unobstructed high side reach to 48 inches maximum (with an exception for existing elements).  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code permit an unobstructed high side reach of 54 inches maximum.

308.3.2 Obstructed High Reach. Where a clear floor or ground space allows a parallel approach to an element and the high side reach is over an obstruction, the height of the obstruction shall be 34 inches (865 mm) maximum and the depth of the obstruction shall be 24 inches (610 mm) maximum. The high side reach shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum for a reach depth of 10 inches (255 mm) maximum. Where the reach depth exceeds 10 inches (255 mm), the high side reach shall be 46 inches (1170 mm) maximum for a reach depth of 24 inches (610 mm) maximum.

EXCEPTIONS:

 1. The top of washing machines and clothes dryers shall be permitted to be 36 inches (915 mm) maximum above the finish floor.

2. Operable parts of fuel dispensers shall be permitted to be 54 inches (1370 mm) maximum measured from the surface of the vehicular way where fuel dispensers are installed on existing curbs.

 

The 2010 Standards have exceptions for laundry equipment and fuel dispensers that are installed on existing curbs.

308.1 ChildrenÕs Reach Ranges

Advisory 308.1 General. The following table provides guidance on reach ranges for children according to age where building elements such as coat hooks, lockers, or operable parts are designed for use primarily by children. These dimensions apply to either forward or side reaches. Accessible elements and operable parts designed for adult use or children over age 12 can be located outside these ranges but must be within the adult reach ranges required by 308.
 

Children's Reach Ranges

Forward or Side Reach

Ages 3 and 4

Ages 5 through 8

Ages 9 through 12

High (maximum)

36 in (915 mm)

40 in (1015 mm)

44 in (1120 mm)

Low (minimum)

20 in (510 mm)

18 in (455 mm)

16 in (405 mm

A4.2.5 & A4.2.6 (this table is the same as indicated in the GA Accessibility Code to the right).

The following table provides guidance on reach ranges for children according to age where building elements such as coat hooks, lockers, or controls and operating mechanisms are designed for use primarily by children. These dimensions apply to either forward or side reaches. Accessible elements, controls, and operating mechanisms designed for adult use or children over age 12 can be located outside these ranges but must be within the adult reach ranges required by 4.2.5 and 4.2.6.

120-3-20-.53(2) [ChildrenÕs] Reach Ranges.

(a) General. The requirements in rule 120-3-20-.13(5) and rule 120-3-20-.13(6) are modified by the following provisions.

(b) Forward and Side Reach. The high forward or high side reach, and the low forward or low side reach shall comply with A, B, or C in the table below. Selection of A, B, or C should correspond to the age range of the primary user group.

Forward Reach and Side Reach

 

High reach (Not more than)

Low Reach (Not less than)

A –

Ages 2 through 4

36 inches

(915 mm)

20 inches

(510 mm)

B –

Ages 5 through 8

40 inches

(1015 mm)

18 inches

(455 mm)

C –

Ages 9 through 12

44 inches

(1120 mm)

16 inches

(405 mm)

 

309 Operable Parts

 

4.27 Controls and Operating Mechanisms.

 

120-3-20-.38      Controls and    Operating    Mechanisms. 

 

 

309.1 General. Operable parts shall comply with 309.

 

4.27.1 General. Controls and operating mechanisms required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.27.

 

 (1) General.  Controls and operating mechanisms required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38. 

 

309.2 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be provided.

 

4.27.2 Clear Floor Space. Clear floor space complying with 4.2.4 that allows a forward or a parallel approach by a person using a wheelchair shall be provided at controls, dispensers, receptacles, and other operable equipment.

 

(2) Clear Floor Space.  Clear floor space complying with rule 120-3-20-.13(4) that allows a forward or a parallel approach by a person using a wheelchair shall be provided at controls, dispensers, receptacles, and other operable equipment. 

 

309.3 Height. Operable parts shall be placed within one or more of the reach ranges specified in 308.

 

4.27.3 Height. The highest operable part of controls, dispensers, receptacles, and other operable equipment shall be placed within at least one of the reach ranges specified in 4.2.5 and 4.2.6. Electrical and communications system receptacles on walls shall be mounted no less than 15 in (380 mm) above the floor. 

EXCEPTION: These requirements do not apply where the use of special equipment dictates otherwise or where electrical and communications systems receptacles are not normally intended for use by building occupants.

 

(3) Height.  The highest operable part of controls, dispensers, receptacles, and other operable equipment shall be placed within at least one of the reach ranges specified in rule 120-3-20-.13(5) and rule 120-3-20-.13(6).  Electrical and communications system receptacles on walls shall be mounted no less than 15 inches (380 mm) above the floor. 

 

EXCEPTION: These requirements do not apply where the use of special equipment dictates otherwise or where electrical and communications systems receptacles are not normally intended for use by building occupants.

 

Note:  Fig. A8 further illustrates mandatory and advisory control mounting height provisions for typical equipment.  Electrical receptacles installed to serve individual appliances and not intended for regular or frequent use by building occupants are not required to be mounted within the specified reach ranges.  Examples would be receptacles installed specifically for wall-mounted clocks, refrigerators, and microwave ovens.

 

 

309.4 Operation. Operable parts shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate operable parts shall be 5 pounds (22.2 N) maximum.

EXCEPTION: Gas pump nozzles shall not be required to provide operable parts that have an activating force of 5 pounds (22.2 N) maximum.

4.27.4 Operation. Controls and operating mechanisms shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 lbf (22.2 N).

 

(4) Operation.  Controls and operating mechanisms shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist.  The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 lbf (22.2 N).

 

CHAPTER 4: ACCESSIBLE ROUTES

 

 

 

 

401 General

 

 

 

 

401.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 4 shall apply where required by Chapter 2 or where referenced by a requirement in this document.

 

 

 

 

402 Accessible Routes

4.3 Accessible Route.

 

120-3-20-.14 Accessible Route

 

 

402.1 General. Accessible routes shall comply with 402.

 

4.3.1 General. All walks, halls, corridors, aisles, skywalks, tunnels, and other spaces that are part of an accessible route shall comply with 4.3. 

 

 (1) General. All walks, halls, corridors, aisles, skywalks, tunnels, and other spaces that are part of an accessible route shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.14.

 

402.2 Components. Accessible routes shall consist of one or more of the following components: walking surfaces with a running slope not steeper than 1:20, doorways, ramps, curb ramps excluding the flared sides, elevators, and platform lifts. All components of an accessible route shall comply with the applicable requirements of Chapter 4.

 

 

 

 

403 Walking Surfaces

 

 

 

 

403.1 General. Walking surfaces that are a part of an accessible route shall comply with 403.

 

 

 

 

403.2 Floor or Ground Surface. Floor or ground surfaces shall comply with 302.

 

4.1.2(4) Ground surfaces along accessible routes and in accessible spaces shall comply with 4.5.

 

120-3-20-.07 (d) Ground surfaces along accessible routes and in accessible spaces shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.16.

 

 

4.1.3(3) Ground and floor surfaces along accessible routes and in accessible rooms and spaces shall comply with 4.5.

 

120-3-20-.08 (3) Ground and floor surfaces along accessible routes and in accessible rooms and spaces shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.16.

 

4.3.6 Surface Textures. The surface of an accessible route shall comply with 4.5.

 

120-3-20-.14(6) Surface Texture. Surface textures of an accessible route shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.16.

 

 

403.3 Slope. The running slope of walking surfaces shall not be steeper than 1:20. The cross slope of walking surfaces shall not be steeper than 1:48.

 

4.3.7 Slope. An accessible route with a running slope greater than 1:20 is a ramp and shall comply with 4.8. Nowhere shall the cross slope of an accessible route exceed 1:50[10].

 

120-3-20-.14 (7) Slope. All accessible route with running slopes greater than 1:20 is a ramp and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.19. Cross slope shall not exceed 1:50.

 

403.4 Changes in Level. Changes in level shall comply with 303.

 

4.3.8 Changes in Levels. Changes in levels along an accessible route shall comply with 4.5.2. If an accessible route has changes in level greater than 1/2 in (13 mm), then a curb ramp, ramp, elevator, or platform lift (as permitted in 4.1.3 and 4.1.6) shall be provided that complies with 4.7, 4.8, 4.10, or 4.11, respectively. An accessible route does not include stairs, steps, or escalators. See definition of "egress, means of" in 3.5.

 

120-3-20-.14 (8) Changes in Level.  Changes in level along an accessible route shall comply with 120-3-20-.16. If an accessible route has changes in level greater than ½ inch (13 mm), then a curb ramp, ramp, elevator, or platform lift (as permitted in rules 120-3-20-.08 and 120-3-20-.11 shall be provided that complies with rules 120-3-20-.18, 120-3-20-.19, 120-3-20-.21, or 120-3-20-.22, respectively. Accessible route does not include stairs, steps, or escalators. See definition of "egress, means of" in rule 120-3-20-.06.

 

 

403.5 Clearances. Walking surfaces shall provide clearances complying with 403.5.

EXCEPTION: Within employee work areas, clearances on common use circulation paths shall be permitted to be decreased by work area equipment provided that the decrease is essential to the function of the work being performed.

 

 

 

The 2010 StandardsÕ Exception for clearances on common use circulation paths in employee works areas (due to equipment) is not found in the 1994 Standards or the Georgia Accessibility Code.

403.5.1 Clear Width. Except as provided in 403.5.2 and 403.5.3, the clear width of walking surfaces shall be 36 inches (915 mm) minimum.

EXCEPTION: The clear width shall be permitted to be reduced to 32 inches (815 mm) minimum for a length of 24 inches (610 mm) maximum provided that reduced width segments are separated by segments that are 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum.

 

4.2.1 Wheelchair Passage Width. The minimum clear width for single wheelchair passage shall be 32 in (815 mm) at a point and 36 in (915 mm) continuously (see Fig. 1 and 24(e)). 

 

NOTE:  Figure 1 indicates the minimum clear passage width for a single wheelchair shall be 36 inches (915 mm) minimum along an accessible route, but may be reduced to 32 inches (815 mm) minimum at a point for a maximum depth of 24 inches (610 mm), such as at a doorway.

 

120-3-20.13

(1) Wheelchair Passage Width.  The minimum clear width for single wheelchair passage shall be 32 inches (815 mm) at a point and 36 inches (915 mm) continuously (see Fig. 1 and 24 (e)).

 

Note: Space Requirements for Wheelchairs. Many persons who use wheelchairs need a 30 inches (760 mm) clear opening width for doorways, gates, and the like, when the latter are entered head-on. If the person is unfamiliar with a building, if competing traffic is heavy, if sudden or frequent movements are needed, or if the wheelchair must be turned clear widths are needed. For most situations, the addition of an inch of leeway on either side is sufficient. Thus, a minimum clear width of 32 inches (815 mm) will provide adequate clearance.  However, when an opening or a restriction in a passageway is more than 24 in (610 mm) long, it is essentially a passageway and must be at least 36 inches (915 mm) wide.

 

 

120-3-20.13

 (3) Width. The minimum clear width of an accessible route shall be 36 inches (915 mm) except at doors (see rule 120-3-20-.24 (5) and rule 120-3-20-.24(6). If a person in a wheelchair must make a turn around an obstruction, the minimum clear width of the accessible route shall be as shown in Fig. 7(a) and (b).

 

The 2010 Standards specify 24 inches while the 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code permit the reduction to 32 inches Òat a pointÓ.

4.3.3 Width. The minimum clear width of an accessible route shall be 36 in (915 mm) except at doors (see 4.13.5 and 4.13.6). If a person in a wheelchair must make a turn around an obstruction, the minimum clear width of the accessible route shall be as shown in Fig. 7(a) and (b).

NOTE:  Figure 7(a) indicates a 90 degree turn can be made from a 36 inch (915 mm) wide passage into another 36 inch (915 mm) passage if the depth of each leg is a minimum of 48 inches (1220 mm) on the inside dimensions of the turn.

 

 

 

403.5.2 Clear Width at Turn. Where the accessible route makes a 180 degree turn around an element which is less than 48 inches (1220 mm) wide, clear width shall be 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum approaching the turn, 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum at the turn and 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum leaving the turn.

EXCEPTION: Where the clear width at the turn is 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum compliance with 403.5.2 shall not be required.

 

See 4.3.3 Width

Figure 7(b) indicates that a U-turn around an obstruction less than 48 inches (1220 mm) wide may be made if the passage width is a minimum of 42 inches (1065 mm) and the base of the U-turn space is a minimum of 48 inches (1220 mm) wide.

 

 

The 2010 Standards provide an exception for the 42 inch minimum approaches where a 60 inch minimum by 60 inch minimum space is provided at the turn.

403.5.3 Passing Spaces. An accessible route with a clear width less than 60 inches (1525 mm) shall provide passing spaces at intervals of 200 feet (61 m) maximum. Passing spaces shall be either: a space 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum; or, an intersection of two walking surfaces providing a T-shaped space complying with 304.3.2 where the base and arms of the T-shaped space extend 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum beyond the intersection.

 

4.2.2 Width for Wheelchair Passing. The minimum width for two wheelchairs to pass is 60 in (1525 mm) (see Fig. 2).

 

NOTE: In Figure 2, the minimum clear width for passage of two wheelchairs is shown to be 60 inches minimum.

 

 

 

4.3.4 Passing Space. If an accessible route has less than 60 in (1525 mm) clear width, then passing spaces at least 60 in by 60 in (1525 mm by 1525 mm) shall be located at reasonable intervals not to exceed 200 ft (61 m). A T-intersection of two corridors or walks is an acceptable passing place.

 

120-3-20.13

 (2) Passing Space. If an accessible route has less than 60 inches (1525 mm) clear width, then passing spaces at least 60 inches by 60 inches (1525 mm by 1525 mm) shall be located at reasonable intervals not to exceed 200 feet (61 m). A T-intersection of two corridors or walks is an acceptable passing place.

 

403.6 Handrails. Where handrails are provided along walking surfaces with running slopes not steeper than 1:20 they shall comply with 505.

 

 

Note the requirement for handrails provided along walking surfaces to comply with the 2010 Standards.

404 Doors, Doorways, and Gates

 

4.13 Doors.

 

120-3-20-.24 Doors.

 

 

404.1 General. Doors, doorways, and gates that are part of an accessible route shall comply with 404.

EXCEPTION: Doors, doorways, and gates designed to be operated only by security personnel shall not be required to comply with 404.2.7, 404.2.8, 404.2.9, 404.3.2 and 404.3.4 through 404.3.7

4.13.1 General. Doors required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with the requirements of 4.13.

 

4.3.9 Doors. Doors along an accessible route shall comply with 4.13.

 

4.13.3 Gates. Gates, including ticket gates, shall meet all applicable specifications of 4.13.

 

See also Appendix 11.1.1 EXCEPTION and 12.5.2(1) EXCEPTION

 

 (1) General. Doors required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with the requirements of rule 120-3-20-.24.

 

Doors. Doors that are part of an accessible route shall comply with 120-3-20-.24.

 

120-3-20-.24 (3) Gates. Gates, including ticket gates, shall meet all applicable specifications of rule 120-3-20-.23.

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards include an exception for doors, etc. operated only by security personnel.

404.2 Manual Doors, Doorways, and Manual Gates. Manual doors and doorways and manual gates intended for user passage shall comply with 404.2.

 

 

 

 

404.2.1 Revolving Doors, Gates, and Turnstiles. Revolving doors, revolving gates, and turnstiles shall not be part of an accessible route.

 

4.13.2 Revolving Doors and Turnstiles. Revolving doors or turnstiles shall not be the only means of passage at an accessible entrance or along an accessible route. An accessible gate or door shall be provided adjacent to the turnstile or revolving door and shall be so designed as to facilitate the same use pattern.

 

120-3-20-.24 (2) Revolving Doors and Turnstiles. Revolving doors or turnstiles shall not be the only means of passage at an accessible entrance or along an accessible route. An accessible gate or door shall be provided adjacent to the turnstile or revolving door and shall be so designed as to facilitate the same use pattern.

 

 

404.2.2 Double-Leaf Doors and Gates. At least one of the active leaves of doorways with two leaves shall comply with 404.2.3 and 404.2.4.

 

4.13.4 Double-Leaf Doorways. If doorways have two independently operated door leaves, then at least one leaf shall meet the specifications in 4.13.5 and 4.13.6. That leaf shall be an active leaf.

 

120-3-20-.24 (4) Double-Leaf Doorways. If doorways have two independently operated door leaves, then at least one leaf shall meet the specifications in rule 120-3-20-.24(5) and rule 120-3-20-.24(6).  That leaf shall be an active leaf.

 

 

 

404.2.3 Clear Width. Door openings shall provide a clear width of 32 inches (815 mm) minimum. Clear openings of doorways with swinging doors shall be measured between the face of the door and the stop, with the door open 90 degrees. Openings more than 24 inches (610 mm) deep shall provide a clear opening of 36 inches (915 mm) minimum. There shall be no projections into the required clear opening width lower than 34 inches (865 mm) above the finish floor or ground. Projections into the clear opening width between 34 inches (865 mm) and 80 inches (2030 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall not exceed 4 inches (100 mm).

EXCEPTIONS:

 

4.13.5 Clear Width. Doorways shall have a minimum clear opening of 32 in (815 mm) with the door open 90 degrees, measured between the face of the door and the opposite stop (see Fig. 24(a), (b), (c), and (d)). Openings more than 24 in (610 mm) in depth shall comply with 4.2.1 and 4.3.3 (see Fig. 24(e)).

EXCEPTION: Doors not requiring full user passage, such as shallow closets, may have the clear opening reduced to 20 in (510 mm) minimum.

 

NOTE:  Figures 24(a) and 24(b) illustrate a 32 inch minimum opening on a hinged door, with Figure 24(a) demonstrating that the measurement is taken from the face of the door to the opposite stop. 

 

Figure 24(c) shows a 32 inch minimum clear width of a sliding or pocket door, measured from the leading edge op the open door to the opposing stop/jamb.  Figure 24(d) illustrates the same measurement for a retracted folding/accordion door.

 

Figure 24(e) illustrates a doorway without a door.  The clear width is 32 inches minimum, and the maximum depth of the opening is 24 inches.

 

120-3-20-.24 (5) Clear Width. Doorways shall have a minimum clear opening of 32 inches (815 mm) with the door open 90 degrees, measured between the face of the door and the opposite stop (see Fig. 24(a), (b), (c), and (d)). Openings more than 24 inches (610 mm) in depth shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.13(1) and rule 120-3-20-.14(3) (see Fig. 24(e)).

 

EXCEPTION: Doors not requiring full user passage, such as shallow closets, may have the clear opening reduced to 20 inches (510 mm) minimum.

 

1. In alterations, a projection of 5/8 inch (16 mm) maximum into the required clear width shall be permitted for the latch side stop.

 

4.1.6(3)(d) Doors:

(i) Where it is technically infeasible to comply with clear opening width requirements of 4.13.5, a projection of 5/8 in (16 mm) maximum will be permitted for the latch side stop.

 

120-3-20-.11(3) (d) Doors:

(i) Where it is technically infeasible to comply with clear opening width requirements of 120-3-20-.24(5), a projection of 5/8 inch maximum will be permitted for the latch side stop.

 

 

2. Door closers and door stops shall be permitted to be 78 inches (1980 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground.

 

 

 

 

404.2.4 Maneuvering Clearances. Minimum maneuvering clearances at doors and gates shall comply with 404.2.4. Maneuvering clearances shall extend the full width of the doorway and the required latch side or hinge side clearance.

EXCEPTION: Entry doors to hospital patient rooms shall not be required to provide the clearance beyond the latch side of the door.

 

4.13.6 Maneuvering Clearances at Doors. Minimum maneuvering clearances at doors that are not automatic or power-assisted shall be as shown in Fig. 25. The floor or ground area within the required clearances shall be level and clear.

EXCEPTION: Entry doors to acute care hospital bedrooms for in-patients shall be exempted from the requirement for space at the latch side of the door (see dimension "x" in Fig. 25) if the door is at least 44 in (1120 mm) wide.

 

 

120-3-20-.24 (6) Maneuvering Clearances at Doors. Minimum maneuvering clearances at doors that are not automatic or power-assisted shall be as shown in Fig. 25. The floor or ground area within the required clearances shall be level and clear.

 

NOTE: The exception for entry doors to acute care hospital bedroom doors has been deleted because increasing the size of the door does not change its dynamics and the State of Georgia requires all rooms to be accessible.

 

Figure 25 Maneuvering Clearances at Doors.  NOTE:  All doors in alcoves shall comply with the clearances for front approaches.

  25(a) Front Approaches -- Swinging Doors.  Front approaches to pull side of swinging doors shall have maneuvering space that extends 18 in (455 mm) minimum beyond the latch side of the door and 60 in (1525 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway.

  Front approaches to push side of swinging doors, if equipped with both closer and latch, shall have maneuvering space that extends 12 in (305 mm) minimum beyond the latch side of the door and 48 in (1220 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway.

  Front approaches to push side of swinging doors, if not equipped with latch and closer, shall have maneuvering space that is the same width as door opening and extends 48 in (1220 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway.

Figure 25

  25(b) Hinge Side Approaches.  Hinge-side approaches to pull side of swinging doors shall have maneuvering space that extends 36 in (915 mm) minimum beyond the latch side of the door if 60 in (1525 mm) minimum is provided perpendicular to the doorway or maneuvering space that extends 42 in (1065 mm) minimum beyond the latch side of the door if 54 in (1370 mm) minimum is provided perpendicular to the doorway.

  Hinge-side approaches to push side of swinging doors, if not equipped with both latch and closer, shall have a maneuvering space of 54 in (1370 mm) minimum parallel to the doorway, extending from the latch side to beyond the hinge side, and 42 in (1065 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway.

  Hinge side approaches to push side of swinging doors, if equipped with both latch and closer, shall have maneuvering space of 54 in (1370 mm) minimum parallel to the doorway, extending from the latch side to beyond the hinge side, and 48 in (1220 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway.

Figure 25

  25(c) Latch Side Approaches -- Swinging Doors.  Latch-side approaches to pull side of swinging doors that have closers shall have maneuvering space that extends 24 in (610 mm) minimum beyond the latch side of the door and 54 in (1370 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway.

  Latch-side approaches to pull side of swinging doors, if not equipped with closers, shall have maneuvering space that extends 24 in (610 mm) minimum beyond the latch side of the door and 48 in (1220 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway.

  Latch-side approaches to push side of swinging doors that have closers shall have maneuvering space that extends 24 in (610 mm) minimum parallel to the doorway beyond the latch side of the door and 48 in (1220 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway.

  Latch-side approaches to push side of swinging doors, if not equipped with closers, shall have maneuvering space that extends 24 in (610 mm) minimum parallel to the doorway beyond the latch side of the door and 42 in (1065 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway.

Figure 25

  25(d) Front Approach -- Sliding Doors and Folding Doors.  Front approaches to sliding doors and folding doors shall have maneuvering space that is the same width as the door opening extending 48 in (1220 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway.

  25(e) Slide-side approaches to sliding doors and folding doors shall have a maneuvering space of 54 in (1370 mm) minimum parallel to the doorway, extending from the latch side to beyond the hinge side, and 42 in (1065 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway.

  25(f) Latch Side Approach - Sliding Doors and Folding Doors.  Latch-side approaches to sliding doors and folding doors shall have a maneuvering space that extends 24 in (610 mm) minimum beyond the latch side of the door and extends 42 in (1065 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway.

The 2010 Standards do not exempt power-assisted doors from the maneuvering space requirements.  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code have an exception, even though power assisted doors must be manually operated.

6.3(1) Each bedroom shall have a door that complies with 4.13.

EXCEPTION: Entry doors to acute care hospital bedrooms for in- patients shall be exempted from the requirement in 4.13.6 for maneuvering space at the latch side of the door if the door is at least 44 in (1120 mm) wide.

 

120-3-20-.48 (3)(a) Each bedroom shall have a door that complies with rule 120-3-20-.24.

  EXCEPTION: Has been deleted.

 

 

404.2.4.1 Swinging Doors and Gates. Swinging doors and gates shall have maneuvering clearances complying with Table 404.2.4.1.

 

 

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design: 404.2.4.1 Maneuvering Clearances at Manual Swinging Doors and Gates

 

Type of Use

Minimum Maneuvering Clearance

Approach Direction

Door or Gate Side

Perpendicular to Doorway

Parallel to Doorway (beyond latch side unless noted)

From front

Pull

60 inches (1525 mm)

18 inches (455 mm)

From front

Push

48 inches (1220 mm)

0 inches (0 mm)1

From hinge side

Pull

60 inches (1525 mm)

36 inches (915 mm)

From hinge side

Pull

54 inches (1370 mm)

42 inches (1065 mm)

From hinge side

Push

42 inches (1065 mm)2

22 inches (560 mm)3

From latch side

Pull

48 inches (1220 mm)4

24 inches (610 mm)

From latch side

Push

42 inches (1065 mm)4

24 inches (610 mm)

1. Add 12 inches (305 mm) if closer and latch are provided.

2. Add 6 inches (150 mm) if closer and latch are provided.

3. Beyond hinge side.

4. Add 6 inches (150 mm) if closer is provided.

 

1994 Standards for Accessible Design: Figure 25

NOTE:  Figure 25 indicates the following -- Diagram (a) Front Approaches -- Swinging Doors. Front approaches to pull side of swinging doors shall have maneuvering space that extends 18 in (455 mm) minimum beyond the latch side of the door and 60 in (1525 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway.

 

Front approaches to push side of swinging doors, equipped with both closer and latch, shall have maneuvering space that extends 12 in (305 mm) minimum beyond the latch side of the door and 48 in (1220 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway.

 

Front approaches to push side of swinging doors, not equipped with latch and closer, shall have maneuvering space that is the same width as door opening and extends 48 in (1220 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway.

 

Diagram (b) Hinge Side Approaches. Hinge-side approaches to pull side of swinging doors shall have maneuvering space that extends 36 in (915 mm) minimum beyond the latch side of the door if 60 in (1525 mm) minimum is provided perpendicular to the doorway or maneuvering space that extends 42 in (1065 mm) minimum beyond the latch side of the door shall be provided if 54 in (1370 mm) minimum is provided perpendicular to the doorway.

 

Hinge-side approaches to push side of swinging doors, not equipped with both latch and closer, shall have a maneuvering space of 54 in (1370 mm) minimum, parallel to the doorway and 42 in (1065 mm) minimum, perpendicular to the doorway.

 

Hinge side approaches to push side of swinging doors, equipped with both latch and closer, shall have maneuvering space of 54 in (1370 mm) minimum, parallel to the doorway, 48 in (1220 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway.

 

Diagram (c) Latch Side Approaches -- Swinging Doors. Latch-side approaches to pull side of swinging doors, with closers, shall have maneuvering space that extends 24 in (610 mm) minimum beyond the latch side of the door and 54 in (1370 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway.

 

Latch-side approaches to pull side of swinging doors, not equipped with closers, shall have maneuvering space that extends 24 in (610 mm) minimum beyond the latch side of the door and 48 in (1220 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway.

 

Latch-side approaches to push side of swinging doors, with closers, shall have maneuvering space that extends 24 in (610 mm) minimum parallel to the doorway beyond the latch side of the door and 48 in (1220 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway.

 

Diagram (d) Front Approach -- Sliding Doors and Folding Doors. Front approaches to sliding doors and folding doors shall have maneuvering space that is the same width as the door opening and shall extend 48 in (1220 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway.

 

Diagram (e). Slide-side approaches to sliding doors and folding doors shall have a maneuvering space of 54 in (1370 mm) minimum, parallel to the doorway, and 42 in (1065 mm) minimum, perpendicular to the doorway.

 

Diagram (f) Latch Side Approach -- Sliding Doors and Folding Doors. Latch-side approaches to sliding doors and folding doors shall have a maneuvering space that extends 24 in (610 mm) minimum beyond the latch side of the door and extends 42 in (1065 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway.

Depending on the direction of approach, diagrams (a) through (f) illustrate minimum maneuvering space depths and latch side clearances for both push and pull sides of swinging, sliding and folding doors. (4.13.6).

 

Latch-side approaches to push side of swinging doors, not equipped with closers, shall have maneuvering space that extends 24 in (610 mm) minimum parallel to the doorway beyond the latch side of the door and 42 in (1065 mm) minimum perpendicular to the doorway.

 

 

 

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

 

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Commentary

404.2.4.2 Doorways without Doors or Gates, Sliding Doors, and Folding Doors. Doorways less than 36 inches (915 mm) wide without doors or gates, sliding doors, or folding doors shall have maneuvering clearances complying with Table 404.2.4.2.

 

 

 

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design:

404.2.4.2 Maneuvering Clearances at Doorways without Doors or Gates, Manual Sliding Doors, and Manual Folding Doors

 

Minimum Maneuvering Clearance

Approach Direction

Perpendicular to Doorway

Parallel to Doorway (beyond stop/latch side unless noted)

From Front

48 inches (1220 mm)

0 inches (0 mm)

From side1

42 inches (1065 mm)

0 inches (0 mm)

From pocket/hinge side

42 inches (1065 mm)

22 inches (560 mm)2

From stop/latch side

42 inches (1065 mm)

24 inches (610 mm)

1. Doorway with no door only.

2. Beyond pocket/hinge side.

 

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

 

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Commentary

404.2.4.3 Recessed Doors and Gates. Maneuvering clearances for forward approach shall be provided when any obstruction within 18 inches (455 mm) of the latch side of a doorway projects more than 8 inches (205 mm) beyond the face of the door, measured perpendicular to the face of the door or gate.

 

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not address recessed doors.

404.2.4.4 Floor or Ground Surface. Floor or ground surface within required maneuvering clearances shall comply with 302. Changes in level are not permitted.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted.

2. Changes in level at thresholds complying with 404.2.5 shall be permitted.

 

4.5.2 Changes in Level. Changes in level up to 1/4 in (6 mm) may be vertical and without edge treatment (see Fig. 7(c) ). Changes in level between 1/4 in and 1/2 in (6 mm and 13 mm) shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2 (see Fig. 7(d)). Changes in level greater than 1/2 in (13 mm) shall be accomplished by means of a ramp that complies with 4.7 or 4.8.

 

4.13.6 Maneuvering Clearances at Doors. . . .  The floor or ground area within the required clearances shall be level and clear.

 

NOTE:  Figure 7(c) is a cross section drawing showing a maximum 1/4 inch vertical change in level.

 

Figure 7(d) is a cross section drawing showing a change in level 1/4 to 1/2 inch high with a 1:2 slope.

120-3-20-.24 (6) Maneuvering Clearances at DoorsÉ The floor or ground area within the required clearances shall be level and clear.

 

.

 

404.2.5 Thresholds. Thresholds, if provided at doorways, shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm) high maximum. Raised thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall comply with 302 and 303.

 

4.13.8 Thresholds at Doorways. Thresholds at doorways shall not exceed 3/4 in (19 mm) in height for exterior sliding doors or 1/2 in (13 mm) for other types of doors. Raised thresholds and floor level changes at accessible doorways shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2 (see 4.5.2). 

 

120-3-20-.24 (8) Thresholds at Doorways. Thresholds at doorways shall not exceed 3/4 inches (19 mm) in height for exterior sliding doors or ½ inches (13 mm) for other types of doors. Raised thresholds and floor level changes at accessible doorways shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2 (see rule 120-3-20-.16(2)).

 

Note: Thresholds and surface height changes in doorways are particularly inconvenient for wheelchair users who also have low stamina or restrictions in arm movement because complex maneuvering is required to get over the level change while operating the door.

 

 

EXCEPTION: Existing or altered thresholds 3/4 inch (19 mm) high maximum that have a beveled edge on each side with a slope not steeper than 1:2 shall not be required to comply with 404.2.5.

 

4.1.6(3)(d) (ii) If existing thresholds are 3/4 in (19 mm) high or less, and have (or are modified to have) a beveled edge on each side, they may remain.

 

120-3-20-.11

(ii) If existing thresholds are 3/4 inch high or less, and have (or are modified to have) a beveled edge on each side, they may remain.

 

404.2.6 Doors in Series and Gates in Series. The distance between two hinged or pivoted doors in series and gates in series shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum plus the width of doors or gates swinging into the space.

 

4.13.7 Two Doors in Series. The minimum space between two hinged or pivoted doors in series shall be 48 in (1220 mm) plus the width of any door swinging into the space. Doors in series shall swing either in the same direction or away from the space between the doors (see Fig. 26).

NOTE:  Figure 26(a) illustrates two hinged doors in series, i.e., located in parallel walls and in a straight line from one another.  The doors swing in the same direction. The distance between the leading edge of the first door and the wall in which the second door is located is 48 inches minimum.

Figure 26(b) shows the same vestibule condition, but with both doors swinging out of the vestibule.  In this instance, the clear space is 48 inches minimum, measured between the opposing wall surfaces.

 

120-3-20-.24 (7) Two Doors in Series. The minimum space between two hinged or pivoted doors in series shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) plus the width of any door swinging into the space. Doors in series shall swing either in the same direction or away from the space between the doors (see Fig. 26).

 

404.2.7 Door and Gate Hardware. Handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operable parts on doors and gates shall comply with 309.4. Operable parts of such hardware shall be 34 inches (865 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Where sliding doors are in the fully open position, operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Existing locks shall be permitted in any location at existing glazed doors without stiles, existing overhead rolling doors or grilles, and similar existing doors or grilles that are designed with locks that are activated only at the top or bottom rail.

2. Access gates in barrier walls and fences protecting pools, spas, and hot tubs shall be permitted to have operable parts of the release of latch on self-latching devices at 54 inches (1370 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground provided the self-latching devices are not also self-locking devices and operated by means of a key, electronic opener, or integral combination lock.

4.13.9 Door Hardware. Handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operating devices on accessible doors shall have a shape that is easy to grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasping, tight pinching, or twisting of the wrist to operate. Lever-operated mechanisms, push-type mechanisms, and U-shaped handles are acceptable designs. When sliding doors are fully open, operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides. Hardware required for accessible door passage shall be mounted no higher than 48 in (1220 mm) above finished floor. 

 

120-3-20-.24 (9) Door Hardware. Handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operating devices on accessible doors shall have a shape that is easy to grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasping, tight pinching, or twisting of the wrist to operate.  Lever-operated mechanisms, push-type mechanisms, and U-shaped handles are acceptable designs.  When sliding doors are fully open, operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides. Hardware required for accessible door passage shall be mounted no higher than 48 inches (1220 mm) above finished floor.

 

Note: Some disabled persons must push against a door with their chair or walker to open it. Applied kick plates on doors with closer can reduce required maintenance by withstanding abuse from wheelchairs and canes. To be effective, they should cover the door width, less approximately 2 inches (51 mm), up to a height of 16 inches (405 mm) from its bottom edge and be centered across the width of the door.

The 2010 Standards specify a minimum 34 inch height for door hardware to facilitate passage by someone using a wheelchair.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

404.2.8 Closing Speed. Door and gate closing speed shall comply with 404.2.8.

 

 

 

 

404.2.8.1 Door Closers and Gate Closers. Door closers and gate closers shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 90 degrees, the time required to move the door to a position of 12 degrees from the latch is 5 seconds minimum.

 

4.13.10 Door Closers. If a door has a closer, then the sweep period of the closer shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 in (75 mm) from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. 

 

120-3-20-.24 (10) Door Closer. If a door has a closer, then the sweep period of the closer shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches (75 mm) from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door.

 

Note: Closers with delayed action features give an individual more time to maneuver through doorways. They are particularly useful on frequently used interior doors such as entrances to toilet rooms.

All documents have similar requirements, though the 1994 Standards provide a different way to measure the closing speed.

404.2.8.2 Spring Hinges. Door and gate spring hinges shall be adjusted so that from the open position of 70 degrees, the door or gate shall move to the closed position in 1.5 seconds minimum.

 

 

The 2010 Standards address spring hinges on doors (e.g., the spring hinges on a hotel guest room).  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not.

404.2.9 Door and Gate Opening Force. Fire doors shall have a minimum opening force allowable by the appropriate administrative authority. The force for pushing or pulling open a door or gate other than fire doors shall be as follows:

1. Interior hinged doors and gates: 5 pounds (22.2 N) maximum.

2. Sliding or folding doors: 5 pounds (22.2 N) maximum.

These forces do not apply to the force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices that hold the door or gate in a closed position.

4.13.11 Door Opening Force. The maximum force for pushing or pulling open a door shall be as follows:

(1) Fire doors shall have the minimum opening force allowable by the appropriate administrative authority.

(2) Other doors.

(a) exterior hinged doors: (Reserved).
(b) interior hinged doors: 5 lbf (22.2N)
(c) sliding or folding doors: 5 lbf (22.2N)

These forces do not apply to the force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices that may hold the door in a closed position. 

 

120-3-20-.24 (11) Door Opening Force. The maximum force for pushing or pulling open a door shall be as follows:

 

(a) Fire doors shall have the minimum opening force allowable by the National Fire Protection Association, NFPA 80 Fire Doors and Windows.

 

(b) Other doors:

(1) Exterior hinged doors: 8.5 lbs. (37.9N)

(2) Interior hinged doors: 5 lbfs (22.2N)

(3) Sliding / folding doors: 5 lbfs (22.2N)

 

 

These forces do not apply to the force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices that may hold the door a closed position.

 

Note: Although most people with disabilities can exert at least 5 lbf (22.2N), both pushing and pulling from a stationary position, a few people with severe disabilities cannot exert 3 lbf (13.13N).  Although some people cannot manage the allowable forces in this guideline and many others have difficulty, door closer must have certain minimum closing forces to close doors satisfactorily. Forces for pushing or pulling doors open are measured with a push-pull scale under the following conditions:

 

(1) Hinged doors: Force applied perpendicular to the door at the door opener or 30 inches (760 mm) from the hinged side, whichever is farther from the hinge.

 

(2) Sliding or folding doors: Force applied parallel to the door at the door pull or latch.

 

(3) Application of force: Apply force gradually so that the applied force does not exceed the resistance of the door. In high-rise buildings, air-pressure differentials may require a modification of this specification in order to meet the functional intent.

 

 

404.2.10 Door and Gate Surfaces. Swinging door and gate surfaces within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground measured vertically shall have a smooth surface on the push side extending the full width of the door or gate. Parts creating horizontal or vertical joints in these surfaces shall be within 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of the same plane as the other. Cavities created by added kick plates shall be capped.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Sliding doors shall not be required to comply with 404.2.10.

2. Tempered glass doors without stiles and having a bottom rail or shoe with the top leading edge tapered at 60 degrees minimum from the horizontal shall not be required to meet the 10 inch (255 mm) bottom smooth surface height requirement.

3. Doors and gates that do not extend to within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground shall not be required to comply with 404.2.10.

4. Existing doors and gates without smooth surfaces within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground shall not be required to provide smooth surfaces complying with 404.2.10 provided that if added kick plates are installed, cavities created by such kick plates are capped.

 

10.3.1(7) Automatic fare vending, collection and adjustment (e.g., add-fare) systems shall. .  .  Gates which must be pushed open by wheelchair or mobility aid users shall have a smooth continuous surface extending from 2 inches above the floor to 27 inches above the floor and shall comply with 4.13. . . . 

 

120-3-20-.24 (9)

Note: Some disabled persons must push against a door with their chair or walker to open it. Applied kick plates on doors with closer can reduce required maintenance by withstanding abuse from wheelchairs and canes. To be effective, they should cover the door width, less approximately 2 inches (51 mm), up to a height of 16 inches (405 mm) from its bottom edge and be centered across the width of the door.

The 2010 Standards address door surfaces.  The 1994 Standards regulate this only for gates in transportation facilities.

404.2.11 Vision Lights. Doors, gates, and side lights adjacent to doors or gates, containing one or more glazing panels that permit viewing through the panels shall have the bottom of at least one glazed panel located 43 inches (1090 mm) maximum above the finish floor.

EXCEPTION: Vision lights with the lowest part more than 66 inches (1675 mm) from the finish floor or ground shall not be required to comply with 404.2.11.

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards regulate the placement of vision lights at doors; the 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not.

404.3 Automatic and Power-Assisted Doors and Gates. Automatic doors and automatic gates shall comply with 404.3. Full-powered automatic doors shall comply with ANSI/BHMA A156.10 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). Low-energy and power-assisted doors shall comply with ANSI/BHMA A156.19 (1997 or 2002 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1).

 

4.13.12 Automatic Doors and Power-Assisted Doors. If an automatic door is used, then it shall comply with ANSI/BHMA A156.10-1985. Slowly opening, low-powered, automatic doors shall comply with ANSI A156.19-1984. Such doors shall not open to back check faster than 3 seconds and shall require no more than 15 lbf (66.6N) to stop door movement. If a power-assisted door is used, its door-opening force shall comply with 4.13.11 and its closing shall conform to the requirements in ANSI A156.19-1984.

 

120-3-20-.24 (12) Automatic Doors and Power-Assisted Doors. If an automatic door is used, then it shall comply with ANSI/BHMA A156.10-1985. Slowly opening, low-powered, automatic doors shall comply with ANSI A156.19-1984. Such doors shall not open to back check faster than 3 seconds and shall require no more than 15 lbf (66.6N) to stop door movement.  If a power-assisted door is used, its door-opening force shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.24(11) and its closing shall conform to the requirements in ANSI A156.19-1984.

 

Note: Sliding automatic doors do not need guard rails and are more convenient for wheelchair users and visually impaired people to use. If slowly opening automatic doors can be reactivated before their closing cycle is completed, they will be more convenient in busy doorways.

Note Updated editions of ANSI/BHMA A156.10 and A156.19 are referenced in the 2010 Standards.

404.3.1 Clear Width. Doorways shall provide a clear opening of 32 inches (815 mm) minimum in power-on and power-off mode. The minimum clear width for automatic door systems in a doorway shall be based on the clear opening provided by all leaves in the open position.

 

4.13.5 Clear Width. Doorways shall have a minimum clear opening of 32 in (815 mm) with the door open 90 degrees, measured between the face of the door and the opposite stop (see Fig. 24(a), (b), (c), and (d)). Openings more than 24 in (610 mm) in depth shall comply with 4.2.1 and 4.3.3 (see Fig. 24(e)).

EXCEPTION: Doors not requiring full user passage, such as shallow closets, may have the clear opening reduced to 20 in (510 mm) minimum.

 

NOTE:  Figures 24(a) and 24(b) illustrate a 32 inch minimum opening on a hinged door, with Figure 24(a) demonstrating that the measurement is taken from the face of the door to the opposite stop. 

 

Figure 24(c) shows a 32 inch minimum clear width of a sliding or pocket door, measured from the leading edge op the open door to the opposing stop/jamb.  Figure 24(d) illustrates the same measurement for a retracted folding/accordion door.

 

Figure 24(e) illustrates a doorway without a door.  The clear width is 32 inches minimum, and the maximum depth of the opening is 24 inches.

120-3-20-.24

(5)Clear Width: Doorways shall have a minimum clear opening of 32 in (815 mm) with the door open 90 degrees, measured between the face of the door and the opposite stop

 

404.3.2 Maneuvering Clearance. Clearances at power-assisted doors and gates shall comply with 404.2.4. Clearances at automatic doors and gates without standby power and serving an accessible means of egress shall comply with 404.2.4.

EXCEPTION: Where automatic doors and gates remain open in the power-off condition, compliance with 404.2.4 shall not be required.

 

 

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not require maneuvering space at power-assisted doors.

404.3.3 Thresholds. Thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall comply with 404.2.5.

 

4.13.8 Thresholds at Doorways. Thresholds at doorways shall not exceed 3/4 in (19 mm) in height for exterior sliding doors or 1/2 in (13 mm) for other types of doors. Raised thresholds and floor level changes at accessible doorways shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2 (see 4.5.2). 

120-3-20-.24

(8) Thresholds at Doorways. Thresholds at doorways shall not exceed 3/4 inches (19 mm) in height for exterior sliding doors or ½ inches (13 mm) for other types of doors. Raised thresholds and floor level changes at accessible doorways shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2 (see rule 120-3-20-.16(2)).

 

Note: Thresholds and surface height changes in doorways are particularly inconvenient for wheelchair users who also have low stamina or restrictions in arm movement because complex maneuvering is required to get over the level change while operating the door.

 

404.3.4 Doors in Series and Gates in Series. Doors in series and gates in series shall comply with 404.2.6.

 

4.13.7 Two Doors in Series. The minimum space between two hinged or pivoted doors in series shall be 48 in (1220 mm) plus the width of any door swinging into the space. Doors in series shall swing either in the same direction or away from the space between the doors (see Fig. 26).

NOTE:  Figure 26(a) illustrates two hinged doors in series, i.e., located in parallel walls and in a straight line from one another.  The doors swing in the same direction. The distance between the leading edge of the first door and the wall in which the second door is located is 48 inches minimum.

Figure 26(b) shows the same vestibule condition, but with both doors swinging out of the vestibule.  In this instance, the clear space is 48 inches minimum, measured between the opposing wall surfaces.

 

120-3-20-.24

 (7) Two Doors in Series. The minimum space between two hinged or pivoted doors in series shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) plus the width of any door swinging into the space. Doors in series shall swing either in the same direction or away from the space between the doors (see Fig. 26).

 

404.3.5 Controls. Manually operated controls shall comply with 309. The clear floor space adjacent to the control shall be located beyond the arc of the door swing.

 

4.1.3(13) Controls and operating mechanisms in accessible spaces, along accessible routes, or as parts of accessible elements (for example, light switches and dispenser controls) shall comply with 4.27.

120-3-20-.07 (13) Controls and operating mechanisms in accessible spaces, along accessible routes, or as parts of accessible elements (for example, light switches and dispenser controls) shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38.

 

404.3.6 Break Out Opening. Where doors and gates without standby power are a part of a means of egress, the clear break out opening at swinging or sliding doors and gates shall be 32 inches (815 mm) minimum when operated in emergency mode.

EXCEPTION: Where manual swinging doors and gates comply with 404.2 and serve the same means of egress compliance with 404.3.6 shall not be required.

 

 

 

 

404.3.7 Revolving Doors, Revolving Gates, and Turnstiles. Revolving doors, revolving gates, and turnstiles shall not be part of an accessible route.

 

4.13.2 Revolving Doors and Turnstiles. Revolving doors or turnstiles shall not be the only means of passage at an accessible entrance or along an accessible route. An accessible gate or door shall be provided adjacent to the turnstile or revolving door and shall be so designed as to facilitate the same use pattern.

120-3-20-.24 Doors (2) Revolving Doors and Turnstiles. Revolving doors or turnstiles shall not be the only means of passage at an accessible entrance or along an accessible route. An accessible gate or door shall be provided adjacent to the turnstile or revolving door and shall be so designed as to facilitate the same use pattern.

 

 

405 Ramps

 

4.8 Ramps.

120-3-20-.19 Ramps.

 

 

405.1 General. Ramps on accessible routes shall comply with 405.

EXCEPTION: In assembly areas, aisle ramps adjacent to seating and not serving elements required to be on an accessible route shall not be required to comply with 405.

 

4.8.1 General. Any part of an accessible route with a slope greater than 1:20 shall be considered a ramp and shall comply with 4.8. 

 

 (1) General. Any part of an accessible route with a slope greater than 1:20 shall be considered a ramp and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.19.

 

Note: Ramps are essential for wheelchair users if elevators or lifts are not available to connect different levels. However, some people who use walking aids have difficulty with ramps and prefer stairs.

 

405.2 Slope. Ramp runs shall have a running slope not steeper than 1:12.

EXCEPTION: In existing sites, buildings, and facilities, ramps shall be permitted to have running slopes steeper than 1:12 complying with Table 405.2 where such slopes are necessary due to space limitations.

 

4.8.2 Slope and Rise. The least possible slope shall be used for any ramp. The maximum slope of a ramp in new construction shall be 1:12. The maximum rise for any run shall be 30 in (760 mm) (see Fig. 16). Curb ramps and ramps to be constructed on existing sites or in existing buildings or facilities may have slopes and rises as allowed in 4.1.6(3)(a) if space limitations prohibit the use of a 1:12 slope or less. 

NOTE:  Figure 16 indicates that if the slope of a ramp is between 1:12 and 1:16, the maximum rise shall be 30 inches (760 mm) and the maximum horizontal run shall be 30 feet (9 m). If the slope of the ramp is between 1:16 and 1:20, the maximum rise shall be 30 inches (760 mm) and the maximum horizontal run shall be 40 feet (12 m).[11]

 

(2) Slope and Rise. The least possible slope shall be used for any ramp. The maximum slope of a ramp in new construction shall be 1:12. The maximum rise for any run shall be 30 inches (760 mm) (see Fig. 16). Curb ramps and ramps to be constructed on existing sites or in existing buildings or facilities may have slopes and rises as allowed in rule 120-3-20-.11 (3) (a) if space limitations prohibit the use of a 1:12 slope or less.

 

Note: Ramp slopes between 1:16 and 1:20 are preferred. The ability to manage an incline is related to both its slope and its length. Wheelchair users with disabilities affecting their arms or with low stamina have serious difficulty using inclines. Most ambulatory people and most people who use wheelchairs can manage a slope of 1:16.

 

Many people cannot manage a slope of 1:12 for 30 feet (9 m).

All documents limit the maximum rise of a ramp run to 30 inches.  The 1994 Standards in Figure 16 indicate the maximum run is 30 feet up to a 1:16 slope and up to 40 feet for a slope between 1:16 and 1:20, while the 2010 Standards simply requires that the length of the run maintain the proper relationship to the slope, allowing longer ramp runs as the slope is lessened.

4.1.6(3)(a) Ramps: Curb ramps and interior or exterior ramps to be constructed on sites or in existing buildings or facilities where space limitations prohibit the use of a 1:12 slope or less may have slopes and rises as follows:

(i) A slope between 1:10 and 1:12 is allowed for a maximum rise of 6 inches (150 mm).

(ii) A slope between 1:8 and 1:10 is allowed for a maximum rise of 3 inches (75 mm). A slope steeper than 1:8 is not allowed.

4.1.7 (3) Historic Preservation: Minimum Requirements:

(a) At least one accessible route complying with 4.3 from a site access point to an accessible entrance shall be provided.

EXCEPTION: A ramp with a slope no greater than 1:6 for a run not to exceed 2 ft (610 mm) may be used as part of an accessible route to an entrance.

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design:

 405.2 Maximum Ramp Slope and Rise for Existing Sites, Buildings, and Facilities

Slope1

Maximum Rise

Steeper than 1:10 but not steeper than 1:8

3 inches (75 mm)

Steeper than 1:12 but not steeper than 1:10

6 inches (150 mm)

1 A slope steeper than 1:8 is prohibited.

 

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

 

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Commentary

405.3 Cross Slope. Cross slope of ramp runs shall not be steeper than 1:48.

4.8.6 Cross Slope and Surfaces. The cross slope of ramp surfaces shall be no greater than 1:50. Ramp surfaces shall comply with 4.5.

 

120-3-20-.19 (6) Cross Slope and Surfaces. The cross slope of ramp surfaces shall be no greater than 1:50. Ramp surfaces shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.16.

 

405.4 Floor or Ground Surfaces. Floor or ground surfaces of ramp runs shall comply with 302. Changes in level other than the running slope and cross slope are not permitted on ramp runs.

 

 

405.5 Clear Width. The clear width of a ramp run and, where handrails are provided, the clear width between handrails shall be 36 inches (915 mm) minimum.

EXCEPTION: Within employee work areas, the required clear width of ramps that are a part of common use circulation paths shall be permitted to be decreased by work area equipment provided that the decrease is essential to the function of the work being performed.

 

4.8.3 Clear Width. The minimum clear width of a ramp shall be 36 in (915 mm).

 

120-3-20-.19 (3) Clear Width. The minimum clear width of a ramp shall be 36 inches (915 mm).

The 2010 Standards include an exception for certain work area equipment conditions.

405.6 Rise. The rise for any ramp run shall be 30 inches (760 mm) maximum.

 

See 4.8.2

 

 

405.7 Landings. Ramps shall have landings at the top and the bottom of each ramp run. Landings shall comply with 405.7.  

 

4.8.4 Landings. Ramps shall have level landings at bottom and top of each ramp and each ramp run. Landings shall have the following features:

 

120-3-20-.19 (4) Landings. Ramps shall have level landings at bottom and top of each ramp and each ramp run. Landings shall have the following features:

 

Note: Level landings are essential toward maintaining an aggregate slope that complies with these rules. A ramp landing that is not level causes individuals using wheelchairs to tip backward or bottom out when the ramp is approached.

 

405.7.1 Slope. Landings shall comply with 302. Changes in level are not permitted.

EXCEPTION: Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted.

 

4.2.4.3 Surfaces for Wheelchair Spaces. Clear floor or ground spaces for wheelchairs shall comply with 4.5.   

4.13.6 Maneuvering Clearances at Doors. . . .  The floor or ground area within the required clearances shall be level and clear.

120-3-20-16 Surfaces for Wheelchair Spaces.

Clear floor or ground spaces for wheelchairs shall comply with rule 120-3-20-16.

 

405.7.2 Width. The landing clear width shall be at least as wide as the widest ramp run leading to the landing.

 

(1) The landing shall be at least as wide as the ramp run leading to it.

 

120-3-20-.19 (4)(a) The landing shall be at least as wide as the ramp run leading to it

 

405.7.3 Length. The landing clear length shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) long minimum.

 

(2) The landing length shall be a minimum of 60 in (1525 mm) clear.

 

(b) The landing length shall be a minimum of 60 inches (1525 mm) clear.

 

405.7.4 Change in Direction. Ramps that change direction between runs at landings shall have a clear landing 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum.

 

(3) If ramps change direction at landings, the minimum landing size shall be 60 in by 60 in (1525 mm by 1525 mm).

 

(c) If ramps change direction at landings, the minimum landing size shall be 60 inches by 60 inches (1525 mm by 1525 mm).

 

 

405.7.5 Doorways. Where doorways are located adjacent to a ramp landing, maneuvering clearances required by 404.2.4 and 404.3.2 shall be permitted to overlap the required landing area.

 

(4) If a doorway is located at a landing, then the area in front of the doorway shall comply with 4.13.6.  

(d) If a doorway is located at a landing, then the area in front of the doorway shall comply with rule 120-2-20-.24(6).

 

 

 

405.8 Handrails. Ramp runs with a rise greater than 6 inches (150 mm) shall have handrails complying with 505.

EXCEPTION: Within employee work areas, handrails shall not be required where ramps that are part of common use circulation paths are designed to permit the installation of handrails complying with 505. Ramps not subject to the exception to 405.5 shall be designed to maintain a 36 inch (915 mm) minimum clear width when handrails are installed.

 

4.8.5 Handrails. If a ramp run has a rise greater than 6 in (150 mm) or a horizontal projection greater than 72 in (1830 mm), then it shall have handrails on both sides. Handrails are not required on curb ramps or adjacent to seating in assembly areas. Handrails shall comply with 4.26 and shall have the following features:

  (1) Handrails shall be provided along both sides of ramp segments.  The inside handrail on switchback or dogleg ramps shall always be continuous.

  (2) If handrails are not continuous, they shall extend at least 12 in (305 mm) beyond the top and bottom of the ramp segment and shall be parallel with the floor or ground surface (see Fig. 17).

  (3) The clear space between the handrail and the wall shall be 1‑1/2 in (38 mm).

  (4) Gripping surfaces shall be continuous.

  (5) Top of handrail gripping surfaces shall be mounted between 34 in and 38 in (865 mm and 965 mm) above ramp surfaces.

  (6) Ends of handrails shall be either rounded or returned smoothly to floor, wall, or post.

  (7) Handrails shall not rotate within their fittings.

120-3-20-.19 (5) Handrails. If a ramp run has a rise greater than 6 inches (150 mm) or a horizontal projection greater than 72 inches (1830 mm), then it shall have handrails on both sides. Handrails are not required on curb ramps or adjacent to seating in assembly areas. Handrails shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.37 and shall have the following features:

 

(a) Handrails shall be provided along both sides of ramp segments. The inside handrail on switchback or dogleg ramps shall always be continuous.

 

(b) If handrails are not continuous, they shall extend at least 12 inches (305 mm) beyond the top and bottom of the ramp segment and shall be parallel with the floor or ground surface (see Fig. 17).

 

(c) The clear space between the handrail and the wall shall be 1 ½ inches (38 mm).

 

(d) Gripping surfaces shall be continuous, without interruption by newel posts, other construction elements, or obstructions.

 

(e) Handrails shall have a circular cross section with an outside diameter of 1 ¼  inches (32 mm) minimum and 1 ½ inches (51 mm) maximum.

 

(f) Handrails, and any wall or other surfaces adjacent to them, shall be free of any sharp or abrasive elements. Edges shall have 1/8 inches (3.2 mm) minimum radius.

 

(g) Top of handrail gripping surfaces shall be mounted between 34 inches and 38 inches (865 mm and 965 mm) above ramp surfaces.

 

(h) Ends of handrails shall be either rounded or returned smoothly to floor, wall, or post.

 

(i) Handrails shall not rotate within their fittings.

 

Note: The requirements for stair and ramp handrails in these rules are for adults. When children are principal users in a building or facility, a second set of handrails at an appropriate height is required to assist them and aid in preventing accidents.

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards include an exception for employee work areas.

 

405.9 Edge Protection. Edge protection complying with 405.9.1 or 405.9.2 shall be provided on each side of ramp runs and at each side of ramp landings.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Edge protection shall not be required on ramps that are not required to have handrails and have sides complying with 406.3.

2. Edge protection shall not be required on the sides of ramp landings serving an adjoining ramp run or stairway.

3. Edge protection shall not be required on the sides of ramp landings having a vertical drop-off of 1/2 inch (13 mm) maximum within 10 inches (255 mm) horizontally of the minimum landing area specified in 405.7.

 

4.8.7 Edge Protection. Ramps and landings with drop-offs shall have curbs, walls, railings, or projecting surfaces that prevent people from slipping off the ramp. Curbs shall be a minimum of 2 in (50 mm) high  (see Fig. 17).

120-3-20-.19 (7) Edge Protection. Ramps and landings with drop-offs shall have curbs, walls, railings, or projecting surfaces that prevent people from slipping off the ramp. Curbs shall be a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm) high (see Fig. 17).

 

405.9.1 Extended Floor or Ground Surface. The floor or ground surface of the ramp run or landing shall extend 12 inches (305 mm) minimum beyond the inside face of a handrail complying with 505.

 

 

405.9.2 Curb or Barrier. A curb or barrier shall be provided that prevents the passage of a 4 inch (100 mm) diameter sphere, where any portion of the sphere is within 4 inches (100 mm) of the finish floor or ground surface.[12]

 

The 2010 Standards require a barrier that will prevent passage of a 4-inch sphere, the 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require a 2 inch minimum curb.

 

 

 

 

405.10 Wet Conditions. Landings subject to wet conditions shall be designed to prevent the accumulation of water.

 

4.8.8 Outdoor Conditions. Outdoor ramps and their approaches shall be designed so that water will not accumulate on walking surfaces.

120-3-20-.19 (8) Outdoor Conditions. Outdoor ramps and their approaches shall be designed so that water will not accumulate on walking surfaces.

 

406 Curb Ramps

 

4.7 Curb Ramps.

 

 

 

406.1 General. Curb ramps on accessible routes shall comply with 406, 405.2 through 405.5, and 405.10.

 

4.7.1 Location. Curb ramps complying with 4.7 shall be provided wherever an accessible route crosses a curb

 

120-3-20-.18 Curb Ramps.  

(1) Location.  Curb ramps complying with 120-3-20-.18 shall be provided wherever an accessible route crosses a curb.  

 

4.3.7 Slope. An accessible route with a running slope greater than 1:20 is a ramp and shall comply with 4.8. Nowhere shall the cross slope of an accessible route exceed 1:50.

 

(2) Slope.  Slopes of curb ramps shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.19.  The slope shall be measured as shown in Fig. 11.  Transitions from ramps to walks, gutters, or streets shall be flush and free of abrupt changes.  Maximum slopes of adjoining gutters, road surface immediately adjacent to the curb ramp, or accessible route shall not exceed 1:20.  

 

4.7.3 Width. The minimum width of a curb ramp shall be 36 in (915 mm), exclusive of flared sides.

(3) Width.  The minimum width of a curb ramp shall be 36 inches (915 mm), exclusive of flared sides.  

 

4.7.4 Surface. Surfaces of curb ramps shall comply with 4.5.

 

(4) Surface.  Surfaces of curb ramps shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.16.

 

4.8.8 Outdoor Conditions. Outdoor ramps and their approaches shall be designed so that water will not accumulate on walking surfaces.

 

 

406.2 Counter Slope. Counter slopes of adjoining gutters and road surfaces immediately adjacent to the curb ramp shall not be steeper than 1:20. The adjacent surfaces at transitions at curb ramps to walks, gutters, and streets shall be at the same level.

4.7.2 Slope. Slopes of curb ramps shall comply with 4.8.2. The slope shall be measured as shown in Fig. 11. Transitions from ramps to walks, gutters, or streets shall be flush and free of abrupt changes. Maximum slopes of adjoining gutters, road surface immediately adjacent to the curb ramp, or accessible route shall not exceed 1:20.

NOTE:  Figure 11 indicates the ramp slope is a ratio equal to the vertical rise (y) divided by the horizontal run (x). It is equal to the tangent of the angle that the plane of the ramp surface makes with a horizontal (level) plane. For a curb ramp, the adjoining slope at walk or street shall not exceed 1:20.

 

120-3-20-.18 (2) Slope.  Slopes of curb ramps shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.19.  The slope shall be measured as shown in Fig. 11.  Transitions from ramps to walks, gutters, or streets shall be flush and free of abrupt changes.  Maximum slopes of adjoining gutters, road surface immediately adjacent to the curb ramp, or accessible route shall not exceed 1:20.  

 

Figure 11 Measurement of Curb Ramp Slopes.

  The ramp slope is a ratio expressed as the vertical rise divided by the horizontal run.  The adjoining slope at walk or street shall not exceed 1:20.

 

406.3 Sides of Curb Ramps. Where provided, curb ramp flares shall not be steeper than 1:10.

 

4.7.5 Sides of Curb Ramps. If a curb ramp is located where pedestrians must walk across the ramp, or where it is not protected by handrails or guardrails, it shall have flared sides; the maximum slope of the flare shall be 1:10 (see Fig. 12(a)). Curb ramps with returned curbs may be used where pedestrians would not normally walk across the ramp (see Fig. 12(b)).

NOTE:  Figure 12(a) shows a typical curb ramp, cut into a walkway perpendicular to the curb face, with flared sides having a maximum slope of 1:10. The landing at the top, measured from the top of the ramp to the edge of the walkway or closest obstruction is denoted as "x". If x, the landing depth at the top of a curb ramp, is less than 48 inches, then the slope of the flared side shall not exceed 1:12.

 

Figure 12(b) indicates that where the curb ramp is completely contained within a planting strip or other non-walking surface, so that pedestrians would not normally cross the sides, the curb ramp sides can have steep sides including vertical returned curbs.

 

120-3-20-.18 (5) Sides of Curb Ramps.  If a curb ramp is located where pedestrians must walk across the ramp, or where it is not protected by handrails or guardrails, it shall have flared sides; the maximum slope of the flare shall be 1:10 (see Fig. 12(a)). Curb ramps with returned curbs may be used where pedestrians would not normally walk across the ramp (see Fig. 12(b)).

 

 Figure 12 Sides of Curb Ramps.

  12(a) Flared Sides.  If the landing depth at the top of a curb ramp is less than 48 in (1220 mm), then the slope of the flared side shall not be steeper than 1:12.

 

406.4 Landings. Landings shall be provided at the tops of curb ramps. The landing clear length shall be 36 inches (915 mm) minimum. The landing clear width shall be at least as wide as the curb ramp, excluding flared sides, leading to the landing.

EXCEPTION: In alterations, where there is no landing at the top of curb ramps, curb ramp flares shall be provided and shall not be steeper than 1:12.

 

4.3.7 Slope. An accessible route with a running slope greater than 1:20 is a ramp and shall comply with 4.8. Nowhere shall the cross slope of an accessible route exceed 1:50.

 

120-3-20-.19 1. General. An accessible route with a running slope greater than 1:20 is a ramp and shall comply with 4.8. Nowhere shall the cross slope of an accessible route exceed 1:50

 

406.5 Location. Curb ramps and the flared sides of curb ramps shall be located so that they do not project into vehicular traffic lanes, parking spaces, or parking access aisles. Curb ramps at marked crossings shall be wholly contained within the markings, excluding any flared sides.

 

4.7.6 Built-up Curb Ramps. Built-up curb ramps shall be located so that they do not project into vehicular traffic lanes (see Fig. 13).

NOTE:  In Figure 13, a built-up curb ramp extends outward from the curb and slopes to the ground surface. The sides must also be tapered from the ramp surface to the ground, with a maximum slope of 1:10, so that there are no drop-offs along the edges.

120-3-20-.18 (6) Built-up Curb Ramps.  Built-up curb ramps shall be located so that they do not project into vehicular traffic lanes (see Fig. 13).

 

4.7.9 Location at Marked Crossings. Curb ramps at marked crossings shall be wholly contained within the markings, excluding any flared sides (see Fig. 15).

 

120-3-20-.18 (9) Location at Marked Crossings.  Curb ramps at marked crossings shall be wholly contained within the markings, excluding any flared sides (see Fig. 15). Such signs shall be located so they cannot be obscured by a vehicle parked in the space.

 

 

4.7.8 Obstructions. Curb ramps shall be located or protected to prevent their obstruction by parked vehicles

120-3-20-.18 (8) Obstructions.  Curb ramps shall be located or protected to prevent their obstruction by parked vehicles.

 

 

406.6 Diagonal Curb Ramps. Diagonal or corner type curb ramps with returned curbs or other well-defined edges shall have the edges parallel to the direction of pedestrian flow. The bottom of diagonal curb ramps shall have a clear space 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum outside active traffic lanes of the roadway. Diagonal curb ramps provided at marked crossings shall provide the 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum clear space within the markings. Diagonal curb ramps with flared sides shall have a segment of curb 24 inches (610 mm) long minimum located on each side of the curb ramp and within the marked crossing.

4.7.10 Diagonal Curb Ramps. If diagonal (or corner type) curb ramps have returned curbs or other well-defined edges, such edges shall be parallel to the direction of pedestrian flow. The bottom of diagonal curb ramps shall have 48 in (1220 mm) minimum clear space as shown in Fig. 15(c) and (d). If diagonal curb ramps are provided at marked crossings, the 48 in (1220 mm) clear space shall be within the markings (see Fig. 15(c) and (d)). If diagonal curb ramps have flared sides, they shall also have at least a 24 in (610 mm) long segment of straight curb located on each side of the curb ramp and within the marked crossing (see Fig. 15(c)).

NOTE: Figure 15(c) shows diagonal curb ramps located at each corner of the intersection. There are flared sides on each diagonal curb ramp. The cross walks are placed so a minimum 48 inch (1220 mm) long clear space is provided at the bottom of the curb ramp inside the marked cross walk. An accessible route is provided across the island in the intersection.

Figure 15(d) is similar to 15(c) except that returned curb ramps are provided at each corner of the intersection. A minimum 48 inch (1220 mm) long clear floor space is provided at the bottom of the curb ramp within the marked crossing area. A well defined edge is provided at the side of each curb ramp.

 

120-3-20-.18 (10) Diagonal Curb Ramps.  If diagonal (or corner type) curb ramps have returned curbs or other well-defined edges, such edges shall be parallel to the direction of pedestrian flow.  The bottom of diagonal curb ramps shall have 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum clear space as shown in Fig. 15(c) and (d).  If diagonal curb ramps are provided at marked crossings, the 48 inches (1220 mm) clear space shall be within the markings (see Fig. 15(c) and (d)).  If diagonal curb ramps have flared sides, they shall also have at least a 24 inches (610 mm) long segment of straight curb located on each side of the curb ramp and within the marked crossing (see Fig. 15(c)).  

 

406.7 Islands. Raised islands in crossings shall be cut through level with the street or have curb ramps at both sides. Each curb ramp shall have a level area 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum by 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum at the top of the curb ramp in the part of the island intersected by the crossings. Each 48 inch (1220 mm) minimum by 36 inch (915 mm) minimum area shall be oriented so that the 48 inch (1220 mm) minimum length is in the direction of the running slope of the curb ramp it serves. The 48 inch (1220 mm) minimum by 36 inch (915 mm) minimum areas and the accessible route shall be permitted to overlap.

4.7.11 Islands. Any raised islands in crossings shall be cut through level with the street or have curb ramps at both sides and a level area at least 48 in (1220 mm) long between the curb ramps in the part of the island intersected by the crossings (see Fig. 15(a) and (b)).

NOTE:  Figures 15(a) and 15(b) illustrate street pedestrian crossings cutting through a mid-street median at street level.

120-3-20-.18 (11) Islands.  Any raised islands in crossings shall be cut through level with the street or have curb ramps at both sides and a level area at least 48 inches (1220 mm) long between the curb ramps in the part of the island intersected by the crossings (see Fig. 15(a) and (b)).

 

 

4.7.7 Detectable Warnings.  A curb ramp shall have a detectable warning complying with 4.29.2. The detectable warning shall extend the full width and depth of the curb ramp.

 

120-3-20-.18 (7) Detectable Warnings.  A curb ramp shall have a detectable warning complying with rule 120-3-20-.40.  The detectable warning shall extend the full width and depth of the curb ramp, including flares.

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require detectable warnings on curb ramps; the 2010 Standards do not.

407 Elevators

 

4.10 Elevators.

 

120-3-20-.21 Elevators.

 

 

407.1 General. Elevators shall comply with 407 and with ASME A17.1 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). They shall be passenger elevators as classified by ASME A17.1. Elevator operation shall be automatic.

4.10.1 General. Accessible elevators shall be on an accessible route and shall comply with 4.10 and with the ASME A17.1-1990, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators.  Freight elevators shall not be considered as meeting the requirements of this section unless the only elevators provided are used as combination passenger and freight elevators for the public and employees.

 

 (1) General. Accessible elevators shall be on an accessible route and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.21 and with the ASME A17.1-1990, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators. Freight elevators shall not be considered as meeting the requirements of this section unless the only elevators provided are used as combination passenger and freight elevators for the public and employees.

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code permit combination passenger/freight elevators, though there is no such thing under the referenced ASME A17.1 Elevator Safety Code.  However, passenger elevators are permitted to carry freight; this is true for all three documents.

4.10.2 Automatic Operation. Elevator operation shall be automatic. Each car shall be equipped with a self-leveling feature that will automatically bring the car to floor landings within a tolerance of 1/2 in (13 mm) under rated loading to zero loading conditions. This self-leveling feature shall be automatic and independent of the operating device and shall correct the overtravel or undertravel.

 

(2) Automatic Operation. Elevator operation shall be automatic. Each car shall be equipped with a self-leveling feature that will automatically bring the car to floor landings within a tolerance of ½ inches (13 mm) under rated loading to zero loading conditions. This self-leveling feature shall be automatic and independent of the operating device and shall correct the over travel or under travel.

 

407.2 Elevator Landing Requirements. Elevator landings shall comply with 407.2.

 

 

 

 

407.2.1 Call Controls. Where elevator call buttons or keypads are provided, they shall comply with 407.2.1 and 309.4. Call buttons shall be raised or flush.

EXCEPTION: Existing elevators shall be permitted to have recessed call buttons.

 

4.10.3 Hall Call Buttons. Call buttons in elevator lobbies and halls shall be centered at 42 in (1065 mm) above the floor. Such call buttons shall have visual signals to indicate when each call is registered and when each call is answered. Call buttons shall be a minimum of 3/4 in (19 mm) in the smallest dimension. The button designating the up direction shall be on top. (See Fig. 20.) Buttons shall be raised or flush. Objects mounted beneath hall call buttons shall not project into the elevator lobby more than 4 in (100 mm).

4.27.4 Operation. Controls and operating mechanisms shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 lbf (22.2 N).

4.27.2 Clear Floor Space. Clear floor space complying with 4.2.4 that allows a forward or a parallel approach by a person using a wheelchair shall be provided at controls, dispensers, receptacles, and other operable equipment.

 

 

 

(3) Hall Call Buttons. Call buttons in elevator lobbies and halls shall be centered at 42 inches (1065 mm) above the floor. Such call buttons shall have visual signals to indicate when each call is registered and when each call is answered. Call buttons shall be a minimum of 3/4 inch (19 mm) in the smallest dimension. The button designating the up direction shall be on top. (See Fig. 20.) Buttons shall be raised or flush. Objects mounted beneath or placed in front of the hall call buttons shall not project into the elevator lobby more than 4 inches (100 mm).

 

120-3-20-.38      (4) Operation.  Controls and operating mechanisms shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist.  The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 lbf (22.2 N).

 

120-3-20-.38    2) Clear Floor Space.  Clear floor space complying with rule 120-3-20-.13(4) that allows a forward or a parallel approach by a person using a wheelchair shall be provided at controls, dispensers, receptacles, and other operable equipment.   

The 2010 Standards require hall call buttons within an accessible reach range.  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code specify that call buttons be centered at 42 inches, but provide no minimum or maximum height if there are two buttons at a landing.

 

 

407.2.1.1 Height. Call buttons and keypads shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in 308, measured to the centerline of the highest operable part.

EXCEPTION: Existing call buttons and existing keypads shall be permitted to be located at 54 inches (1370 mm) maximum above the finish floor, measured to the centerline of the highest operable part.

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards permit call buttons at 54 inches high maximum only for existing buttons.  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code permit this height in new installations.

407.2.1.2 Size. Call buttons shall be 3/4 inch (19 mm) minimum in the smallest dimension.

EXCEPTION: Existing elevator call buttons shall not be required to comply with 407.2.1.2.

 

 

 

407.2.1.3 Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be provided at call controls.

 

 

407.2.1.4 Location. The call button that designates the up direction shall be located above the call button that designates the down direction.

EXCEPTION: Destination-oriented elevators shall not be required to comply with 407.2.1.4.

 

 

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards contain specific requirements for destination-oriented elevators in their elevator sections.  This is an elevator system in which passengers are directed to a specific elevator in a bank after registering their destination at the hall call station.  That elevator will then travel to the proper destination, and there are no passenger controls in the car.  These types of systems, while not specifically addressed, are permitted by the 1994 Standards.

 

407.2.1.5 Signals. Call buttons shall have visible signals to indicate when each call is registered and when each call is answered.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Destination-oriented elevators shall not be required to comply with 407.2.1.5 provided that visible and audible signals complying with 407.2.2 indicating which elevator car to enter are provided.

2. Existing elevators shall not be required to comply with 407.2.1.5.

 

 

 

407.2.1.6 Keypads. Where keypads are provided, keypads shall be in a standard telephone keypad arrangement and shall comply with 407.4.7.2.

 

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not address elevator keypads (typical of destination-oriented elevators).

407.2.2 Hall Signals. Hall signals, including in-car signals, shall comply with 407.2.2.

 

407.2.2.1 Visible and Audible Signals. A visible and audible signal shall be provided at each hoistway entrance to indicate which car is answering a call and the car's direction of travel. Where in-car signals are provided, they shall be visible from the floor area adjacent to the hall call buttons.

EXCEPTIONS:

 1. Visible and audible signals shall not be required at each destination-oriented elevator where a visible and audible signal complying with 407.2.2 is provided indicating the elevator car designation information.

2. In existing elevators, a signal indicating the direction of car travel shall not be required.

 

4.10.4 Hall Lanterns. A visible and audible signal shall be provided at each hoistway entrance to indicate which car is answering a call. Audible signals shall sound once for the up direction and twice for the down direction or shall have verbal annunciators that say "up" or "down." Visible signals shall have the following features:

 

120-3-20-.21 (4) Hall Lanterns. A visible and audible signal shall be provided at each hoist way entrance to indicate which car is answering a call. Audible signals shall sound once for the up direction and twice for the down direction or shall have verbal annunciators that say "up" or "down."

 

Visible signals shall have the following features:

 

 

 

 

 

407.2.2.2 Visible Signals. Visible signal fixtures shall be centered at 72 inches (1830 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. The visible signal elements shall be 2 1/2 inches (64 mm) minimum measured along the vertical centerline of the element. Signals shall be visible from the floor area adjacent to the hall call button.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Destination-oriented elevators shall be permitted to have signals visible from the floor area adjacent to the hoistway entrance.

2. Existing elevators shall not be required to comply with 407.2.2.2.

(1) Hall lantern fixtures shall be mounted so that their centerline is at least 72 in (1830 mm) above the lobby floor. (See Fig. 20.)

(2) Visual elements shall be at least 2-1/2 in (64 mm) in the smallest dimension.

(3) Signals shall be visible from the vicinity of the hall call button (see Fig. 20). In-car lanterns located in cars, visible from the vicinity of hall call buttons, and conforming to the above requirements, shall be acceptable.

 

(a) Hall lantern fixtures shall be mounted so that their centerline is at least 72 inches (1830 mm) above the lobby floor. (See Fig. 20.)

 

 

(b) Visual elements shall be at least 2-1/2 inches (64 mm) in the smallest dimension.

 

(c) Signals shall be visible from the vicinity of the hall call button (see Fig. 20). In-car lanterns located in cars, visible from the vicinity of hall call buttons, and conforming to the above requirements, shall be acceptable.

 

407.2.2.3 Audible Signals. Audible signals shall sound once for the up direction and twice for the down direction, or shall have verbal annunciators that indicate the direction of elevator car travel. Audible signals shall have a frequency of 1500 Hz maximum. Verbal annunciators shall have a frequency of 300 Hz minimum and 3000 Hz maximum. The audible signal and verbal annunciator shall be 10 dB minimum above ambient, but shall not exceed 80 dB, measured at the hall call button.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Destination-oriented elevators shall not be required to comply with 407.2.2.3 provided that the audible tone and verbal announcement is the same as those given at the call button or call button keypad.

2. Existing elevators shall not be required to comply with the requirements for frequency and dB range of audible signals.

 

See 4.10.4

 

 

407.2.2.4 Differentiation. Each destination-oriented elevator in a bank of elevators shall have audible and visible means for differentiation.

 

 

 

 

407.2.3 Hoistway Signs. Signs at elevator hoistways shall comply with 407.2.3.

 

 

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not address signs at elevator hoistways.

 

407.2.3.1 Floor Designation. Floor designations complying with 703.2 and 703.4.1 shall be provided on both jambs of elevator hoistway entrances. Floor designations shall be provided in both tactile characters and braille. Tactile characters shall be 2 inches (51 mm) high minimum. A tactile star shall be provided on both jambs at the main entry level.

4.10.5 Raised and Braille Characters on Hoistway Entrances. All elevator hoistway entrances shall have raised and Braille floor designations provided on both jambs. The centerline of the characters shall be 60 in (1525 mm) above finish floor. Such characters shall be 2 in (50 mm) high and shall comply with 4.30.4. Permanently applied plates are acceptable if they are permanently fixed to the jambs. (See Fig. 20).

 

NOTE: Figure 20 illustrates hall call buttons mounted 42 inches (1065 mm) measured from the floor to the centerline between the buttons. Hall lanterns are mounted 72 inches (1830 mm) minimum measured from the floor to the centerline between the up and down indicators. Raised and Braille characters on hoistway entrances are mounted with the centerline at 60 inches (1525 mm) above the floor. Sensors for the required door protective and reopening device detect an obstruction passing through the door opening at heights of 5 inches (125 mm), indicated by a dashed line A and 29 inches (735 mm), indicated by a dashed line B. Each is measured from the floor. A note indicates, "The automatic door reopening device is activated if an object passes through either line A or line B. Line A and line B represent the vertical locations of the door reopening device not requiring contact."

 

120-3-20-.21 (5) Raised and Braille Characters on Hoist way Entrances. All elevator hoist way entrances shall have raised and Braille floor designations provided on both jambs. The centerline of the characters shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) above finish floor. Such characters shall be 2 inches (50 mm) high and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.41(4).  Permanently applied plates are acceptable if they are permanently fixed to the jambs. (See Fig. 20).

 

407.2.3.2 Car Designations. Destination-oriented elevators shall provide tactile car identification complying with 703.2 on both jambs of the hoistway immediately below the floor designation. Car designations shall be provided in both tactile characters and braille. Tactile characters shall be 2 inches (51 mm) high minimum.

See 4.10.5

 

 

407.3 Elevator Door Requirements. Hoistway and car doors shall comply with 407.3.

 

 

 

 

407.3.1 Type. Elevator doors shall be the horizontal sliding type. Car gates shall be prohibited.

 

 

 

 

407.3.2 Operation. Elevator hoistway and car doors shall open and close automatically.

EXCEPTION: Existing manually operated hoistway swing doors shall be permitted provided that they comply with 404.2.3 and 404.2.9. Car door closing shall not be initiated until the hoistway door is closed.

 

4.10.6 Door Protective and Reopening Device. Elevator doors shall open and close automatically. They shall be provided with a reopening device that will stop and reopen a car door and hoistway door automatically if the door becomes obstructed by an object or person. The device shall be capable of completing these operations without requiring contact for an obstruction passing through the opening at heights of 5 in and 29 in (125 mm and 735 mm) above finish floor (see Fig. 20). Door reopening devices shall remain effective for at least 20 seconds. After such an interval, doors may close in accordance with the requirements of ASME A17.1-1990. 

4.1.6 Accessible Buildings: Alterations.             (3) Special Technical Provisions for Alterations to Existing Buildings and Facilities:                             (c) Elevators:

(i) If safety door edges are provided in existing automatic elevators, automatic door reopening devices may be omitted (see 4.10.6).

 

 

 

120-3-20-.21 (6) Door Protective and Reopening Device. Elevator doors shall open and close automatically. They shall be provided with a reopening device that will stop and reopen a car door and hoist way door automatically if the door becomes obstructed by an object or person. The device shall be capable of completing these operations without requiring contact for an obstruction passing through the opening at heights of 5 inches and 29 inches (125 mm and 735 mm) above finish floor (see Fig. 20). Door reopening devices shall remain effective at least 20 seconds.

 

Note: The required door reopening device would hold the door open for 20 seconds if the doorway remains obstructed. After 20 seconds, the door may begin to close.  However, if designed in accordance with ASME A17.1-1990, the door closing movement could still be stopped if a person or object exerts sufficient force at any point on the door edge.

 

 

407.3.3 Reopening Device. Elevator doors shall be provided with a reopening device complying with 407.3.3 that shall stop and reopen a car door and hoistway door automatically if the door becomes obstructed by an object or person.

EXCEPTION: Existing elevators with manually operated doors shall not be required to comply with 407.3.3.

 

 

407.3.3.1 Height. The device shall be activated by sensing an obstruction passing through the opening at 5 inches (125 mm) nominal and 29 inches (735 mm) nominal above the finish floor.

 

 

 

407.3.3.2 Contact. The device shall not require physical contact to be activated, although contact is permitted to occur before the door reverses.

 

407.3.3.3 Duration. Door reopening devices shall remain effective for 20 seconds minimum.

407.3.4 Door and Signal Timing. The minimum acceptable time from notification that a car is answering a call or notification of the car assigned at the means for the entry of destination information until the doors of that car start to close shall be calculated from the following equation:

T = D/(1.5 ft/s) or T = D/(455 mm/s) = 5 seconds minimum

where T equals the total time in seconds and D equals the distance (in feet or millimeters) from the point in the lobby or corridor 60 inches (1525 mm) directly in front of the farthest call button controlling that car to the centerline of its hoistway door.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. For cars with in-car lanterns, T shall be permitted to begin when the signal is visible from the point 60 inches (1525 mm) directly in front of the farthest hall call button and the audible signal is sounded.

2. Destination-oriented elevators shall not be required to comply with 407.3.4.

 

4.10.7 Door and Signal Timing for Hall Calls. The minimum acceptable time from notification that a car is answering a call until the doors of that car start to close shall be calculated from the following equation:

T = D/(1.5 ft/s) or T = D/(445 mm/s)

where T total time in seconds and D distance (in feet or millimeters) from a point in the lobby or corridor 60 in (1525 mm) directly in front of the farthest call button controlling that car to the centerline of its hoistway door (see Fig. 21). For cars with in-car lanterns, T begins when the lantern is visible from the vicinity of hall call buttons and an audible signal is sounded. The minimum acceptable notification time shall be 5 seconds. 

NOTE: Figure 21 is a graph of the formula. The y axis is T, time in seconds and the x axis is D, distance in feet. The "Acceptable" range is above a line on the graph indicated as follows: If D = 5 to 8 feet, then T = 5 seconds. If D = 8 to 18 feet, T increases at approximately 1:1 with the end of the line at D = 18 feet and T = 12 seconds. The maximum value shown for T is 13 seconds and for D is 18 feet. Values below the line on the graph are indicated as "Unacceptable."

 

120-3-20-.21 (7) Door and Signal Timing for Hall Calls.

The minimum acceptable time from notification that a car is answering a call until the doors of that car start to close shall be calculated from the following equation:

 

T = D/(1.5 ft/s) or T = D/(445 mm/s)

 

where T total time in seconds and D distance (in feet or millimeters) from a point in the lobby or corridor 60 inches (1525 mm) directly in front of the farthest call button controlling that car to the centerline of its hoist way door (see Fig. 21). For cars with in-car lanterns, T begins when the lantern is visible from the vicinity of hall call buttons and an audible signal is sounded. The minimum acceptable notification time shall be 5 seconds.

 

Note: This paragraph allows variation in the location of call buttons, advance time for warning signals, and the door-holding period used to meet the time requirement.

 

407.3.5 Door Delay. Elevator doors shall remain fully open in response to a car call for 3 seconds minimum.

 

4.10.8 Door Delay for Car Calls. The minimum time for elevator doors to remain fully open in response to a car call shall be 3 seconds.

 

120-3-20-.21 (8) Door Delay for Car Calls. The minimum time for elevator doors to remain fully open in response to a car call shall be 3 seconds.

 

407.3.6 Width. The width of elevator doors shall comply with Table 407.4.1.

EXCEPTION: In existing elevators, a power-operated car door complying with 404.2.3 shall be permitted.

 

See 4.10.9

 

The 2010 Standards permit automatic swing doors on existing elevators.  It would be virtually impossible to replace these types of doors with horizontal sliding doors on an existing installation.

407.4 Elevator Car Requirements. Elevator cars shall comply with 407.4.

 

4.10.9 Floor Plan of Elevator Cars. The floor area of elevator cars shall provide space for wheelchair users to enter the car, maneuver within reach of controls, and exit from the car. Acceptable door opening and inside dimensions shall be as shown in Fig. 22. The clearance between the car platform sill and the edge of any hoistway landing shall be no greater than 1-1/4 in (32 mm).

Note: Figure 22 Minimum Dimensions of Elevator Cars. Diagram (a) illustrates an elevator with a door providing a 36 inch (915 mm) minimum clear width, in the middle of the elevator. The width of the elevator car is a minimum of 80 inches (2030 mm). The depth of the elevator car measured from the back wall to the elevator door is a minimum of 54 inches (1370 mm). The depth of the elevator car measured from the back wall to the control panel is a minimum of 51 inches (1291 mm).

 

Diagram (b) illustrates an elevator with door providing a minimum 36 inch (915 mm) clear width, located to one side of the elevator. The width of the elevator car is a minimum of 68 inches (1730 mm). The depth of the elevator car measured from the back wall to the elevator door is a minimum of 54 inches (1370 mm). The depth of the elevator car measured from the back wall to the control panel is a minimum of 51 inches (1291).

 

See also 10.3.1(17) EXCEPTION

 

120-3-20-.21 (9) Floor Plan of Elevator Cars. The floor area of elevator cars shall provide space for wheelchair users to enter the car, maneuver within reach of controls, and exit from the car. Acceptable door opening and inside dimensions shall be as shown in Fig. 22. The clearance between the car platform sill and the edge of any hoist way landing shall be no greater than 1-1/4 inches (32 mm).

 

Figure 22 of the ADA Standards.  Minimum Dimensions of Elevator Cars.

  22(a)  Illustrates an elevator with a door providing a 36 in (915 mm) minimum clear width, in the middle of the elevator.  The width of the elevator car is a minimum of 80 in (2030 mm).  The depth of the elevator car measured from the back wall to the elevator door is a minimum of 54 in (1370 mm).  The depth of the elevator car measured from the back wall to the control panel is a minimum of 51 in (1291 mm).

  22(b)  Illustrates an elevator with door providing a minimum 36 in (915 mm) clear width, located to one side of the elevator.  The width of the elevator car is a minimum of 68 in (1730 mm).  The depth of the elevator car measured from the back wall to the elevator door is a minimum of 54 in (1370 mm).  The depth of the elevator car measured from the back wall to the control panel is a minimum of 51 in (1291 mm).

 

407.4.1 Car Dimensions. Inside dimensions of elevator cars and clear width of elevator doors shall comply with Table 407.4.1.

 

Note that the 1994 Standards set performance criteria for elevator car sizes – space to enter, use the controls, and exit – and that the dimensions in Figure 22 are merely examples of acceptable car configurations.  The 2010 Standards specify dimensional minimum car sizes.

EXCEPTION: Existing elevator car configurations that provide a clear floor area of 16 square feet (1.5 m2) minimum and also provide an inside clear depth 54 inches (1370 mm) minimum and a clear width 36 inches (915 mm) minimum shall be permitted.

4.1.6 Accessible Buildings: Alterations.             (3) Special Technical Provisions for Alterations to Existing Buildings and Facilities:                             (c) Elevators:

(ii) Where existing shaft configuration or technical infeasibility prohibits strict compliance with 4.10.9, the minimum car plan dimensions may be reduced by the minimum amount necessary, but in no case shall the inside car area be smaller than 48 in (1220 mm) by 48 in (1220 mm).

(iii) Equivalent facilitation may be provided with an elevator car of different dimensions when usability can be demonstrated and when all other elements required to be accessible comply with the applicable provisions of 4.10. For example, an elevator of 47 in by 69 in (1195 mm by 1755 mm) with a door opening on the narrow dimension, could accommodate the standard wheelchair clearances shown in Figure 4.

 

120-3-20-.11 (3)(c) Elevators:

(i) If safety door edges are provided in existing automatic elevators, automatic door reopening devices may be omitted (see 120-3-20-.21).

 

(ii) Where existing shaft configuration or technical in feasibility prohibits strict compliance with 120-3-20-.21(9), the minimum car plan dimensions may be reduced by the minimum amount necessary, but in no case shall the inside car area be smaller than 48 inches by 48 inches.

 

(iii) Equivalent facilitation may be provided with an elevator car of different dimensions when usability can be demonstrated and when all other elements required to be accessible comply with the applicable provisions of 120-3-20-.21. For example, an elevator of 47 inches by 69 inches (1195 mm by 1755 mm) with a door opening on the narrow dimension, could accommodate the standard wheelchair clearances shown in Figure 4.

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code permit an existing 48 inch by 48 inch elevator car which is inaccessible to many persons that use wheelchairs.

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design: 407.4.1 Elevator Car Dimensions

 

Minimum Dimensions

Door Location

Door Clear Width

Inside Car, Side to Side

Inside Car, Back Wall to Front Return

Inside Car, Back Wall to Inside Face of Door

Centered

42 inches

(1065 mm)

80 inches

(2030 mm)

51 inches

(1295 mm)

54 inches

(1370 mm)

Side

(off-centered)

36 inches

(915 mm)1

68 inches

(1725 mm)

51 inches

(1295 mm)

54 inches

(1370 mm)

Any

36 inches

(915 mm)1

54 inches

(1370 mm)

80 inches

(2030 mm)

80 inches

(2030 mm)

Any

36 inches

(915 mm)1

60 inches

(1525 mm)2

60 inches

(1525 mm)2

60 inches

(1525 mm)2

1. A tolerance of minus 5/8 inch (16 mm) is permitted.

2. Other car configurations that provide a turning space complying with 304 with the door closed shall be permitted.

 

 

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

 

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Commentary

 

407.4.2 Floor Surfaces. Floor surfaces in elevator cars shall comply with 302 and 303.

 

4.10.10 Floor Surfaces. Floor surfaces shall comply with 4.5.

 

120-3-20-.21 (10) Floor Surfaces. Floor surfaces shall comply with 120-3-20-.16.

 

 

407.4.3 Platform to Hoistway Clearance. The clearance between the car platform sill and the edge of any hoistway landing shall be 1 1/4 inch (32 mm) maximum.

 

See 4.10.9.

 

 

 

407.4.4 Leveling. Each car shall be equipped with a self-leveling feature that will automatically bring and maintain the car at floor landings within a tolerance of 1/2 inch (13 mm) under rated loading to zero loading conditions.

 

See 4.10.2.

 

 

 

407.4.5 Illumination. The level of illumination at the car controls, platform, car threshold and car landing sill shall be 5 foot candles (54 lux) minimum.

 

4.10.11 Illumination Levels. The level of illumination at the car controls, platform, and car threshold and landing sill shall be at least 5 footcandles (53.8 lux).

 

120-3-20-.21 (11) Illumination Levels. The level of illumination at the car controls, platform, and car threshold and landing sills shall be at least 5 foot candles (53.8 lux).

 

 

407.4.6 Elevator Car Controls. Where provided, elevator car controls shall comply with 407.4.6 and 309.4.

EXCEPTION: In existing elevators, where a new car operating panel complying with 407.4.6 is provided, existing car operating panels shall not be required to comply with 407.4.6.

 

4.10.12 Car Controls. Elevator control panels shall have the following features:

 

120-3-20-.21 (12) Car Controls. Elevator control panels shall have the following features:

 

(a) Buttons. All control buttons shall be at least 3/4 inch (19 mm) in their smallest dimension.  They shall be raised or flush.

 

(b) Tactile, Braille, and Visual Control Indicators. All control buttons shall be designated by Braille and by raised standard alphabet characters for letters, Arabic characters for numerals, or standard symbols as shown in Fig. 23(a), and as required in ASME A17.1-1990. Raised and Braille characters and symbols shall comply with 120-3-20-.41.  The call button for the main entry floor shall be designated by a raised star at the left of the floor designation (see Fig. 23(a)).  All raised designations for control buttons shall be placed immediately to the left of the button to which they apply.  Applied plates, permanently attached, are an acceptable means to provide raised control designations. Floor buttons shall be provided with visual indicators to show when each call is registered. The visual indicators shall be extinguished when each call is answered.

 

 

Note: Industry-wide standardization of elevator control panel design would make all elevators significantly more convenient for use by people with severe visual impairments. In many cases, it will be possible to locate the highest control on elevator panels within 48 inches (1220 mm) from the floor.

 

Figure 23 Car Controls.

  23(a) Panel Detail.  The diagram illustrates the symbols used for the following control buttons: main entry floor, door closed, door open, emergency alarm, and emergency stop.  The diagram further states that the octagon symbol for the emergency stop shall be raised but the X (inside the octagon) is not.

 

 

407.4.6.1 Location. Controls shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in 308.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Where the elevator panel serves more than 16 openings and a parallel approach is provided, buttons with floor designations shall be permitted to be 54 inches (1370 mm) maximum above the finish floor.

2. In existing elevators, car control buttons with floor designations shall be permitted to be located 54 inches (1370 mm) maximum above the finish floor where a parallel approach is provided.

 

(3) Height. All floor buttons shall be no higher than 54 in (1370 mm) above the finish floor for side approach and 48 in (1220 mm) for front approach. Emergency controls, including the emergency alarm and emergency stop, shall be grouped at the bottom of the panel and shall have their centerlines no less than 35 in (890 mm) above the finish floor (see Fig. 23(a) and (b)).

Note:  Figure 23(a) diagram illustrates the symbols used for the following control buttons:  main entry floor, door closed, door open, emergency alarm, and emergency stop. The diagram further states that the octagon symbol for the emergency stop shall be raised but the X (inside the octagon) is not.  Figure 23(b) indicates the maximum height for control buttons and mechanisms is 54 inches (1370 mm). Minimum height is 35 inches (890 mm).

 

(c) Height. All floor buttons shall be no higher than 54 inches (1370 mm) above the finish floor for side approach and 48 inches (1220 mm) for front approach. Emergency controls, including the emergency alarm and emergency stop, shall be grouped at the bottom of the panel and shall have their center lines no less than 35 inches (890 mm) above the finish floor (see Fig. 23(a) and (b)).

 

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code permit new car controls to be located 54 inches maximum from the floor.  The 2010 Standards only permit this in existing elevators, or in new elevators where there are 16 or more stops.  (Where there are more than 16 floor buttons and the other controls required, a car control panel cannot fit into the 35 inch minimum to 48 inch maximum space otherwise specified.)

(4) Location. Controls shall be located on a front wall if cars have center opening doors, and at the side wall or at the front wall next to the door if cars have side opening doors (see Fig. 23(c) and (d)). 

NOTE: In Figure 23(c), control panel locations are shown on either side of the center opening door.  In Figure 23(d), control panel locations are shown to the right of the side opening door and to the left on the adjacent wall.

 

( (d) Location. Controls shall be located on a front wall if the cars have center opening doors, and at the side wall or at the front wall next to the door if cars have side opening doors (see Fig. 23(c) and (d)).

 

 

407.4.6.2 Buttons. Car control buttons with floor designations shall comply with 407.4.6.2 and shall be raised or flush.

EXCEPTION: In existing elevators, buttons shall be permitted to be recessed.

 

(1) Buttons. All control buttons shall be at least 3/4 in (19 mm) in their smallest dimension. They shall be raised or flush.

 

120-3-20-.21 (12) (a) Buttons. All control buttons shall be at least 3/4 inch (19 mm) in their smallest dimension.  They shall be raised or flush.

 

 

 

407.4.6.2.1 Size. Buttons shall be 3/4 inch (19 mm) minimum in their smallest dimension.

 

 

407.4.6.2.2 Arrangement. Buttons shall be arranged with numbers in ascending order. When two or more columns of buttons are provided they shall read from left to right.

 

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards specify the arrangement of car control buttons. The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code are silent on these issues.

 

407.4.6.3 Keypads. Car control keypads shall be in a standard telephone keypad arrangement and shall comply with 407.4.7.2.

 

 

 

 

 

407.4.6.4 Emergency Controls. Emergency controls shall comply with 407.4.6.4.

 

See 4.10.12 (3).

 

 

 

407.4.6.4.1 Height. Emergency control buttons shall have their centerlines 35 inches (890 mm) minimum above the finish floor.

 

 

 

407.4.6.4.2 Location. Emergency controls, including the emergency alarm, shall be grouped at the bottom of the panel.

 

 

407.4.7 Designations and Indicators of Car Controls. Designations and indicators of car controls shall comply with 407.4.7.

EXCEPTION: In existing elevators, where a new car operating panel complying with 407.4.7 is provided, existing car operating panels shall not be required to comply with 407.4.7.

 

 

 

 

 

407.4.7.1 Buttons. Car control buttons shall comply with 407.4.7.1.

 

4.10.12 (2) Tactile, Braille, and Visual Control Indicators. All control buttons shall be designated by Braille and by raised standard alphabet characters for letters, arabic characters for numerals, or standard symbols as shown in Fig. 23(a), and as required in ASME A17.1-1990. Raised and Braille characters and symbols shall comply with 4.30. The call button for the main entry floor shall be designated by a raised star at the left of the floor designation (see Fig. 23(a)). All raised designations for control buttons shall be placed immediately to the left of the button to which they apply. Applied plates, permanently attached, are an acceptable means to provide raised control designations. Floor buttons shall be provided with visual indicators to show when each call is registered. The visual indicators shall be extinguished when each call is answered.

 

 

 

 

 

120-3-20-.21 (12) (b) Tactile, Braille, and Visual Control Indicators. All control buttons shall be designated by Braille and by raised standard alphabet characters for letters, Arabic characters for numerals, or standard symbols as shown in Fig. 23(a), and as required in ASME A17.1-1990. Raised and Braille characters and symbols shall comply with 120-3-20-.41.  The call button for the main entry floor shall be designated by a raised star at the left of the floor designation (see Fig. 23(a)).  All raised designations for control buttons shall be placed immediately to the left of the button to which they apply.  Applied plates, permanently attached, are an acceptable means to provide raised control designations. Floor buttons shall be provided with visual indicators to show when each call is registered. The visual indicators shall be extinguished when each call is answered

 

 

407.4.7.1.1 Type. Control buttons shall be identified by tactile characters complying with 703.2.

 

 

 

 

407.4.7.1.2 Location. Raised character and braille designations shall be placed immediately to the left of the control button to which the designations apply.

EXCEPTION: Where space on an existing car operating panel precludes tactile markings to the left of the controls, markings shall be placed as near to the control as possible.

 

 

 

 

407.4.7.1.3 Symbols. The control button for the emergency stop, alarm, door open, door close, main entry floor, and phone, shall be identified with tactile symbols as shown in Table 407.4.7.1.3.

 

Note:  The 2010 Standards Table 407.4.7.1.3 Elevator Control Button Identification indicates the following buttons shall be represented by the indicated symbols and shall include corresponding contracted braille messages:

 

Emergency stop-  octagon with ÔXÕ in middle

Alarm- bell shape

Door open- two chevrons pointing outward

Door close- two chevrons pointing inward

Main entry floor- star shape

Phone- phone hand receiver shape

 

Note: Figure 23(a) illustrates the symbols used for the following control buttons: main entry floor, door closed, door open, emergency alarm, and emergency stop. The diagram further states that the octagon symbol for the emergency stop shall be raised but the X (inside the octagon) is not.

 

 

 

 

407.4.7.1.4 Visible Indicators. Buttons with floor designations shall be provided with visible indicators to show that a call has been registered. The visible indication shall extinguish when the car arrives at the designated floor.

 

 

 

 

 

407.4.7.2 Keypads. Keypads shall be identified by characters complying with 703.5 and shall be centered on the corresponding keypad button. The number five key shall have a single raised dot. The dot shall be 0.118 inch (3 mm) to 0.120 inch (3.05 mm) base diameter and in other aspects comply with Table 703.3.1.

 

 

407.4.8 Car Position Indicators. Audible and visible car position indicators shall be provided in elevator cars.

 

4.10.13 Car Position Indicators. In elevator cars, a visual car position indicator shall be provided above the car control panel or over the door to show the position of the elevator in the hoistway. As the car passes or stops at a floor served by the elevators, the corresponding numerals shall illuminate, and an audible signal shall sound. Numerals shall be a minimum of 1/2 in (13 mm) high. The audible signal shall be no less than 20 decibels with a frequency no higher than 1500 Hz. An automatic verbal announcement of the floor number at which a car stops or which a car passes may be substituted for the audible signal. 

 

120-3-20-.21 (13) Car Position Indicators. In elevator cars, a visual car position indicator shall be provided above the car control panel or over the door to show the position of the elevator in the hoist way. As the car passes or stops at a floor served by the elevators, the corresponding numerals shall illuminate, and an audible signal shall sound.  Numerals shall be a minimum of ½ inch (13 mm) high. The audible signal shall be no less than 20 decibels with a frequency no higher than 1500 Hz.  An automatic verbal announcement of the floor number at which a car stops or which a car passes may be substituted for the audible signal.

 

Note: A special button may be provided that would activate the audible signal within the given elevator only for the desired trip, rather than maintaining the audible signal in constant operation.

 

 

407.4.8.1 Visible Indicators. Visible indicators shall comply with 407.4.8.1.

 

 

407.4.8.1.1 Size. Characters shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm) high minimum.

 

 

407.4.8.1.2 Location. Indicators shall be located above the car control panel or above the door.

 

 

407.4.8.1.3 Floor Arrival. As the car passes a floor and when a car stops at a floor served by the elevator, the corresponding character shall illuminate.

EXCEPTION: Destination-oriented elevators shall not be required to comply with 407.4.8.1.3 provided that the visible indicators extinguish when the call has been answered.

 

 

407.4.8.1.4 Destination Indicator. In destination-oriented elevators, a display shall be provided in the car with visible indicators to show car destinations.

 

 

407.4.8.2 Audible Indicators. Audible indicators shall comply with 407.4.8.2.

 

 

407.4.8.2.1 Signal Type. The signal shall be an automatic verbal annunciator which announces the floor at which the car is about to stop.

EXCEPTION: For elevators other than destination-oriented elevators that have a rated speed of 200 feet per minute (1 m/s) or less, a non-verbal audible signal with a frequency of 1500 Hz maximum which sounds as the car passes or is about to stop at a floor served by the elevator shall be permitted.

 

 

The 2010 Standards require verbal annunciators to announce floors, except where an elevator has a rated speed of less than 200 feet per minute.

 

407.4.8.2.2 Signal Level. The verbal annunciator shall be 10 dB minimum above ambient, but shall not exceed 80 dB, measured at the annunciator.

 

 

 

 

407.4.8.2.3 Frequency. The verbal annunciator shall have a frequency of 300 Hz minimum to 3000 Hz maximum.

 

 

 

 

407.4.9 Emergency Communication. Emergency two-way communication systems shall comply with 308. Tactile symbols and characters shall be provided adjacent to the device and shall comply with 703.2.

 

4.10.14 Emergency Communications. If provided, emergency two-way communication systems between the elevator and a point outside the hoistway shall comply with ASME A17.1-1990. The highest operable part of a two-way communication system shall be a maximum of 48 in (1220 mm) from the floor of the car. It shall be identified by a raised symbol and lettering complying with 4.30 and located adjacent to the device. If the system uses a handset then the length of the cord from the panel to the handset shall be at least 29 in (735 mm). If the system is located in a closed compartment the compartment door hardware shall conform to 4.27, Controls and Operating Mechanisms. The emergency intercommunication system shall not require voice communication

120-3-20-.21 (14) Emergency Communications. If provided, emergency two-way communication systems between the elevator and a point outside the hoist way shall comply with ASME A17.1 - 1990. The highest operable part of a two-way communication system shall be a maximum of 48 inches(1220 mm) from the floor of the car. It shall be identified by a raised symbol and lettering complying with 120-3-20-.41 and located adjacent to the device. If the system uses a handset then the length of the cord from the panel to the handset shall be at least 29 inches (735 mm). If the system is located in a closed compartment, the compartment door hardware shall conform to rule 120-3-20-.38, Controls and Operating Mechanisms. The emergency intercommunication system shall not require voice communication.

 

Note: A device that requires no handset is easier to use by people who have difficulty reaching. Also, small handles on handset compartment doors are not usable by people who have difficulty grasping. 

 

Ideally, emergency two-way communication systems should provide both voice and visual display intercommunication so that persons with hearing impairments and persons with vision impairments can receive information regarding the status of a rescue. A voice intercommunication system cannot be the only means of communication because it is not accessible to people with speech and hearing impairments. While a voice intercommunication system is not required, at a minimum, the system should provide both an audio and visual indication that a rescue is on the way.

 

 

 

 

408 Limited-Use/Limited-Application Elevators

 

 

 

LULAÕs are not referenced in the 1994 Standards or the Georgia Accessibility Code.

 

408.1 General. Limited-use/limited-application elevators shall comply with 408 and with ASME A17.1 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). They shall be passenger elevators as classified by ASME A17.1. Elevator operation shall be automatic.

 

 

 

 

 

408.2 Elevator Landings. Landings serving limited-use/limited-application elevators shall comply with 408.2.

 

 

 

 

 

408.2.1 Call Buttons. Elevator call buttons and keypads shall comply with 407.2.1.

 

 

 

 

 

408.2.2 Hall Signals. Hall signals shall comply with 407.2.2.

 

 

 

 

 

408.2.3 Hoistway Signs. Signs at elevator hoistways shall comply with 407.2.3.1.

 

 

 

 

 

408.3 Elevator Doors. Elevator hoistway doors shall comply with 408.3.

 

 

 

 

 

408.3.1 Sliding Doors. Sliding hoistway and car doors shall comply with 407.3.1 through 407.3.3 and 408.4.1.

 

 

 

 

 

408.3.2 Swinging Doors. Swinging hoistway doors shall open and close automatically and shall comply with 404, 407.3.2 and 408.3.2.

 

 

 

 

 

408.3.2.1 Power Operation. Swinging doors shall be power-operated and shall comply with ANSI/BHMA A156.19 (1997 or 2002 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1).

 

 

 

 

 

408.3.2.2 Duration. Power-operated swinging doors shall remain open for 20 seconds minimum when activated.

 

 

 

 

 

408.4 Elevator Cars. Elevator cars shall comply with 408.4.

 

 

 

 

 

408.4.1 Car Dimensions and Doors. Elevator cars shall provide a clear width 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum and a clear depth 54 inches (1370 mm) minimum. Car doors shall be positioned at the narrow ends of cars and shall provide 32 inches (815 mm) minimum clear width.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Cars that provide a clear width 51 inches (1295 mm) minimum shall be permitted to provide a clear depth 51 inches (1295 mm) minimum provided that car doors provide a clear opening 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum.

2. Existing elevator cars shall be permitted to provide a clear width 36 inches (915 mm) minimum, clear depth 54 inches (1370 mm) minimum, and a net clear platform area 15 square feet (1.4 m2) minimum.

 

 

 

 

408.4.2 Floor Surfaces. Floor surfaces in elevator cars shall comply with 302 and 303.

 

 

 

 

 

408.4.3 Platform to Hoistway Clearance. The platform to hoistway clearance shall comply with 407.4.3.

 

 

 

 

 

408.4.4 Leveling. Elevator car leveling shall comply with 407.4.4.

 

 

 

 

 

408.4.5 Illumination. Elevator car illumination shall comply with 407.4.5.

 

 

 

 

 

408.4.6 Car Controls. Elevator car controls shall comply with 407.4.6. Control panels shall be centered on a side wall.

 

 

 

 

 

408.4.7 Designations and Indicators of Car Controls. Designations and indicators of car controls shall comply with 407.4.7.

 

 

 

 

 

408.4.8 Emergency Communications. Car emergency signaling devices complying with 407.4.9 shall be provided.

 

 

 

 

 

409 Private Residence Elevators

 

 

 

 

 

409.1 General. Private residence elevators that are provided within a residential dwelling unit required to provide mobility features complying with 809.2 through 809.4 shall comply with 409 and with ASME A17.1 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). They shall be passenger elevators as classified by ASME A17.1. Elevator operation shall be automatic.

 

 

 

 

 

409.2 Call Buttons. Call buttons shall be 3/4 inch (19 mm) minimum in the smallest dimension and shall comply with 309.

 

 

 

 

 

409.3 Elevator Doors. Hoistway doors, car doors, and car gates shall comply with 409.3 and 404.

EXCEPTION: Doors shall not be required to comply with the maneuvering clearance requirements in 404.2.4.1 for approaches to the push side of swinging doors.

 

 

 

 

 

409.3.1 Power Operation. Elevator car and hoistway doors and gates shall be power operated and shall comply with ANSI/BHMA A156.19 (1997 or 2002 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). Power operated doors and gates shall remain open for 20 seconds minimum when activated.

EXCEPTION: In elevator cars with more than one opening, hoistway doors and gates shall be permitted to be of the manual-open, self-close type.

 

 

 

 

 

409.3.2 Location. Elevator car doors or gates shall be positioned at the narrow end of the clear floor spaces required by 409.4.1.

 

 

 

 

 

409.4 Elevator Cars. Private residence elevator cars shall comply with 409.4.

 

 

 

 

 

409.4.1 Inside Dimensions of Elevator Cars. Elevator cars shall provide a clear floor space of 36 inches (915 mm) minimum by 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum and shall comply with 305.

 

 

 

 

 

409.4.2 Floor Surfaces. Floor surfaces in elevator cars shall comply with 302 and 303.

 

 

 

 

 

409.4.3 Platform to Hoistway Clearance. The clearance between the car platform and the edge of any landing sill shall be 1 1/2 inch (38 mm) maximum.

 

 

 

 

 

409.4.4 Leveling. Each car shall automatically stop at a floor landing within a tolerance of 1/2 inch (13 mm) under rated loading to zero loading conditions.

 

 

 

 

 

409.4.5 Illumination Levels. Elevator car illumination shall comply with 407.4.5.

 

 

 

 

 

409.4.6 Car Controls. Elevator car control buttons shall comply with 409.4.6, 309.3, 309.4, and shall be raised or flush.

 

 

 

 

 

409.4.6.1 Size. Control buttons shall be 3/4 inch (19 mm) minimum in their smallest dimension.

 

 

 

 

 

409.4.6.2 Location. Control panels shall be on a side wall, 12 inches (305 mm) minimum from any adjacent wall.

 

 

 

 

 

409.4.7 Emergency Communications. Emergency two-way communication systems shall comply with 409.4.7.

 

 

 

 

 

409.4.7.1 Type. A telephone and emergency signal device shall be provided in the car.

 

 

 

 

 

409.4.7.2 Operable Parts. The telephone and emergency signaling device shall comply with 309.3 and 309.4.

 

 

 

 

 

409.4.7.3 Compartment. If the telephone or device is in a closed compartment, the compartment door hardware shall comply with 309.

 

 

 

 

 

409.4.7.4 Cord. The telephone cord shall be 29 inches (735 mm) long minimum.

 

 

 

 

 

410 Platform Lifts

 

4.11 Platform Lifts (Wheelchair Lifts).

 

120-3-20-.22 Platform Lifts (Wheelchair Lifts).

 

 

 

410.1 General. Platform lifts shall comply with ASME A18.1 (1999 edition or 2003 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). Platform lifts shall not be attendant-operated and shall provide unassisted entry and exit from the lift.

4.11.1 Location. Platform lifts (wheelchair lifts) permitted by 4.1 shall comply with the requirements of 4.11.

 

(1) Location. Platform lifts (wheelchair lifts) permitted by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with the requirements of rule 120-3-20-.22.

The 2010 Standards specifically prohibit attendant operated lifts, while the 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code merely indicate they shall facilitate unassisted entry, operation and exit.

 

Note this section in the 1994 Standards does not prohibit keyed operation of a lift.  In fact, the referenced ASME A17.1 requires all lifts to be key operated.  The ASME A18.1 standard referenced by the 2010 Standard does not require keyed operation.

4.11.2 Other Requirements. If platform lifts (wheelchair lifts) are used, they shall comply with 4.2.4, 4.5, 4.27, and ASME A17.1 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, Section XX, 1990.

 

 

 

 

4.11.3 Entrance. If platform lifts are used then they shall facilitate unassisted entry, operation, and exit from the lift in compliance with 4.11.2.

 

120-3-20-.22 (2) Other Requirements. If platform lifts (wheelchair lifts) are used, they shall comply with rules 120-3-20-13(4), 120-3-20-.16(5), 120-3-20-.38(7), and ASME A17.1 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, Section XX, 1990.

 

Note: Inclined stairway chair lifts, and inclined and vertical platform lifts (wheelchair lifts) are available for taken in selecting lifts as some lifts are not equally suitable for use by both wheelchair users and semi-ambulatory individuals.

 

(3) Entrance. If platform lifts are used then they shall facilitate unassisted entry, operation, and exit from the lift in compliance with rule 120-3-20-.22(2).

410.2 Floor Surfaces. Floor surfaces in platform lifts shall comply with 302 and 303.

 

 

410.3 Clear Floor Space. Clear floor space in platform lifts shall comply with 305.

 

 

410.4 Platform to Runway Clearance. The clearance between the platform sill and the edge of any runway landing shall be 1 inch (32 mm) maximum.

 

 

 

 

 

410.5 Operable Parts. Controls for platform lifts shall comply with 309.

 

See 4.11.2

 

 

 

410.6 Doors and Gates. Platform lifts shall have low-energy power-operated doors or gates complying with 404.3. Doors shall remain open for 20 seconds minimum. End doors and gates shall provide a clear width 32 inches (815 mm) minimum. Side doors and gates shall provide a clear width 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum.

EXCEPTION: Platform lifts serving two landings maximum and having doors or gates on opposite sides shall be permitted to have self-closing manual doors or gates.

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER 5: GENERAL SITE AND BUILDING ELEMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

501 General

 

 

 

 

 

501.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 5 shall apply where required by Chapter 2 or where referenced by a requirement in this document.

 

 

 

 

 

502 Parking Spaces

 

4.6 Parking and Passenger Loading Zones.

 

120-3-20-.17 Parking and Passenger Loading Zones.

 

 

 

 

4.6.1 Minimum Number. Parking spaces required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.6.2 through 4.6.5. Passenger loading zones required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.6.5 and 4.6.6.

 

 (1) Minimum Number. Parking spaces required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.07 shall comply with rules 120-3-20-.17(2) through 120-3-20-.17(5). Passenger loading zones required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.07 shall comply with rules 120-3-20-.17(5) and 120-3-20-.17(6).

 

 

 

502.1 General. Car and van parking spaces shall comply with 502. Where parking spaces are marked with lines, width measurements of parking spaces and access aisles shall be made from the centerline of the markings.

EXCEPTION: Where parking spaces or access aisles are not adjacent to another parking space or access aisle, measurements shall be permitted to include the full width of the line defining the parking space or access aisle.

 

 

 

 

 

 

502.2 Vehicle Spaces. Car parking spaces shall be 96 inches (2440 mm) wide minimum and van parking spaces shall be 132 inches (3350 mm) wide minimum, shall be marked to define the width, and shall have an adjacent access aisle complying with 502.3.

EXCEPTION: Van parking spaces shall be permitted to be 96 inches (2440 mm) wide minimum where the access aisle is 96 inches (2440 mm) wide minimum.

4.6.3 Parking Spaces. Accessible parking spaces shall be at least 96 in (2440 mm) wide. Parking access aisles shall be part of an accessible route to the building or facility entrance and shall comply with 4.3. Two accessible parking spaces may share a common access aisle (see Fig. 9). Parked vehicle overhangs shall not reduce the clear width of an accessible route. Parking spaces and access aisles shall be level with surface slopes not exceeding 1:50 (2%) in all directions. 

 

4.1.2(5)(b) EXCEPTION: Provision of all required parking spaces in conformance with "Universal Parking Design" (see appendix A4.6.3) is permitted.

 

A4.6.3 Parking Spaces. . . . Universal Parking Space Design. . . . Under this design, all accessible spaces are 132 in (3350 mm) wide with a 60 in (1525 mm) access aisle (see Fig. A5(b)).

 

NOTE: Figure 9 indicates the access aisle shall be a minimum of 60 inches (1525 mm) wide for cars or a minimum of 96 inches (2440 mm) wide for vans. The accessible route connected to the access aisle at the front of the parking spaces shall be a minimum of 36 inches (915 mm).

 

120-3-20-.17 (3) Parking Spaces. Accessible parking spaces shall be at least 96 inches (2440 mm) wide. Parking access aisles shall be part of an accessible route to the building or facility entrance and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.14. Two accessible parking spaces may share a common access aisle (see Fig.9). Parked vehicle overhangs shall not reduce the clear width of an accessible route. Parking spaces and access aisles shall be level with surface slopes not exceeding 1:50 (2%) in all directions.

 

Note: The increasing use of vans with side-mounted lifts or ramps by persons with disabilities has necessitated some revisions in specifications for parking spaces and adjacent access aisles. The typical accessible parking space is 96 inches (2440 mm) wide with an adjacent 60 inches (1525 mm) access aisle. However, this aisle does not permit lifts or ramps to be deployed and still leave room for a person using a wheelchair or other mobility aid to exit the lift platform or ramp. In tests conducted with actual lift/van/wheelchair combinations, (under a Board-sponsored Accessible Parking and Loading Zones Project) researchers found that a space and aisle totaling almost 204 inches (5180 mm) wide was needed to deploy a lift and exit conveniently. The "van accessible" parking space required by these rules provides a 96 inches (2440 mm) wide space with a 96 inches (2440 mm) adjacent access aisle which is just wide enough to maneuver and exit from a side mounted lift.  If a 96 inches (2440 mm) access aisle is placed between two spaces, two "van accessible" spaces are created.

,

 

An essential consideration for any design is having the access aisle level with the parking space. Since a person with a disability, using a lift or ramp, must maneuver within the access aisle, the aisle cannot include a ramp or sloped area. The access aisle must be connected to an accessible route to the appropriate accessible entrance of a building or facility.  The parking access aisle must either blend with the accessible route or have a curb ramp complying with rule 120-3-20-.18.  Such a curb ramp opening must be located within the access aisle boundaries, not within the parking space boundaries.  Unfortunately, many facilities are designed with a ramp that is blocked when any vehicle parks in the accessible space. Also, the required dimensions of the access aisle cannot be restricted by planters, curbs or wheel stops.

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code specify a constant 96 inch wide parking space and widen the access aisles for van parking spaces. The 2010 Standards specify a constant 60 inch minimum access aisle on all accessible parking spaces (see below) and widen their van parking spaces (similar to the ÒUniversal Parking Space DesignÓ in the 1994 StandardsÕ appendix). The 2010 Standards maintain the 60 inch access aisle because experience has shown that the 96 inch wide van access aisles specified in the 1994 Standards are often mistaken for or misused as additional accessible parking spaces.

 

502.3 Access Aisle. Access aisles serving parking spaces shall comply with 502.3. Access aisles shall adjoin an accessible route. Two parking spaces shall be permitted to share a common access aisle.

 

 

 

 

502.3.1 Width. Access aisles serving car and van parking spaces shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum.

 

4.1.2(5)(a) Except as provided in (b), access aisles adjacent to accessible spaces shall be 60 in (1525 mm) wide minimum.

 

120-3-20-.07 (e)(1)Except as provided in (b), access aisles adjacent to accessible spaces shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum.

 

 

502.3.2 Length. Access aisles shall extend the full length of the parking spaces they serve.

 

 

 

 

 

502.3.3 Marking. Access aisles shall be marked so as to discourage parking in them.

 

 

 

 

502.3.4 Location. Access aisles shall not overlap the vehicular way. Access aisles shall be permitted to be placed on either side of the parking space except for angled van parking spaces which shall have access aisles located on the passenger side of the parking spaces.

 

 

 

 

502.4 Floor or Ground Surfaces. Parking spaces and access aisles serving them shall comply with 302. Access aisles shall be at the same level as the parking spaces they serve. Changes in level are not permitted.

EXCEPTION: Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted.

4.6.3 Parking Spaces. Accessible parking spaces shall be at least 96 in (2440 mm) wide. Parking access aisles shall be part of an accessible route to the building or facility entrance and shall comply with 4.3. Two accessible parking spaces may share a common access aisle (see Fig. 9). Parked vehicle overhangs shall not reduce the clear width of an accessible route. Parking spaces and access aisles shall be level with surface slopes not exceeding 1:50 (2%) in all directions.

120-3-20-.17 (3) Parking Spaces. Accessible parking spaces shall be at least 96 inches (2440 mm) wide. Parking access aisles shall be part of an accessible route to the building or facility entrance and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.14. Two accessible parking spaces may share a common access aisle (see Fig.9). Parked vehicle overhangs shall not reduce the clear width of an accessible route. Parking spaces and access aisles shall be level with surface slopes not exceeding 1:50 (2%) in all directions.

 

 

 

502.5 Vertical Clearance. Parking spaces for vans and access aisles and vehicular routes serving them shall provide a vertical clearance of 98 inches (2490 mm) minimum.

4.6.5 Vertical Clearance. Provide minimum vertical clearance of 114 in (2895 mm) at accessible passenger loading zones and along at least one vehicle access route to such areas from site entrance(s) and exit(s). At parking spaces complying with 4.1.2(5)(b), provide minimum vertical clearance of 98 in (2490 mm) at the parking space and along at least one vehicle access route to such spaces from site entrance(s) and exit(s). 

 

120-3-20-.17 (5) Vertical Clearance. Provide minimum vertical clearance of 114 inches (2895 mm) at accessible passenger loading zones and along at least one vehicle access route to such areas from site entrance(s) and exit(s).  At parking spaces complying with rule 120-3-20-.07(e)(2), provide minimum vertical clearance of 98 inches (2490 mm) at the parking space and along at least one vehicle access route to such spaces from site entrance(s) and exit(s).

 

Note: High-top vans, which disabled people or transportation services often use, require higher clearances in parking garages than automobiles.

 

 

 

502.6 Identification. Parking space identification signs shall include the International Symbol of Accessibility complying with 703.7.2.1. Signs identifying van parking spaces shall contain the designation "van accessible." Signs shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground surface measured to the bottom of the sign.

4.6.4 Signage. Accessible parking spaces shall be designated as reserved by a sign showing the symbol of accessibility (see 4.30.7). Spaces complying with 4.1.2(5)(b) shall have an additional sign "Van-Accessible" mounted below the symbol of accessibility. Such signs shall be located so they cannot be obscured by a vehicle parked in the space. 

 

120-3-20-.17 (4) Signage. Accessible parking spaces shall be designated as reserved by a sign complying with 120-3-20.41(7) and the following:

 

O.C.G.A. 40-6-221

Provide a blue metal reflective sign which is at least 12" inches width and 18" inches length and is erected at 60" from ground to bottom of the sign in such a manner that it will not be obscured by a vehicle parked in the space and bearing the international symbol for accessibility. The warning required in this subparagraph shall be centered on the sign, printed in white, and shall occupy not less than 75 % of the sign.

 

Spaces complying with rule 120-3-20-.07(e)(2) shall have an additional sign stating "Van-Accessible" mounted below the symbol of accessibility.  Such signs shall be located so they cannot be obscured by a vehicle parked in the space.  The bottom of signs for accessible autos parking spaces hall be at least 60 inches above grade and 84 inches for accessible van parking spaces.

 

Note: Signs designating parking places for disabled people can be seen from a driver's seat if the signs are mounted high enough above the ground and located at the front of a parking space.

 

The 2010 Standards specify that signs be located 60 inches minimum above the floor or ground.

 

502.7 Relationship to Accessible Routes. Parking spaces and access aisles shall be designed so that cars and vans, when parked, cannot obstruct the required clear width of adjacent accessible routes.

4.6.3 Parking Spaces. Accessible parking spaces shall be at least 96 in (2440 mm) wide. Parking access aisles shall be part of an accessible route to the building or facility entrance and shall comply with 4.3. Two accessible parking spaces may share a common access aisle (see Fig. 9). Parked vehicle overhangs shall not reduce the clear width of an accessible route. Parking spaces and access aisles shall be level with surface slopes not exceeding 1:50 (2%) in all directions.

120-3-20-.17 (3) Parking Spaces. Accessible parking spaces shall be at least 96 inches (2440 mm) wide. Parking access aisles shall be part of an accessible route to the building or facility entrance and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.14. Two accessible parking spaces may share a common access aisle (see Fig.9). Parked vehicle overhangs shall not reduce the clear width of an accessible route. Parking spaces and access aisles shall be level with surface slopes not exceeding 1:50 (2%) in all directions.

 

 

 

503 Passenger Loading Zones

 

4.6.6 Passenger Loading Zones. Passenger loading zones shall provide an access aisle at least 60 in (1525 mm) wide and 20 ft (240 in) (6100 mm) long adjacent and parallel to the vehicle pull-up space (see Fig. 10). If there are curbs between the access aisle and the vehicle pull-up space, then a curb ramp complying with 4.7 shall be provided. Vehicle standing spaces and access aisles shall be level with surface slopes not exceeding 1:50 (2%) in all directions.

 

NOTE:  Figure 10 indicates an access aisle is required at a passenger loading zone which is 240 inches (6100 mm) minimum, measured parallel to the vehicle pull-up area, and 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum, measured perpendicular to the vehicle area. This aisle must be clear of obstructions and at the same level as the vehicle area.

 

 

 

120-3-20-.17 (6) Passenger Loading Zones. Passenger loading zones shall provide an access aisle at least 60 inches (1525 mm) wide and 20 feet (240 inches)(6100 mm) long adjacent and parallel to the vehicle pull-up space (see Fig. 10). If there are curbs between the access aisle and the vehicle pull-up space, then a curb ramp complying with rule 120-3-20-.18 shall be provided. Vehicle standing spaces and access aisles shall be level with surface slopes not exceeding 1:50 (2%) all directions.

 

 

503.1 General. Passenger loading zones shall comply with 503.

 

 

503.2 Vehicle Pull-Up Space. Passenger loading zones shall provide a vehicular pull-up space 96 inches (2440 mm) wide minimum and 20 feet (6100 mm) long minimum.

 

 

503.3 Access Aisle. Passenger loading zones shall provide access aisles complying with 503 adjacent to the vehicle pull-up space. Access aisles shall adjoin an accessible route and shall not overlap the vehicular way.

 

503.3.1 Width. Access aisles serving vehicle pull-up spaces shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum.

 

 

 

503.3.2 Length. Access aisles shall extend the full length of the vehicle pull-up spaces they serve.

 

 

The 2010 Standards require that access aisles extend the full length of the vehicle pull-up spaces they serve; 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code specify a length of 20 feet minimum.

 

503.3.3 Marking. Access aisles shall be marked so as to discourage parking in them.

 

503.4 Floor and Ground Surfaces. Vehicle pull-up spaces and access aisles serving them shall comply with 302. Access aisles shall be at the same level as the vehicle pull-up space they serve. Changes in level are not permitted.

EXCEPTION: Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted.

 

 

 

 

503.5 Vertical Clearance. Vehicle pull-up spaces, access aisles serving them, and a vehicular route from an entrance to the passenger loading zone, and from the passenger loading zone to a vehicular exit shall provide a vertical clearance of 114 inches (2895 mm) minimum.

 

 

 

 

504 Stairways

 

4.9 Stairs.

 

120-3-20-.20 Stairs.

 

 

 

504.1 General. Stairs shall comply with 504.

 

4.9.1 Minimum Number. Stairs required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.9. 

 

 (1) Minimum Number. Stairs required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.20.

 

Note: Only interior and exterior stairs connecting levels that are not connected by an elevator, ramp, or other accessible means of vertical access have to comply with rule 120-3-20-.20.

 

 

504.2 Treads and Risers. All steps on a flight of stairs shall have uniform riser heights and uniform tread depths. Risers shall be 4 inches (100 mm) high minimum and 7 inches (180 mm) high maximum. Treads shall be 11 inches (280 mm) deep minimum.

 

4.9.2 Treads and Risers. On any given flight of stairs, all steps shall have uniform riser heights and uniform tread widths. Stair treads shall be no less than 11 in (280 mm) wide, measured from riser to riser (see Fig. 18(a)). Open risers are not permitted.

120-3-20-.20 (2) Treads and Risers. On any given flight of stairs, all steps shall have uniform riser heights and uniform tread widths. Stair treads shall be no less than 11 inches (280 mm) wide, measured from riser to riser (see Fig. 18(a)).  Open risers are not permitted.

 

504.3 Open Risers. Open risers are not permitted.

 

See 4.9.2

 

 

 

504.4 Tread Surface. Stair treads shall comply with 302. Changes in level are not permitted.

EXCEPTION: Treads shall be permitted to have a slope not steeper than 1:48.

4.5.1* General. Ground and floor surfaces along accessible routes and in accessible rooms and spaces including floors, walks, ramps, stairs, and curb ramps, shall be stable, firm, slip-resistant, and shall comply with 4.5.

 

 

 

504.5 Nosings. The radius of curvature at the leading edge of the tread shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm) maximum. Nosings that project beyond risers shall have the underside of the leading edge curved or beveled. Risers shall be permitted to slope under the tread at an angle of 30 degrees maximum from vertical. The permitted projection of the nosing shall extend 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) maximum over the tread below.

4.9.3 Nosings. The undersides of nosings shall not be abrupt. The radius of curvature at the leading edge of the tread shall be no greater than 1/2 in (13 mm). Risers shall be sloped or the underside of the nosing shall have an angle not less than 60 degrees from the horizontal. Nosings shall project no more than 1-1/2 in (38 mm) (see Fig. 18).

 

120-3-20-.20 (3) Nosing. The underside of nosing shall not be abrupt. The radius of curvature at the leading edge of the tread shall be no greater than ½ inch (13 mm).  Risers shall be sloped or the underside of the nosing shall have an angle not less than 60 degrees from the horizontal. Nosing shall project no more than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) (see Fig. 18(a)).

 

 

504.6 Handrails. Stairs shall have handrails complying with 505.

 

4.9.4 Handrails. Stairways shall have handrails at both sides of all stairs. Handrails shall comply with 4.26 and shall have the following features:

  (1) Handrails shall be continuous along both sides of stairs.  The inside handrail on switchback or dogleg stairs shall always be continuous (see Fig. 19(a) and (b)).

  (2) If handrails are not continuous, they shall extend at least 12 in (305 mm) beyond the top riser and at least 12 in (305 mm) plus the width of one tread beyond the bottom riser.  At the top, the extension shall be parallel with the floor or ground surface.  At the bottom, the handrail shall continue to slope for a distance of the width of one tread from the bottom riser; the remainder of the extension shall be horizontal (see Fig. 19(c) and (d)).  Handrail extensions shall comply with 4.4.

  (3) The clear space between handrails and wall shall be 1‑1/2 in (38 mm).

  (4) Gripping surfaces shall be uninterrupted by newel posts, other construction elements, or obstructions.

  (5) Top of handrail gripping surface shall be mounted between 34 in and 38 in (865 mm and 965 mm) above stair nosing.

  (6) Ends of handrails shall be either rounded or returned smoothly to floor, wall or post.

  (7) Handrails shall not rotate within their fittings.

120-3-20-.20 (4) Handrails. Stairways shall have handrails at both sides of all stairs. Handrails shall comply with 120-3-20-.37 and shall have the following features:

 

(a) Handrails shall be continuous along both sides of stairs. The inside handrail on switchback or dogleg stairs shall always be continuous (see Fig. 19(a) and (b)).

 

(b) If handrails are not continuous, they shall extend at 12 inches (305 mm) minimum beyond the top riser and at least 12 inches (305 mm) plus the width of one tread beyond the bottom riser. At the top, the extension shall be parallel with the floor or ground surface. At the bottom, the handrail shall continue to slope for a distance of the width of one tread from the bottom riser; the remainder of the extension shall be horizontal (see Fig. 19 (c)). Handrail extensions shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.15.

 

(c) The clear space between the handrail and the wall shall be 1 ½ inches (38 mm).

 

(d) Gripping surfaces shall be continuous, without interruption by newel posts, other construction elements, or obstructions.

 

(e) Handrails shall have a circular cross section with an outside diameter of 1 ¼ inches (32 mm) minimum and 1 ½ inches (51 mm) maximum.

 

(f) Handrails, and any wall or other surfaces adjacent to them, shall be free of any sharp or abrasive elements. Edges shall have 1/8 inches (3.2 mm) minimum radius.

 

(g) Top of handrail gripping surfaces shall be mounted between 34 inches and 38 inches (865 mm and 965 mm) above stair nosing.

 

(h) Ends of handrails shall be either rounded or returned smoothly to floor, wall, or post.

 

(i) Handrails shall not rotate within their fittings.

 

(j) The design of guards and handrails and the hardware for attaching handrails to guards, balusters, or walls shall be such that there are no projections that may engage loose clothing. Openings in guards shall be designed to prevent loose clothing from becoming wedged in such openings.

 

 

 

504.7 Wet Conditions. Stair treads and landings subject to wet conditions shall be designed to prevent the accumulation of water.

 

4.9.6 Outdoor Conditions. Outdoor stairs and their approaches shall be designed so that water will not accumulate on walking surfaces.

 

 

 

 

4.9.5 Detectable Warnings at Stairs. (Reserved).

 

120-3-20-.20 (5) Detectable Warnings at Stairs.

(1) General. Detectable warning shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.40(4).

 

(2) Detectable Warning at Stairs. All stairs, except those in dwelling units, in enclosed stair towers, or set to side of the path of travel shall have a detectable warning at the top of the each stair run. (See Fig.41)

 

 

505 Handrails

 

 

 

 

 

505.1 General. Handrails provided along walking surfaces complying with 403, required at ramps complying with 405, and required at stairs complying with 504 shall comply with 505.

 

 

The 2010 Standards regulate handrails along walking surfaces (e.g., in a hospital or nursing room corridor). 

 

505.2 Where Required. Handrails shall be provided on both sides of stairs and ramps.

EXCEPTION: In assembly areas, handrails shall not be required on both sides of aisle ramps where a handrail is provided at either side or within the aisle width.

 

4.8.5 Handrails. If a ramp run has a rise greater than 6 in (150 mm) or a horizontal projection greater than 72 in (1830 mm), then it shall have handrails on both sides. Handrails are not required on curb ramps or adjacent to seating in assembly areas. Handrails shall comply with 4.26 and shall have the following features:

(1) Handrails shall be provided along both sides of ramp segments. The inside handrail on switchback or dogleg ramps shall always be continuous.

4.9.4 Handrails. Stairways shall have handrails at both sides of all stairs. Handrails shall comply with 4.26 and shall have the following features:

(1) Handrails shall be continuous along both sides of stairs. The inside handrail on switchback or dogleg stairs shall always be continuous (see Fig. 19(a) and (b)).

 

 

 

120-3-20-.19 (5) Handrails. If a ramp run has a rise greater than 6 inches (150 mm) or a horizontal projection greater than 72 inches (1830 mm), then it shall have handrails on both sides. Handrails are not required on curb ramps or adjacent to seating in assembly areas. Handrails shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.37 and shall have the following features:

(a) Handrails shall be provided along both sides of ramp segments. The inside handrail on switchback or dogleg ramps shall always be continuous.

 

 

 

 

120-3-20-.20 (4) Handrails. Stairways shall have handrails at both sides of all stairs. Handrails shall comply with 120-3-20-.37 and shall have the following features:

 

(a) Handrails shall be continuous along both sides of stairs. The inside handrail on switchback or dogleg stairs shall always be continuous (see Fig. 19(a) and (b)).

 

 

505.3 Continuity. Handrails shall be continuous within the full length of each stair flight or ramp run. Inside handrails on switchback or dogleg stairs and ramps shall be continuous between flights or runs.

EXCEPTION: In assembly areas, handrails on ramps shall not be required to be continuous in aisles serving seating.

 

 

 

 

 

505.4 Height. Top of gripping surfaces of handrails shall be 34 inches (865 mm) minimum and 38 inches (965 mm) maximum vertically above walking surfaces, stair nosings, and ramp surfaces. Handrails shall be at a consistent height above walking surfaces, stair nosings, and ramp surfaces.

4.9.4(5) Top of [stair] handrail gripping surface shall be mounted between 34 in and 38 in (865 mm and 965 mm) above stair nosings.

4.8.5(5) Top of [ramp] handrail gripping surfaces shall be mounted between 34 in and 38 in (865 mm and 965 mm) above ramp surfaces.

 

120-3-20-.20 (4) (g) Top of handrail gripping surfaces shall be mounted between 34 inches and 38 inches (865 mm and 965 mm) above ramp surfaces.

 

 

 

 

 

120-3-20-.19 (5) (g) Top of handrail gripping surfaces shall be mounted between 34 inches and 38 inches (865 mm and 965 mm) above stair nosing.

 

 

505.5 Clearance. Clearance between handrail gripping surfaces and adjacent surfaces shall be 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum.

 

4.8.5(3) The clear space between the [ramp] handrail and the wall shall be 1 - 1/2 in (38 mm).

 

4.9.4(3) The clear space between [stair] handrails and wall shall be 1-1/2 in (38 mm).

 

120-3-20-.19 (5)(c) The clear space between the handrail and the wall shall be 1 ½ inches (38 mm).

 

The 1994 Standards require a 1 ½ inch absolute spacing between the handrails and the wall.  They assume a wall exists, which is often not the case.  The 2010 Standards specify a minimum 1 ½ inch clearance between a handrail and an adjacent surface.

 

 

 

120-3-20-.20 (4) (c) The clear space between the handrail and the wall shall be 1 ½ inches (38 mm).

 

 

 

 

505.6 Gripping Surface. Handrail gripping surfaces shall be continuous along their length and shall not be obstructed along their tops or sides. The bottoms of handrail gripping surfaces shall not be obstructed for more than 20 percent of their length. Where provided, horizontal projections shall occur 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum below the bottom of the handrail gripping surface.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Where handrails are provided along walking surfaces with slopes not steeper than 1:20, the bottoms of handrail gripping surfaces shall be permitted to be obstructed along their entire length where they are integral to crash rails or bumper guards.

2. The distance between horizontal projections and the bottom of the gripping surface shall be permitted to be reduced by 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) for each 1/2 inch (13 mm) of additional handrail perimeter dimension that exceeds 4 inches (100 mm).

 

4.8.5(4) Gripping surfaces shall be continuous [ramp].

4.9.4(4) Gripping surfaces shall be uninterrupted by newel posts, other construction elements, or obstructions [stairs].

 

120-3-20-.19 (5)(d) Gripping surfaces shall be continuous, without interruption by newel posts, other construction elements, or obstructions.

 

 

505.7 Cross Section. Handrail gripping surfaces shall have a cross section complying with 505.7.1 or 505.7.2.

 

4.26.2 Size and Spacing of Grab Bars and Handrails. The diameter or width of the gripping surfaces of a handrail or grab bar shall be 1-1/4 in to 1-1/2 in (32 mm to 38 mm), or the shape shall provide an equivalent gripping surface. If handrails or grab bars are mounted adjacent to a wall, the space between the wall and the grab bar shall be 1-1/2 in (38 mm) (see Fig. 39(a), (b), (c), and (e)). Handrails may be located in a recess if the recess is a maximum of 3 in (75 mm) deep and extends at least 18 in (455 mm) above the top of the rail (see Fig. 39(d)). 

 

120-3-20-.37 (2) Size and Spacing of Grab Bars and Handrails.  The diameter or width of the gripping surfaces of a handrail or grab bar shall be 1-1/4 inches to 1-1/2 inches (32 mm to 38 mm), or the shape shall provide an equivalent gripping surface.  If handrails or grab bars are mounted adjacent to a wall, the space between the wall and the grab bar shall be 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) (see Fig. 39(a), (b), and (c)).   Handrails may be located in a recess if the recess is a maximum of 3 inches (75 mm) deep and extends at least 18 inches (455 mm) above the top of the rail (see Fig. 39(c)).

 

Note:  This specification allows for alternate shapes of handrails as long as they allow an opposing grip similar to that provided by a circular section of 1-1/4 inches to 1-1/2 inches (32 mm to 38 mm).

 

 

 

 

505.7.1 Circular Cross Section. Handrail gripping surfaces with a circular cross section shall have an outside diameter of 1 1/4 inches (32 mm) minimum and 2 inches (51 mm) maximum.

 

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code specify a 1 ½ inch maximum diameter on handrails with a circular cross section.  The 2010 Standards specify a 2 inch maximum diameter, based on research that indicates this is a more graspable surface, even for children.

 

 

505.7.2 Non-Circular Cross Sections. Handrail gripping surfaces with a non-circular cross section shall have a perimeter dimension of 4 inches (100 mm) minimum and 6 1/4 inches (160 mm) maximum, and a cross-section dimension of 2 1/4 inches (57 mm) maximum.

 

The 2010 Standards have dimensional requirements for handrails with non-circular cross sections.  The 1994 Standards allow for an equivalent gripping surface.

 

505.8 Surfaces. Handrail gripping surfaces and any surfaces adjacent to them shall be free of sharp or abrasive elements and shall have rounded edges.

 

 

 

 

505.9 Fittings. Handrails shall not rotate within their fittings.

 

4.8.5(7) [Ramp] Handrails shall not rotate within their fittings. 

 

4.9.4(7) [Stair] Handrails shall not rotate within their fittings. 

120-3-20-.19(5) (i) Handrails shall not rotate within their fittings.

 

120-3-20-.20 (4)(i) Handrails shall not rotate within their fittings.

 

 

 

505.10 Handrail Extensions. Handrail gripping surfaces shall extend beyond and in the same direction of stair flights and ramp runs in accordance with 505.10.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Extensions shall not be required for continuous handrails at the inside turn of switchback or dogleg stairs and ramps.

2. In assembly areas, extensions shall not be required for ramp handrails in aisles serving seating where the handrails are discontinuous to provide access to seating and to permit crossovers within aisles.

 

 

 

3. In alterations, full extensions of handrails shall not be required where such extensions would be hazardous due to plan configuration

4.1.6(3)(b) Stairs: Full extension of handrails at stairs shall not be required in alterations where such extensions would be hazardous or impossible due to plan configuration.

 

120-3-20-.11 (3) Special Technical Provisions for Alterations to Existing Buildings and Facilities:

 (b) Stairs: Full extension of handrails at stairs shall not be required in alterations where such extensions would be hazardous or impossible due to plan configuration.

 

 

505.10.1 Top and Bottom Extension at Ramps. Ramp handrails shall extend horizontally above the landing for 12 inches (305 mm) minimum beyond the top and bottom of ramp runs. Extensions shall return to a wall, guard, or the landing surface, or shall be continuous to the handrail of an adjacent ramp run.

 

4.8.5(2) If handrails are not continuous, they shall extend at least 12 in (305 mm) beyond the top and bottom of the ramp segment and shall be parallel with the floor or ground surface (see Fig. 17).

4.8.5(6) Ends of [ramp] handrails shall be either rounded or returned smoothly to floor, wall, or post.

NOTE: Figure 17 shows front and side elevations of ramps that provide handrail extensions at the top and bottom that are 12 inches long minimum.  The handrails are located between 34 and 38 inches high, measured from the ramp surface.  Where a second rail is provided below the handrail, it is less than 27 inches high as measured from the ramp surface.  The clear dimension between handrails is shown to me 36 inches minimum.

 

The figure also illustrates four forms of edge protection:  2 inch minimum curbs along both sides of the ramp; walls along both sides of the ramp; rail balustrades; and a ramp surface that extends 12 inches minimum in width beyond both railings.

 

120-3-20-.19 (5)(b) If handrails are not continuous, they shall extend at least 12 inches (305 mm) beyond the top and bottom of the ramp segment and shall be parallel with the floor or ground surface (see Fig. 17).

 

120-3-20-.19 (5) (h) Ends of handrails shall be either rounded or returned smoothly to floor, wall, or post

 

 

505.10.2 Top Extension at Stairs. At the top of a stair flight, handrails shall extend horizontally above the landing for 12 inches (305 mm) minimum beginning directly above the first riser nosing. Extensions shall return to a wall, guard, or the landing surface, or shall be continuous to the handrail of an adjacent stair flight.

4.9.4(2) If handrails are not continuous, they shall extend at least 12 in (305 mm) beyond the top riser and at least 12 in (305 mm) plus the width of one tread beyond the bottom riser. At the top, the extension shall be parallel with the floor or ground surface. At the bottom, the handrail shall continue to slope for a distance of the width of one tread from the bottom riser; the remainder of the extension shall be horizontal (see Fig. 19(c) and (d)). Handrail extensions shall comply with 4.4.

4.9.4(6) Ends of [stair] handrails shall be either rounded or returned smoothly to floor, wall or post.

 

120-3-20-.20 (4)(b) If handrails are not continuous, they shall extend at 12 inches (305 mm) minimum beyond the top riser and at least 12 inches (305 mm) plus the width of one tread beyond the bottom riser. At the top, the extension shall be parallel with the floor or ground surface. At the bottom, the handrail shall continue to slope for a distance of the width of one tread from the bottom riser; the remainder of the extension shall be horizontal (see Fig. 19 (c)). Handrail extensions shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.15.

 

(h) Ends of handrails shall be either rounded or returned smoothly to floor, wall, or post.

 

 

 

 

 

505.10.3 Bottom Extension at Stairs. At the bottom of a stair flight, handrails shall extend at the slope of the stair flight for a horizontal distance at least equal to one tread depth beyond the last riser nosing. Extension shall return to a wall, guard, or the landing surface, or shall be continuous to the handrail of an adjacent stair flight.

 

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require an additional horizontal extension at the bottom of the ramp, beyond the sloped extension required by all three documents.  Research has indicated this additional horizontal projection is not used.

 

 

 

120-3-20-.53(4) Handrails at Ramps and Stairs [Children].

(a) General. In addition to the handrails required by rule 120-3-20-.19 and rule 120-3-20-.20, a second set of handrails shall be provided complying with rule 120-3-20-.19(5) or rule 120-3-20-.20(4) and rule 120-3-20-.37, except as modified by the following provisions.

 

 

 

 

 

(b) Height. The top of handrail gripping surfaces shall be mounted between 20 inches and 28 inches (510 mm and 710 mm) above ramp surfaces or stair nosing.

 

 

 

 

 

(b) Size. The gripping surfaces of handrails shall have a diameter or width of 1 inch to 1-1/4 inches (25 mm to 30 mm), or the shape shall provide an equivalent gripping surface.

 

 

 

 

4.12 Windows.

4.12.1 General. (Reserved). 

 

4.12.2 Window Hardware. (Reserved). 

 

120-3-20-.23 Windows.

 

(1) General. Windows intended to be operated by occupants in accessible spaces shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.23.

 

(2) Window Hardware. Windows requiring pushing, pulling, or lifting to open (for example, double-hung, sliding, or casement and awning units without cranks) shall require no more than 5 lbf (22.2 N) to open or close. Locks, cranks, and other window hardware should comply with rule 120-3-20-.38.

 

 

 

CHAPTER 6: PLUMBING ELEMENTS AND FACILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

601 General

 

 

 

 

 

601.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 6 shall apply where required by Chapter 2 or where referenced by a requirement in this document.

 

 

 

 

 

602 Drinking Fountains

 

4.15 Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers.

 

120-3-20-.26 Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers.

 

 

 

602.1 General. Drinking fountains shall comply with 307 and 602.

 

4.15.1Minimum Number. Drinking fountains or water coolers required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.15.

 

(1) Minimum Number. Drinking fountains or water coolers required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.26.

 

 

602.2 Clear Floor Space. Units shall have a clear floor or ground space complying with 305 positioned for a forward approach and centered on the unit. Knee and toe clearance complying with 306 shall be provided.

EXCEPTION: A parallel approach complying with 305 shall be permitted at units for children's use where the spout is 30 inches (760 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground and is 3 1/2 inches (90 mm) maximum from the front edge of the unit, including bumpers.

 

4.15.5 Clearances.

(1) Wall- and post-mounted cantilevered units shall have a clear knee space between the bottom of the apron and the floor or ground at least 27 in (685 mm) high, 30 in (760 mm) wide, and 17 in to 19 in (430 mm to 485 mm) deep (see Fig. 27(a) and (b)). Such units shall also have a minimum clear floor space 30 in by 48 in (760 mm by 1220 mm) to allow a person in a wheelchair to approach the unit facing forward.

 

See also Appendix 4.15.5

 

(2) Free-standing or built-in units not having a clear space under them shall have a clear floor space at least 30 in by 48 in (760 mm by 1220 mm) that allows a person in a wheelchair to make a parallel approach to the unit (see Fig. 27(c) and (d)). This clear floor space shall comply with 4.2.4.

 

NOTE:  Figure 27(a) indicates that, in addition to clearances discussed in the text, the following knee clearance is required underneath the fountain: 27 inches (685 mm) minimum from the floor to the underside of the fountain which extends 8 inches (205 mm) minimum measured from the front edge underneath the fountain back towards the wall; if a minimum 9 inches (230 mm) of toe clearance is provided, a maximum of 6 inches (150 mm) of the 48 inches (1220 mm) of clear floor space required at the fixture may extend into the toe space. (4.15.2, 4.15.5)

 

Figure 27(b) show a 48 inch (1220 mm) minimum by 30 inch (760 mm) minimum clear floor space is required for a forward approach to a wall-mounted fountain. If the wall-mounted fountain is in an alcove, the minimum width of the alcove is 30 inches (760 mm) and the depth is 24 inches (610 mm) maximum.

Figure 27(c) illustrates a free-standing fountain or cooler. A 48 inch (1220 mm) minimum by 30 inch (760 mm) minimum clear floor space is required for a side approach (long side parallel to the front of the fountain or cooler).

Figure 27(d) shows a built-in fountain or cooler. A 48 inch (1220 mm) minimum by 30 inch (760 mm) minimum clear floor space is required for a side approach (long side parallel to the front of the fountain or cooler). The recess for the fountain is not to exceed the fountain depth.

 

120-3-20-.26 (5) Clearances.

 

(a) Wall mounted and post mounted cantilevered units shall have a clear knee space between the bottom of the apron and the floor or ground at least 27 inches (685 mm) high, 30 inches (760 mm) wide, and 17 inches to 19 inches (430 mm to 485 mm) deep (see Fig. 27(a) and (b)). Such units shall also have a minimum clear floor space 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) to allow a person in a wheelchair to approach the unit facing forward.

 

 

(b) Free standing or built-in units not having a clear space under them shall have a clear floor space at least 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) that allows a person in a wheelchair to make a parallel approach to the unit (see Fig. 27(c) and (d)). This clear floor space shall comply with 120-3-20-.13(4).

 

 

Figure 27 Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers.

  27(a)  Spout Height and Knee Clearance.  The 27 in (685 mm) high minimum clear knee space must be free of equipment or obstructions for a minimum of 8 in (205 mm) extending from the front edge of the fountain back toward the wall.  In addition, a minimum 9 in (230 mm) high toe clearance space must be provided extending back toward the wall to a distance no more than 6 in (150 mm) from the back wall.  The toe clearance space must be free of equipment or obstructions.

 

 

602.3 Operable Parts. Operable parts shall comply with 309.

4.15.4 Controls. Controls shall comply with 4.27.4. Unit controls shall be front mounted or side mounted near the front edge.

 

120-3-20-.26 (4) Controls. Controls shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38(4). Unit controls shall be front mounted or side mounted near the front edge.

 

 

602.4 Spout Height. Spout outlets shall be 36 inches (915 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground.

 

4.15.2 Spout Height. Spouts shall be no higher than 36 in (915 mm), measured from the floor or ground surfaces to the spout outlet (see Fig. 27(a)). 

 

(2) Spout Height. Spouts shall be no higher than 36 inches (915 mm), measured from the floor or ground surfaces to the spout outlet (see Fig. 27(a)).

 

Note: Two drinking fountains mounted side by side or on a single post, are usable by people with disabilities and people who find it difficult to bend over.

 

 

 

602.5 Spout Location. The spout shall be located 15 inches (380 mm) minimum from the vertical support and 5 inches (125 mm) maximum from the front edge of the unit, including bumpers.

4.15.3 Spout Location. The spouts of drinking fountains and water coolers shall be at the front of the unit and shall direct the water flow in a trajectory that is parallel or nearly parallel to the front of the unit. The spout shall provide a flow of water at least 4 in (100 mm) high so as to allow the insertion of a cup or glass under the flow of water. On an accessible drinking fountain with a round or oval bowl, the spout must be positioned so the flow of water is within 3 in (75 mm) of the front edge of the fountain.

 

(3) Spout Location. The spouts of drinking fountains and water coolers shall be at the front of the unit and shall direct the water flow in a trajectory that is parallel or nearly parallel to the front of the unit. The spout shall provide a flow of water at least 4 inches (100 mm) high so as to allow the insertion of a cup or glass under the flow of water. On an accessible drinking fountain with a round or oval bowl, the spout must be positioned so the flow of water is within 3 inches (75 mm) of the front edge of the fountain.

 

 

602.6 Water Flow. The spout shall provide a flow of water 4 inches (100 mm) high minimum and shall be located 5 inches (125 mm) maximum from the front of the unit. The angle of the water stream shall be measured horizontally relative to the front face of the unit. Where spouts are located less than 3 inches (75 mm) of the front of the unit, the angle of the water stream shall be 30 degrees maximum. Where spouts are located between 3 inches (75 mm) and 5 inches (125 mm) maximum from the front of the unit, the angle of the water stream shall be 15 degrees maximum.

 

 

602.7 Drinking Fountains for Standing Persons. Spout outlets of drinking fountains for standing persons shall be 38 inches (965 mm) minimum and 43 inches (1090 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground.

 

 

 

Note the technical requirements for drinking fountains for standing persons in the 2010 Standards.

 

 

 

120-3-20-.53 (5) Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers [Children].

(a) General. Drinking fountains or water coolers required to be wheelchair accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with rule 120-3-20- .26, except as modified by rule 120-3-20-.53(5). The requirements in rule 120-3-20-.26(2) and rule 120-3-20-.26(5) are modified by the following provisions.

 

 

 

 

 

(b) Spout Height. Spouts shall be no higher than 30 inches (760 mm), measured from the floor or ground surface to the spout outlet.

 

 

 

 

 

(c) Clearances. Wall-mounted and post-mounted cantilevered units shall have a clear knee space between the bottom of the apron and the floor or ground at least 24 inches (610 mm) high and 8 inches (205 mm) deep, measured from the leading edge of the fountain. Clear toe space shall be 12 inches (305 mm) high minimum, measured from the finish floor. Such units shall also have a minimum clear floor space 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) to allow a forward approach to the unit. The clear floor space may extend a maximum of 14 inches (305 mm) underneath the fountain.

 

 

 

603 Toilet and Bathing Rooms

 

4.22 Toilet Rooms.

 

120-3-20-.33 Toilet Rooms. 

 

 

4.23 Bathrooms, Bathing Facilities, and Shower Rooms.

 

120-3-20-.34 Bathrooms, Bathing Facilities, and Shower Rooms. 

 

 

603.1 General. Toilet and bathing rooms shall comply with 603.

 

4.22.1 Minimum Number. Toilet facilities required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.22. Accessible toilet rooms shall be on an accessible route.

 120-3-20-.33 (1) Minimum Number [Toilet Rooms].  Toilet facilities required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.33.  Accessible toilet rooms shall be on an accessible route. 

 

 (1) Minimum Number [Bathrooms, Bathing Facilities, and Shower Rooms].  Bathrooms, bathing facilities, or shower rooms required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.08 shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.34 and shall be on an accessible route.  

 

 

4.23.1 Minimum Number. Bathrooms, bathing facilities, or shower rooms required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.23 and shall be on an accessible route.

 

 

603.2 Clearances. Clearances shall comply with 603.2.

 

4.22.3 Clear Floor Space [Toilet Rooms]. The accessible fixtures and controls required in 4.22.4, 4.22.5, 4.22.6, and 4.22.7 shall be on an accessible route. An unobstructed turning space complying with 4.2.3 shall be provided within an accessible toilet room. The clear floor space at fixtures and controls, the accessible route, and the turning space may overlap. 

 

120-3-20-.33 3) Clear Floor Space [Toilet Rooms].  The accessible fixtures and controls required in rules 120-3-20-33(4), 120-3-20-.33(5), 120-3-20-.33(6), and 120-3-20-.33(7) shall be on an accessible route.  An unobstructed turning space complying with rule 120-3-20-.13(3) shall be provided within an accessible toilet room. The clear floor space at fixtures and controls, the accessible route, and the turning space may overlap. 

 

Note:  In many small facilities, single-user rest rooms may be the only facilities provided for all building users.  In addition, the rules allow the use of ÒunisexÓ or ÒfamilyÓ accessible toilet rooms in alterations when technical infeasibility can be demonstrated.  Experience has shown that the provision of accessible ÒunisexÓ or single-user rest rooms is a reasonable way to provide access for wheel chair users and any attendants, especially when attendants are of the opposite sex.  Since these facilities have proven so useful, it is often considered advantageous to install a ÒunisexÓ toilet room in new facilities in addition to making the multi-stall rest rooms accessible, especially in shopping malls, large auditoriums, and convention centers.

 

 

 

 

603.2.1 Turning Space. Turning space complying with 304 shall be provided within the room.

 

 

603.2.2 Overlap. Required clear floor spaces, clearance at fixtures, and turning space shall be permitted to overlap.

 

 

 

 

 

Figure 28 (section rule 120-3-20-.27) provides minimum clear floor space dimensions for toilets in accessible ÒunisexÓ toilet rooms.  The dotted lines designate the minimum clear floor space, depending on the direction of approach, required for wheelchair users to transfer onto the water closet.  The dimensions of 48 inches (1220 mm) and 60 inches (1525 mm), respectively, correspond to the space required for the two common transfer approaches utilized by wheelchair users (see Fig. A6).  It is important to keep in mind that the placement of the lavatory to the immediate side of the water closet will preclude the side approach transfer illustrated in Figure A6(b).  To accommodate the side transfer, the space adjacent to the water closet must remain clear of obstruction of 42 inches (1065 mm) from the centerline of the toilet (Figure 28) and the lavatory must not be located within this clear space.  A turning circle or T-turn, the clear floor space at the lavatory, and maneuvering space at the door must be considered when determining the possible wall locations.  A privacy latch or other accessible means of ensuring privacy during use should be provided at the door.

 

 

 

 

 

 

RECOMMENDATIONS:

1.  In new construction, accessible single-user rest rooms may be desirable in some situations because they can accommodate a wide variety of building users.  However, they cannot be used in lieu of making the multi-stall toilet rooms accessible as required.

 

2.  Where strict compliance to the rules for accessible toilet facilities is technically infeasible in the alteration of existing facilities, accessible ÒunisexÓ toilets are a reasonable alternative.

3.  In designing accessible single-user rest rooms, the provisions of adequate space to allow a side transfer will provide accommodation to the largest number of wheelchair users.

 

 

 

 

4.23.3 Clear Floor Space [Bathrooms, Bathing Facilities, and Shower Rooms]. The accessible fixtures and controls required in 4.23.4, 4.23.5, 4.23.6, 4.23.7, 4.23.8, and 4.23.9 shall be on an accessible route. An unobstructed turning space complying with 4.2.3 shall be provided within an accessible bathroom. The clear floor spaces at fixtures and controls, the accessible route, and the turning space may overlap. 

 

120-3-20-.34 (3) Clear Floor Space.  The accessible fixtures and controls required in rules 120-3-20-.34(4), 120-3-20-.34(5), 120-3-20-.34(6), 120-3-20-.34(7), 120-3-20-.34(8), and 120-3-20-.34(9) shall be on an accessible route.  An unobstructed turning space complying with rule 120-3-20-.13(3) shall be provided within an accessible bathroom. The clear floor spaces at fixtures and controls, the accessible route, and the turning space may overlap.

 

Note:  Figure A7 shows two possible configurations of a toilet room with a roll-in shower.  The specific shower shown is designed to fit exactly within the dimensions of a standard bathtub.  Since the shower does not have a lip, the floor space can be used for required maneuvering space.  This would permit a toilet room to be smaller than would be permitted with a bathtub and still provide enough floor space to be considered accessible.  This design can provide accessibility in facilities where space is at a premium (i.e., hotels and medical care facilities).  The alternate roll-in shower (Fig. 57b) also provides sufficient room for the ÒT-turnÓ and does not require plumbing to be on more than one wall.

 

 

 

 

 

120-3-20-.54 (5)(g) Clear Floor Space [Residential]. Clear floor space at fixtures shall be permitted to overlap.

 

603.2.3 Door Swing. Doors shall not swing into the clear floor space or clearance required for any fixture. Doors shall be permitted to swing into the required turning space.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Doors to a toilet room or bathing room for a single occupant accessed only through a private office and not for common use or public use shall be permitted to swing into the clear floor space or clearance provided the swing of the door can be reversed to comply with 603.2.3.

2. Where the toilet room or bathing room is for individual use and a clear floor space complying with 305.3 is provided within the room beyond the arc of the door swing, doors shall be permitted to swing into the clear floor space or clearance required for any fixture.

4.22.2 Doors [Toilet Rooms]. All doors to accessible toilet rooms shall comply with 4.13. Doors shall not swing into the clear floor space required for any fixture.

 

120-3-20-.33 (2) Doors [Toilet Rooms].  All doors to accessible toilet rooms shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.24.  Doors shall not swing into the clear floor space required for any fixture. 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code prohibit doors from swinging into the clear floor space of any fixture in all toilet and bathing facilities.  The 2010 Standards permit doors to swing into the clear floor spaces in certain private rooms where the door swing can be reversed.  The condition is also permitted in single use toilet or bathing facilities where a 30 inch by 48 inch clear floor space is provided clear of the arc of the door swing.  This permits someone in a wheelchair to be clear of the door as it is opening or closing.

4.23.2 Doors Space [Bathrooms, Bathing Facilities, and Shower Rooms]. Doors to accessible bathrooms shall comply with 4.13. Doors shall not swing into the floor space required for any fixture.

 

120-3-20-.34 (2) Doors Space [Bathrooms, Bathing Facilities, and Shower Rooms].  Doors to accessible bathrooms shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.24.  Doors shall not swing into the floor space required for any fixture.

120-3-20-.54 (4)(a) Doors [Residential Bathrooms].  Doors shall not swing into the clear floor space required for any fixture unless the toilet or bathroom is for individual use only, or a clear floor space complying with rule 120-3-20.4.1 is provided beyond the arc of the door swing within the room.

603.3 Mirrors. Mirrors located above lavatories or countertops shall be installed with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface 40 inches (1015 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Mirrors not located above lavatories or countertops shall be installed with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface 35 inches (890 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground.

4.22.6 Lavatories and Mirrors [Toilet Rooms]. If lavatories and mirrors are provided, then at least one of each shall comply with 4.19.

 

120-3-20-.33 6) Lavatories and Mirrors.  If lavatories and mirrors are provided, then at least one of each shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.30. 

The 2010 Standards specify that mirrors not located above lavatories, sinks or counters must have a reflecting surface 35 inches maximum above the floor.  This accommodates persons of short stature.

4.23.6 Lavatories and Mirrors Space [Bathrooms, Bathing Facilities, and Shower Rooms]. If lavatories and mirrors are provided, then at least one of each shall comply with 4.19.

 

120-3-20-.34 (6) Lavatories and Mirrors.  If lavatories and mirrors are provided, then at least one of each shall comply with rule 120-2-20-.30.  

4.19.6 Mirrors. Mirrors shall be mounted with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface no higher than 40 in (1015 mm) above the finish floor (see Fig. 31).  

 

120-3-20-.30 (6) Mirrors.  Mirrors shall be mounted with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface no higher than 40 inches (1015 mm) above the finish floor (see Fig. 31). 

 

Note:  If mirrors are to be used by both ambulatory people and wheelchair users, then they must be at least 74 inches (1880 mm) high at their topmost edge.  A single full length can accommodate all people, including children.

 

603.4 Coat Hooks and Shelves. Coat hooks shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in 308. Shelves shall be located 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor.

 

 

 

 

 

604 Water Closets and Toilet Compartments

 

4.16 Water Closets.

120-3-20-.27 Water Closets. 

 

 

4.17 Toilet Stalls.

120-3-20-.28 Toilet Stalls. 

 

 

604.1 General. Water closets and toilet compartments shall comply with 604.2 through 604.8.

EXCEPTION: Water closets and toilet compartments for children's use shall be permitted to comply with 604.9.

 

4.16.1 General. Accessible water closets shall comply with 4.16.2 through 4.16.6.

 

See also Appendix 4.16.1

120-3-20-.27 (1) General.  Accessible water closets shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.27.

The 2010 Standards include an exception for water closets and toilet compartments for childrenÕs use.

4.17.1 Location. Accessible toilet stalls shall be on an accessible route and shall meet the requirements of 4.17.2 through 4.17.6.

 

4.17.2 Water Closets. Water closets in accessible stalls shall comply with 4.16.

 

See also Appendix 4.17.1

 120-3-20-.28 (1) Location.  Accessible toilet stalls shall be on an accessible route and shall meet the requirements of rule 120-3-20-.28. 

120-3-20-.28 (2) Water Closets.  Water closets in accessible stalls shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.27. 

 

604.2 Location. The water closet shall be positioned with a wall or partition to the rear and to one side. The centerline of the water closet shall be 16 inches (405 mm) minimum to 18 inches (455 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition, except that the water closet shall be 17 inches (430 mm) minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition in the ambulatory accessible toilet compartment specified in 604.8.2. Water closets shall be arranged for a left-hand or right-hand approach.

4.16.2 Clear Floor Space. Clear floor space for water closets not in stalls shall comply with Fig. 28. Clear floor space may be arranged to allow either a left-handed or right-handed approach.

NOTE: Figure 28 shows that for a front transfer to the water closet, the minimum clear floor space at the water closet is a minimum 48 inches (1220 mm) in width by a minimum of 66 inches (1675 mm) in length. For a diagonal transfer to the water closet, the minimum clear floor space is a minimum of 48 inches (1220 mm) in width by a minimum of 56 inches (1420 mm) in length. For a side transfer to the water closet, the minimum clear floor space is a minimum of 60 inches (1525 mm) in width by a minimum of 56 inches (1420 mm) in length. The centerline of the water closet is 18 inches from the side wall.

 

 

 

120-3-20-.27 (2) Clear Floor Space.  Clear floor space for water closets not in stalls shall comply with Fig. 28.  Clear floor space may be arranged to allow either a left-handed or right-handed approach. 

 

Figure 28 Clear Floor Space at Water Closets.

  For a side or front approach, the water closet must be located along the back wall and the centerline of the water closet must be 18 in (455 mm) from the side wall with the side grab bar.

  For a front approach/transfer, there must be a clear floor space at the water closet that is a minimum 48 in (1220 mm) in width (parallel to the back wall) and a minimum of 66 in (1675 mm) in length.  If there is no stall, an accessible lavatory may overlap the clear floor space at the back wall as long as a minimum 18 in (455 mm) clearance is maintained between the centerline of the water closet and the nearest edge of the lavatory.

  For a side approach/transfer, there must be a clear floor space at the water closet that is a minimum of 48 in (1220 mm) in width (parallel to the back wall) and a minimum of 56 in (1420 mm) in length.  If there is no stall, an accessible lavatory may overlap the clear floor space at the back wall as along as a minimum 18 in (455 mm) clearance is maintained between the centerline of the water closet and the nearest edge of the lavatory.

  For a forward and side approach or for a lateral transfer, there must be a clear floor space at the water closet that is a minimum of 60 in (1525 mm) in width (parallel to the back wall) and a minimum of 56 in (1420 mm) in length.  There must be a clear floor space of 42 in (1066 mm) minimum from the centerline of the water closet to the nearest obstruction/wall.  A lavatory may not overlap this clear space.

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code specify an absolute dimension of 18 inches from the centerline of the water closet to the side wall.  The 2010 Standards specify a dimension of 16 to 18 inches, based on research done at Syracuse University.

 

 

 

604.3 Clearance. Clearances around water closets and in toilet compartments shall comply with 604.3.

 

 

 

604.3.1 Size. Clearance around a water closet shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum measured perpendicular from the side wall and 56 inches (1420 mm) minimum measured perpendicular from the rear wall.

 

 

The 1994 Standards specify different clearance dimensions based on the presumed approach to the water closet by someone in a wheelchair and whether a lavatory is located near the water closet.  The 2010 Standards specify a larger clearance around the water closet, prohibiting any element (including a lavatory) from encroaching to within 60 inches of the side wall.

 

 

604.3.2 Overlap. The required clearance around the water closet shall be permitted to overlap the water closet, associated grab bars, dispensers, sanitary napkin disposal units, coat hooks, shelves, accessible routes, clear floor space and clearances required at other fixtures, and the turning space. No other fixtures or obstructions shall be located within the required water closet clearance.

 

 

 

EXCEPTION: In residential dwelling units, a lavatory complying with 606 shall be permitted on the rear wall 18 inches (455 mm) minimum from the water closet centerline where the clearance at the water closet is 66 inches (1675 mm) minimum measured perpendicular from the rear wall.

120-3-20-.54 (4)(2) Water Closets [Residential].

(a) Clear floor space at the water closet shall be as shown in Fig. 47(a).  The water closet may be located with the clear area at either side of the water closet.

 

604.4 Seats. The seat height of a water closet above the finish floor shall be 17 inches (430 mm) minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum measured to the top of the seat. Seats shall not be sprung to return to a lifted position.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. A water closet in a toilet room for a single occupant accessed only through a private office and not for common use or public use shall not be required to comply with 604.4.

 

4.16.3 Height. The height of water closets shall be 17 in to 19 in (430 mm to 485 mm), measured to the top of the toilet seat (see Fig. 29(b)). Seats shall not be sprung to return to a lifted position. 

Note:  In Figure 29(b) the top of the seat of the water closet is 17 in to 19 in (430 mm to 485 mm). 

 

120-3-20-.27 (3) Height.  The height of water closets shall be 17 inches to 19 inches (430 mm to 485 mm), measured to the top of the toilet seat (see Fig. 29(b)).

 

Note:  Height preferences for toilet seats vary considerably among disabled people.  Higher seat heights may be an advantage to some ambulatory disabled people, but are often a disadvantage for wheelchair users and others.  Toilet seats 18 inches (455 mm) high seem to be a reasonable compromise.  Thick seats and filler rings are available to adapt standard fixtures to these requirements.

 

The 2010 Standards have exceptions for water closet seat heights in certain private toilet rooms.  This is permitted by the 1994 Standards as an ÒadaptableÓ feature.

 

 

2. In residential dwelling units, the height of water closets shall be permitted to be 15 inches (380 mm) minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum above the finish floor measured to the top of the seat.

 

120-3-20-.54 (4) (2)(b) [Residential] Water closet height shall be from 15 inches (380 mm) minimum to 19 inches (485 mm) maximum, measured from the floor to the top of the toilet seat.

 

604.5 Grab Bars. Grab bars for water closets shall comply with 609. Grab bars shall be provided on the side wall closest to the water closet and on the rear wall.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Grab bars shall not be required to be installed in a toilet room for a single occupant accessed only through a private office and not for common use or public use provided that reinforcement has been installed in walls and located so as to permit the installation of grab bars complying with 604.5.

 

 

 

 

2. In residential dwelling units, grab bars shall not be required to be installed in toilet or bathrooms provided that reinforcement has been installed in walls and located so as to permit the installation of grab bars complying with 604.5.

 

3. In detention or correction facilities, grab bars shall not be required to be installed in housing or holding cells that are specially designed without protrusions for purposes of suicide prevention.

4.16.4 Grab Bars. Grab bars for water closets not located in stalls shall comply with 4.26 and Fig. 29. The grab bar behind the water closet shall be 36 in (915 mm) minimum. 

 

120-3-20-.27 (4) Grab Bars.  Grab bars for water closets not located in stalls shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.37  and Fig. 29.  The grab bar behind the water closet shall be 36 inches (915 mm) minimum. 

 

Note:  Fig. A6(a) and (b) show the diagonal and side approaches most commonly used to transfer from a wheelchair to a water closet.  Some wheelchair users can transfer from the front of the toilet while others use a 90-degree approach.  Most people who use the two additional approaches can also use either the diagonal approach or the side approach.

 

120-3-20-.54 (4)(2)(c) [Residential] Grab bars shall be installed as shown in Fig. 29 and comply with rule 120-3-20-.37, or structural reinforcement or other provisions shall be made that will allow installation of grab bars in the locations shown in Fig 47(b).

 

The 2010 Standards have exceptions for water closet grab bars in certain private toilet rooms.  This is permitted by the 1994 Standards as an ÒadaptableÓ feature.

 

 

 

604.5.1 Side Wall. The side wall grab bar shall be 42 inches (1065 mm) long minimum, located 12 inches (305 mm) maximum from the rear wall and extending 54 inches (1370 mm) minimum from the rear wall.

Note:  In Figure 29(a) a 36 inches (915 mm) minimum length grab bar, mounted 33-36 inches (840-915 mm) above the finish floor, is required behind the water closet. The grab bar must extend at least 12 inches (305 mm) from the centerline of the water closet toward the side wall and at least 24 inches (610 mm) from the centerline of the water closet toward the open side.

In Figure 29(b) a 42 inch (1065 mm) minimum length grab bar is required to the side of the water closet spaced 12 inches (305 mm) maximum from the back wall and extending a minimum of 54 inches (1370 mm) from the back wall at a height between 33 and 36 inches (840-915 mm). The toilet paper dispenser shall be mounted at a minimum height of 19 inches (485 mm). (4.16.3, 4.16.4, 4.16.6)

Figure 29  Grab Bars at Water Closets.

  29(a) Back Wall.  A 36 in (915 mm) minimum length grab bar, mounted 33-36 in (840-915 mm) above the finish floor, is required behind the water closet.  The grab bar must extend at least 12 in (305) from the centerline of the water closet toward the side wall and at least 24 in (610 mm) from the centerline of the water closet toward the open side.

 

  29(b) Side Wall.  A 42 in (1065 mm) minimum length grab bar is required on the side wall, spaced a maximum of 12 in (305 mm) from the back wall and extending a minimum of 54 in (1370 mm) from the back wall at a height of 33-36 in (840-915 mm).

 

 

604.5.2 Rear Wall. The rear wall grab bar shall be 36 inches (915 mm) long minimum and extend from the centerline of the water closet 12 inches (305 mm) minimum on one side and 24 inches (610 mm) minimum on the other side.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. The rear grab bar shall be permitted to be 24 inches (610 mm) long minimum, centered on the water closet, where wall space does not permit a length of 36 inches (915 mm) minimum due to the location of a recessed fixture adjacent to the water closet.

2. Where an administrative authority requires flush controls for flush valves to be located in a position that conflicts with the location of the rear grab bar, then the rear grab bar shall be permitted to be split or shifted to the open side of the toilet area.

NOTE: In Figure 29(a) a 36 inch (915 mm) minimum length grab bar is required behind the water closet mounted at a height between 33 and 36 inches (840-915 mm). The grab bar must extend a minimum of 12 inches (305) beyond the center of the water closet toward the side wall and a minimum of 24 inches (610 mm) toward the open side for either a left or right side approach.

 

Figure 30(c) indicates the grab bar on the back wall shall be 36 inches minimum in length, extending from the wall toward the open side of the water closet, 33-36 inches above the finish floor.

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards permit a 24 inch minimum grab bar on the rear wall where a recessed fixture is located next to the water closet.  It also permits a rear grab bar to be split or offset where an administrative authority requires the flush control to be located in a position that conflicts with the grab bar placement. 

 

604.6 Flush Controls. Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic. Hand operated flush controls shall comply with 309. Flush controls shall be located on the open side of the water closet except in ambulatory accessible compartments complying with 604.8.2.

4.16.5 Flush Controls. Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic and shall comply with 4.27.4. Controls for flush valves shall be mounted on the wide side of toilet areas no more than 44 in (1120 mm) above the floor. 

 

120-3-20-.27 (5) Flush Controls.  Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic and shall comply with 120-3-20-.38(4).  Controls for flush valves shall be mounted on the wide side of toilet areas no more than 44 inches (1120 mm) above the floor.

 

Note:  Flush valves and related plumbing can be located behind walls or to the side of the toilet, or a toilet seat lid can be provided if plumbing fittings are directly behind the toilet seat.  Such designs reduce the chance of injury and imbalance cause by leaning back against the fittings.  Flush controls for tank-type toilets have a standardized mounting location on the left side of the tank (facing the tank).  Tanks can be obtained by special order with controls mounted on the right side.  If administrative authorities require flush controls for flush valves to be located in a position that conflicts with the location of the rear grab bar, then that bar may be split or shifted toward the wide side of the toilet area.

 

 

 

604.7 Dispensers. Toilet paper dispensers shall comply with 309.4 and shall be 7 inches (180 mm) minimum and 9 inches (230 mm) maximum in front of the water closet measured to the centerline of the dispenser. The outlet of the dispenser shall be 15 inches (380 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor and shall not be located behind grab bars. Dispensers shall not be of a type that controls delivery or that does not allow continuous paper flow.

4.16.6 Dispensers. Toilet paper dispensers shall be installed within reach, as shown in Fig. 29(b). Dispensers that control delivery, or that do not permit continuous paper flow, shall not be used.

NOTE:  In Figure 29(b) the toilet paper dispenser is required to be mounted at a minimum height of 19 inches (485 mm). (4.16.3, 4.16.4, 4.16.6)

 

120-3-20-.27 (6) Dispensers.  Toilet paper dispensers shall be installed within reach, as shown in Fig. 29(b).  Dispensers that control delivery, or that do not permit continuous paper flow, shall not be used.  

 

Fig. 29(b) . . .The toilet paper dispenser shall be mounted below the grab bar, at a minimum height of 19 in (485 mm).

 

(d) [Residential] The toilet paper dispenser shall be installed within reach in Fig. 47(b).

 

The 2010 Standards specify the distance between the toilet paper dispenser and the front of the water closet.

 

604.8 Toilet Compartments. Wheelchair accessible toilet compartments shall meet the requirements of 604.8.1 and 604.8.3. Compartments containing more than one plumbing fixture shall comply with 603. Ambulatory accessible compartments shall comply with 604.8.2 and 604.8.3.

 

 

 

 

 

604.8.1 Wheelchair Accessible Compartments. Wheelchair accessible compartments shall comply with 604.8.1.

 

 

 

 

604.8.1.1 Size. Wheelchair accessible compartments shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum measured perpendicular to the side wall, and 56 inches (1420 mm) deep minimum for wall hung water closets and 59 inches (1500 mm) deep minimum for floor mounted water closets measured perpendicular to the rear wall. Wheelchair accessible compartments for children's use shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum measured perpendicular to the side wall, and 59 inches (1500 mm) deep minimum for wall hung and floor mounted water closets measured perpendicular to the rear wall.

4.17.3 Size and Arrangement. The size and arrangement of the standard toilet stall shall comply with Fig. 30(a), Standard Stall. Standard toilet stalls with a minimum depth of 56 in (1420 mm) (see Fig. 30(a)) shall have wall-mounted water closets. If the depth of a standard toilet stall is increased at least 3 in (75 mm), then a floor-mounted water closet may be used. Arrangements shown for standard toilet stalls may be reversed to allow either a left- or right-hand approach. Additional stalls shall be provided in conformance with 4.22.4. 

EXCEPTION: In instances of alteration work where provision of a standard stall (Fig. 30(a)) is technically infeasible or where plumbing code requirements prevent combining existing stalls to provide space, either alternate stall (Fig. 30(b)) may be provided in lieu of the standard stall.

 

 

120-3-20-.28 (3) Size and Arrangement.  The size and arrangement of the standard toilet stall shall comply with Fig. 30(a), Standard Stall.  Standard toilet stalls with a minimum depth of 56 inches (1420 mm) (see Fig. 30(a)) shall have wall-mounted water closets.  If the depth of a standard toilet stall is increased at least 3 inches (75 mm), then a floor - mounted water closet may be used.  Arrangements shown for standard toilet stalls may be reversed to allow either a left- or right - hand approach.  Additional stalls shall be provided in conformance with rule 102-3-20-.33(4).

 

EXCEPTION: In instances of alteration work where provision of a standard stall (Fig. 30(a)) is technically infeasible or where plumbing code requirements prevent combining existing stalls to provide space, either alternate stall (Fig. 30(b)) may be provided in lieu of the standard stall.  

 

Note:  This section requires use of the 60 inches (1525 mm) standard stall (Figure 30(a)) and permits the 36 inches (915 mm) or 48 inches (1120 mm) wide alternate stall (Figure 30(b)) only in alterations where provision of the standard stall is technically infeasible or where local plumbing codes prohibit reduction in the number of fixtures.  A standard stall provides a clear space on one side of the water closet to enable persons who use wheelchairs to perform a side or diagonal transfer from the wheelchair to the water closet.  However, some persons with disabilities who use mobility aids such as walkers, canes or crutches are better able to use the two parallel grab bars in the 36 inches (915 ,,) wide alternate stall to achieve a standing position.

 

In large toilet rooms, where six or more toilet stalls are provided, it is therefore required that a 36 inches (915 mm) wide stall with parallel grab bars be provided in addition to the standard stall required in new construction.  The 36 inches (915 mm) width is necessary to achieve proper use of the grab bars; wider stalls would position the grab bars to far apart to be easily used and narrower stalls would position the grab bars too close to the water closet.  Since the stall is primarily intended for use by persons using canes, crutches and walkers, rather than wheelchairs, the length of the stall could be conventional.  The door, however, must swing outward to ensure a usable space for people who use crutches or walkers.

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code include specifications for smaller alternate stalls.  The 2010 Standards do not.

 

 

 

 

NOTE: In Figure 30(a), the location of the door is illustrated to be in front of the clear space (next to the water closet), with a maximum stile width of 4 inches (100 mm). An alternate door location is illustrated to be on the side of the toilet stall with a maximum stile width of 4 inches (100 mm). The minimum width of the standard stall shall be 60 inches (1525 mm). The centerline of the water closet shall be 18 inches (455 mm) from the side wall.

 

Figure 30(a-1) indicates that where a standard stall is provided at the end of a row of stalls, the door (if located on the side of the stall) may swing into to the stall, if the length of the stall is extended at least a minimum of 36 inches (915 mm) beyond the required minimum length.

 

In Figure 30(b), two alternate stalls are illustrated; one alternate stall is required to be 36 inches (915 mm) in width. The other alternate stall is required to be a minimum of 48 inches (1220 mm) in width. If a wall mounted water closet is used, the depth of the stall is required to be a minimum of 66 inches (1675 mm). If a floor mounted water closet is used, the depth of the stall is required to be a minimum of 69 inches (1745 mm). The 36 inch wide stall shall have parallel grab bars on the side walls. The 48 inch minimum stall shall have a grab bar behind the water closet and one on the side wall next to the water closet. In each alternate, the centerline of the water closet is 18 inches (455 mm) from a side wall.

 

Figure 30  Toilet Stalls.

  30(a)  Standard Stall.  The minimum width of the stall is 60 in (1525 mm).  The centerline of the water closet is 18 in (455 mm) from the side wall.  The location of the door is in front of the clear space and diagonal to the water closet, with a maximum stile width of 4 in (100 mm).  An alternate door location is permitted to be on the adjacent side of the stall also diagonal to the water closet with a maximum stile width of 4 in (100 mm).  The minimum width of the standard stall shall be 60 in (1525 mm).  If a wall mounted water closet is used, the depth of the stall is required to be a minimum of 56 in (1420 mm).  If a floor mounted water closet is used, the depth of the stall is required to be a minimum of 59 in (1500 mm).  A grab bar at least 36 in (965 mm) long shall be located behind the water closet, with one end no further than 6 in (150 mm) from the inside corner of the stall.  Another grab bar shall extend at least 52 in (1320 mm) along the side wall, with one end no more than 12 in (305 mm) from the back wall.

  30(a-1)  Standard Stall (end of row).  If a standard stall is provided at the end of a row of stalls, and if the length of the stall is extended at least a minimum of 36 in (915 mm) beyond the required minimum length, the door (if located on the side of the stall) may swing into the stall.  Two grab bars are located in the rear and the side of the water closet.

 

 

 

 

Figure 30

  30(b)  Alternate Stalls.  Two alternate stalls are permitted; one alternate stall is required to be 36 in (915 mm) wide.  The other alternate stall is required to be a minimum of 48 in (1220 mm) wide.  In either alternate stall, if a wall mounted water closet is used, the depth of the stall is required to be a minimum of 66 in (1675 mm).  If a floor mounted water closet is used, the depth of the stall is required to be a minimum of 69 in (1745 mm).  The 36 in (915 mm) wide stall shall have parallel grab bars on the side walls.  The 48 in (1220 mm) minimum stall shall have a grab bar behind the water closet and one on the side wall next to the water closet.  Grab bars are mounted 33-36 in (840-915 mm) above the finish floor.  In both alternate stalls, the centerline of the water closet is 18 in (455 mm) from a side wall.  In both alternate stalls, the grab bars along the sides of the water closets shall extend at least 54 in (1370 mm) from the back wall and shall have one end no further than 12 in (305 mm) from the back wall.

  30(c)  Rear Wall of Standard Stall.  Grab bars located behind the water closet shall be at least 36 in (915 mm) in length.  All grab bars shall be located 33-36 in (840-915 mm) above the finish floor.

  30(d)  Side Walls.  Side grab bars shall be located 33-36 in (840-915 mm) above the finish floor and shall be no more than 12 in (305 mm) from the rear wall.  Grab bars shall be at least 40 in (1015 mm) long or at least 42 in (1065 mm) long for alternate stalls.  Water closet seat heights shall be between 17 in (430 mm) and 19 in (485 mm).  Toilet paper dispensers shall be below the grab bar and at least 19 in (485 mm) above the floor and no further than 36 in (915 mm) from the rear wall.

 

 

 

604.8.1.2 Doors. Toilet compartment doors, including door hardware, shall comply with 404 except that if the approach is to the latch side of the compartment door, clearance between the door side of the compartment and any obstruction shall be 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum. Doors shall be located in the front partition or in the side wall or partition farthest from the water closet. Where located in the front partition, the door opening shall be 4 inches (100 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition farthest from the water closet. Where located in the side wall or partition, the door opening shall be 4 inches (100 mm) maximum from the front partition. The door shall be self-closing. A door pull complying with 404.2.7 shall be placed on both sides of the door near the latch. Toilet compartment doors shall not swing into the minimum required compartment area.

4.17.5 Doors. Toilet stall doors, including door hardware, shall comply with 4.13. If toilet stall approach is from the latch side of the stall door, clearance between the door side of the stall and any obstruction may be reduced to a minimum of 42 in (1065 mm) (Fig. 30). 

 

120-3-20-.28 (5) Doors.  Toilet stall doors, including door hardware, shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.24.  If toilet stall approach is from the latch side of the stall door, clearance between the door side of the stall and any obstruction may be reduced to a minimum of 42 inches (1065 mm) (Fig. 30).

 

Note:  To make it easier for wheelchair users to close toilet stall doors, doors can be provided with closer, spring hinges, or a pull bar mounted on the inside surface of the door near the hinge side.

 

 

604.8.1.3 Approach. Compartments shall be arranged for left-hand or right-hand approach to the water closet.

 

See 4.17.3

 

 

 

604.8.1.4 Toe Clearance. The front partition and at least one side partition shall provide a toe clearance of 9 inches (230 mm) minimum above the finish floor and 6 inches (150 mm) deep minimum beyond the compartment-side face of the partition, exclusive of partition support members. Compartments for children's use shall provide a toe clearance of 12 inches (305 mm) minimum above the finish floor.

EXCEPTION: Toe clearance at the front partition is not required in a compartment greater than 62 inches (1575 mm) deep with a wall-hung water closet or 65 inches (1650 mm) deep with a floor-mounted water closet. Toe clearance at the side partition is not required in a compartment greater than 66 inches (1675 mm) wide. Toe clearance at the front partition is not required in a compartment for children's use that is greater than 65 inches (1650 mm) deep.

4.17.4 Toe Clearances. In standard stalls, the front partition and at least one side partition shall provide a toe clearance of at least 9 in (230 mm) above the floor. If the depth of the stall is greater than 60 in (1525 mm), then the toe clearance is not required.

 

120-3-20-.28 (4) Toe Clearances.  In standard stalls, the front partition and at least one side partition shall provide a toe clearance of at least 9 inches (230 mm) above the floor.  If the depth of the stall is greater than 60 inches (1525 mm), then the toe clearance is not required. 

 

 

604.8.1.5 Grab Bars. Grab bars shall comply with 609. A side-wall grab bar complying with 604.5.1 shall be provided and shall be located on the wall closest to the water closet. In addition, a rear-wall grab bar complying with 604.5.2 shall be provided.

 

4.17.6 Grab Bars. Grab bars complying with the length and positioning shown in Fig. 30(a), (b), (c), and (d) shall be provided. Grab bars may be mounted with any desired method as long as they have a gripping surface at the locations shown and do not obstruct the required clear floor area. Grab bars shall comply with 4.26.

NOTE: Figure 30(c) indicates grab bars located behind the water closet shall be at least 36 inches (915 mm) in length. One end of the grab bar is shown near the corner of the stall closest to the water closet. Figure 30(a) shows this end 6 inches (150 mm) maximum from the corner. All grab bars shall be located 33-36 inches (840-915 mm) above the finish floor.

 

120-3-20-.28 (6) Grab Bars.  Grab bars complying with the length and positioning shown in Fig. 30(a), (b), (c), and (d) shall be provided.  Grab bars may be mounted with any desired method as long as they have a gripping surface at the locations shown and do not obstruct the required clear floor area.  Grab bars shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.37. 

 

 

604.8.2 Ambulatory Accessible Compartments. Ambulatory accessible compartments shall comply with 604.8.2.

 

 

 

 

604.8.2.1 Size. Ambulatory accessible compartments shall have a depth of 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum and a width of 35 inches (890 mm) minimum and 37 inches (940 mm) maximum.

 

4.22.4 Water Closets. If toilet stalls are provided, then at least one shall be a standard toilet stall complying with 4.17; where 6 or more stalls are provided, in addition to the stall complying with 4.17.3, at least one stall 36 in (915 mm) wide with an outward swinging, self-closing door and parallel grab bars complying with Fig. 30(d) and 4.26 shall be provided. Water closets in such stalls shall comply with 4.16. If water closets are not in stalls, then at least one shall comply with 4.16.

 

120-3-20-.33 4) Water Closets.  If toilet stalls are provided, then at least one shall be a standard toilet stall complying with rule 120-3-20-.28; where 6 or more stalls are   provided, in addition to the stall complying with rule 120-3-20-.28(3), at least one stall 36 inches (915 mm) wide with an outward swinging, self-closing door and parallel grab bars complying with Fig. 30(d) and rule 120-3-20-.37 shall be provided.  Water closets in such stalls shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.27.  If water closets are not in stalls, then at least one shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.27. 

 

The 2010 Standards specify a minimum length of 60 inches in ambulatory accessible stalls.

 

604.8.2.2 Doors. Toilet compartment doors, including door hardware, shall comply with 404, except that if the approach is to the latch side of the compartment door, clearance between the door side of the compartment and any obstruction shall be 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum. The door shall be self-closing. A door pull complying with 404.2.7 shall be placed on both sides of the door near the latch. Toilet compartment doors shall not swing into the minimum required compartment area.

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards specify a door pull on both sides of the compartment door.

 

604.8.2.3 Grab Bars. Grab bars shall comply with 609. A side-wall grab bar complying with 604.5.1 shall be provided on both sides of the compartment.

 

NOTE: Figure 30(d) indicates the side grab bar shall be 40-42 inches in length, beginning 12 inches maximum from the rear wall, 33-36 inches above the finish floor.

 

 

 

 

604.8.3 Coat Hooks and Shelves. Coat hooks shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in 308. Shelves shall be located 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor.

 

 

 

 

 

604.9 Water Closets and Toilet Compartments for Children's Use. Water closets and toilet compartments for children's use shall comply with 604.9.

See Appendix 4.16.7 and Appendix 4.17.7

120-3-20-.53(6) Water Closets, Toilet Seats, Grab Bars, and Toilet Paper Dispensers [Children].

(a) General. Water closets required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.33(4) shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.27, except as modified by rule 120-3-20-.53(6). The requirements in rule 120-3-20-.27 and rule 120-3-20-.37(2) are modified by the following provisions.

 

The 2010 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code include specific requirements for water closets and toilet compartments for childrenÕs use.

604.9.1 Location. The water closet shall be located with a wall or partition to the rear and to one side. The centerline of the water closet shall be 12 inches (305 mm) minimum and 18 inches (455 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition, except that the water closet shall be 17 inches (430 mm) minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition in the ambulatory accessible toilet compartment specified in 604.8.2. Compartments shall be arranged for left-hand or right-hand approach to the water closet.

 

120-3-20-.53(6)(b) Placement. The centerline and seat height of the water closet and the centerline height of the grab bars and toilet paper dispenser shall comply with A, B, or C in the table below. Selection of A, B, or C should correspond to the age range of the primary user group. The centerline requirements in the table do not apply to the 36 inches (915 mm) wide alternate stall permitted in alterations by rule 120-3-20-.11(3)(e)(ii). The centerline of water closets shall be measured from one side wall or stall partition.

 

Note: The requirements for water closets, toilet seats, grab bars, and toilet paper dispensers in rule 120-3-20-.53(6) reflect the differences in the size, stature, and reach ranges of children ages 2 through 12. Section rule 120-3-20-.53(6)(b) requires such elements to comply with the specifications in A, B, or C in the table provided.  A, B, and C correspond to three age groups of children: 2 through 4, 5 through 8, and 9 through 12, respectively. To permit design discretion where toilet rooms may serve more than one age group, or where the age group of users does not correspond to the specific age groups listed in the table, this section specifies that selection of A, B, or C "shall" correspond to the age of the primary user group. (See rule 120-3-20-.05(d) General Terminology, regarding use of the term "shall.") 

 

The application of the specifications in A, B, or C in the table may allow flexibility when designing for more than one age group. For example, a water closet with centerline at 12 inches (305 mm), toilet seat at 12 inches (305 mm), grab bars at 20 inches (510 mm), and dispenser at 14 inches (355 mm) above the finish floor may be appropriate for A (ages 2 through 4) and B (ages 5 through 8). Similarly, a water closet with centerline at 15 inches (380 mm), toilet seat at 15 inches (380 mm), grab bars at 25 inches (635 mm), and dispenser at 17 inches (430 mm) above the finish floor may be appropriate for B (ages 5 through 8) and C (ages 9 through 12). Multiple accessible fixtures are not required in toilet rooms serving more than one age group.

 

 

604.9.2 Clearance. Clearance around a water closet shall comply with 604.3.

 

 

604.9.3 Height. The height of water closets shall be 11 inches (280 mm) minimum and 17 inches (430 mm) maximum measured to the top of the seat. Seats shall not be sprung to return to a lifted position.

 

 

 

604.9.4 Grab Bars. Grab bars for water closets shall comply with 604.5.

 

120-3-20-.53(6)(c) Grab Bar Size. The diameter or width of the gripping surface of a grab bar shall be 1 inch to 1-1/4 inches (25 mm to 30 mm), or the shape shall have an equivalent gripping surface.

 

 

 

604.9.5 Flush Controls. Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic. Hand operated flush controls shall comply with 309.2 and 309.4 and shall be installed 36 inches (915 mm) maximum above the finish floor. Flush controls shall be located on the open side of the water closet except in ambulatory accessible compartments complying with 604.8.2.

 

120-3-20-.53(6)(d) Flush Controls. Flush controls shall be located within the reach ranges specified by rule 120-3-20-.53(2).

 

 

604.9.6 Dispensers. Toilet paper dispensers shall comply with 309.4 and shall be 7 inches (180 mm) minimum and 9 inches (230 mm) maximum in front of the water closet measured to the centerline of the dispenser. The outlet of the dispenser shall be 14 inches (355 mm) minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum above the finish floor. There shall be a clearance of 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum below the grab bar. Dispensers shall not be of a type that controls delivery or that does not allow continuous paper flow.

 

 

 

 

604.9.7 Toilet Compartments. Toilet compartments shall comply with 604.8.

 

120-3-20-.53 (7) Toilet Stalls.

(a) General. Toilet stalls required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.33(4) shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.28, except as modified by rule 120-3-20-.53(7). The requirements in rule 120-3-20-.28(2), 120-3-20-.28(3), 120-3-20-.28(4), 120-3-20-.28(6), and 120-3-20-.37(2) are modified by the following provisions.

 

 

120-3-20-.53 (7) (b) Water Closets. Water closets in accessible stalls shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.53(6).

 

120-3-20-.53 (7) (c) Depth. Standard stalls with floor- or wall-mounted water closets shall have a depth of 59 inches (1500 mm) minimum. Standard stalls at the end of a row with floor- or wall-mounted water closets shall have a depth of 59 inches

(1500 mm) in addition to the minimum 36 inches (915 mm) required for the stall door. Where provided in alterations, alternate stalls with floor- or wall-mounted water closets shall have a depth of 69 inches (1745 mm) minimum.

 

120-3-20-.53 (7) (d) Toe Clearance. In standard stalls of minimum dimension, the front partition and at least one side partition shall provide a toe clearance of 12 inches (305 mm) minimum above the finish floor. If the depth of the stall is greater than 60 inches (1525 mm), then the toe space is not required.

120-3-20-.53 (7) (e) Grab Bars . Grab bar mounting heights shall comply with the heights specified in rule 120-3-20-.53(6). The diameter or width of the gripping surfaces of a grab bar shall be 1 inch to 1-1/4 inches (25 mm to 30 mm), or the shape shall provide an equivalent gripping surface.

 

605 Urinals

 

4.18 Urinals.

120-3-20-.29 Urinals. 

 

 

 

605.1 General. Urinals shall comply with 605.

4.18.1 General. Accessible urinals shall comply with 4.18.

120-3-20-.29 (1) General.  Any toilet or bathing room provided with   urinals must have at least one that complies with rule 120-3-20-.29. 

 

 

605.2 Height and Depth. Urinals shall be the stall-type or the wall-hung type with the rim 17 inches (430 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Urinals shall be 13 1/2 inches (345 mm) deep minimum measured from the outer face of the urinal rim to the back of the fixture.[13]

 

4.18.2 Height. Urinals shall be stall-type or wall-hung with an elongated rim at a maximum of 17 in (430 mm) above the finish floor.

 

120-3-20-.29 (2) Height.  Urinals shall be stall-type or wall-hung with an elongated rim at a maximum of 17 inches (430 mm) above the finish floor and extend at least 14 inches from the back wall to the rimÕs front edge. 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require accessible urinals to have an elongated rim but do not specify a dimension.  The 2010 Standards specify a depth of 13 ½ inches minimum. 

 

605.3 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 positioned for forward approach shall be provided.

 

4.18.3 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor space 30 in by 48 in (760 mm by 1220 mm) shall be provided in front of urinals to allow forward approach. This clear space shall adjoin or overlap an accessible route and shall comply with 4.2.4. Urinal shields that do not extend beyond the front edge of the urinal rim may be provided with 29 in (735 mm) clearance between them.

 

120-3-20-.29 (3) Clear Floor Space.  A clear floor space 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) shall be provided in front of urinals to allow forward approach.  This clear space shall adjoin or overlap an accessible route and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.13.  Urinal shields that do not extend beyond the front edge of the urinal rim may be provided with 29 inch (735 mm) clearance between them.  

 

The 1994 Standards permit urinal shields that do not extend beyond the front edge of the urinal to be 29 inches apart.  The 2010 Standards do not address this condition as it was determined that urinal shields that do not protrude into the required clear floor space are not in fact regulated by the 1994 StandardsÕ clear floor space requirement, and need not be regulated at all.

 

 

605.4 Flush Controls. Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic. Hand operated flush controls shall comply with 309.

 

4.18.4 Flush Controls. Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic, and shall comply with 4.27.4, and shall be mounted no more than 44 in (1120 mm) above the finish floor

120-3-20-.29 (4) Flush Controls.  Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic, and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38(4), and shall be mounted no more than 44 inch (1120 mm) above the finish floor. 

 

 

 

 

 

120-3-20-.53(8) Urinals [Children].

(a) General. Any toilet or bathing room provided with urinals must have at least one that complies with rule 120-3-20-.53.

 

 

 

 

 

(b) Height. Urinals shall be stall-type or wall-hung with an elongated rim at a minimum 11 inches (280 mm) to a maximum of 17 inches (430 mm) above the finish floor and extend at least 11 inches (280 mm) to 14 inches (355 mm) from the back wall to the rimÕs front edge.

 

 

 

 

 

(c) Clear Floor Space. A clear floor space 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) shall be provided in front of urinals to allow forward approach. This clear space shall adjoin or overlap an accessible route and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.13. Urinal shields that do not extend beyond the front edge of the urinal rim may be provided with 29 inch (735 mm) clearance between them.

 

 

 

 

 

(d) Flush Controls. Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic, and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38(4), and shall be located within the reach ranges specified by rule 120-3-20.53(2).

 

 

 

 

 

Georgia Accessibility Committee:

 Table120-3-20.53(6)(b)

Specifications for Water Closets, Toilet Seats, Urinals, Grab Bars, and Toilet Paper Dispensers

 

Water

Closet

Centerline

Toilet

Seat

Height

Urinal

Rim

Height

Urinal

Elongated

Rim

Grab Bar

Height

Dispenser

Height

A-

Ages

2 through 4

12 inches

(305 mm)

11 in to 12 in

(280 mm to 305 mm)

11 in to 12 in

(280 mm to 305 mm)

11 inches minimum

(280 mm)

18 in to 20 in

(455 mm to 510 mm)

14 inches

(355 mm)

B-

Ages

5 through 8

12 in to 15 in

(305 mm to 380 mm)

12 in to 15 in

(305 mm to 380 mm)

12 in to 15 in

(305 mm to 380 mm)

 

12 inches minimum

(305 mm)

 

20 in to 25 in

(510 mm to 635 mm)

14 in to 17 in

(355 mm to 430 mm)

C-

Ages

9 through 12

15 in to 18 in

(380 mm to 455 mm)

15 in to 17 in

(380 mm to 430 mm)

15 in to 17 in

(380 mm to 430 mm)

14 inches minimum

(380 mm)

25 in to 27 in

(635 mm to 685 mm)

17 in to 19 in

(430 mm to 485 mm)

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

 

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Commentary

606 Lavatories and Sinks

 

4.19 Lavatories and Mirrors.

 

120-3-20-.30 Lavatories and Mirrors. 

 

 

4.24 Sinks.

 

120-3-20-.35 Sinks. 

 

 

606.1 General. Lavatories and sinks shall comply with 606.

4.19.1 General. The requirements of 4.19 shall apply to lavatory fixtures, vanities, and built-in lavatories.

 

120-3-20-.30 (1) General.  The requirements of rule 120-3-20-.30 shall apply to lavatory fixtures, vanities, and built-in lavatories. 

 

4.24.1 General. Sinks required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.24.

 

 120-3-20-.35 (1) General.  Sinks required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.35.

 

 

120-3-20-.54 (5) (a)Sinks [Residential]. The sink and surrounding counter shall comply with the following requirements (See Fig. 51):

 

120-3-20-.54 (3) Lavatory, Mirrors, and Medicine Cabinets [Residential].

(a) The lavatory and mirrors shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.30.

 

606.2 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor space complying with 305, positioned for a forward approach, and knee and toe clearance complying with 306 shall be provided.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. A parallel approach complying with 305 shall be permitted to a kitchen sink in a space where a cook top or conventional range is not provided and to wet bars.

 

2. A lavatory in a toilet room or bathing facility for a single occupant accessed only through a private office and not for common use or public use shall not be required to provide knee and toe clearance complying with 306.

 

 

 

 

3. In residential dwelling units, cabinetry shall be permitted under lavatories and kitchen sinks provided that all of the following conditions are met:

(a) the cabinetry can be removed without removal or replacement of the fixture;

(b) the finish floor extends under the cabinetry; and

(c) the walls behind and surrounding the cabinetry are finished.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4. A knee clearance of 24 inches (610 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground shall be permitted at lavatories and sinks used primarily by children 6 through 12 years where the rim or counter surface is 31 inches (785 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground.

5. A parallel approach complying with 305 shall be permitted to lavatories and sinks used primarily by children 5 years and younger.

6. The dip of the overflow shall not be considered in determining knee and toe clearances.

7. No more than one bowl of a multi-bowl sink shall be required to provide knee and toe clearance complying with 306.

 

4.19.3 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor space 30 in by 48 in (760 mm by 1220 mm) complying with 4.2.4 shall be provided in front of a lavatory to allow forward approach. Such clear floor space shall adjoin or overlap an accessible route and shall extend a maximum of 19 in (485 mm) underneath the lavatory (see Fig. 32).

NOTE:  Figure 32 indicates the minimum depth of the lavatory is 17 inches (430 mm). (4.19.3, 4.24.5)

120-3-20-.30 (3) Clear Floor Space.  A clear floor space 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) complying with rule 120-3-20-.13 shall be provided in front of a lavatory to allow forward approach.  Such clear floor space shall adjoin or overlap an accessible route and shall extend a maximum of 19 inches (485 mm) underneath the lavatory (see Fig. 32). 

 

 

120-3-20-.54 (5) (g) [Residential] A clear floor space of 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) ,minimum shall allow forward approach to the sink. The clear floor space shall be permitted to extend 19 inches (485 mm) maximum underneath the sink. The knee space shall have a clear width of 30 inches (760 mm) minimum.

 

120-3-20-.54 (5) (a) [Residential] The sink and surrounding counter shall be adjustable or replaceable as a unit at variable heights between 28 inches and 36 inches (710 mm and 915 mm), measured from the finished floor to the top of the counter surface or sink rim, or shall be mounted at a fixed height of 34 inches (865 mm) minimum, measured from the finished floor to the top of the counter surface or sink rim.

 

120-3-20-.54 (5) (b) [Residential] Where sinks are installed to be adjustable in height, rough-in plumbing shall be located to accept connections of supply and drain pipes for sinks mounted at the height of 28 inches (710 mm).

 

The 2010 Standards clarify that the dip of a lavatory overflow should not be considered in determining knee and tow clearance.

 

It includes an exception that permits a parallel approach where cooking facilities are not provided; include provisions for childrenÕs use; and clarify that only one bowl is regulated in multibowl sinks.

 

 

4.24.5 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor space at least 30 in by 48 in (760 mm by 1220 mm) complying with 4.2.4 shall be provided in front of a sink to allow forward approach. The clear floor space shall be on an accessible route and shall extend a maximum of 19 in (485 mm) underneath the sink (see Fig. 32).

 

120-3-20-.35 (5) Clear Floor Space.  A clear floor space at least 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) complying with rule 120-3-20-.13(4) shall be provided in front of a sink to allow forward approach.  The clear floor space shall be on an accessible route and shall extend a maximum of 19 inches (485 mm) underneath the sink (see Fig. 32). 

 

4.24.3 Knee Clearance. Knee clearance that is at least 27 in (685 mm) high, 30 in (760 mm) wide, and 19 in (485 mm) deep shall be provided underneath sinks.

 

See also Appendix 4.19.2 EXCEPTIONS

 

120-3-20-.35 (3) Knee Clearance.  Knee clearance that is at least 27 inches (685 mm) high, 30 inches (760 mm) wide, and 19 inches (485 mm) deep shall be provided underneath sinks.  

 

120-3-20-.54 (3) (b) [Residential] If Medicine cabinet is provided under the lavatory, it shall provide, or shall be removable to provide, the clearances specified in rule 120-3-20-.30(2).

 

120-3-20-.54 (5)(e) [Residential] Base cabinets, if provided, shall be removable under the full 30 inches (760 mm) minimum frontages of the sink and surrounding counter. The finished flooring shall extend under the counter to the wall.

 

 

606.3 Height. Lavatories and sinks shall be installed with the front of the higher of the rim or counter surface 34 inches (865 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. A lavatory in a toilet or bathing facility for a single occupant accessed only through a private office and not for common use or public use shall not be required to comply with 606.3.

2. In residential dwelling unit kitchens, sinks that are adjustable to variable heights, 29 inches (735 mm) minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) maximum, shall be permitted where rough-in plumbing permits connections of supply and drain pipes for sinks mounted at the height of 29 inches (735 mm).

 

4.19.2 Height and Clearances. Lavatories shall be mounted with the rim or counter surface no higher than 34 in (865 mm) above the finish floor. Provide a clearance of at least 29 in (735 mm) above the finish floor to the bottom of the apron. Knee and toe clearance shall comply with Fig. 31.

 

NOTE:  Figure 31 indicates that, in addition to clearances discussed in the text, the following knee clearance is required underneath the lavatory: 27 inches (685 mm) minimum from the floor to the underside of the lavatory which extends 8 inches (205 mm) minimum measured from the front edge underneath the lavatory back towards the wall; if a minimum 9 inches (230 mm) of toe clearance is provided, a maximum of 6 inches (150 mm) of the 48 inches (1220 mm) of clear floor space required at the fixture may extend into the toe space. (4.19.2, 4.19.6).  Additionally, the figure shows a vertical clearance of 29 inches (735 mm) to the underside of the lavatory apron. 

 

120-3-20-.30 (2) Height and Clearances.  Lavatories shall be mounted with the rim or counter surface no higher than 34 inches (865 mm) above the finish floor.  Provide a clearance of at least 29 inches (735 mm) above the finish floor to the bottom of the apron.  Knee and toe clearance shall comply with Fig. 31. 

 

Figure 31  Lavatory Clearances.

  The minimum knee clearance must be free of equipment or obstructions for a minimum of 8 in (205 mm) extending from the front edge of the lavatory back toward the wall.  This knee clearance must be 29 in (735 mm) high at the front of the lavatory and no less than 27 in (685 mm) high at a point 8 in (205 mm) back.  In addition, a minimum 9 in (230 mm) high toe clearance must be provided extending back toward the wall to a distance no more than 6 in (150 mm) from the back wall.  The toe clearance space must be free of equipment or obstructions

 

4.24.2 Height. Sinks shall be mounted with the counter or rim no higher than 34 in (865 mm) above the finish floor.

 

120-3-20-.35 (2) Height.  Sinks shall be mounted with the counter or rim no higher than 34 inches (865 mm) above the finish floor. 

 

Standard sink designs are recommended to be used instead of the handicapped sink designs where possible.  All required clearance shall be complied with.

 

 

 

 

120-3-20-.54 (5)(f) [Residential] Counter thickness and supporting structure shall be 2 inches (50 mm) maximum over the required clear space.

 

 

4.24.4 Depth. Each sink shall be a maximum of 6-1/2 in (165 mm) deep.

120-3-20-.35 (4) Depth.  Each sink shall be a maximum of 6-1/2 inches (165 mm) deep.

 

120-3-20-.54 (5)(c) The depth of a sink bowl shall be 6 1/2 inches (165 mm) maximum. Only one bowl of double-bowl or triple-bowl sinks needs to meet this requirement [Residential].

 

The 1994 Standards specify a maximum sink depth of 6 ½ inches maximum.  The 2010 Standards do not.  (However, the 1994 standards do not scope, and therefore do not require any accessible sinks.)

 

606.4 Faucets. Controls for faucets shall comply with 309. Hand-operated metering faucets shall remain open for 10 seconds minimum.

 

4.19.5 Faucets. Faucets shall comply with 4.27.4. Lever-operated, push-type, and electronically controlled mechanisms are examples of acceptable designs. If self-closing valves are used the faucet shall remain open for at least 10 seconds.

 

120-3-20-.30 (5) Faucets.  Faucets shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38(4). Lever - operated, push-type, and electronically controlled mechanisms are examples of acceptable designs.  If self-closing valves are used the faucet shall remain open for at least 10 seconds. 

 

4.24.7 Faucets. Faucets shall comply with 4.27.4. Lever-operated, push-type, touch-type, or electronically controlled mechanisms are acceptable designs.

 

120-3-20-.35 (7) Faucets.  Faucets shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38(4).  Lever - operated, push-type, touch-type, or electronically controlled mechanisms are acceptable designs.

 

120-3-20-.54 (5)(d) [Residential] Faucets shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38(4).

 

 

606.5 Exposed Pipes and Surfaces. Water supply and drain pipes under lavatories and sinks shall be insulated or otherwise configured to protect against contact. There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories and sinks.

 

4.19.4 Exposed Pipes and Surfaces. Hot water and drain pipes under lavatories shall be insulated or otherwise configured to protect against contact. There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories.

120-3-20-.30 (4) Exposed Pipes and Surfaces.  Hot water and drain pipes under lavatories shall be insulated or otherwise configured to protect against contact.  There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories.  

 

 

4.24.6 Exposed Pipes and Surfaces. Hot water and drain pipes exposed under sinks shall be insulated or otherwise configured so as to protect against contact. There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under sinks.

120-3-20-.35 (6) Exposed Pipes and Surfaces.  Hot water and drain pipes exposed under sinks shall be insulated or otherwise configured so as to protect against contact.  There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under sinks.  

 

120-3-20-.54 (5)(h) [Residential] There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under sinks. Hot Water supply pipes and drain pipes under sinks shall be insulated or otherwise covered.

 

 

 

 

120-3-20-.54 (3)(c) [Residential] If a Medicine cabinets are provided above the lavatory, then the bottom of the medicine cabinet shall be located with a usable shelf no higher than 44 inches (1120 mm) above the floor.

 

 

 

 

120-3-20-.53(9) Lavatories and Mirrors [Children].

(a) General. Lavatories and mirrors required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.33(6) and rule 120-3-20-.34(6) shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.30, except as modified by rule 120-3-20-.53(9). The requirements in rule 120-3-20-

.30(2), 120-3-20-.30(3), and 120-3-20-.30(6) are modified by the following provisions.

 

 

 

 

(b) Height and Clearances. Lavatories shall be mounted with the rim or counter surface no higher than 30 inches (760 mm) above the finish floor.  A clearance of 27 inches (685 mm) minimum measured from the finish floor to the bottom of the apron shall be provided. Minimum clear knee space 24 inches (610 mm) high, measured from the finish floor, and 8 inches (205 mm) deep, measured from the leading edge of the lavatory, shall be provided. Clear toe space shall be 12 inches (305 mm) high minimum, measured from the finish floor.

 

 

 

 

(c) Clear Floor Space. Clear floor space shall extend a maximum of 14 inches (355 mm) underneath the lavatory.

 

 

 

 

(d) Mirrors. Mirrors shall be mounted with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface no higher than 34 inches (865 mm) above the finish floor.

 

 

 

4.22.7 Controls and Dispensers.  If controls, dispensers, receptacles, or other equipment are provided, then at least one of each shall be on an accessible route and shall comply with 4.27.

120-3-20-.33 7) Controls and Dispensers. If controls, dispensers, receptacles, or other equipment are provided, then at least one of each shall be on an accessible route and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38.

 

 

607 Bathtubs

 

4.20 Bathtubs.

120-3-20-.31 Bathtubs. 

 

 

 

 

607.1 General. Bathtubs shall comply with 607.

 

4.20.1 General. Accessible bathtubs shall comply with 4.20.

120-3-20-.31 (1) General.  Accessible bathtubs shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.31.

 

 

 

120-3-20-.54 (4) Bathtubs [Residential].  If a bathtub is provided, it shall have the following features:

 

 

607.2 Clearance. Clearance in front of bathtubs shall extend the length of the bathtub and shall be 30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum. A lavatory complying with 606 shall be permitted at the control end of the clearance. Where a permanent seat is provided at the head end of the bathtub, the clearance shall extend 12 inches (305 mm) minimum beyond the wall at the head end of the bathtub.

 

4.20.2 Floor Space. Clear floor space in front of bathtubs shall be as shown in Fig. 33.

 

NOTE:  Figure 33(a) indicates that, if the approach is parallel to the bathtub, a 30 inch (760 mm) minimum width by 60 inch (1525 mm) minimum length clear space is required alongside the bathtub. If the approach is perpendicular to the bathtub, a 48 inch (1220 mm) minimum width by 60 inch (1525 mm) minimum length clear space is required.

 

Figure 33(b) indicates that, if the approach is parallel to the bathtub with a seat at the head end, a 30 inch (760 mm) minimum width by 75 inch (1905 mm) minimum length clear space is required alongside the bathtub. The seat width must be 15 inches (380 mm) and must extend the full width of the bathtub.

 

120-3-20-.31 (2) Floor Space.  Clear floor space in front of bathtubs shall be as shown in Fig. 33.

 

Figure 33.  Clear Floor Space at Bathtubs.

  33(a)  With Seat in Tub.  If the approach is parallel to the bathtub, a 30 in (760 mm) minimum width by 60 in (1525 mm) minimum length clear space is required alongside the bathtub.  If the approach is perpendicular to the bathtub, a 48 in (1220 mm) minimum width by 60 in (1525 mm) minimum length clear space is required.  An accessible lavatory is permitted within the clear space at the foot end of the tub.

  33(b)  With Seat at Head of Tub.  If the approach is parallel to the bathtub, a 30 in (760 mm) minimum width by 75 in (1905 mm) minimum length clear space is required alongside the bathtub.  The seat width shall be 15 in (380 mm), measured from the back wall to the front of the seat, and shall extend the full width of the tub.  An accessible lavatory is permitted within the clear space at the foot end of the tub.

 

 

 

120-3-20-.54 (4)(a) Floor Space [Residential].  Clear floor space at bathtubs shall comply with Fig 33.

 

 

607.3 Seat. A permanent seat at the head end of the bathtub or a removable in-tub seat shall be provided. Seats shall comply with 610.

 

4.20.3 Seat. An in-tub seat or a seat at the head end of the tub shall be provided as shown in Fig. 33 and 34. The structural strength of seats and their attachments shall comply with 4.26.3. Seats shall be mounted securely and shall not slip during use.

 

120-3-20-.31 (3) Seat.  An in-tub seat or a seat at the head end of the tub shall be provided as shown in Fig. 33 and 34. The structural strength of seats and their attachments shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.37(3).  Seats shall be mounted securely and shall not slip during use.

 

120-3-20-.54 (4)(b) Seat [Residential].  A removable in-tub seat or permanent seat at the head end of the tub shall be provided as shown in Fig. 33 and 34.  The structural strength of seats and their attachments shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.34(3).  Seats shall be mounted securely and shall not slip during use.

 

 

 

 

607.4 Grab Bars. Grab bars for bathtubs shall comply with 609 and shall be provided in accordance with 607.4.1 or 607.4.2.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Grab bars shall not be required to be installed in a bathtub located in a bathing facility for a single occupant accessed only through a private office and not for common use or public use provided that reinforcement has been installed in walls and located so as to permit the installation of grab bars complying with 607.4.

 

2. In residential dwelling units, grab bars shall not be required to be installed in bathtubs located in bathing facilities provided that reinforcement has been installed in walls and located so as to permit the installation of grab bars complying with 607.4.

4.20.4 Grab Bars. Grab bars complying with 4.26 shall be provided as shown in Fig. 33 and 34.

 

120-3-20-.31 (4) Grab Bars.  Grab bars complying with rule 120-3-20-.37 shall be provided as shown in Fig. 33 and 34. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120-3-20-.54 (4)(c) Grab Bars [Residential].  Grab bars shall be installed within the range heights shown in Fig. 34and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.37, or structural reinforcement or other provisions, as shown in Fig. 48, shall be made that will allow installation of grab bars meeting these requirements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards provide exceptions for grab bars in certain private bathing rooms.  The 1994 Standards permit this as well as an ÒadaptableÓ feature.  Both include exceptions for residential units, which are not addressed by the 1994 Standards.

 

 

 

607.4.1 Bathtubs With Permanent Seats. For bathtubs with permanent seats, grab bars shall be provided in accordance with 607.4.1.

 

 

 

 

 

607.4.1.1 Back Wall. Two grab bars shall be installed on the back wall, one located in accordance with 609.4 and the other located 8 inches (205 mm) minimum and 10 inches (255 mm) maximum above the rim of the bathtub. Each grab bar shall be installed 15 inches (380 mm) maximum from the head end wall and 12 inches (305 mm) maximum from the control end wall.

 

NOTE:  Figure 34(a) indicates at the foot of the tub, the grab bar shall be 24 inches (610 mm) minimum in length measured from the outer edge of the tub. On the back wall, two grab bars are required. The grab bars mounted on the back (long) wall shall be a minimum 24 inches (610 mm) in length located 12 inches (305 mm) maximum from the foot of the tub and 24 inches (610 mm) maximum from the head of the tub. One grab bar shall be located 9 inches (230 mm) above the rim of the tub. The others shall be 33 to 36 inches (840 mm to 910 mm) above the bathroom floor. At the head of the tub, the grab bar shall be a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm) in length measured from the outer edge of the tub.

 

34.  Grab Bars at Bathtubs.

  34(a)  With Seat in Tub.  At the foot of the tub, the grab bar shall be 24 in (610 mm) minimum in length measured from the outer edge of the tub.  On the back wall, two grab bars are required.  The grab bars mounted on the back (long) wall shall be a minimum 24 in (610 mm) in length located 12 in (305 mm) maximum from the foot of the tub and 24 in (610 mm) maximum from the head of the tub.  One grab bar on the back wall shall be located 9 in (230 mm) above the rim of the tub.  The other shall be 33 to 36 in (840 mm to 915 mm) above the bathroom floor.  At the head of the tub, the grab bar shall be a minimum of 12 in (305 mm) in length measured from the outer edge of the tub.

 

 

 

 

607.4.1.2 Control End Wall. A grab bar 24 inches (610 mm) long minimum shall be installed on the control end wall at the front edge of the bathtub.

 

 

 

 

 

 

607.4.2 Bathtubs Without Permanent Seats. For bathtubs without permanent seats, grab bars shall comply with 607.4.2.

 

See 4.20.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

607.4.2.1 Back Wall. Two grab bars shall be installed on the back wall, one located in accordance with 609.4 and other located 8 inches (205 mm) minimum and 10 inches (255 mm) maximum above the rim of the bathtub. Each grab bar shall be 24 inches (610 mm) long minimum and shall be installed 24 inches (610 mm) maximum from the head end wall and 12 inches (305 mm) maximum from the control end wall.

 

NOTE:  Figure 34(b) indicates at the foot of the tub, the grab bar shall be a minimum of 24 inches (610 mm) in length measured from the outer edge of the tub. On the back wall, two grab bars are required. The grab bars mounted on the back wall shall be a minimum of 48 inches (1220 mm) in length located a maximum of 12 inches (305 mm) from the foot of the tub and a maximum of 15 inches (380 mm) from the head of the tub. Heights of grab bars are as described above.

 

34(b)  With Seat at Head of Tub.  At the foot of the tub, the grab bar shall be a minimum of 24 in (610 mm) in length measured from the outer edge of the tub.  On the back wall, two grab bars are required.  The grab bars mounted on the back wall shall be a minimum of 48 in (1220 mm) in length located a maximum of 12 in (305 mm) from the foot of the tub and a maximum of 15 in (380 mm) from the head of the tub.  Heights of grab bars are as described above.  No horizontal grab bar should be placed at the head of the tub.

 

 

 

607.4.2.2 Control End Wall. A grab bar 24 inches (610 mm) long minimum shall be installed on the control end wall at the front edge of the bathtub.

 

 

 

607.4.2.3 Head End Wall. A grab bar 12 inches (305 mm) long minimum shall be installed on the head end wall at the front edge of the bathtub.

See 4.20.4

 

NOTE:  Figure 34(a) indicates at the foot of the tub, the grab bar shall be 24 inches (610 mm) minimum in length measured from the outer edge of the tub. On the back wall, two grab bars are required. The grab bars mounted on the back (long) wall shall be a minimum 24 inches (610 mm) in length located 12 inches (305 mm) maximum from the foot of the tub and 24 inches (610 mm) maximum from the head of the tub. One grab bar shall be located 9 inches (230 mm) above the rim of the tub. The others shall be 33 to 36 inches ( 840 mm to 910 mm) above the bathroom floor. At the head of the tub, the grab bar shall be a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm) in length measured from the outer edge of the tub.

 

34.  Grab Bars at Bathtubs.

  34(a)  With Seat in Tub.  At the foot of the tub, the grab bar shall be 24 in (610 mm) minimum in length measured from the outer edge of the tub.  On the back wall, two grab bars are required.  The grab bars mounted on the back (long) wall shall be a minimum 24 in (610 mm) in length located 12 in (305 mm) maximum from the foot of the tub and 24 in (610 mm) maximum from the head of the tub.  One grab bar on the back wall shall be located 9 in (230 mm) above the rim of the tub.  The other shall be 33 to 36 in (840 mm to 915 mm) above the bathroom floor.  At the head of the tub, the grab bar shall be a minimum of 12 in (305 mm) in length measured from the outer edge of the tub.

 

 

 

 

607.5 Controls. Controls, other than drain stoppers, shall be located on an end wall. Controls shall be between the bathtub rim and grab bar, and between the open side of the bathtub and the centerline of the width of the bathtub. Controls shall comply with 309.4.

4.20.5 Controls. Faucets and other controls complying with 4.27.4 shall be located as shown in Fig. 34.

NOTE: In figures 34(a) and (b) the control area at the foot of the tub is located on the open side of the tub.

120-3-20-.31 (5) Controls.  Faucets and other controls complying with rule 120-3-20-.38(4) shall be located as shown in Fig. 34. 

 

Figure 34.  Grab Bars at Bathtubs.

  Controls are required to be located in an area between the open edge and the midpoint of the tub ("offset") and to be located at the foot of the tub.

 

120-3-20-.54 (4)(d) Controls [Residential].  Faucets and other controls shall be located as shown in Fig. 34 and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38.

 

 

 

 

 

607.6 Shower Spray Unit and Water. A shower spray unit with a hose 59 inches (1500 mm) long minimum that can be used both as a fixed-position shower head and as a hand-held shower shall be provided. The shower spray unit shall have an on/off control with a non-positive shut-off. If an adjustable-height shower head on a vertical bar is used, the bar shall be installed so as not to obstruct the use of grab bars. Bathtub shower spray units shall deliver water that is 120¡F (49¡C) maximum.

4.20.6 Shower Unit. A shower spray unit with a hose at least 60 in (1525 mm) long that can be used both as a fixed shower head and as a hand-held shower shall be provided.

 

120-3-20-.31 (6) Shower Unit.  A shower spray unit with a hose at least 60 inches (1525 mm) long that can be used both as a fixed shower head and as a hand-held shower shall be provided. 

 

120-3-20-.54 (5)(e) Shower head [Residential].  A shower spray head shall be provided with a hose at least 60 inches (1525 mm) long that can be used as a fixed shower head or as a hand-held shower.  If an adjustable height shower head mounted on a vertical bar is used, the bar shall be installed so as not to obstruct the use of the grab bars.

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code specify a 60 inch long hose on hand-held shower units.  The 2010 Standards specify a 59 inch length because manufacturers design to the metric (1500 mm) specifications.

 

 

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards specify a maximum water temperature to prevent thermal shock.

 

607.7 Bathtub Enclosures. Enclosures for bathtubs shall not obstruct controls, faucets, shower and spray units or obstruct transfer from wheelchairs onto bathtub seats or into bathtubs. Enclosures on bathtubs shall not have tracks installed on the rim of the open face of the bathtub.

 

4.20.7 Bathtub Enclosures. If provided, enclosures for bathtubs shall not obstruct controls or transfer from wheelchairs onto bathtub seats or into tubs. Enclosures on bathtubs shall not have tracks mounted on their rims.

 

120-3-20-.31 (7) Bathtub Enclosures.  If provided, enclosures for bathtubs shall not obstruct controls or transfer from wheelchairs onto bathtub seats or into tubs.  Enclosures on bathtubs shall not have tracks mounted on their rims.

 

120-3-20-.54 (5)(f) Bathtub and Shower Enclosures [Residential]. Enclosures for bathtubs or shower stalls shall not obstruct controls or ­transfer form wheelchairs onto shower or bathtub seats. Enclosures on bathtubs shall not have tracks mounted on their rims.

 

 

 

 

 

608 Shower Compartments

 

4.21 Shower Stalls.

120-3-20-.32 Shower Stalls.

 

 

 

 

608.1 General. Shower compartments shall comply with 608.

4.21.1 General. Accessible shower stalls shall comply with 4.21. 

 120-3-20-.32 (1) General.  Accessible shower stalls shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.32.

 

Note:  Shower stalls that are 36 inches by 36 inches (915 mm by 915 mm) wide provide additional safety to people who have difficulty maintaining balance because all grab bars and walls are within easy reach.  Seated people use the walls of 36 inches by 36 inches (915 mm by 915 mm) showers for back support.  Shower stalls that are 60 inches (1525 mm) wide and have no curb may increase usability of a bathroom by wheelchair users because the shower area provides additional maneuvering space.

 

120-3-20-.54 (5) Showers [Residential]. If a shower is provided, it shall have the following features:

 

 

 

 

 

608.2 Size and Clearances for Shower Compartments. Shower compartments shall have sizes and clearances complying with 608.2.

 

4.21.2 Size and Clearances. Except as specified in 9.1.2, shower stall size and clear floor space shall comply with Fig. 35(a) or (b). The shower stall in Fig. 35(a) shall be 36 in by 36 in (915 mm by 915 mm). Shower stalls required by 9.1.2 shall comply with Fig. 57(a) or (b). The shower stall in Fig. 35(b) will fit into the space required for a bathtub.

NOTE:  Figure 35(a) shows that the clear floor space shall be a minimum of 48 inches (1220 mm)in length by a minimum of 36 inches (915 mm) in width and allow for a parallel approach. The clear floor space shall extend 1 foot beyond the shower wall on which the seat is mounted.


Figure 35(b) shows that the clear floor space alongside the shower shall be a minimum of 60 inches (1220 mm) in length by a minimum of 36 inches (915 mm) in width.

 

120-3-20-.32 (2) Size and Clearances.  Except as specified in rule 120-3-20-.51(2), shower stall size and clear floor space shall comply with Fig. 35(a) or (b).  The shower stall in Fig. 35(a) shall be 36 inches by 36 inches (915 mm by 915 mm).  Shower stalls required by rule 120-3-20-.51(2) shall comply with Fig. 57(a) or (b).  The shower stall in Fig. 35(b) will fit into the space required for a bathtub.

 

120-3-20-.54 (5)(a) Size and Clearances [Residential]. Shower stall size and clear floor space shall comply with either Fig. 35(a) or (b). The shower stall in Fig. 35(a) shall be 36 inches by 36 inches (915 mm by 915 mm). The shower stall in Fig. 35(b) will fit into the same space as a standard bathtub, 60 inches long.

 

Figure 35.  Shower Size and Clearances.

  35(a)  36 in by 36 in (915 mm by 915 mm) Stall (Transfer Shower).  The clear floor space shall be a minimum of 48 in (1220 mm) in length by a minimum of 36 in (915 mm) in width and allow for a parallel approach.  The clear floor space shall extend 12 in (305 mm) beyond the shower wall on which the seat is mounted.

  35(b)  30 in by 60 in (760 mm by 1525 mm) Stall (Roll-in Shower).  The clear floor space alongside the shower shall be a minimum of 60 in (1220 mm) in length by a minimum of 36 in (915 mm) in width.  If the controls are located on the back (long) wall, they must be a maximum of 27 in (685 mm) from a side wall.  An accessible lavatory may be located in the clear floor space at the end of the shower.

 

 

 

608.2.1 Transfer Type Shower Compartments. Transfer type shower compartments shall be 36 inches (915 mm) by 36 inches (915 mm) clear inside dimensions measured at the center points of opposing sides and shall have a 36 inch (915 mm) wide minimum entry on the face of the shower compartment. Clearance of 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum by 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum measured from the control wall shall be provided.

 

The 2010 Standards clarify where the dimension measurements are taken.

 

 

608.2.2 Standard Roll-In Type Shower Compartments. Standard roll-in type shower compartments shall be 30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) deep minimum clear inside dimensions measured at center points of opposing sides and shall have a 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum entry on the face of the shower compartment.

 

 

 

 

608.2.2.1 Clearance. A 30 inch (760 mm) wide minimum by 60 inch (1525 mm) long minimum clearance shall be provided adjacent to the open face of the shower compartment.

EXCEPTION: A lavatory complying with 606 shall be permitted on one 30 inch (760 mm) wide minimum side of the clearance provided that it is not on the side of the clearance adjacent to the controls or, where provided, not on the side of the clearance adjacent to the shower seat.

 

 

 

 

608.2.3 Alternate Roll-In Type Shower Compartments. Alternate roll-in type shower compartments shall be 36 inches (915 mm) wide and 60 inches (1525 mm) deep minimum clear inside dimensions measured at center points of opposing sides. A 36 inch (915 mm) wide minimum entry shall be provided at one end of the long side of the compartment.

9.1.2 Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms, and Suites. Accessible sleeping rooms or suites that comply with the requirements of 9.2 (Requirements for Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms, and Suites) shall be provided in conformance with the table below. In addition, in hotels, of 50 or more sleeping rooms or suites, additional accessible sleeping rooms or suites that include a roll- in shower shall also be provided in conformance with the table below. Such accommodations shall comply with the requirements of 9.2, 4.21, and Figure 57(a) or (b).

 

NOTE: Figure 57(a) indicates that where a fixed seat is provided in a 30 inch minimum by 60 inch (716 mm by 1220 mm) minimum shower stall, the controls and spray unit on the back (long) wall shall be located a maximum of 27 inches (685 mm) from the side wall where the seat is attached. (4.21.2, 9.1.2)

 

In Figure 57(b), an alternate 36 inch minimum by 60 inch (915 mm by 1220 mm) minimum shower stall is illustrated. The width of the stall opening stall shall be a minimum of 36 inches (915 mm) clear located on a long wall at the opposite end of the shower from the controls. The shower seat shall be 24 inches (610 mm) minimum in length by 16 inches (330 mm) minimum in width and may be rectangular in shape. The seat shall be located next to the opening to the shower and adjacent to the end wall containing the shower head and controls. (4.21.2, 9.1.2, A4.23.3)

 

120-3-20-.51 ACCESSIBLE TRANSIENT LODGING.

b) Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms, and Suites.  Accessible sleeping rooms or suites that comply with the requirements of rule 120-3-20-.51(2). (Requirements for Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms, and Suites) shall be provided in conformance with the table below.  In addition, in hotels, of 50 or more sleeping rooms or suites, additional accessible sleeping rooms or suites that include a roll-in shower shall also be provided in conformance with the table below.  Such accommodations shall comply with the requirements of rule 120-3-20-.51(2), rule 120-3-20-.32, and Figure 57(a) or (b).

Figure 57.  Roll-in Shower with Folding Seat.

  57(a)  Where a fixed seat is provided in a 30 in minimum by 60 in (716 mm by 1220 mm) minimum shower stall, the controls and spray unit on the back (long) wall shall be located a maximum of 27 in (685 mm) from the side wall where the seat is attached.

  57(b)  An alternate 36 in by 60 in (915 mm by 1220 mm) minimum shower stall is permitted.  The width of the stall opening shall be a minimum of 36 in (915 mm) clear located on a long wall at the opposite end of the shower from the controls.  The shower seat shall be 24 in (610 mm) minimum in length by 16 in (330 mm) minimum in width and may be rectangular in shape.  The seat shall be located next to the opening to the shower and adjacent to the end wall containing the shower head and controls.

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code specify an alternate roll-in shower compartment that is permitted in transient lodging.  The 2010 Standards specify the same unit, but do not limit its use to a specific occupancy.

 

 

608.3 Grab Bars. Grab bars shall comply with 609 and shall be provided in accordance with 608.3. Where multiple grab bars are used, required horizontal grab bars shall be installed at the same height above the finish floor.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Grab bars shall not be required to be installed in a shower located in a bathing facility for a single occupant accessed only through a private office, and not for common use or public use provided that reinforcement has been installed in walls and located so as to permit the installation of grab bars complying with 608.3.

 

2. In residential dwelling units, grab bars shall not be required to be installed in showers located in bathing facilities provided that reinforcement has been installed in walls and located so as to permit the installation of grab bars complying with 608.3.

 

4.21.4 Grab Bars. Grab bars complying with 4.26 shall be provided as shown in Fig. 37.

NOTE:  In Figure 37(a), the diagram illustrates an L-shaped grab bar that is located along the full depth of the control wall (opposite the seat) and halfway along the back wall. The grab bar shall be mounted between 33 to 36 inches (840-915 mm) above the shower floor. The bottom of the control area shall be a maximum of 38 inches (965 mm) high and the top of the control area shall be a maximum of 48 inches (1220 mm) high. The controls and spray unit shall be within 18 inches (455 mm) of the front of the shower.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Figure 37(b), the diagram illustrates a U-shaped grab bar that wraps around the stall. The grab bar shall be between 33 to 36 inches (840-915 mm) high. The controls are placed in an area between 38 inches and 48 inches (965 mm and 1220 mm) above the floor. If the controls are located on the back (long) wall they shall be located 27 inches (685 mm) from the side wall. The shower head and control area may be located on either side wall.

 

 

120-3-20-.32 (4) Grab Bars.  Grab bars complying with rule 120-3-20-.37 shall be provided as shown in Fig. 37. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120-3-20-.54 (5)(c) Grab Bars [Residential]. Grab bars shall be installed within the range heights shown in Fig. 37 and shall comply with rule 120-3-­20-.37, or structural reinforcement or other provisions, as shown in Fig. 49, shall be made that will allow installation of grab bars meting these requirements.

 

Figure 37 Grab Bars at Shower Stalls.

37(a) 36 in by 36 in (915 mm by 915 mm) Transfer Stall.  An L-shaped grab bar shall be provided, located along the full depth of the control wall (opposite the seat) and halfway (18 in (455 mm)) along the back wall.  The grab bar shall be mounted 33-36 in (840-915 mm) above the shower floor.

  37(b)  30 in by 60 in (760 mm by 1525 mm) Roll-in Stall.  A U-shaped grab bar that wraps around the stall shall be provided.  The grab bar shall be 33-36 in (840-915 mm) high.

The 2010 Standards provide an exception for grab bars in certain private bathing rooms.  The 1994 Standards permit this as well as an ÒadaptableÓ feature. 

 

 

608.3.1 Transfer Type Shower Compartments. In transfer type compartments, grab bars shall be provided across the control wall and back wall to a point 18 inches (455 mm) from the control wall.

 

 

 

608.3.2 Standard Roll-In Type Shower Compartments. Where a seat is provided in standard roll-in type shower compartments, grab bars shall be provided on the back wall and the side wall opposite the seat. Grab bars shall not be provided above the seat. Where a seat is not provided in standard roll-in type shower compartments, grab bars shall be provided on three walls. Grab bars shall be installed 6 inches (150 mm) maximum from adjacent walls.

 

 

 

608.3.3 Alternate Roll-In Type Shower Compartments. In alternate roll-in type shower compartments, grab bars shall be provided on the back wall and the side wall farthest from the compartment entry. Grab bars shall not be provided above the seat. Grab bars shall be installed 6 inches (150 mm) maximum from adjacent walls.

See 9.1.2

 

 

 

 

608.4 Seats. A folding or non-folding seat shall be provided in transfer type shower compartments. A folding seat shall be provided in roll-in type showers required in transient lodging guest rooms with mobility features complying with 806.2. Seats shall comply with 610.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXCEPTION: In residential dwelling units, seats shall not be required in transfer type shower compartments provided that reinforcement has been installed in walls so as to permit the installation of seats complying with 608.4.

 

4.21.3 Seat. A seat shall be provided in shower stalls 36 in by 36 in (915 mm by 915 mm) and shall be as shown in Fig. 36. The seat shall be mounted 17 in to 19 in (430 mm to 485 mm) from the bathroom floor and shall extend the full depth of the stall. In a 36 in by 36 in (915 mm by 915 mm) shower stall, the seat shall be on the wall opposite the controls. Where a fixed seat is provided in a 30 in by 60 in minimum (760 mm by 1525 mm) shower stall, it shall be a folding type and shall be mounted on the wall adjacent to the controls as shown in Fig. 57. The structural strength of seats and their attachments shall comply with 4.26.3.

 

 

120-3-20-.32 (3) Seat.  A seat shall be provided in shower stalls 36 inches by 36 inches (915 mm by 915 mm) and shall be as shown in Fig. 36.  The seat shall be mounted 17 inches to 19 inches (430 mm to 485 mm) from the bathroom floor and shall extend the full depth of the stall.  In a 36 inches by 36 inches (915 mm by 915 mm) shower stall, the seat shall be on the wall opposite the controls.  Where a fixed seat is provided in a 30 inches by 60 inches minimum (760 mm by 1525 mm) shower stall, it shall be a folding type and shall be mounted on the wall adjacent to the controls as shown in Fig. 57. The structural strength of seats and their attachments shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.37(3).

 

120-3-20-.54 (5)(b) Seat [Residential].  A seat shall be provided in the shower stall in Fig. 35(a) as shown in Fig. 36. The seat shall be 17 inches to 19 inches (430 mm to 485 mm) high measured from the bathroom floor and shall be on the wall opposite the controls. The structural strength of seats and their attachments shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.34(3). Seats shall be mounted securely and shall not slip during use.

 

Figure 36  Shower Seat Design.

  An L-shaped shower seat shall be provided, extending the full depth of the stall.  The seat shall be located 1-1/2 in (38 mm) maximum from the wall.  The front of the seat (nearest to the opening) shall extend a maximum 16 in (330 mm) from the wall.  The back of the seat (against the back wall) shall extend a maximum of 23 in (582 mm) from the side wall and shall be a maximum of 15 in (305 mm) deep.

 

 

 

 

608.5 Controls. Controls, faucets, and shower spray units shall comply with 309.4.

 

4.21.5 Controls. Faucets and other controls complying with 4.27.4 shall be located as shown in Fig. 37. In shower stalls 36 in by 36 in (915 mm by 915 mm), all controls, faucets, and the shower unit shall be mounted on the side wall opposite the seat.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120-3-20-.32 (5) Controls.  Faucets and other controls complying with rule 120-3-20-.38(4) shall be located as shown in Fig. 37.  In shower stalls 36 inches by 36 inches (915 mm by 915 mm), all controls, faucets, and the shower unit shall be mounted on the side wall opposite the seat.

 

 120-3-20-.54 (5)(d) Controls [Residential]. Faucets and other controls shall be located as shown in Fig. 37 and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38. In the shower stall in Fig. 35(a), all controls, faucets, and the shower head shall be mounted on the side wall opposite the seat.

 

 

 

608.5.1 Transfer Type Shower Compartments. In transfer type shower compartments, the controls, faucets, and shower spray unit shall be installed on the side wall opposite the seat 38 inches (965 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the shower floor and shall be located on the control wall 15 inches (380 mm) maximum from the centerline of the seat toward the shower opening.

 

 

608.5.2 Standard Roll-In Type Shower Compartments. In standard roll-in type shower compartments, the controls, faucets, and shower spray unit shall be located above the grab bar, but no higher than 48 inches (1220 mm) above the shower floor. Where a seat is provided, the controls, faucets, and shower spray unit shall be installed on the back wall adjacent to the seat wall and shall be located 27 inches (685 mm) maximum from the seat wall.

 

 

608.5.3 Alternate Roll-In Type Shower Compartments. In alternate roll-in type shower compartments, the controls, faucets, and shower spray unit shall be located above the grab bar, but no higher than 48 inches (1220 mm) above the shower floor. Where a seat is provided, the controls, faucets, and shower spray unit shall be located on the side wall adjacent to the seat 27 inches (685 mm) maximum from the side wall behind the seat or shall be located on the back wall opposite the seat 15 inches (380 mm) maximum, left or right, of the centerline of the seat. Where a seat is not provided, the controls, faucets, and shower spray unit shall be installed on the side wall farthest from the compartment entry.

 

See 9.1.2

 

 

 

 

608.6 Shower Spray Unit and Water. A shower spray unit with a hose 59 inches (1500 mm) long minimum that can be used both as a fixed-position shower head and as a hand-held shower shall be provided. The shower spray unit shall have an on/off control with a non-positive shut-off. If an adjustable-height shower head on a vertical bar is used, the bar shall be installed so as not to obstruct the use of grab bars. Shower spray units shall deliver water that is 120¡F (49¡C) maximum.

EXCEPTION: A fixed shower head located at 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the shower finish floor shall be permitted instead of a hand-held spray unit in facilities that are not medical care facilities, long-term care facilities, transient lodging guest rooms, or residential dwelling units.

4.21.6 Shower Unit. A shower spray unit with a hose at least 60 in (1525 mm) long that can be used both as a fixed shower head and as a hand-held shower shall be provided.

EXCEPTION: In unmonitored facilities where vandalism is a consideration, a fixed shower head mounted at 48 in (1220 mm) above the shower floor may be used in lieu of a hand-held shower head.

 

120-3-20-.32 (6) Shower Unit.  A shower spray unit with a hose at least 60 inches (1525 mm) long that can be used both as a fixed shower head and as a hand-held shower shall be provided. 

 

EXCEPTION: In unmonitored facilities where vandalism is a consideration, a fixed shower head mounted at 48 inches (1220 mm) above the shower floor may be used in lieu of a hand-held showerhead.

 

120-3-20-.54 (5)(e) Shower Head [Residential]. A shower spray head shall be provided with a hose at least 60 inches (1525 mm) long that can be used as a fixed shower head or as a hand-held shower. If an adjustable height shower head mounted on a vertical bar is used, the bar shall be installed, so as not to obstruct the use of the grab bars.

 

 

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards specify a maximum water temperature to prevent thermal shock.

 

608.7 Thresholds. Thresholds in roll-in type shower compartments shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm) high maximum in accordance with 303. In transfer type shower compartments, thresholds 1/2 inch (13 mm) high maximum shall be beveled, rounded, or vertical.

EXCEPTION: A threshold 2 inches (51 mm) high maximum shall be permitted in transfer type shower compartments in existing facilities where provision of a 1/2 inch (13 mm) high threshold would disturb the structural reinforcement of the floor slab.

 

4.21.7 Curbs. If provided, curbs in shower stalls 36 in by 36 in (915 mm by 915 mm) shall be no higher than 1/2 in (13 mm). Shower stalls that are 30 in by 60 in (760 mm by 1525 mm) minimum shall not have curbs.

 

120-3-20-.32 (7) Curbs.  If provided, curbs in shower stalls 36 inches by 36 inches (915 mm by 915 mm) shall be no higher than ½ inch (13 mm).  Shower stalls that are 30 inches by 60 inches (760 mm by 1525 mm) minimum shall not have curbs. 

The 2010 Standards provide an exception for certain existing transfer type shower compartments.

 

 

608.8 Shower Enclosures. Enclosures for shower compartments shall not obstruct controls, faucets, and shower spray units or obstruct transfer from wheelchairs onto shower seats.

 

4.21.8 Shower Enclosures. If provided, enclosures for shower stalls shall not obstruct controls or obstruct transfer from wheelchairs onto shower seats.

 

120-3-20-.32 (8) Shower Enclosures.  If provided, enclosures for shower stalls shall not obstruct controls or obstruct transfer from wheelchairs onto shower seats.

 

 

 

609 Grab Bars

 

4.26 Handrails, Grab Bars, and Tub and Shower Seats.

 

120-3-20-.37 Handrails, Grab Bars, and Tub and Shower Seats.

 

 

 

 

609.1 General. Grab bars in toilet facilities and bathing facilities shall comply with 609.

 

4.26.1 General. All handrails, grab bars, and tub and shower seats required to be accessible by 4.1, 4.8, 4.9, 4.16, 4.17, 4.20 or 4.21 shall comply with 4.26. 

 120-3-20-.37 (1) General.  All handrails, grab bars, and tub and shower seats required to be accessible by rules 120-3-20-.03, 120-3-20-.19, 120-3-20-.20, 120-3-20-.27, 120-3-20-.28, 120-3-20-.31 or 120-3-20-.32 shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.37. 

 

Note:  Many disabled people rely heavily upon grab bars and handrails to maintain balance and prevent serious falls.  Many people brace their forearms between supports and walls to give them more leverage and stability in maintaining balance or for lifting.  The grab bar clearance of 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) required in these rules is a safety clearance to prevent injuries resulting from arms slipping through the openings.  It also provides adequate gripping room.

 

 

 

 

609.2 Cross Section. Grab bars shall have a cross section complying with 609.2.1 or 609.2.2.

 

4.26.2 Size and Spacing of Grab Bars and Handrails. The diameter or width of the gripping surfaces of a handrail or grab bar shall be 1-1/4 in to 1-1/2 in (32 mm to 38 mm), or the shape shall provide an equivalent gripping surface. If handrails or grab bars are mounted adjacent to a wall, the space between the wall and the grab bar shall be 1-1/2 in (38 mm) (see Fig. 39(a), (b), (c), and (e)). Handrails may be located in a recess if the recess is a maximum of 3 in (75 mm) deep and extends at least 18 in (455 mm) above the top of the rail (see Fig. 39(d)). 

120-3-20-.37 (2) Size and Spacing of Grab Bars and Handrails.  The diameter or width of the gripping surfaces of a handrail or grab bar shall be 1-1/4 inches to 1-1/2 inches (32 mm to 38 mm), or the shape shall provide an equivalent gripping surface.  If handrails or grab bars are mounted adjacent to a wall, the space between the wall and the grab bar shall be 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) (see Fig. 39(a), (b), and (c)).   Handrails may be located in a recess if the recess is a maximum of 3 inches (75 mm) deep and extends at least 18 inches (455 mm) above the top of the rail (see Fig. 39(c)).

 

Note:  This specification allows for alternate shapes of handrails as long as they allow an opposing grip similar to that provided by a circular section of 1-1/4 inches to 1-1/2 inches (32 mm to 38 mm).

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code specify a maximum diameter of 1 ½ inches for grab bars with a circular cross section. The 2010 Standards specify a maximum 2 inch diameter.  Research indicates the 2 inch diameter is more usable and safer. 

 

 

609.2.1 Circular Cross Section. Grab bars with circular cross sections shall have an outside diameter of 1 1/4 inches (32 mm) minimum and 2 inches (51 mm) maximum.

 

NOTE: In Figure 39(b), the handrail shape has a rounded gripping surface shaped from a rectangular stock. Spacing between handrail and the adjacent wall shall be 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). Handrail gripping surface shall be 1-1/4 to 1-1/2 inches diameter (32 - 38 mm).

 

 

 

 

 

609.2.2 Non-Circular Cross Section. Grab bars with non-circular cross sections shall have a cross-section dimension of 2 inches (51 mm) maximum and a perimeter dimension of 4 inches (100 mm) minimum and 4.8 inches (120 mm) maximum.

 

NOTE: Figure 39(c) shows a rounded gripping surface provided on top of a rectangular railing supported from a bottom bracket attached to a side wall. Spacing between handrail and the adjacent wall shall be 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). Rounded handrail surface shall be 1-1/4 to 1-1/2 inches diameter (32 - 38 mm).

 

 

 

 

 

609.3 Spacing. The space between the wall and the grab bar shall be 1 1/2 inches (38 mm). The space between the grab bar and projecting objects below and at the ends shall be 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum. The space between the grab bar and projecting objects above shall be 12 inches (305 mm) minimum.

EXCEPTION: The space between the grab bars and shower controls, shower fittings, and other grab bars above shall be permitted to be 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum.

 

NOTE:  Figure 39(a) indicates spacing between handrail and the adjacent wall shall be 1 1/2 inches (38 mm). Handrail shall be 1-1/4 to 1-1/2 inches diameter (32 - 38 mm). Support for the handrail is from below.

Figure 39(d) illustrates a handrail mounted into a recessed section of a wall. The bottom of the recessed section is not more than 3 inches wide where the handrail is located. The recessed section shown extends vertically approximately 6 inches and then angles to a point on the flush wall a minimum of 18 inches (455 mm) above the grab bar. This profile is provided to permit grasping from a standing position. Spacing between handrail and the adjacent wall shall be 1- 1/2 inches (38 mm). Handrail shall be 1-1/4 to 1-1/2 inches diameter (32 - 38 mm). Support for the handrail is from below.

In Figure 39(e), the round grab bar surface is 1-1/4 to 1-1/2 inches diameter (32 - 38 mm). Spacing from the face of the grab bar to the wall is 1- 1/2 inches (38 mm).

 

 

The 2010 Standards clarify that the 1 ½ absolute clearance does not apply to shower controls, shower fittings or other grab bars that are located near a grab bar.

 

 

609.4 Position of Grab Bars. Grab bars shall be installed in a horizontal position, 33 inches (840 mm) minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) maximum above the finish floor measured to the top of the gripping surface, except that at water closets for children's use complying with 604.9, grab bars shall be installed in a horizontal position 18 inches (455 mm) minimum and 27 inches (685 mm) maximum above the finish floor measured to the top of the gripping surface. The height of the lower grab bar on the back wall of a bathtub shall comply with 607.4.1.1 or 607.4.2.1.

 

 

 

 

 

 

609.5 Surface Hazards. Grab bars and any wall or other surfaces adjacent to grab bars shall be free of sharp or abrasive elements and shall have rounded edges.

 

4.26.4 Eliminating Hazards. A handrail or grab bar and any wall or other surface adjacent to it shall be free of any sharp or abrasive elements. Edges shall have a minimum radius of 1/8 in (3.2 mm).

 

120-3-20-.37 (4) Eliminating Hazards.  A handrail or grab bar and any wall or other surface adjacent to it shall be free of any sharp or abrasive elements.  Edges shall have a minimum radius of 1/8 inch (3.2 mm).  

 

 

 

609.6 Fittings. Grab bars shall not rotate within their fittings.

 

4.26.3(5) Grab bars shall not rotate within their fittings.

120-3-20-.37 (3)(e) Grab bars shall not rotate within their fittings.

 

 

 

609.7 Installation. Grab bars shall be installed in any manner that provides a gripping surface at the specified locations and that does not obstruct the required clear floor space.

 

 

 

 

 

 

609.8 Structural Strength. Allowable stresses shall not be exceeded for materials used when a vertical or horizontal force of 250 pounds (1112 N) is applied at any point on the grab bar, fastener, mounting device, or supporting structure.

 

4.26.3 Structural Strength. The structural strength of grab bars, tub and shower seats, fasteners, and mounting devices shall meet the following specification:

(1) Bending stress in a grab bar or seat induced by the maximum bending moment from the application of 250 lbf (1112N) shall be less than the allowable stress for the material of the grab bar or seat.

(2) Shear stress induced in a grab bar or seat by the application of 250 lbf (1112N) shall be less than the allowable shear stress for the material of the grab bar or seat. If the connection between the grab bar or seat and its mounting bracket or other support is considered to be fully restrained, then direct and torsional shear stresses shall be totaled for the combined shear stress, which shall not exceed the allowable shear stress.

(3) Shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device from the application of 250 lbf (1112N) shall be less than the allowable lateral load of either the fastener or mounting device or the supporting structure, whichever is the smaller allowable load.

(4) Tensile force induced in a fastener by a direct tension force of 250 lbf (1112N) plus the maximum moment from the application of 250 lbf (1112N) shall be less than the allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting structure.

 

120-3-20-.37 (3)    Structural Strength.  The structural strength of grab bars, tub and shower seats, fasteners, and mounting devices shall meet the following specification: 

(a) Bending stress in a grab bar or seat induced by the maximum bending moment from the application of 250 lbf (1112 N) shall be less than the allowable stress for the material of the grab bar or seat.  

 

(b) Shear stress induced in a grab bar or seat by the application of 250 lbf (1112 N) shall be less than the allowable shear stress for the material of the grab bar or seat.  If the connection between the grab bar or seat and its mounting bracket or other support is considered to be fully restrained, then direct and torsional shear stresses shall be totaled for the combined shear stress, which shall not exceed the allowable shear stress.

 

(c) Shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device from the application of 250 lbf (1112 N) shall be less than the allowable lateral load of either the fastener or mounting device or the supporting structure, whichever is the smaller allowable load

 

(d) Tensile force induced in a fastener by a direct tension force of 250 lbf (1112 N) plus the maximum moment from the application of 250 lbf (1112 N) shall be less than the allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting structure. 

  

(e) Grab bars shall not rotate within their fittings.

The 2010 Standards consolidate all of the different types of stresses addressed by the 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code.

 

 

610 Seats

 

 

 

 

 

 

610.1 General. Seats in bathtubs and shower compartments shall comply with 610.

 

 

 

 

 

 

610.2 Bathtub Seats. The top of bathtub seats shall be 17 inches (430 mm) minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum above the bathroom finish floor. The depth of a removable in-tub seat shall be 15 inches (380 mm) minimum and 16 inches (405 mm) maximum. The seat shall be capable of secure placement. Permanent seats at the head end of the bathtub shall be 15 inches (380 mm) deep minimum and shall extend from the back wall to or beyond the outer edge of the bathtub.

 

4.20.3 Seat.  An in‑tub seat or a seat at the head end of the tub shall be provided as shown in Fig. 33 and 34.  The structural strength of seats and their attachments shall comply with 4.26.3.  Seats shall be mounted securely and shall not slip during use.

120-3-20-.31 Bathtubs. 

 (3) Seat.  An in-tub seat or a seat at the head end of the tub shall be provided as shown in Fig. 33 and 34. The structural strength of seats and their attachments shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.37(3).  Seats shall be mounted securely and shall not slip during use.

 

 

 

610.3 Shower Compartment Seats. Where a seat is provided in a standard roll-in shower compartment, it shall be a folding type, shall be installed on the side wall adjacent to the controls, and shall extend from the back wall to a point within 3 inches (75 mm) of the compartment entry. Where a seat is provided in an alternate roll-in type shower compartment, it shall be a folding type, shall be installed on the front wall opposite the back wall, and shall extend from the adjacent side wall to a point within 3 inches (75 mm) of the compartment entry. In transfer-type showers, the seat shall extend from the back wall to a point within 3 inches (75 mm) of the compartment entry. The top of the seat shall be 17 inches (430 mm) minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum above the bathroom finish floor. Seats shall comply with 610.3.1 or 610.3.2.

4.21.3 Seat.  A seat shall be provided in shower stalls 36 in by 36 in (915 mm by 915 mm) and shall be as shown in Fig. 36.  The seat shall be mounted 17 in to 19 in (430 mm to 485 mm) from the bathroom floor and shall extend the full depth of the stall.  In a 36 in by 36 in (915 mm by 915 mm) shower stall, the seat shall be on the wall opposite the controls.  Where a fixed seat is provided in a 30 in by 60 in minimum (760 mm by 1525 mm) shower stall, it shall be a folding type and shall be mounted on the wall adjacent to the controls as shown in Fig. 57.  The structural strength of seats and their attachments shall comply with 4.26.3.

 

120-3-20-.32 Shower Stalls.

 (3) Seat.  A seat shall be provided in shower stalls 36 inches by 36 inches (915 mm by 915 mm) and shall be as shown in Fig. 36.  The seat shall be mounted 17 inches to 19 inches (430 mm to 485 mm) from the bathroom floor and shall extend the full depth of the stall.  In a 36 inches by 36 inches (915 mm by 915 mm) shower stall, the seat shall be on the wall opposite the controls.  Where a fixed seat is provided in a 30 inches by 60 inches minimum (760 mm by 1525 mm) shower stall, it shall be a folding type and shall be mounted on the wall adjacent to the controls as shown in Fig. 57. The structural strength of seats and their attachments shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.37(3).

 

 

 

 

610.3.1 Rectangular Seats. The rear edge of a rectangular seat shall be 2 1/2 inches (64 mm) maximum and the front edge 15 inches (380 mm) minimum and 16 inches (405 mm) maximum from the seat wall. The side edge of the seat shall be 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) maximum from the adjacent wall.

 

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code specify an L-shaped seat. The 2010 Standards permit either a rectangular or an L-shaped seat.

 

 

610.3.2 L-Shaped Seats. The rear edge of an L-shaped seat shall be 2 1/2 inches (64 mm) maximum and the front edge 15 inches (380 mm) minimum and 16 inches (405 mm) maximum from the seat wall. The rear edge of the "L" portion of the seat shall be 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) maximum from the wall and the front edge shall be 14 inches (355 mm) minimum and 15 inches (380 mm) maximum from the wall. The end of the "L" shall be 22 inches (560 mm) minimum and 23 inches maximum (585 mm) from the main seat wall.

NOTE:  In Figure 36, the diagram illustrates an L-shaped shower seat extending the full depth of the stall. The seat shall be located 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) maximum from the wall. The front of the seat (nearest to the opening) shall extend a maximum 16 inches (330 mm) from the wall. The back of the seat (against the back wall) shall extend a maximum of 23 inches (582 mm) from the side wall and shall be a maximum of 15 inches (305 mm) deep.

 

Figure 36 Shower Seat Design.

  An L-shaped shower seat shall be provided, extending the full depth of the stall.  The seat shall be located 1-1/2 in (38 mm) maximum from the wall.  The front of the seat (nearest to the opening) shall extend a maximum 16 in (330 mm) from the wall.  The back of the seat (against the back wall) shall extend a maximum of 23 in (582 mm) from the side wall and shall be a maximum of 15 in (305 mm) deep.

 

 

610.4 Structural Strength. Allowable stresses shall not be exceeded for materials used when a vertical or horizontal force of 250 pounds (1112 N) is applied at any point on the seat, fastener, mounting device, or supporting structure.

 

See 4.26.3

 

 

 

 

611 Washing Machines and Clothes Dryers

 

 

 

 

 

 

611.1 General. Washing machines and clothes dryers shall comply with 611.

 

120-3-20-.54 (6) Laundry Facilities [Residential]. If laundry equipment is provided within individual accessible dwelling units, or if separate laundry facilities serve one or more accessible dwelling units, they shall meet the requirements of 120-3­20-.54.6.1 and 120-3-20-.54.6.2.

 

 

 

 

 

 

120-3-20-.54 (6 (a) Location. Laundry Facilities and laundry equipment shall be on an accessible route­.

 

 

 

 

611.2 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 positioned for parallel approach shall be provided. The clear floor or ground space shall be centered on the appliance

 

 

 

 

 

611.3 Operable Parts. Operable parts, including doors, lint screens, and detergent and bleach compartments shall comply with 309.

 

 

120-3-20-.54 (6) (c) Controls. Laundry equipment shall comply with 120-3­-20-.38.

 

 

 

611.4 Height. Top loading machines shall have the door to the laundry compartment located 36 inches (915 mm) maximum above the finish floor. Front loading machines shall have the bottom of the opening to the laundry compartment located 15 inches (380 mm) minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) maximum above the finish floor.

 

120-3-20-.54 (6) (b) Washing Machines and Clothes Dryers. Accessible washing machines and clothes dryers in common-use laundry rooms shall be front loading and shall comply with 120-3-20-.13(4).

 

 

 

612 Saunas and Steam Rooms

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards have specific requirements for accessible saunas and steam rooms.

 

 

 

612.1 General. Saunas and steam rooms shall comply with 612.

 

 

 

612.2 Bench. Where seating is provided in saunas and steam rooms, at least one bench shall comply with 903. Doors shall not swing into the clear floor space required by 903.2.

EXCEPTION: A readily removable bench shall be permitted to obstruct the turning space required by 612.3 and the clear floor or ground space required by 903.2.

 

 

612.3 Turning Space. A turning space complying with 304 shall be provided within saunas and steam rooms.

 

 

 

CHAPTER 7: COMMUNICATION ELEMENTS AND FEATURES

 

 

 

 

 

 

701 General

 

 

 

 

 

 

701.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 7 shall apply where required by Chapter 2 or where referenced by a requirement in this document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

702 Fire Alarm Systems

 

4.28 Alarms.

120-3-20-.39 Alarms.

 

 

 

 

702.1 General. Fire alarm systems shall have permanently installed audible and visible alarms complying with NFPA 72 (1999 or 2002 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1), except that the maximum allowable sound level of audible notification appliances complying with section 4-3.2.1 of NFPA 72 (1999 edition) shall have a sound level no more than 110 dB at the minimum hearing distance from the audible appliance. In addition, alarms in guest rooms required to provide communication features shall comply with sections 4-3 and 4-4 of NFPA 72 (1999 edition) or sections 7.4 and 7.5 of NFPA 72 (2002 edition).

EXCEPTION: Fire alarm systems in medical care facilities shall be permitted to be provided in accordance with industry practice.

 

4.28.1 General. Alarm systems required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.28. At a minimum, visual signal appliances shall be provided in buildings and facilities in each of the following areas: restrooms and any other general usage areas (e.g., meeting rooms), hallways, lobbies, and any other area for common use.

 

 

 120-3-20-.39 (1) General.  Alarm systems required to be accessible by rule 120-3-.20-.03 shall comply with rule 120-3-.20-.39.  At a minimum, visual signal appliances shall be provided in buildings and facilities in each of the following areas: restrooms and any other general usage areas (e.g., class rooms, meeting rooms), hallways, lobbies, and any other area for common use.  

 

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code have their own requirements for accessible alarms.  The 2010 Standards reference the NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code as this document now has comprehensive requirements for accessible alarms.

 

4.28.2 Audible Alarms. If provided, audible emergency alarms shall produce a sound that exceeds the prevailing equivalent sound level in the room or space by at least 15 dbA or exceeds any maximum sound level with a duration of 60 seconds by 5 dbA, whichever is louder. Sound levels for alarm signals shall not exceed 120 dbA. 

120-3-20-.39 (2) Audible Alarms.  If provided, audible emergency alarms shall produce a sound that exceeds the prevailing equivalent sound level in the room or space by at least 15 dbA or exceeds any maximum sound level with a duration of 60 seconds by 5 dbA, whichever is louder.  Sound levels for alarm signals shall not exceed 120 dbA. 

 

Note:  Audible emergency signals must have an intensity and frequency that can attract the attention of individuals who have partial hearing loss.  People more than 60 years of age generally have difficulty perceiving frequencies higher than 10,000 Hz.  An alarm signal which has a periodic element to its signal, such as single stroke bells (clang-pause-clang-pause), hi-low (up-down-up-down), and fast whoop (on-off-on-off) are best.  Avoid continuous or reverberating tones.  Select a signal which has a sound characterized by three or four clear tones without a great deal of ÒnoiseÓ in between.

 

 

4.28.3 Visual Alarms. Visual alarm signal appliances shall be integrated into the building or facility alarm system. If single station audible alarms are provided then single station visual alarm signals shall be provided. Visual alarm signals shall have the following minimum photometric and location features:

 

120-3-20-.39 (3) Visual Alarms.  Visual alarm signal appliances shall be integrated into the building or facility alarm system.  If single station audible alarms are provided then single station, visual alarm signals shall be provided.  Visual alarm signals shall have the following minimum photometric and location features:   

 

 

 

 

(1) The lamp shall be a xenon strobe type or equivalent.

(2) The color shall be clear or nominal white (i.e., unfiltered or clear filtered white light).

(3) The maximum pulse duration shall be two-tenths of one second (0.2 sec) with a maximum duty cycle of 40 percent. The pulse duration is defined as the time interval between initial and final points of 10 percent of maximum signal.

(4) The intensity shall be a minimum of 75 candela.

(5) The flash rate shall be a minimum of 1 Hz and a maximum of 3 Hz.

(6) The appliance shall be placed 80 in (2030 mm) above the highest floor level within the space or 6 in (152 mm) below the ceiling, whichever is lower.

(7) In general, no place in any room or space required to have a visual signal appliance shall be more than 50 ft (15 m) from the signal (in the horizontal plane). In large rooms and spaces exceeding 100 ft (30 m) across, without obstructions 6 ft (2 m) above the finish floor, such as auditoriums, devices may be placed around the perimeter, spaced a maximum 100 ft (30 m) apart, in lieu of suspending appliances from the ceiling.

(8) No place in common corridors or hallways in which visual alarm signaling appliances are required shall be more than 50 ft (15 m) from the signal.

 

(a) The lamp shall be a xenon strobe type or equivalent.

 

120-3-20-.39 (3)(b) The color shall be clear or nominal white (i.e., unfiltered or clear filtered white light).  

 

 

(c) The maximum pulse duration shall be two-tenths of one second (0.2 sec) with a maximum duty cycle of 40 percent.  The pulse duration is defined as the time interval between initial and final points of 10 percent of maximum signal. 

 

(d) The intensity shall be a minimum of 75 candela. 

 

(e) The flash rate shall be a minimum of 1 Hz and a maximum of 3 Hz. 

 

(f) The appliance shall be placed 80 inches (2030 mm) above the highest floor level within the space or 6 inches (152 mm) below the ceiling, whichever is lower. 

 

(g) In general, no place in any room or space required to have a visual signal appliance shall be more than 50 feet (15 m) from the signal (in the horizontal plane).  In large rooms and spaces exceeding 100 feet (30 m) across, without obstructions 6 feet (2 m)  above the finish floor, such as auditoriums, devices may be placed around the perimeter, spaced a maximum 100 ft (30 m) apart, in lieu of suspending appliances from the ceiling.

 

(h) No place in common corridors or hallways in which visual alarm signaling appliances are required shall be more than 50 feet (15 m) from the signal.

 

Note:  The specifications in this section do not preclude the use of zoned or coded alarm systems.

 

 

 

 

703 Signs

 

4.30 Signage.

 

120-3-20-.41 Signage.  

 

 

 

 

703.1 General. Signs shall comply with 703. Where both visual and tactile characters are required, either one sign with both visual and tactile characters, or two separate signs, one with visual, and one with tactile characters, shall be provided.

 

4.30.1 General. Signage required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with the applicable provisions of 4.30. 

 

 120-3-20-.41 (1) General.  Signage required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with the applicable provisions of rule 120-3-20-.41.

 

Note:  In building complexes where finding locations independently on a routine basis may be a necessity (for example, college campuses), tactile maps or prerecorded instructions can be very helpful to visually impaired people.  Several maps and auditory instructions have been developed and tested for specific applications.  The type of map or instruction used must be bases on the information to be communicated, which depends highly on the type of buildings or user.

 

Landmarks that can be easily distinguished by visually impaired individuals are useful as orientation cues.  Such cues include changes in illumination level, bright colors, unique patterns, wall murals, location of special equipment or other architectural features.

 

Many people with disabilities have limitations in movement of their heads and reduced peripheral vision.  Thus, signage positioned perpendicular to the path of travel is easiest for them to notice.  People can generally distinguish signage within an angle of 30 degrees to either side of the centerline of their faces without moving their heads.

 

 

 

 

703.2 Raised Characters. Raised characters shall comply with 703.2 and shall be duplicated in braille complying with 703.3. Raised characters shall be installed in accordance with 703.4.

4.30.4 Raised and Brailled Characters and Pictorial Symbol Signs (Pictograms). Letters and numerals shall be raised 1/32 in (0.8 mm) minimum, upper case, sans serif or simple serif type and shall be accompanied with Grade 2 Braille. Raised characters shall be at least 5/8 in (16 mm) high, but no higher than 2 in (50 mm). Pictograms shall be accompanied by the equivalent verbal description placed directly below the pictogram. The border dimension of the pictogram shall be 6 in (152 mm) minimum in height. 

 

120-3-20-.41 (4) Raised and Braille Characters and Pictorial Symbol Signs (Pictograms).  Letters and numerals shall be raised 1/32 inch, uppercase, sans serif or simple serif type and shall be accompanied with Grade 2 Braille.  Raised characters shall be at least 5/8 inch (16 mm) high, but no higher than 2 inches (50 mm).  Pictograms shall be accompanied by the equivalent verbal description placed directly below the pictogram.  The border dimension of the pictogram shall be 6 inches (152 mm) minimum in height.  

 

Note:  The standard dimensions for literary Braille are as follows:

 

Dot diameter

.059 inch.

Inter-dot spacing

.090 inch.

Horizontal separation between cells

.241 inch.

Vertical separation between cells

.395 inch.

 

Raised borders around signs containing raised characters may make them confusing to read unless the border is set far away from the characters.  Accessible signage with descriptive materials about public buildings, monuments, and objects of cultural interest may not provide sufficiently detailed and meaningful information.  Interpretive guides, audio tape devices, or other methods may be more effective in presenting such information.

 

 

 

703.2.1 Depth. Raised characters shall be 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) minimum above their background.

 

 

 

703.2.2 Case. Characters shall be uppercase.

 

 

 

 

 

 

703.2.3 Style. Characters shall be sans serif. Characters shall not be italic, oblique, script, highly decorative, or of other unusual forms.

 

 

 

 

 

 

703.2.4 Character Proportions. Characters shall be selected from fonts where the width of the uppercase letter "O" is 55 percent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the height of the uppercase letter "I".

 

4.30.2 Character Proportion. Letters and numbers on signs shall have a width-to-height ratio between 3:5 and 1:1 and a stroke-width-to-height ratio between 1:5 and 1:10. 

 

120-3-20-.41 (2) Character Proportion.  Letters and numbers on signs shall have a width-to-height ratio between 3:5 and 1:1 and a stroke-width-to-height ratio between 1:5 and 1:10. 

 

Note:  The legibility of printed characters is a function of the viewing distance, character height, the ratio of the stroke width to the height of the character, the contrast of color between character and background and print fonts.  The size of characters must be based upon the intended viewing distance.  A severely nearsighted person may have to be much closer to recognize a character of a given size than a person with normal visual acuity.

 

 

 

703.2.5 Character Height. Character height measured vertically from the baseline of the character shall be 5/8 inch (16 mm) minimum and 2 inches (51 mm) maximum based on the height of the uppercase letter "I".

EXCEPTION: Where separate raised and visual characters with the same information are provided, raised character height shall be permitted to be 1/2 inch (13 mm) minimum.

 

 

 

 

 

703.2.6 Stroke Thickness. Stroke thickness of the uppercase letter "I" shall be 15 percent maximum of the height of the character.

 

See 4.30.2

 

 

 

703.2.7 Character Spacing. Character spacing shall be measured between the two closest points of adjacent raised characters within a message, excluding word spaces. Where characters have rectangular cross sections, spacing between individual raised characters shall be 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke width maximum. Where characters have other cross sections, spacing between individual raised characters shall be 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke width maximum at the base of the cross sections, and 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke width maximum at the top of the cross sections. Characters shall be separated from raised borders and decorative elements 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) minimum.

 

 

 

 

 

 

703.2.8 Line Spacing. Spacing between the baselines of separate lines of raised characters within a message shall be 135 percent minimum and 170 percent maximum of the raised character height.

 

 

 

 

 

 

703.3 Braille. Braille shall be contracted (Grade 2) and shall comply with 703.3 and 703.4.

 

 

 

 

 

703.3.1 Dimensions and Capitalization. Braille dots shall have a domed or rounded shape and shall comply with Table 703.3.1. The indication of an uppercase letter or letters shall only be used before the first word of sentences, proper nouns and names, individual letters of the alphabet, initials, and acronyms.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design:

 703.3.1 Braille Dimensions

Measurement Range

Minimum in Inches

Maximum in Inches

Dot base diameter

0.059 (1.5 mm)

to

0.063 (1.6 mm)

Distance between two dots in the same cell1

0.090 (2.3 mm)

to

0.100 (2.5 mm)

Distance between corresponding

dots in adjacent cells1

0.241 (6.1 mm)

to

0.300 (7.6 mm)

Dot height

0.025 (0.6 mm)

to

0.037 (0.9 mm)

Distance between corresponding dots

from one cell directly below1

0.395 (10 mm)

to

0.400 (10.2 mm)

1. Measured center to center.

 

 

 

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

 

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Commentary

703.3.2 Position. Braille shall be positioned below the corresponding text. If text is multi-lined, braille shall be placed below the entire text. Braille shall be separated 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) minimum from any other tactile characters and 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) minimum from raised borders and decorative elements.

EXCEPTION: Braille provided on elevator car controls shall be separated 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) minimum and shall be located either directly below or adjacent to the corresponding raised characters or symbols.

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards specify that where text is multilined, braille shall be located below the entire text and not interspersed between each line of visual text.  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code are silent on this issue.

703.4 Installation Height and Location. Signs with tactile characters shall comply with 703.4.

 

 

 

 

703.4.1 Height Above Finish Floor or Ground. Tactile characters on signs shall be located 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground surface, measured from the baseline of the lowest tactile character and 60 inches (1525 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground surface, measured from the baseline of the highest tactile character.

EXCEPTION: Tactile characters for elevator car controls shall not be required to comply with 703.4.1.

4.30.6 Mounting Location and Height. Where permanent identification is provided for rooms and spaces, signs shall be installed on the wall adjacent to the latch side of the door. Where there is no wall space to the latch side of the door, including at double leaf doors, signs shall be placed on the nearest adjacent wall. Mounting height shall be 60 in (1525 mm) above the finish floor to the centerline of the sign. Mounting location for such signage shall be so that a person may approach within 3 in (76 mm) of signage without encountering protruding objects or standing within the swing of a door.

 

120-3-20-.41 (6) Mounting Location and Height.  Where permanent identification is provided for rooms and spaces, signs shall be installed on the wall adjacent to the latch side of the door.  Where there is no wall space to the latch side of the door, including at double leaf doors, signs shall be placed on the nearest adjacent wall.  Mounting height shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) above the finish floor to the centerline of the sign.  Mounting location for such signage shall be so that a person may approach within 3 inches (76 mm) of signage without encountering protruding objects or standing within the swing of a door.

The 2010 Standards specify a mounting height for tactile characters and braille between 48 and 60 inches high.  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code specify that signs must be centered 60 inches above the floor, which results in tactile characters being significantly above 60 inches on signs with a large amount of text.

703.4.2 Location. Where a tactile sign is provided at a door, the sign shall be located alongside the door at the latch side. Where a tactile sign is provided at double doors with one active leaf, the sign shall be located on the inactive leaf. Where a tactile sign is provided at double doors with two active leafs, the sign shall be located to the right of the right hand door. Where there is no wall space at the latch side of a single door or at the right side of double doors, signs shall be located on the nearest adjacent wall. Signs containing tactile characters shall be located so that a clear floor space of 18 inches (455 mm) minimum by 18 inches (455 mm) minimum, centered on the tactile characters, is provided beyond the arc of any door swing between the closed position and 45 degree open position.

EXCEPTION: Signs with tactile characters shall be permitted on the push side of doors with closers and without hold-open devices.

The 2010 Standards specify an 18 by 18 inch minimum clear floor space in front of tactile signs.  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require that people be able to approach to within 3 inches of the sign without encountering protruding objects.

703.5 Visual Characters. Visual characters shall comply with 703.5.

EXCEPTION: Where visual characters comply with 703.2 and are accompanied by braille complying with 703.3, they shall not be required to comply with 703.5.2 through 703.5.9.

 

 

 

 

703.5.1 Finish and Contrast. Characters and their background shall have a non-glare finish. Characters shall contrast with their background with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a light background.

4.30.5 Finish and Contrast. The characters and background of signs shall be eggshell, matte, or other non-glare finish. Characters and symbols shall contrast with their background -- either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a light background. 

 

120-3-20-.41 (5) Finish and Contrast.  The characters and background of signs shall be eggshell, matte, or other non glare finish.  Characters and symbols shall contrast with their background -- either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a light background. 

 

Note:  An eggshell finish (11 to 19 degree gloss on 60 degree glossimeter) is recommended.  Research indicates that signs are more legible for persons with low vision when characters contrast with their background by at least 70 percent.  Contrast in percent shall be determined by:

 

Contrast = [(B1 – B2) / B1] x 100

 

Where B1=light reflectance value (LRV) of the lighter area and B2=light reflectance value (LRV) of the darker area.

 

Note:  in any application both white and black are never absolute; thus, B1 never equals 100 and B2 is greater than 0.

 

The greatest readability is usually achieved through the use of light-colored characters or symbols on a dark background.

 

 

703.5.2 Case. Characters shall be uppercase or lowercase or a combination of both.

 

 

 

 

703.5.3 Style. Characters shall be conventional in form. Characters shall not be italic, oblique, script, highly decorative, or of other unusual forms.

 

 

 

 

703.5.4 Character Proportions. Characters shall be selected from fonts where the width of the uppercase letter "O" is 55 percent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the height of the uppercase letter "I".

 

 

 

 

703.5.5 Character Height. Minimum character height shall comply with Table 703.5.5. Viewing distance shall be measured as the horizontal distance between the character and an obstruction preventing further approach towards the sign. Character height shall be based on the uppercase letter "I".

4.30.3 Character Height. Characters and numbers on signs shall be sized according to the viewing distance from which they are to be read. The minimum height is measured using an upper case X. Lower case characters are permitted.

 

120-3-20-.41 (3) Character Height.  Characters and numbers on signs shall be sized according to the viewing distance from which they are to be read.  The minimum height is measured using an uppercase X.  Lowercase characters are permitted.

 

 

The 2010 Standards provide detailed dimensional requirements for sign characters based on a spectrum of heights of the sign and viewing distances for the sign.  The 1994 Standards specify a minimum character height for signs over 80 inches above the floor.

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design: 703.5.5 Visual Character Height

Height to Finish Floor or Ground From

Baseline of Character

Horizontal Viewing Distance

Minimum Character Height

40 inches (1015 mm) to less than or equal to 70 inches (1780 mm)

less than 72 inches (1830 mm)

5/8 inch (16 mm)

72 inches (1830 mm) and greater

5/8 inch (16 mm), plus 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) per foot (305 mm) of viewing distance above 72 inches (1830 mm)

Greater than 70 inches (1780 mm) to less than or equal to 120 inches (3050 mm)

less than 180 inches (4570 mm)

2 inches (51 mm)

180 inches (4570 mm) and greater

2 inches (51 mm), plus 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) per foot (305 mm) of viewing distance above 180 inches (4570 mm)

greater than 120 inches

(3050 mm)

less than 21 feet (6400 mm)

3 inches (75 mm)

21 feet (6400 mm) and greater

3 inches (75 mm), plus 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) per foot (305 mm) of viewing distance above 21 feet (6400 mm)

 

1994 Standards for Accessible Design: Table 4.30.3 and Georgia Accessibility Code requirement

Height Above Finished Floor

Minimum Character Height

Suspended or Projected Overhead in compliance with 4.4.2

3 in (75 mm) minimum

 

 


 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

 

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Commentary

703.5.6 Height From Finish Floor or Ground. Visual characters shall be 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground.

EXCEPTION: Visual characters indicating elevator car controls shall not be required to comply with 703.5.6.

 

 

 

703.5.7 Stroke Thickness. Stroke thickness of the uppercase letter "I" shall be 10 percent minimum and 30 percent maximum of the height of the character.

 

 

 

 

703.5.8 Character Spacing. Character spacing shall be measured between the two closest points of adjacent characters, excluding word spaces. Spacing between individual characters shall be 10 percent minimum and 35 percent maximum of character height.

 

 

 

 

703.5.9 Line Spacing. Spacing between the baselines of separate lines of characters within a message shall be 135 percent minimum and 170 percent maximum of the character height.

 

 

 

 

703.6 Pictograms. Pictograms shall comply with 703.6.

 

 

 

 

703.6.1 Pictogram Field. Pictograms shall have a field height of 6 inches (150 mm) minimum. Characters and braille shall not be located in the pictogram field.

 

 

 

703.6.2 Finish and Contrast. Pictograms and their field shall have a non-glare finish. Pictograms shall contrast with their field with either a light pictogram on a dark field or a dark pictogram on a light field.

 

 

 

703.6.3 Text Descriptors. Pictograms shall have text descriptors located directly below the pictogram field. Text descriptors shall comply with 703.2, 703.3 and 703.4.

 

 

 

 

703.7 Symbols of Accessibility. Symbols of accessibility shall comply with 703.7.

 

4.30.7 Symbols of Accessibility. 

(7) Symbols of Accessibility. 

 

 

703.7.1 Finish and Contrast. Symbols of accessibility and their background shall have a non-glare finish. Symbols of accessibility shall contrast with their background with either a light symbol on a dark background or a dark symbol on a light background.

 

 

 

703.7.2 Symbols.

 

 

 

 

703.7.2.1 International Symbol of Accessibility. The International Symbol of Accessibility shall comply with Figure 703.7.2.1.

 

4.30.7(1) Facilities and elements required to be identified as accessible by 4.1 shall use the international symbol of accessibility. The symbol shall be displayed as shown in Fig. 43(a) and (b).

 

NOTE: Figure 43(a) illustrates the International Symbol of Accessibility on a grid background.  Figure 43(b) indicates the symbol contrast shall be light on dark, or dark on light.

 

120-3-20-.41 (7)(a) Facilities and elements required to be identified as accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall use the international symbol of accessibility.  The symbol shall be displayed as shown in Fig. 43(a) and (b).

 

Figure 43  International Symbols.

  43(a) Proportions, International Symbol of Accessibility.  The diagram illustrates the International Symbol of Accessibility on a grid background.

  43(b)  Display Conditions, International Symbol of Accessibility.  The symbol contrast shall be light on dark or dark on light.

 

 

703.7.2.2 International Symbol of TTY. The International Symbol of TTY shall comply with Figure 703.7.2.2.

 

4.30.7(3) Text Telephones. Text telephones required by 4.1.3(17)(c) shall be identified by the international TDD symbol (Fig 43(c)). In addition, if a facility has a public text telephone), directional signage indicating the location of the nearest text telephone shall be placed adjacent to all banks of telephones which do not contain a text telephone. Such directional signage shall include the international TDD symbol. If a facility has no banks of telephones, the directional signage shall be provided at the entrance (e.g., in a building directory).

 

NOTE: Figure 43(c) illustrates the International TDD Symbol, a stylized keyboard with keys and a spacer bar and a telephone handset on top.

 

120-3-20-.41 (7)(c) Text Telephones. Text telephones required by rule 120-3-20-.08 (17)(c) shall be identified by the international TDD symbol (Fig 43(c)).  In addition, if a facility has a public text telephone, directional signage indicating the location of the nearest text telephone shall be placed adjacent to all banks of telephones which do not contain a text telephone.  Such directional signage shall include the international TDD symbol.  If a facility has no banks of telephones, the directional signage shall be provided at the entrance (e.g., in a building directory).

 

 

703.7.2.3 Volume Control Telephones. Telephones with a volume control shall be identified by a pictogram of a telephone handset with radiating sound waves on a square field such as shown in Figure 703.7.2.3.

 

(2) Volume Control Telephones. Telephones required to have a volume control by 4.1.3(17)(b) shall be identified by a sign containing a depiction of a telephone handset with radiating sound waves.

 

120-3-20-.41 (7)(b) Volume Control Telephones.  Telephones required to have a volume control by rule 120-3-20-.08(17)(b) shall be identified by a sign containing a depiction of a telephone handset with radiating sound waves. 

 

 

703.7.2.4 Assistive Listening Systems. Assistive listening systems shall be identified by the International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss complying with Figure 703.7.2.4.

 

(4) Assistive Listening Systems. In assembly areas where permanently installed assistive listening systems are required by 4.1.3(19)(b) the availability of such systems shall be identified with signage that includes the international symbol of access for hearing loss (Fig 43(d)). 

 

NOTE: Figure 43(d) illustrates the International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss, a stylized ear with a diagonal slash in the field.

 

120-3-20-.41 (7)(d) Assistive Listening Systems.  In assembly areas where permanently installed assistive listening systems are required by rule 120-3-20-.08(19)(b) the availability of such systems shall be identified with signage that includes the international symbol of access for hearing loss (Fig 43(d)).

 

Note:  Paragraph 4 of this section requires signage indicating the availability of an Assistive Listening System.  An appropriate message should be displayed with the international symbol of access for hearing loss since this symbol conveys general accessibility for people with hearing loss.  Some suggestions are:

 

INFRARED

ASSISTIVE LISTENING SYSTEM

AVAILABLE

----PLEASE ASK----

 

AUDIO LOOP IN USE

TURN T-SWITCH FOR

BETTER HEARING

----OR ASK FOR HELP----

 

FM

ASSISTIVE LISTENING

SYSTEM AVAILABLE

----PLEASE ASK----

 

The symbol may be used to notify persons of the availability of other auxiliary aids and services such as:  real time captioning, captioned note taking, sign language interpreters, and oral interpreters.

 

 

 

4.30.8 Illumination Levels. (Reserved). 

 

120-3-20-.41 (8) Illumination Levels.  (Reserved). 

 

Note:  Illumination levels on the sign surface shall be in the 100 to 300 lux range (10 to 30 foot candles) and shall be uniform over the sign surface.  Signs shall be located such that the illumination level on the surface of the sign is not significantly exceeded by the ambient light or visible bright lighting source behind or in front of the sign.

 

 

704 Telephones

 

4.31 Telephones.

 

120-3-20-.42 Telephones. 

 

 

704.1 General. Public telephones shall comply with 704.

 

4.31.1 General. Public telephones required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.31.

 

 120-3-20-.42 (1) General.  Public telephones required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.42.

 

 

704.2 Wheelchair Accessible Telephones. Wheelchair accessible telephones shall comply with 704.2.

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards have specific requirements for wheelchair accessible telephones and for TTYs.  This is because telephones with TTYs that are located at a wheelchair accessible height are difficult for standing deaf persons to use.

 

704.2.1 Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be provided. The clear floor or ground space shall not be obstructed by bases, enclosures, or seats.

 

4.31.2 Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor or ground space at least 30 in by 48 in (760 mm by 1220 mm) that allows either a forward or parallel approach by a person using a wheelchair shall be provided at telephones (see Fig. 44). The clear floor or ground space shall comply with 4.2.4. Bases, enclosures, and fixed seats shall not impede approaches to telephones by people who use wheelchairs.

 

NOTE: Figure 44(a) indicates that if a parallel approach is provided at a telephone in an enclosure, the wing walls and shelf may extend beyond the face of the telephone a maximum of 10 inches (255 mm).

 

Figure 44(b) indicates that if a front approach is provided at a telephone with an enclosure, the shelf can extend beyond the face of the telephone a maximum of 20 inches (510 mm). A wing wall may extend beyond the face of the telephone a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm). If the wing wall extends more than 24 inches (610 mm) beyond the face of the telephone, an additional 6 inches (150 mm) in width of clear floor space shall be provided.

 

120-3-20-.42 (2) Clear Floor or Ground Space.  A clear floor or ground space at least 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) that allows either a forward or parallel approach by a person using a wheelchair shall be provided at telephones (see Fig.44).  The clear floor or ground space shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.13(4).  Bases, enclosures, and fixed seats shall not impede approaches to telephones by people who use wheelchairs. 

Figure 44 Mounting Heights and Clearances for Telephones.

  44(a)  Side Reach Possible.  If a parallel approach is provided at a telephone in an enclosure, the wing walls and shelf may extend beyond the face of the telephone a maximum of 10 in (255 mm).  The wing walls and shelf may not overlap the required clear space.  The controls shall be located no higher than 54 in (1370 mm) above the floor and the wing walls shall extend downward to 27 in (685 mm) or less above the floor.

 

  44(b)  Forward Reach Required.  If a front approach is provided at a telephone with an enclosure, the shelf may extend beyond the face of the telephone a maximum of 20 in (510 mm) into the required clear floor space.  Wing walls may extend beyond the face of the telephone a maximum of 24 in (610 mm).  If wing walls extend more than 24 in (610 mm) beyond the face of the telephone, an additional 6 in (150 mm) in width of clear floor space shall be provided, creating a clear floor space of 36 in by 48 in (910 mm by 1220 mm).  Wing walls shall extend downward to 27 in (685 mm) or less above the floor.  The highest operable part shall be located no higher than 48 in (1220 mm) above the floor.

 

 

704.2.1.1 Parallel Approach. Where a parallel approach is provided, the distance from the edge of the telephone enclosure to the face of the telephone unit shall be 10 inches (255 mm) maximum.

 

704.2.1.2 Forward Approach. Where a forward approach is provided, the distance from the front edge of a counter within the telephone enclosure to the face of the telephone unit shall be 20 inches (510 mm) maximum.

 

 

704.2.2 Operable Parts. Operable parts shall comply with 309. Telephones shall have push-button controls where such service is available.

 

4.31.3 Mounting Height. The highest operable part of the telephone shall be within the reach ranges specified in 4.2.5 or 4.2.6. 

 

120-3-20-.42 (3) Mounting Height.  The highest operable part of the telephone shall be within the reach ranges specified in rule 120-3-20-.12(5) or rule 120-3-20-.13(6). 

 

Note:  In localities where the dial-tone first system is in operation, calls can be placed at a coin telephone through the operator without inserting coins.  The operator button is located at a height of 46 inches (1170 mm) if the coin slot of the telephone is at 54 inches (1370 mm).  A generally available public telephone with a coin slot mounted lower on the equipment would allow universal installation of telephones at a height of 48 inches (1220 mm) or less to all operable parts.

 

The 1994 Standards specify push button controls where service is available.  Because push buttons are the only type of public phone now available, the 2010 Standards dropped this requirement.

 

4.31.6 Controls. Telephones shall have pushbutton controls where service for such equipment is available.

 

120-3-20-.42 (6) Controls.  Telephones shall have push-button controls where service for such equipment is available. 

704.2.3 Telephone Directories. Telephone directories, where provided, shall be located in accordance with 309.

 

4.31.7 Telephone Books. Telephone books, if provided, shall be located in a position that complies with the reach ranges specified in 4.2.5 and 4.2.6.

 

120-3-20-.42 (7) Telephone Books.  Telephone books, if provided, shall be located in a position that complies with the reach ranges specified in rule 120-3-20-.13(5) and rule 120-3-20-.13(6).  

 

 

704.2.4 Cord Length. The cord from the telephone to the handset shall be 29 inches (735 mm) long minimum.

 

4.31.8 Cord Length. The cord from the telephone to the handset shall be at least 29 in (735 mm) long.

 

120-3-20-.42 (8) Cord Length.  The cord from the telephone to the handset shall be at least 29 inches (735 mm) long.

 

 

4.31.5 Hearing Aid Compatible and Volume Control Telephones Required by 4.1.

(1) Telephones shall be hearing aid compatible.

(2) Volume controls, capable of a minimum of 12 dbA and a maximum of 18 dbA above normal, shall be provided in accordance with 4.1.3. If an automatic reset is provided then 18 dbA may be exceeded.

 

120-3-20-.42 (5) Hearing Aid Compatible and Volume Control Telephones Required by rule 120-3-20-.03.

(a)  Telephones shall be hearing aid compatible. 

(b)  Volume controls, capable of a minimum of 12 dbA and a maximum of 18 dbA above normal, shall be provided in accordance with 4.1.3.  If an automatic reset is provided then 18 dbA may be exceeded.

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require telephones to be hearing aid compatible. The 2010 Standards dropped this requirement because it is already a mandate under another federal law.

 

704.3 Volume Control Telephones. Public telephones required to have volume controls shall be equipped with a receive volume control that provides a gain adjustable up to 20 dB minimum. For incremental volume control, provide at least one intermediate step of 12 dB of gain minimum. An automatic reset shall be provided.

 

704.4 TTYs. TTYs required at a public pay telephone shall be permanently affixed within, or adjacent to, the telephone enclosure. Where an acoustic coupler is used, the telephone cord shall be sufficiently long to allow connection of the TTY and the telephone receiver.

4.31.9 Text Telephones Required by 4.1.

 

(1) Text telephones used with a pay telephone shall be permanently affixed within, or adjacent to, the telephone enclosure. If an acoustic coupler is used, the telephone cord shall be sufficiently long to allow connection of the text telephone and the telephone receiver. 

 

120-3-20-.42 (9) Text Telephones Required by 120-3-20-.03.

(a)  Text telephones used with a pay telephone shall be permanently affixed within, or adjacent to, the telephone enclosure.  If an acoustic coupler is used, the telephone cord shall be sufficiently long to allow connection of the text telephone and the telephone receiver.

 

 

704.4.1 Height. When in use, the touch surface of TTY keypads shall be 34 inches (865 mm) minimum above the finish floor.

EXCEPTION: Where seats are provided, TTYs shall not be required to comply with 704.4.1.

 

 

The 2010 Standards specify a minimum height of 34 inches for TTY keypads where seats are not provided.

704.5 TTY Shelf. Public pay telephones required to accommodate portable TTYs shall be equipped with a shelf and an electrical outlet within or adjacent to the telephone enclosure. The telephone handset shall be capable of being placed flush on the surface of the shelf. The shelf shall be capable of accommodating a TTY and shall have 6 inches (150 mm) minimum vertical clearance above the area where the TTY is to be placed.

 

(2) Pay telephones designed to accommodate a portable text telephone shall be equipped with a shelf and an electrical outlet within or adjacent to the telephone enclosure. The telephone handset shall be capable of being placed flush on the surface of the shelf. The shelf shall be capable of accommodating a text telephone and shall have 6 in (152 mm) minimum vertical clearance in the area where the text telephone is to be placed.

 

(b)  Pay telephones designed to accommodate a portable text telephone shall be equipped with a shelf and an electrical outlet within or adjacent to the telephone enclosure.  The telephone handset shall be capable of being placed flush on the surface of the shelf.  The shelf shall be capable of accommodating a text telephone and shall have 6 inches (152 mm) minimum vertical clearance in the area where the text telephone is to be placed. 

 

 

 

(3) Equivalent facilitation may be provided. For example, a portable text telephone may be made available in a hotel at the registration desk if it is available on a 24-hour basis for use with nearby public pay telephones. In this instance, at least one pay telephone shall comply with paragraph 2 of this section. In addition, if an acoustic coupler is used, the telephone handset cord shall be sufficiently long so as to allow connection of the text telephone and the telephone receiver. Directional signage shall be provided and shall comply with 4.30.7. 

 

(c)  Equivalent facilitation may be provided.  For example, a portable text telephone may be made available in a hotel at the registration desk if it is available on a 24-hour basis for use with nearby public pay telephones.  In this instance, at least one pay telephone shall comply with paragraph 2 of this section.  In addition, if an acoustic coupler is used, the telephone handset cord shall be sufficiently long so as to allow connection of the text telephone and the telephone receiver.  Directional signage shall be provided and shall comply with 120-3-20-.41(7).

 

The 1994 Standards permit equivalent facilitation specific to the TTY requirements.  The 2010 Standards have a general allowance for equivalent facilitation, but portable TTYs would probably not be considered equivalent to the specific TTY scoping and technical provisions of these documents.

 

 

Note:  A public text telephone may be an integrated text telephone pay phone unit or a conventional portable text telephone that is permanently affixed within, or adjacent to, the telephone enclosure.  In order to be usable with a pay phone, a text telephone which is not a single integrated text telephone pay phone unit will require a shelf large enough (10 inches (255 mm) wide by 10 inches (255 mm) deep with a 6 inches (150 mm) vertical clearance minimum) to accommodate the device, an electrical outlet, and a power cord.  Movable or portable text telephones may be used to provide equivalent facilitation.  A text telephone should be readily available so that a person using it may access the text telephone easily and conveniently.  As currently designed, pocket-type text telephones for personal use do not accommodate a wide range of user.  Such devices would not be considered substantially equivalent to conventional text telephones.  However, in the future as technology develops this could change.

 

 

 

4.31.4 Protruding Objects. Telephones shall comply with 4.4.

 

120-3-20-.42 (4) Protruding Objects.  Telephones shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.15.

All documents proscribe protruding objects on circulation paths.  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code make specific reference to telephones.

 

705 Detectable Warnings

 

4.29 Detectable Warnings.

 

120-3-20-.40 Detectable Warnings.

 

 

4.29.1 General. Detectable warnings required by 4.1 and 4.7 shall comply with 4.29.

 

 120-3-20-.40 (1) General.  Detectable warnings required by rule 120-3-20-.03 and rule 120-3-20-.18 shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.40.

 

 

705.1 General. Detectable warnings shall consist of a surface of truncated domes and shall comply with 705.

 

4.29.2 Detectable Warnings on Walking Surfaces. Detectable warnings shall consist of raised truncated domes with a diameter of nominal 0.9 in (23 mm), a height of nominal 0.2 in (5 mm) and a center-to-center spacing of nominal 2.35 in (60 mm) and shall contrast visually with adjoining surfaces, either light-on-dark, or dark-on-light. 

The material used to provide contrast shall be an integral part of the walking surface. Detectable warnings used on interior surfaces shall differ from adjoining walking surfaces in resiliency or sound-on-cane contact.

 

120-3-20-.40 (2) Detectable Warnings on Walking Surfaces.  Detectable warning textures on walking surfaces shall consist of exposed aggregate concrete, cushioned surfaces made of rubber or plastic, raised strips, or grooves. Texture shall contrast with that of the surrounding surface.  Raised strips or grooves shall comply with Fig.40.  Grooves may be used indoors only.

 

Note: The material used to provide contrast should contrast by at least 70%.  Contrast in percent is determined by:            Contrast = [(B1 - B2)/B1] x 100 where B1 = light reflectance value (LRV) of the lighter area and B2 = light reflectance value (LRV) of the darker area.

 

Note that in any application both white and black are never absolute; thus, B1 never equals 100 and B2 is always greater than 0

 

705.1.1 Dome Size. Truncated domes in a detectable warning surface shall have a base diameter of 0.9 inch (23 mm) minimum and 1.4 inches (36 mm) maximum, a top diameter of 50 percent of the base diameter minimum to 65 percent of the base diameter maximum, and a height of 0.2 inch (5.1 mm).

 

The 1994 Standards specify an absolute dome diameter of nominal 0.9 inch. The 2010 Standards specify a range.

705.1.2 Dome Spacing. Truncated domes in a detectable warning surface shall have a center-to-center spacing of 1.6 inches (41 mm) minimum and 2.4 inches (61 mm) maximum, and a base-to-base spacing of 0.65 inch (17 mm) minimum, measured between the most adjacent domes on a square grid.

 

The 1994 Standards specify an absolute dome spacing of nominal 2.35 inches. The 2010 Standards specify a range.

705.1.3 Contrast. Detectable warning surfaces shall contrast visually with adjacent walking surfaces either light-on-dark, or dark-on-light.

 

 

4.29.7 Standardization. (Reserved).

120-3-20-.40 (7)  Standardization.  Textured surfaces for detectable warnings shall be standard within a building, facility, site, or complex of buildings.

 

The Georgia Accessibility Code requires detectable warning surfaces to be standard throughout a facility.

 

 

120-3-20-.40 (8) Outdoor Conditions.  Outdoor stairs and their approaches shall be designed so that water will not accumulate on walking surfaces.

 

 

 

4.29.3 Detectable Warnings on Doors To Hazardous Areas. (Reserved).

 

120-3-20-.40 (3) Tactile Warning on Doors to Hazardous Areas.  Doors that lead to areas that might prove dangerous to a person with a vision disability. (For example, doors to loading docks, platforms, boiler rooms, stages, and the like) shall be made identifiable to the touch by a textured surface on the door handle, knob, pull, or other operating hardware.  The texture surface made by knurling or roughening or by a material applied to the contact surface.

 

Such texture surfaces shall not be provided for emergency doors or any door other than those to hazardous areas.

 

 

 

4.29.4 Detectable Warnings at Stairs. (Reserved).

 

120-3-20-.40 (4)  Detectable Warning at Stairs.  All stairs, except those in dwelling units, in enclosed stair towers, or set to side of the path of travel shall have a detectable warning at the top of the each stair run, at least 36 inches deep and as wide as the stairs.  (See Fig. 41 and rule 120-3-20-.20(5))

 

 

 

4.29.5 Detectable Warnings at Hazardous Vehicular Areas.  If a walk crosses or adjoins a vehicular way, and the walking surfaces are not separated by curbs, railings, or other elements between the pedestrian areas and vehicular areas, the boundary between the areas shall be defined by a continuous detectable warning which is 36 in (915 mm) wide, complying with 4.29.2.

 

120-3-20-.40 (5)  Detectable Warning at Hazardous Vehicular Areas.  If a walk crosses or adjoins a frequently used vehicular way, and if there are no curbs, railing, or other elements detectable by a person who has a visual disability separating the pedestrian and vehicular areas, the boundary between the areas shall be defined by a continuous, detectable warning texture, which is 36 inches wide, complying with rule 120-3-20-.40 (See Fig. 42).

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require detectable warnings at hazardous vehicular areas.

 

Note: The US Access BoardÕs Public Rights-of-Way Access Advisory Committee has issued revised criteria on detectable warnings. The revised specifications are responsive to concerns that had been raised about the impact of the truncated dome surface on wheelchair maneuvering. The Board believes that the draft revised specifications, which permit wider dome spacing, an in-line grid pattern, and smaller surface coverage at curb ramps (24 inches instead of the full ramp length, set back from the curbline) will improve usability of surfaces without affecting detectability. See the figure below for curb ramp shown in plan view with 24" detectable warning strip at bottom of runclarification.

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.29.6 Detectable Warnings at Reflecting Pools.  The edges of reflecting pools shall be protected by railings, walls, curbs, or detectable warnings complying with 4.29.2.

 

120-3-20-.40 (6) Detectable Warning at Reflecting Pools.  The edges of reflecting pools shall be protected by railing, walls, curbs, or detectable warning complying with rule 120-3-20-.40.

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code require detectable warnings at reflecting pools.

705.2 Platform Edges. Detectable warning surfaces at platform boarding edges shall be 24 inches (610 mm) wide and shall extend the full length of the public use areas of the platform.

 

10.3.1 New Construction. New stations in rapid rail, light rail, commuter rail, intercity bus, intercity rail, high speed rail, and other fixed guideway systems (e.g., automated guideway transit, monorails, etc.) shall comply with the following provisions, as applicable:

 

(8) Platform edges bordering a drop-off and not protected by platform screens or guard rails shall have a detectable warning. Such detectable warnings shall comply with 4.29.2 and shall be 24 inches wide running the full length of the platform drop-off.

 

120-3-20-.52 (3)(a)8. Detectable Warnings at Rail and Train Stations. Detectable warnings shall consist of raised truncated domes with a diameter of nominal 0.9 inches (23 mm), a height of nominal 0.2 inches (5 mm) and a center-to-center spacing of nominal 2.35 inches (60 mm) and shall contrast visually with adjoining surfaces, either light-on-dark, or dark-on-light.  The material used to provide contrast shall be an integral part of the walking surface.  Detectable warnings used on interior surfaces shall differ from adjoining walking surfaces in resiliency or sound-on-cane contact.

 

706 Assistive Listening Systems

 

4.33.7 Types of Listening Systems. Assistive listening systems (ALS) are intended to augment standard public address and audio systems by providing signals which can be received directly by persons with special receivers or their own hearing aids and which eliminate or filter background noise. The type of assistive listening system appropriate for a particular application depends on the characteristics of the setting, the nature of the program, and the intended audience. Magnetic induction loops, infra-red and radio frequency systems are types of listening systems which are appropriate for various applications. 

120-3-20-.44 (7) Types of Listening Systems.  Assistive listening systems (ALS) are intended to augment standard public address and audio systems by providing signals which can be received directly by persons with special receivers or their own hearing aids and which eliminate or filter background noise.  The type of Assistive listening system appropriate for a particular application depends on the characteristics of the setting, the nature of the program, and the intended audience.  Magnetic induction loops, infra red and radio frequency systems are types of listening systems which are appropriate for various applications.

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards have specific requirements for receiver jacks, hearing aid compatibility, sound pressure, signal-to-noise ratio, and peak clipping level.  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not.

706.1 General. Assistive listening systems required in assembly areas shall comply with 706.

706.2 Receiver Jacks. Receivers required for use with an assistive listening system shall include a 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) standard mono jack.

 

706.3 Receiver Hearing-Aid Compatibility. Receivers required to be hearing-aid compatible shall interface with telecoils in hearing aids through the provision of neckloops.

706.4 Sound Pressure Level. Assistive listening systems shall be capable of providing a sound pressure level of 110 dB minimum and 118 dB maximum with a dynamic range on the volume control of 50 dB.

 

706.5 Signal-to-Noise Ratio. The signal-to-noise ratio for internally generated noise in assistive listening systems shall be 18 dB minimum.

 

706.6 Peak Clipping Level. Peak clipping shall not exceed 18 dB of clipping relative to the peaks of speech.

 

 

 

Note:  An assistive listening system appropriate for an assembly area for a group of persons or where the specific individuals are not known in advance, such as a playhouse, lecture hall or movie theater, may be different from the system appropriate for a particular individual provided as an auxiliary aid or as part of a reasonable accommodation.  The appropriate device for an individual is the type that individual can use, whereas the appropriate system for an assembly area will necessarily be geared toward the ÒaverageÓ or aggregate needs of various individuals.  A listening system that can be used from any seat in a seating area is the most flexible way to meet this specification.  Earphone jacks with variable volume controls can benefit only people who have slight hearing loss and do not help people who use hearing aids.  At the present time, magnetic induction loops are the most feasible type o listening system for people who use hearing aids equipped with ÒT-coils,Ó but people without hearing aids or those with hearing aids not equipped with inductive pick-ups cannot use them without special receivers.  Radio frequency systems can be extremely effective and inexpensive.  People without hearing aids can use them, but people with hearing aids need a special receiver to use them as they are presently designed.  If hearing aids had a jack to allow a by-pass of microphones, then radio frequency systems would be suitable for people with and without hearing aids.  Some listening systems may be subject to interference from other equipment and feedback from hearing aids of people who are using the systems.  Such interference can be controlled by careful engineering design that anticipates feedback sources in the surrounding area.

 

 

 

 

4.33.6 Placement of Listening Systems. If the listening system provided serves individual fixed seats, then such seats shall be located within a 50 ft (15 m) viewing distance of the stage or playing area and shall have a complete view of the stage or playing area. 

 

120-3-20-.44 (6) Placement of Listening Systems.  If the listening system provided serves individual fixed seats, then such seats shall be located within a 50 feet (15 m) viewing distance of the stage or playing area and shall have a complete view of the stage or playing area.

 

Note:  A distance of 50 feet (15 m) allows a person to distinguish performersÕ facial expressions.

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code have a placement requirement for a hard-wired system that is not permitted under the 2010 Standards.

707 Automatic Teller Machines and Fare Machines

 

4.34 Automated Teller Machines.

 

120-3-20-.45 Automated Teller Machines.            

 

The 2010 Standards provide technical requirements that address both ATMs and fare machines.  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code apply only to ATMs.

 

707.1 General. Automatic teller machines and fare machines shall comply with 707.

4.34.1 General. Each automated teller machine required to be accessible by 4.1.3 shall be on an accessible route and shall comply with 4.34.

 

 120-3-20-.45 (1) General.  Each machine required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall be on an accessible route and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.45.

 

707.2 Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be provided.

EXCEPTION: Clear floor or ground space shall not be required at drive-up only automatic teller machines and fare machines.

 

4.34.2 Clear Floor Space. The automated teller machine shall be located so that clear floor space complying with 4.2.4 is provided to allow a person using a wheelchair to make a forward approach, a parallel approach, or both, to the machine.

 

120-3-20-.45 (2) Clear Floor Space. The automatic teller machine shall be located so that clear floor space complying with rule 120-3-20-.13(2) is provided to allow a person using a wheelchair to make a forward approach, parallel approach, or both, to the machine.

 

707.3 Operable Parts. Operable parts shall comply with 309. Unless a clear or correct key is provided, each operable part shall be able to be differentiated by sound or touch, without activation.

EXCEPTION: Drive-up only automatic teller machines and fare machines shall not be required to comply with 309.2 and 309.3.

 

4.34.3 Reach Ranges.

(1) Forward Approach Only. If only a forward approach is possible, operable parts of all controls shall be placed within the forward reach range specified in 4.2.5.

(2) Parallel Approach Only. If only a parallel approach is possible, operable parts of controls shall be placed as follows:

(a) Reach Depth Not More Than 10 in (255 mm). Where the reach depth to the operable parts of all controls as measured from the vertical plane perpendicular to the edge of the unobstructed clear floor space at the farthest protrusion of the automated teller machine or surround is not more than 10 in (255 mm), the maximum height above the finished floor or grade shall be 54 in (1370 mm).

(b) Reach Depth More Than 10 in (255 mm). Where the reach depth to the operable parts of any control as measured from the vertical plane perpendicular to the edge of the unobstructed clear floor space at the farthest protrusion of the automated teller machine or surround is more than 10 in (255 mm), the maximum height above the finished floor or grade shall be as follows: [see table below]

Reach Depth  Maximum Height     Reach Depth Maximum                                                                       Height

In         Mm      In         Mm      In            Mm      In         Mm

10        255      54        1370    17            430      50        1270

11        280      53 ½    1360    18            455      49 ½    1255

12        305      53        1345    19            485      49        1245

13        330      52 ½    1335    20            510      48 ½    1230

14        355      51 ½    1310    21            535      47 ½    1205

15        380      51        1295    22            560      47        1195

16        405      50 ½    1285    23            585      46 ½    1180

                                                                              24        610      46        1170

(3) Forward and Parallel Approach. If both a forward and parallel approach are possible, operable parts of controls shall be placed within at least one of the reach ranges in paragraphs (1) or (2) of this section.

 

120-3-20-.45 (3) Reach Ranges.        

(a) Forward Approach Only. If only a forward approach is possible, operable parts of all controls shall be placed within the forward reach range specified in rule 120-3-20-.13(5)

 

(b) Parallel Approach Only. If only a parallel approach is possible, operable parts of controls shall be placed as follows:    

1. Reach Depth Not More than 10 inches (255 mm).  Where the reach depth to the operable parts of all controls as measured from the vertical plane perpendicular to the edge of the unobstructed clear floor space at the farthest protrusion of the automated teller machine or surround is not more than 10 in (255 mm), the maximum height above the finished floor or grade shall be 54 in (1370 mm). 

2. Reach Depth More than 10 inches (255 mm).  Where the reach depth to the operable parts of any control as measured from the vertical plane perpendicular to the edge of the unobstructed clear floor space at the farthest protrusion of the automatic teller machine or surround is more than 10 inches (255 mm), the maximum height above the finished floor or grade shall be as follows:  [see table below]

 

Reach Depth Maximum Height Reach Depth Maximum Ht      

In             Mm  In         Mm      In            Mm      In         Mm

10        255      54        1370    17            430      50        1270

11        280      53 ½    1360    18            455      49 ½    1255

12        305      53        1345    19            485      49        1245

13        330      52 ½    1335    20            510      48 ½    1230

14        355      51 ½    1310    21            535      47 ½    1205

15        380      51        1295    22            560      47        1195

16        405      50 ½    1285    23            585      46 ½    1180

                                                                              24              610                    46                   1170

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3. Forward and Parallel Approach.  If both a forward and parallel approach are possible, operable parts of controls shall be placed within at least one of the reach ranges in paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section.

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code provide a table of heights and depths for operable parts on ATMÕS and permits controls up to 54 inches high.  The 2010 Standards require operable parts to comply with their reach ranges.

 

4.34.3 (4)Bins. Where bins are provided for envelopes, waste paper, or other purposes, at least one of each type provided shall comply with the applicable reach ranges in paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of this section.

 

120-3-20-.45 4. Bins.  Where bins are provided for envelopes, waste paper, or other purposes, at least one of each type provided shall comply with the applicable reach ranges in paragraphs (a), (b), or (c) of this section.

The 2010 Standards require bins to be accessible under their storage and depository requirements.

 

EXCEPTION: Where a function can be performed in a substantially equivalent manner by using an alternate control, only one of the controls needed to perform that function is required to comply with this section. If the controls are identified by tactile markings, such markings shall be provided on both controls.

 

EXCEPTION: Where a function can be performed in a substantially equivalent manner by using an alternate control, only one of the controls needed to perform that function is required to comply with this section.  If the controls are identified by tactile markings, such marking shall be provided on both controls.

 

 

 

1994 Standards for Accessible Design: Table for 4.34.3(2)(b)

and Georgia Accessibility Code requirements

Reach Depth

Maximum Height

inches

millimeters

inches

Millimeters

10

255

54

1370

11

280

53 ½

1360

12

305

53

1345

13

330

52 ½

1335

14

355

51 ½

1310

15

380

51

1295

16

405

50 ½

1285

17

430

50

1270

18

455

49 ½

1255

19

485

49

1245

20

510

48 ½

1230

21

535

47 ½

1205

22

560

47

1195

23

585

46 ½

1180

24

610

46

1170

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

 

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Commentary

 

4.34.4 Controls. Controls for user activation shall comply with 4.27.4.

 

120-3-20-.45 (4) Controls.  Controls for user activation shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38(4).

 

707.4 Privacy. Automatic teller machines shall provide the opportunity for the same degree of privacy of input and output available to all individuals.

 

4.34.5 Equipment for Persons with Vision Impairments. Instructions and all information for use shall be made accessible to and independently usable by persons with vision impairments.

 

120-3-20-.45 (5) Equipment for Persons with Vision Impairments.  Instructions and all information for use shall be made accessible to and independently usable by persons with vision impairments

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code have a general requirement that ATMs be accessible to persons with vision impairments.  The 2010 Standards have specific requirements for privacy, speech output, receipts, and input controls that make ATMs and fare machines usable by visually impaired persons.

 

707.5 Speech Output. Machines shall be speech enabled. Operating instructions and orientation, visible transaction prompts, user input verification, error messages, and all displayed information for full use shall be accessible to and independently usable by individuals with vision impairments. Speech shall be delivered through a mechanism that is readily available to all users, including but not limited to, an industry standard connector or a telephone handset. Speech shall be recorded or digitized human, or synthesized.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Audible tones shall be permitted instead of speech for visible output that is not displayed for security purposes, including but not limited to, asterisks representing personal identification numbers.

2. Advertisements and other similar information shall not be required to be audible unless they convey information that can be used in the transaction being conducted.

3. Where speech synthesis cannot be supported, dynamic alphabetic output shall not be required to be audible.

707.5.1 User Control. Speech shall be capable of being repeated or interrupted. Volume control shall be provided for the speech function.

EXCEPTION: Speech output for any single function shall be permitted to be automatically interrupted when a transaction is selected.

 

707.5.2 Receipts. Where receipts are provided, speech output devices shall provide audible balance inquiry information, error messages, and all other information on the printed receipt necessary to complete or verify the transaction.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Machine location, date and time of transaction, customer account number, and the machine identifier shall not be required to be audible.

2. Information on printed receipts that duplicates information available on-screen shall not be required to be presented in the form of an audible receipt.

3. Printed copies of bank statements and checks shall not be required to be audible.

 

 

707.6 Input. Input devices shall comply with 707.6.

 

707.6.1 Input Controls. At least one tactilely discernible input control shall be provided for each function. Where provided, key surfaces not on active areas of display screens, shall be raised above surrounding surfaces. Where membrane keys are the only method of input, each shall be tactilely discernable from surrounding surfaces and adjacent keys.

 

707.6.2 Numeric Keys. Numeric keys shall be arranged in a 12-key ascending or descending telephone keypad layout. The number five key shall be tactilely distinct from the other keys.

707.6.3 Function Keys. Function keys shall comply with 707.6.3.

 

707.6.3.1 Contrast. Function keys shall contrast visually from background surfaces. Characters and symbols on key surfaces shall contrast visually from key surfaces. Visual contrast shall be either light-on-dark or dark-on-light.

EXCEPTION: Tactile symbols required by 707.6.3.2 shall not be required to comply with 707.6.3.1.

 

 

707.6.3.2 Tactile Symbols. Function key surfaces shall have tactile symbols as follows: Enter or Proceed key: raised circle; Clear or Correct key: raised left arrow; Cancel key: raised letter ex; Add Value key: raised plus sign; Decrease Value key: raised minus sign.

 

707.7 Display Screen. The display screen shall comply with 707.7.

EXCEPTION: Drive-up only automatic teller machines and fare machines shall not be required to comply with 707.7.1.

 

 

 

 

707.7.1 Visibility. The display screen shall be visible from a point located 40 inches (1015 mm) above the center of the clear floor space in front of the machine.

 

 

The 2010 Standards include a screen visibility requirement that insures access for persons who use wheelchairs.  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not.

 

707.7.2 Characters. Characters displayed on the screen shall be in a sans serif font. Characters shall be 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) high minimum based on the uppercase letter "I". Characters shall contrast with their background with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a light background.

 

 

 

707.8 Braille Instructions. Braille instructions for initiating the speech mode shall be provided. Braille shall comply with 703.3.

 

 

 

708 Two-Way Communication Systems

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards regulate accessible two-way communication systems.  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not.

 

708.1 General. Two-way communication systems shall comply with 708.

 

 

 

708.2 Audible and Visual Indicators. The system shall provide both audible and visual signals.

 

 

 

 

708.3 Handsets. Handset cords, if provided, shall be 29 inches (735 mm) long minimum.

 

 

 

 

708.4 Residential Dwelling Unit Communication Systems. Communications systems between a residential dwelling unit and a site, building, or floor entrance shall comply with 708.4.

 

 

 

 

708.4.1 Common Use or Public Use System Interface. The common use or public use system interface shall include the capability of supporting voice and TTY communication with the residential dwelling unit interface.

 

 

 

 

708.4.2 Residential Dwelling Unit Interface. The residential dwelling unit system interface shall include a telephone jack capable of supporting voice and TTY communication with the common use or public use system interface.

 

 

 

CHAPTER 8: SPECIAL ROOMS, SPACES, AND ELEMENTS

 

 

 

 

801 General

 

 

 

 

801.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 8 shall apply where required by Chapter 2 or where referenced by a requirement in this document.

 

 

 

802 Wheelchair Spaces, Companion Seats, and Designated Aisle Seats

 

4.33 Assembly Areas.

 

120-3-20-.44 Assembly Areas.  

 

 

802.1 Wheelchair Spaces. Wheelchair spaces shall comply with 802.1.

4.33.1 Minimum Number. Assembly and associated areas required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.33.

 

 120-3-20-.44 (1) Minimum Number.  Assembly and associated areas required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.44.  

 

802.1.1 Floor or Ground Surface. The floor or ground surface of wheelchair spaces shall comply with 302. Changes in level are not permitted.

EXCEPTION: Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted.

 

4.33.4 Surfaces. The ground or floor at wheelchair locations shall be level and shall comply with 4.5.

 

120-3-20-.44 (4) Surfaces.  The ground or floor at wheelchair locations shall be level and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.16. 

 

802.1.2 Width. A single wheelchair space shall be 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum Where two adjacent wheelchair spaces are provided, each wheelchair space shall be 33 inches (840 mm) wide minimum.

4.33.2 Size of Wheelchair Locations. Each wheelchair location shall provide minimum clear ground or floor spaces as shown in Fig. 46. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE: Figure 46(a) indicates that if seating space for two wheelchair users is accessed from the front or rear, the minimum space required is 48 inches (1220 mm) deep by 66 inches (1675 mm) wide.

 

Figure 46(b) indicates that if seating space for two wheelchair users is accessed from the side, the minimum space required is 60 inches (1525 mm) deep by 66 inches (1675 mm) wide.

 

120-3-20-.44 (2) Size of Wheelchair Locations.  Each wheelchair location shall provide minimum clear ground or floor spaces as shown in Fig. 46 (a) or (b).   

 

Note:  Spaces large enough for two wheelchairs allow people who are coming to a performance together to sit together.

 

Figure 46.  Space Requirements for Wheelchair Seating Spaces in Series.

 

  46(a)  Forward or Rear Access.  If seating space for two wheelchair users is accessed from the front or rear, the minimum space required is 48 in (1220 mm) deep by 66 in (1675 mm) wide.

 

  46(b)  Side Access.  If seating space for two wheelchair users is accessed from the side, the minimum space required is 60 in (1525 mm) deep by 66 in (1675 mm) wide.

 

802.1.3 Depth. Where a wheelchair space can be entered from the front or rear, the wheelchair space shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) deep minimum. Where a wheelchair space can be entered only from the side, the wheelchair space shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) deep minimum.

 

 

802.1.4 Approach. Wheelchair spaces shall adjoin accessible routes. Accessible routes shall not overlap wheelchair spaces.

 

 

The 2010 Standards specify that accessible routes to a wheelchair space may not overlap the space.

802.1.5 Overlap. Wheelchair spaces shall not overlap circulation paths.

4.33.3 Placement of Wheelchair Locations. Wheelchair areas shall be an integral part of any fixed seating plan and shall be provided so as to provide people with physical disabilities a choice of admission prices and lines of sight comparable to those for members of the general public. They shall adjoin an accessible route that also serves as a means of egress in case of emergency. At least one companion fixed seat shall be provided next to each wheelchair seating area. When the seating capacity exceeds 300, wheelchair spaces shall be provided in more than one location. Readily removable seats may be installed in wheelchair spaces when the spaces are not required to accommodate wheelchair users. 

EXCEPTION: Accessible viewing positions may be clustered for bleachers, balconies, and other areas having sight lines that require slopes of greater than 5 percent. Equivalent accessible viewing positions may be located on levels having accessible egress.

 

120-3-20-.44 (3) Placement of Wheelchair Locations.  Wheelchair areas shall be an integral part of any fixed seating plan and shall be provided so as to provide people with physical disabilities a choice of admission prices and lines of sight comparable to those for members of the general public.  They shall adjoin an accessible route that also serves as a means of egress in case of emergency.  At least one companion fixed seat shall be provided next to each wheelchair seating area.  When the seating capacity exceeds 300, wheelchair spaces shall be provided in more than one location.  Readily removable seats may be installed in wheelchair spaces when the spaces are not required to accommodate wheelchair users. 

 

EXCEPTION: Accessible viewing positions may be clustered for bleachers, balconies, and other areas having sight lines that require slopes of greater than 5 percent.  Equivalent accessible viewing positions may be located on levels having accessible egress.

 

Note:  The location of wheelchair areas can be planned so that a variety of positions within the seating area are provided.  This will allow choice in viewing and price categories.  Building/life safety codes set minimum distances between rows of fixed seats with consideration of the number of seats in a row, the exit aisle width and arrangement, and the location of exit doors.  ÒContinentalÓ seating, with a greater number of seats per row and a commensurate increase in row spacing and exit doors, facilitates emergency egress for all people and increases ease of access to mid-row seats especially for people who walk with difficulty.  Consideration of this positive attribute of ÒcontinentalÓ seating should be included along with all other factors in the design of fixed seating areas.

The 2010 Standards specify that wheelchair spaces may not overlap aisles or circulation paths.

 

802.2 Lines of Sight. Lines of sight to the screen, performance area, or playing field for spectators in wheelchair spaces shall comply with 802.2.

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code have a general statement specifying that wheelchair locations must be situated so as to provide wheelchair users lines of sight and a choice of admission process comparable to those afforded the general public. The 2010 Standards have specific criteria that address sight lines.  They do not address admission prices

 

802.2.1 Lines of Sight Over Seated Spectators. Where spectators are expected to remain seated during events, spectators in wheelchair spaces shall be afforded lines of sight complying with 802.2.1.

 

The 2010 Standards have specific requirements for providing sight lines over seated spectators.

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code have an exception that permits wheelchair locations to be clustered where a venues slope exceeds 5%. 

802.2.1.1 Lines of Sight Over Heads. Where spectators are provided lines of sight over the heads of spectators seated in the first row in front of their seats, spectators seated in wheelchair spaces shall be afforded lines of sight over the heads of seated spectators in the first row in front of wheelchair spaces.

 

802.2.1.2 Lines of Sight Between Heads. Where spectators are provided lines of sight over the shoulders and between the heads of spectators seated in the first row in front of their seats, spectators seated in wheelchair spaces shall be afforded lines of sight over the shoulders and between the heads of seated spectators in the first row in front of wheelchair spaces.

 

802.2.2 Lines of Sight Over Standing Spectators. Where spectators are expected to stand during events, spectators in wheelchair spaces shall be afforded lines of sight complying with 802.2.2.

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not explicitly address sightlines over standing spectators.  The 2010 Standards do. 

802.2.2.1 Lines of Sight Over Heads. Where standing spectators are provided lines of sight over the heads of spectators standing in the first row in front of their seats, spectators seated in wheelchair spaces shall be afforded lines of sight over the heads of standing spectators in the first row in front of wheelchair spaces.

 

 

802.2.2.2 Lines of Sight Between Heads. Where standing spectators are provided lines of sight over the shoulders and between the heads of spectators standing in the first row in front of their seats, spectators seated in wheelchair spaces shall be afforded lines of sight over the shoulders and between the heads of standing spectators in the first row in front of wheelchair spaces.

 

802.3 Companion Seats. Companion seats shall comply with 802.3.

 

 

 

All three documents require companion seats.  The 2010 Standards specify that the seats must be aligned with their wheelchair spaces and must be of a quality that is equivalent to the seating in the immediate area.

802.3.1 Alignment. In row seating, companion seats shall be located to provide shoulder alignment with adjacent wheelchair spaces. The shoulder alignment point of the wheelchair space shall be measured 36 inches (915 mm) from the front of the wheelchair space. The floor surface of the companion seat shall be at the same elevation as the floor surface of the wheelchair space.

 

 

 

802.3.2 Type. Companion seats shall be equivalent in size, quality, comfort, and amenities to the seating in the immediate area. Companion seats shall be permitted to be movable.

 

 

 

802.4 Designated Aisle Seats. Designated aisle seats shall comply with 802.4.

 

 

 

 

802.4.1 Armrests. Where armrests are provided on the seating in the immediate area, folding or retractable armrests shall be provided on the aisle side of the seat.

 

 

 

 

802.4.2 Identification. Each designated aisle seat shall be identified by a sign or marker.

4.1.3(19)(a) É. In addition, one percent, but not less than one, of all fixed seats shall be aisle seats with no armrests on the aisle side, or removable or folding armrests on the aisle side. Each such seat shall be identified by a sign or marker. Signage notifying patrons of the availability of such seats shall be posted at the ticket office. Aisle seats are not required to comply with 4.33.4. 

120-3-20-.08 (19) (a)In addition, one percent, but not less than one, of all fixed seats shall be aisle seats with no armrests on the aisle side, or removable or folding armrests on the aisle side. Each such seat shall be identified by a sign or marker. Signage notifying patrons of the availability of such seats shall be posted at the ticket office. Aisle seats are not required to comply with rule 120-3-20-.44(4).

 

Note: Readily removable or folding seating units may be installed in lieu of providing an open space for wheelchair users. Folding seating units are usually two fixed seats that can be easily folded into a fixed center bar to allow for one or two open spaces for wheelchair users when necessary. These units are more easily adapted than removable seats which generally require the seat to be removed in advance by the facility management. Either a sign or a marker placed on seating with removable or folding arm rests is required by this section. Consideration should be given for ensuring identification of such seats in a darkened theater. For example, a marker which contrasts (light on dark or dark on light) and which also reflects light could be placed on the side of such seating so as to be visible in a lighted auditorium and also to reflect light from a flashlight.

 

803 Dressing, Fitting, and Locker Rooms

 

4.35 Dressing, Fitting, and Locker Rooms.

 

120-3-20-.46 Dressing and Fitting Rooms. 

 

 

803.1 General. Dressing, fitting, and locker rooms shall comply with 803.

4.35.1 General. Dressing, fitting, and locker rooms required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.35 and shall be on an accessible route.

 

 120-3-20-.46 (1) General.  Dressing and fitting rooms required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.46 and shall be on an accessible route.

 

803.2 Turning Space. Turning space complying with 304 shall be provided within the room.

 

4.35.2 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor space allowing a person using a wheelchair to make a 180-degree turn shall be provided in every accessible dressing room entered through a swinging or sliding door. No door shall swing into any part of the turning space. Turning space shall not be required in a private dressing room entered through a curtained opening at least 32 in (815 mm) wide if clear floor space complying with section 4.2 renders the dressing room usable by a person using a wheelchair.

 

120-3-20-.46 (2) Clear Floor Space.  A clear floor space allowing a person using a wheelchair to make a 180-degree turn shall be provided in every accessible dressing room entered through a swinging or sliding door.  No door shall swing into any part of the turning space.  Turning space shall not be required in a private dressing room entered through a curtained opening at least 32 inches (815 mm) wide if clear floor space complying with rule 120-3-20-.13 renders the dressing room usable by a person using a wheelchair.

The 2010 Standards require a turning space in all dressing rooms.  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code have an exception where the room is entered through a curtained opening.

803.3 Door Swing. Doors shall not swing into the room unless a clear floor or ground space complying with 305.3 is provided beyond the arc of the door swing.

 

4.35.3 Doors. All doors to accessible dressing rooms shall be in compliance with section 4.13.

 

120-3-20-.46 (3) Doors. All doors to accessible dressing rooms shall be in compliance with rule 120-3-20-.24.

The 1994 Standards prohibit a door from swinging into any part of the turning space.  The 2010 Standards permit a door to swing into the room where a 30 by 48 inch clear floor space is provided beyond the arc of the door swing.

 

803.4 Benches. A bench complying with 903 shall be provided within the room.

4.35.4 Bench. Every accessible dressing room shall have a 24 in by 28 in (610 mm by 1220 mm) bench fixed to the wall along the longer dimension.  The bench shall be mounted 17 in to 19 in (430 mm to 485 mm) above the finish floor.  Clear floor space shall be provided alongside the bench to allow a person using a wheelchair to make a parallel transfer onto the bench.  The structural strength of the bench and attachments shall comply with 4.26.3.  Where installed in conjunction with showers, swimming pools, or other wet locations, water shall not accumulate upon the surface of the bench and the bench shall have a slip-resistant surface.

See also Appendix 4.35.4.

 

120-3-20-.46 (4) Bench.  Every accessible dressing room shall have a 24 inches by 48 inches bench fixed to the wall along the longer dimension.  The bench shall be mounted 17 inches to 19 inches (430 mm to 485 mm) above the finish floor.  Clear floor space shall be provided alongside the bench to allow a person using a wheelchair to make a parallel transfer onto the bench.  The structural strength of the bench and attachments shall comply with rule 120-3-20.37(3).  Where installed in conjunction with showers, swimming pools, or other wet locations, water shall not accumulate upon the surface of the bench and the bench shall have a slip-resistant surface.

 

803.5 Coat Hooks and Shelves. Coat hooks provided within the room shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in 308. Shelves shall be 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground.

 

 

 

 

 

4.35.5 Mirror. Where mirrors are provided in dressing rooms of the same use, then in an accessible dressing room, a full-length mirror, measuring at least 18 in wide by 54 in high (460 mm by 1370 mm), shall be mounted in a position affording a view to a person on the bench as well as to a person in a standing position.

 

120-3-20-.46 (5) Mirrors.  Where mirrors are provided in dressing rooms of the same use, then in an accessible dressing room, a full-length mirror, measuring at least 18 inches wide by 54 inches high (460 mm by 1370 mm), shall be mounted in a position affording a view to a person on the bench as well as to a person in a standing position.

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code address mirrors in dressing rooms.  The 2010 Standards do not, as all mirrors provided in dressing rooms tend to be full-length mirrors.

804 Kitchens and Kitchenettes

 

 

 

 

804.1 General. Kitchens and kitchenettes shall comply with 804.

 

 

 

 

804.2 Clearance. Where a pass through kitchen is provided, clearances shall comply with 804.2.1. Where a U-shaped kitchen is provided, clearances shall comply with 804.2.2.

EXCEPTION: Spaces that do not provide a cooktop or conventional range shall not be required to comply with 804.2.

 

120-3-20-.54 (5)(a) Clearance [Residential]. Where counters provide the knee clearances specified in rule 120-3-20-.43(3), clearances between those counters and all opposing base cabinets, counter tops, appliances, or walls in kitchens shall be 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum except in U-shaped kitchens, where such clearances shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum.

 

804.2.1 Pass Through Kitchen. In pass through kitchens where counters, appliances or cabinets are on two opposing sides, or where counters, appliances or cabinets are opposite a parallel wall, clearance between all opposing base cabinets, counter tops, appliances, or walls within kitchen work areas shall be 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum. Pass through kitchens shall have two entries.

 

 

804.2.2 U-Shaped. In U-shaped kitchens enclosed on three contiguous sides, clearance between all opposing base cabinets, counter tops, appliances, or walls within kitchen work areas shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum.

 

 

804.3 Kitchen Work Surface. In residential dwelling units required to comply with 809, at least one 30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum section of counter shall provide a kitchen work surface that complies with 804.3.

 

 

120-3-20-.54 (5)(d) Work Surfaces [Residential]. At least one 30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum section of counter shall provide a work surface that complies with the following requirements (See Fig. 50):

 

 

804.3.1 Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor space complying with 305 positioned for a forward approach shall be provided. The clear floor or ground space shall be centered on the kitchen work surface and shall provide knee and toe clearance complying with 306.

 

 

(iiii) A clear floor space of 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) minimum shall allow a forward approach to the counter. The 19 inches maximum of clear floor space shall be permitted to extend (485 mm) underneath the counter. The knee space shall have a clear width of 30 inches (760 mm) minimum.

 

 

EXCEPTION: Cabinetry shall be permitted under the kitchen work surface provided that all of the following conditions are met:

(a) the cabinetry can be removed without removal or replacement of the kitchen work surface;

(b) the finish floor extends under the cabinetry; and

(c) the walls behind and surrounding the cabinetry are finished.

 

(ii) Base cabinets, if provided, shall be removable under the full 30 inches (760 mm) minimum frontage of the counter. The finished floor shall extend under the counter to the wall

 

804.3.2 Height. The kitchen work surface shall be 34 inches (865 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground.

EXCEPTION: A counter that is adjustable to provide a kitchen work surface at variable heights, 29 inches (735 mm) minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) maximum, shall be permitted.

 

 

(i) The counter shall be adjustable or replaceable as a unit at variable heights between 28 inches and 36 inches (710 mm and 915 mm), measured from the floor to the top of the counter surface, or shall be mounted at a fixed height of 34 inches (865 mm) maximum, measured from the floor to the top of the counter surface.

 

 

 

 

(iii) Counter thickness and supporting structure shall be 2 inches (51 mm) maximum over the required clear area.

 

 

804.3.3 Exposed Surfaces. There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under the work surface counters.

 

 

(v) There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under such counters.

 

804.4 Sinks. Sinks shall comply with 606.

 

 

 

 

804.5 Storage. At least 50 percent of shelf space in storage facilities shall comply with 811.

 

 

120-3-20-.54 (10) Kitchen Storage [Residential]:

Cabinets, drawers, and self storage areas shall comply with rule 120-3-­20-.36 and shall have the following features:

 

 

(a) Maximum height shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) for at least one shelf .of all cabinets and storage shelves mounted above work counters (See Fig. 50).

 

(b) Door pulIs or handles for wall cabinets shall be mounted as close to the bottom of cabinet doors as possible. Door pulls or handles for base cabinets shall be mounted as close to the top of cabinet doors as possible.

 

Note: Full-height cabinets or tall cabinets are recommended to be provided rather than cabinets mounted over work counters.  Additional storage space located conveniently adjacent to kitchens makes up for space lost when cabinets under counters are removed.

 

804.6 Appliances. Where provided, kitchen appliances shall comply with 804.6.

 

 

 

 

804.6.1 Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be provided at each kitchen appliance. Clear floor or ground spaces shall be permitted to overlap.

 

 

120-3-20-.54 (5)(b) Clear Floor Space. A clear floor space 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) minimum complying with 4.2.4 that allows either a forward or a parallel approach by a person in a wheelchair shall be provided at all appliances in the kitchen, including the range or cook top, oven, refrigerator/freezer, dishwasher, and trash compactor.

 

804.6.2 Operable Parts. All appliance controls shall comply with 309.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Appliance doors and door latching devices shall not be required to comply with 309.4.

2. Bottom-hinged appliance doors, when in the open position, shall not be required to comply with 309.3.

 

 

120-3-20-.54 (5)(c) Controls. All controls in kitchens shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38.

 

804.6.3 Dishwasher. Clear floor or ground space shall be positioned adjacent to the dishwasher door. The dishwasher door, in the open position, shall not obstruct the clear floor or ground space for the dishwasher or the sink.

 

 

120-3-20-.54 (9) Dishwashers [Residential]. Dishwashers shall comply with 120-3-20-.54.5.2 and 120-3-20-.54.5.3. Dishwashers shall have all rack: space accessible from the front of the machine for loading and unloading dishes.

 

 

804.6.4 Range or Cooktop. Where a forward approach is provided, the clear floor or ground space shall provide knee and toe clearance complying with 306. Where knee and toe space is provided, the underside of the range or cooktop shall be insulated or otherwise configured to prevent burns, abrasions, or electrical shock. The location of controls shall not require reaching across burners.

 

 

120-3-20-.54 (6) [Residential] Ranges and Cook tops. Ranges and Cook tops shall comply with 120-3-20-.54.4.2 and 120-3-20-.54.4.3. If ovens or Cook tops have knee spaces underneath, they shall be insulated or otherwise protected on the exposed contact surfaces for protection against burns, abrasions, or electrical shock. The clear floor space shall be permitted to overlap the knee space, if provided, by 19 inches (485 mm) maximum. The location of controls for ranges and Cook tops shall not require reaching across burners.

 

Note: Although not required for minimum accessibility, counter top range units in a counter with adjustable heights are an added convenience for wheelchair users.

 

 

804.6.5 Oven. Ovens shall comply with 804.6.5.

 

 

120-3-20-.54 (7) Ovens [Residential]. Ovens shall comply with 120-3-20-.54.5.2 and 120-3-20-.54.5.3. Ovens shall be of the self-cleaning type or be located adjacent to an adjustable height counter with a 30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum knee space below (See Fig. 52). For side-opening ovens, the door latch side shall be next to the open counter space, and there shall be a pull-out shelf under the oven extending the full width of the oven and pulling out 10 inches (255 mm) minimum when fully extended. Ovens shall have controls on front panels. Controls shall be permitted to be located on either side of the door.

 

Note: Counter top or wall-mounted ovens with side-opening doors are easier for people in wheelchairs to use. Clear spaces 30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum under counters at the side of ovens are an added convenience. The pull-out board or fixed shelf under side-opening oven doors provides a resting place for heavy items being moved from the oven to a counter.

 

804.6.5.1 Side-Hinged Door Ovens. Side-hinged door ovens shall have the work surface required by 804.3 positioned adjacent to the latch side of the oven door.

 

 

 

804.6.5.2 Bottom-Hinged Door Ovens. Bottom-hinged door ovens shall have the work surface required by 804.3 positioned adjacent to one side of the door.

 

 

 

804.6.5.3 Controls. Ovens shall have controls on front panels.

 

 

 

804.6.6 Refrigerator/Freezer. Combination refrigerators and freezers shall have at least 50 percent of the freezer space 54 inches (1370 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. The clear floor or ground space shall be positioned for a parallel approach to the space dedicated to a refrigerator/freezer with the centerline of the clear floor or ground space offset 24 inches (610 mm) maximum from the centerline of the dedicated space.

 

 

120-3-20-.54 (8) Refrigerator/Freezers [Residential]. Refrigerators and freezers shall comply with 120-3-20-.54.5.3. Provisions shall be made for refrigerator/freezers that are:

 

 

(a) Of the Vertical Side-by-side combination freezer and refrigerator type; or

(b) Of the over-and-under type and meet the following requirements:

 

(i) appliances shall have at least 50 percent of the freezer space and at least 50 percent of the refrigerator space located 54 inches (1370 mm) maximum above the floor.

 

(ii) Other combination refrigerators and freezers shall have at least 50 percent of the freezer space and 100 percent of the refrigerator space and controls 54 inches (1370 mm) maximum above the floor. Freezers with less than 100 percent of the storage volume within the limits specified in role 120-3-20-.13(5) or rule 120-3-20-.13(6) shall be the self-defrosting type.

 

Note: Side-by-side refrigerator/freezers provide the most usable freezer compartments. Locating refrigerators so that their doors swing back 180 degrees is more convenient for wheelchair users.

 

805 Medical Care and Long-Term Care Facilities

 

6. MEDICAL CARE FACILITIES.

120-3-20-.48 MEDICAL CARE FACILITIES

 

 

 

6.2 Entrances.  At least one accessible entrance that complies with 4.14 shall be protected from the weather by canopy or roof overhang.  Such entrances shall incorporate a passenger loading zone that complies with 4.6.6.

120-3-20-.48 2) Entrances.  At least one accessible entrance that complies with rule 120-3-20-.25 shall be protected from the weather by canopy or roof overhang.  Such entrances shall incorporate a passenger loading zone that complies with rule 120-3-20-.17(6).

 

805.1 General. Medical care facility and long-term care facility patient or resident sleeping rooms required to provide mobility features shall comply with 805.

 

6.3 Patient Bedrooms. Provide accessible patient bedrooms in compliance with section 4. Accessible patient bedrooms shall comply with the following:

 

120-3-20-.48 (3) Patient Bedrooms.  Provide accessible patient bedrooms in compliance with rules 120-3-20-.03 through 120-3-20-.46.  Accessible patient bedrooms shall comply with the following:  

 

 

805.2 Turning Space. Turning space complying with 304 shall be provided within the room.

 

(2) Each bedroom shall have adequate space to provide a maneuvering space that complies with 4.2.3. In rooms with two beds, it is preferable that this space be located between beds.

 

(b) Each bedroom shall have adequate space to provide a maneuvering space that complies with rule 120-3-20-.13(3).  In rooms with 2 beds, it is preferable that this space be located between beds.

 

805.3 Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor space complying with 305 shall be provided on each side of the bed. The clear floor space shall be positioned for parallel approach to the side of the bed.

 

(3) Each bedroom shall have adequate space to provide a minimum clear floor space of 36 in (915 mm) along each side of the bed and to provide an accessible route complying with 4.3.3 to each side of each bed.

(c) Each bedroom shall have adequate space to provide a minimum clear floor space of 36 inches (915 mm) along each side of the bed and to provide an accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14(3) to each side of each bed.

 

805.4 Toilet and Bathing Rooms. Toilet and bathing rooms that are provided as part of a patient or resident sleeping room shall comply with 603. Where provided, no fewer than one water closet, one lavatory, and one bathtub or shower shall comply with the applicable requirements of 603 through 610.

 

6.4 Patient Toilet Rooms. Where toilet/bathrooms are provided as a part of a patient bedroom, each patient bedroom that is required to be accessible shall have an accessible toilet/bathroom that complies with 4.22 or 4.23 and shall be on an accessible route.

120-3-20-.48 (4) Patient Toilet Rooms.  Where toilet/bath rooms are provided as a part of a patient bedroom, each patient bedroom that is required to be accessible shall have an accessible toilet/bath room that complies with rule 120-3-20-.33 or rule 120-3-20-.34 and shall be on an accessible route.

 

806 Transient Lodging Guest Rooms

 

9.2 Requirements for Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms and Suites.

120-3-20-.51 ACCESSIBLE TRANSIENT LODGING.

 (2) Requirements for Accessible Units, Sleeping Rooms and Suites. 

 

 

806.1 General. Transient lodging guest rooms shall comply with 806. Guest rooms required to provide mobility features shall comply with 806.2. Guest rooms required to provide communication features shall comply with 806.3.

 

 

 

 

806.2 Guest Rooms with Mobility Features. Guest rooms required to provide mobility features shall comply with 806.2.

9.2.1 General. Units, sleeping rooms, and suites required to be accessible by 9.1 shall comply with 9.2.

(a) General.  Units, sleeping rooms, and suites required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.51(1) shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.51(2). 

 

 

4.3.2(4) An accessible route shall connect at least one accessible entrance of each accessible dwelling unit with those exterior and interior spaces and facilities that serve the accessible dwelling unit.

 

 

 

9.2.2 Minimum Requirements. An accessible unit, sleeping room or suite shall be on an accessible route complying with 4.3 and have the following accessible elements and spaces.

 

(b) Minimum Requirements.  An accessible unit, sleeping room or suite shall be on an accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14 and have the following accessible elements and spaces.

 

 

 

9.2.2(2) An accessible route complying with 4.3 shall connect all accessible spaces and elements, including telephones, within the unit, sleeping room, or suite. This is not intended to require an elevator in multi-story units as long as the spaces identified in 9.2.2(6) and (7) are on accessible levels and the accessible sleeping area is suitable for dual occupancy.

120-3-20-.51 (2)2. An accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14 shall connect all accessible spaces and elements, including telephones, within the unit, sleeping room, or suite.  This is not intended to require an elevator in multistory units as long as the spaces identified in rule 120-3-20-.51(2)(b)(6) and rule 120-3-20-.51(2)(b)(7) are on accessible levels and the accessible sleeping area is suitable for dual occupancy.

 

 

806.2.1 Living and Dining Areas. Living and dining areas shall be accessible.

 

9.2.2(6) Where provided as part of an accessible unit, sleeping room, or suite, the following spaces shall be accessible and shall be on an accessible route:

(a) the living area.

(b) the dining area.

(c) at least one sleeping area.

 

 

120-3-20-.51 (2)6. Where provided as part of an accessible unit, sleeping room, or suite, the following spaces shall be accessible and shall be on an accessible route:

 

(a) the living area.

(b) the dining area.

(c) at least one sleeping area.

 

 

806.2.2 Exterior Spaces. Exterior spaces, including patios, terraces and balconies that serve the guest room shall be accessible.

 

(d) patios, terraces, or balconies.

 

EXCEPTION: The requirements of 4.13.8 and 4.3.8 do not apply where it is necessary to utilize a higher door threshold or a change in level to protect the integrity of the unit from wind/water damage. Where this exception results in patios, terraces or balconies that are not at an accessible level, equivalent facilitation shall be provided (e.g., equivalent facilitation at a hotel patio or balcony might consist of providing raised decking or a ramp to provide accessibility).

 

(d) patios, terraces, or balconies.

 

EXCEPTION: The requirements of rule 120-3-20-.24(8) and rule 120-3-20-.14(8) do not apply where it is necessary to utilize a higher door threshold or a change in level to protect the integrity of the unit from wind/water damage.  Where this exception results in patios, terraces or balconies that are not at an accessible level, equivalent facilitation shall be provided. (e.g., Equivalent facilitation at a hotel patio or balcony might consist of providing raised decking or a ramp to provide accessibility).

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code have an exception for accessible patios, terraces and balconies that may subject the unit to wind or water damage. The 2010 Standards do not have this exception for accessible units.

 

9.2.2(3) Doors and doorways designed to allow passage into and within all sleeping rooms, suites or other covered units shall comply with 4.13.

120-3-20-.51 (2)3. Doors and doorways designed to allow passage into and within all sleeping rooms, suites or other covered units shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.24. 

 

 

See 2010 Standards,  205.1

9.2.2(5) All controls in accessible units, sleeping rooms, and suites shall comply with 4.27.

 

120-3-20-.51 (2)5. All controls in accessible units, sleeping rooms, and suites shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38.

The 2010 Standards include a list of exceptions for specific operable parts, many of which would be subject to the Òspecial equipmentÓ exception in 4.27.3 of the 1994 Standards.

806.2.3 Sleeping Areas. At least one sleeping area shall provide a clear floor space complying with 305 on both sides of a bed. The clear floor space shall be positioned for parallel approach to the side of the bed.

EXCEPTION: Where a single clear floor space complying with 305 positioned for parallel approach is provided between two beds, a clear floor or ground space shall not be required on both sides of a bed.

 

9.2.2(1) Accessible sleeping rooms shall have a 36 in (915 mm) clear width maneuvering space located along both sides of a bed, except that where two beds are provided, this requirement can be met by providing a 36 in (915 mm) wide maneuvering space located between the two beds.

 

 

120-3-20-.51 (2) (b)1. Accessible sleeping rooms shall have a 36 inches (915 mm) clear width maneuvering space located along both sides of a bed, except that where two beds are provided, this requirement can be met by providing a 36 inches (915 mm) wide maneuvering space located between the two beds.

 

806.2.4 Toilet and Bathing Facilities. At least one bathroom that is provided as part of a guest room shall comply with 603.  No fewer than one water closet, one lavatory, and one bathtub or shower shall comply with 603 through 610. In addition, required roll-in shower compartments shall comply with 608.2.2 or 608.2.3.  Toilet and bathing fixtures required to comply with 603 through 610 shall be permitted to be located in more than one toilet or bathing area, provided that travel between fixtures does not require travel between other parts of the guest room.

 

9.2.2(6)

(e) at least one full bathroom (i.e., one with a water closet, a lavatory, and a bathtub or shower).

(f) if only half baths are provided, at least one half bath.

 

 

 

120-3-20-.51 (2) (b) 6. Exception (e) at least one full bathroom (i.e., one with a water closet, a lavatory, and a bathtub or shower).

 

(f) if only half baths are provided, at least one half bath. 

 

 

 

806.2.4.1 Vanity Counter Top Space. If vanity counter top space is provided in non-accessible guest toilet or bathing rooms, comparable vanity counter top space, in terms of size and proximity to the lavatory, shall also be provided in accessible guest toilet or bathing rooms.

 

The 2010 Standards specify that vanity top space in accessible units must be equivalent to that provided in inaccessible units.

806.2.5 Kitchens and Kitchenettes. Kitchens and kitchenettes shall comply with 804.

 

9.2.2(7) Kitchens, Kitchenettes, or Wet Bars. When provided as accessory to a sleeping room or suite, kitchens, kitchenettes, wet bars, or similar amenities shall be accessible. Clear floor space for a front or parallel approach to cabinets, counters, sinks, and appliances shall be provided to comply with 4.2.4. Countertops and sinks shall be mounted at a maximum height of 34 in (865 mm) above the floor. At least fifty percent of shelf space in cabinets or refrigerator/freezers shall be within the reach ranges of 4.2.5 or 4.2.6 and space shall be designed to allow for the operation of cabinet and/or appliance doors so that all cabinets and appliances are accessible and usable. Controls and operating mechanisms shall comply with 4.27.

 

120-3-20-.51 (2)(2)(b)7. Kitchens, Kitchenettes, or Wet Bars.  When provided as accessory to a sleeping room or suite, kitchens, kitchenettes, wet bars, or similar amenities shall be accessible.  Clear floor space for a front or parallel approach to cabinets, counters, sinks, and appliances shall be provided to comply with rule 120-3-20-.13(4).  Counter tops and sinks shall be mounted at a maximum height of 34 inches (865 mm) above the floor.  At least fifty percent of shelf space in cabinets or refrigerator /freezers shall be within the reach ranges of rule 120-3-20-.13(5) or rule 120-3-20-.13(6) and space shall be designed to allow for the operation of cabinet and/or appliance doors so that all cabinets and appliances are accessible and usable.  Controls and operating mechanisms shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38.  

 

 

806.2.6 Turning Space. Turning space complying with 304 shall be provided within the guest room.

 

 

 

 

 

9.2.2(4) If fixed or built-in storage facilities such as cabinets, shelves, closets, and drawers are provided in accessible spaces, at least one of each type provided shall contain storage space complying with 4.25. Additional storage may be provided outside of the dimensions required by 4.25.

 

120-3-20-.51 (2)(b)4. If fixed or built-in storage facilities such as cabinets, shelves, closets, and drawers are provided in accessible spaces, at least one of each type provided shall contain storage space complying with rule 120-3-20-.36.  Additional storage may be provided outside of the dimensions required by rule 120-3-20-.36. 

 

 

806.3 Guest Rooms with Communication Features. Guest rooms required to provide communication features shall comply with 806.3.

9.3 Visual Alarms, Notification Devices and Telephones.

 

120-3-20-.51 (3) Visual Alarms, Notification Devices and Telephones.

 

 

806.3.1 Alarms. Where emergency warning systems are provided, alarms complying with 702 shall be provided.

 

9.3.1 General. In sleeping rooms required to comply with this section, auxiliary visual alarms shall be provided and shall comply with 4.28.4. Visual notification devices shall also be provided in units, sleeping rooms and suites to alert room occupants of incoming telephone calls and a door knock or bell. Notification devices shall not be connected to auxiliary visual alarm signal appliances. Permanently installed telephones shall have volume controls complying with 4.31.5; an accessible electrical outlet within 4 ft (1220 mm) of a telephone connection shall be provided to facilitate the use of a text telephone.

 

(a) General.  In sleeping rooms required to comply with this section, auxiliary visual alarms shall be provided and shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.39(4).  Visual notification devices shall also be provided in units, sleeping rooms and suites to alert room occupants of incoming telephone calls and a door knock or bell.  Notification devices shall not be connected to auxiliary visual alarm signal appliances.  Permanently installed telephones shall have volume controls complying with rule 120-3-20-.42(5); an accessible electrical outlet within 4 feet (1220 mm) of a telephone connection shall be provided to facilitate the use of a text telephone.

 

 

806.3.2 Notification Devices. Visible notification devices shall be provided to alert room occupants of incoming telephone calls and a door knock or bell. Notification devices shall not be connected to visible alarm signal appliances. Telephones shall have volume controls compatible with the telephone system and shall comply with 704.3. Telephones shall be served by an electrical outlet complying with 309 located within 48 inches (1220 mm) of the telephone to facilitate the use of a TTY.

 

 

9.3.2 Equivalent Facilitation. For purposes of this section, equivalent facilitation shall include the installation of electrical outlets (including outlets connected to a facility's central alarm system) and telephone wiring in sleeping rooms and suites to enable persons with hearing impairments to utilize portable visual alarms and communication devices provided by the operator of the facility.

 

(b) Equivalent Facilitation.  For purposes of this section, equivalent facilitation shall include the installation of electrical outlets (including outlets connected to a facility's central alarm system) and telephone wiring in sleeping rooms and suites to enable persons with hearing impairments to utilize portable visual alarms and communication devices provided by the operator of the facility. 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code permit portable visible alarm systems; The 2010 Standards do not.

807 Holding Cells and Housing Cells

 

See Appendix 12.5

 

The 2010 Standards have requirements for accessible holding and housing cells.  The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code do not.

 

807.1 General. Holding cells and housing cells shall comply with 807.

 

807.2 Cells with Mobility Features. Cells required to provide mobility features shall comply with 807.2.

 

See Appendix 12.5.2

 

 

807.2.1 Turning Space. Turning space complying with 304 shall be provided within the cell.

 

807.2.2 Benches. Where benches are provided, at least one bench shall comply with 903.

 

807.2.3 Beds. Where beds are provided, clear floor space complying with 305 shall be provided on at least one side of the bed. The clear floor space shall be positioned for parallel approach to the side of the bed.

 

807.2.4 Toilet and Bathing Facilities. Toilet facilities or bathing facilities that are provided as part of a cell shall comply with 603. Where provided, no fewer than one water closet, one lavatory, and one bathtub or shower shall comply with the applicable requirements of 603 through 610.

807.3 Cells with Communication Features. Cells required to provide communication features shall comply with 807.3.

 

See Appendix 12.6

 

 

807.3.1 Alarms. Where audible emergency alarm systems are provided to serve the occupants of cells, visible alarms complying with 702 shall be provided.

EXCEPTION: Visible alarms shall not be required where inmates or detainees are not allowed independent means of egress.

 

807.3.2 Telephones. Telephones, where provided within cells, shall have volume controls complying with 704.3.

 

808 Courtrooms

 

See Appendix 11.2.1

 

The 2010 Standards have requirements for accessible courtrooms.  The 1994 Standards and  Georgia Accessibility Code do not.

 

808.1 General. Courtrooms shall comply with 808.

 

808.2 Turning Space. Where provided, areas that are raised or depressed and accessed by ramps or platform lifts with entry ramps shall provide unobstructed turning space complying with 304.

 

808.3 Clear Floor Space. Each jury box and witness stand shall have, within its defined area, clear floor space complying with 305.

EXCEPTION: In alterations, wheelchair spaces are not required to be located within the defined area of raised jury boxes or witness stands and shall be permitted to be located outside these spaces where ramp or platform lift access poses a hazard by restricting or projecting into a means of egress required by the appropriate administrative authority.

 

808.4 Judges' Benches and Courtroom Stations. Judges' benches, clerks' stations, bailiffs' stations, deputy clerks' stations, court reporters' stations and litigants' and counsel stations shall comply with 902.

 

809 Residential Dwelling Units

 

 

120-3-20-.54 Covered Multi-Family Dwelling Unit

 

The 1994 Standards do not address residential, nontransient dwelling units.

 

 

 

120-3-20-.54 (2) Adaptability.  Both adaptable dwelling units and units in which fixtures are permanently installed within the heights specified in 120-3-20-.54.4 bathrooms and 120-3-20-.54.5 kitchens shall be considered accessible dwelling units.

 

Note:  Adaptable dwelling units are particularly beneficial in rental housing where the demand for accessible units varies over time.  Dwelling units designed for adaptability accommodate either able-bodies residents or residents having any of the disabilities described in 1.1, and have the further advantage of allowing the user to select the degree of accessibility that is desired.  For example, an occupant chooses to have grab bars installed in the bathroom but prefers the standard-height counter and sink.

 

Where parking is provided for facilities with all dwelling units designed for adaptability, accessible parking spaces are provided according to the number and particular needs of the disabled residents occupying the adaptable units.  The subsections on bathrooms and kitchens specify a range of heights and clearances within which certain fixtures are installed (for example, grab bars at bathtubs and toilets, and work surface and sink heights in kitchens).  In the case of grab bars, provision is made for later installation within the specified height range, as requested by the occupant of the dwelling unit.  Other fixtures are permanently installed at a height within these ranges, or the fixtures are adjustable within the ranges.

 

 

809.1 General. Residential dwelling units shall comply with 809. Residential dwelling units required to provide mobility features shall comply with 809.2 through 809.4. Residential dwelling units required to provide communication features shall comply with 809.5.

 

 

120-3-20-.54 (3) Basic Components.  Accessible dwelling units shall provide accessible elements and spaces as identified in Table 4. (Below)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Georgia Accessibility Code

Accessible Spaces

 

1. Spaces Allowances

Section

 

4.2

Application

 

All rooms and spaces

2. Accessible routes

4.3

(a) Within dwelling units to all rooms and spaces

(b) Connecting accessible dwelling unit(s) to accessible entrance(s) and to common-use spaces and facilities.

(c) From public transportation stops, accessible parking spaces, accessible passenger loading zones and public streets, or sidewalks to accessible entrance(s)

(d) Connecting accessible buildings, facilities, elements, and spaces that are on the same site.

(e) Connecting accessible buildings or facility entrances with accessible spaces and elements within the building or facility.

 

3. Floor surfaces

4.5

Accessible routes, rooms and spaces.

4. Parking and passenger loading zones

4.6

If provided at facility.

5. Windows

4.12

If operable windows are provided within dwelling units.

6. Doors

4.13

At entrance; to and in accessible spaces.

7. Entrances

4.14

To dwelling unit

8. Storage

4.23

If provided within in accessible spaces.

9. Controls

4.25

Within dwelling units, including heating, ventilating, and air conditioning equipment (other than air distribution registers) requiring regular periodic maintenance and adjustment by the occupant of the dwelling unit.

10.  Emergency alarms

4.26

If provided within the dwelling unit.

II. Bathrooms

120-3-20-.54.4

Design for fixed installation of grab bars within specified range of heights, or with provision for subsequent addition of grab bars within the range.

 

12. Kitchens

120-3-20-.54.5

Work surfaces and sinks may be designed for fixed installation within specified range of heights, or for adjustable heights within the range.

13. Laundry Facilities

120-3-20-.54.6

If provided in dwelling unit or if common-use facilities serving accessible dwelling unit.

14.  Common-use spaces and facilities

4.2 through

120-3-20-.54

If provided at facility and serving accessible dwelling unit.

15. Patios, terraces, balconies, carports, and garages.

4.2 through

120-3-20-.54

If provided with accessible dwelling unit.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010 Standards for Accessible Design

1994 Standards for Accessible Design

Georgia Accessibility Code

Commentary

809.2 Accessible Routes. Accessible routes complying with Chapter 4 shall be provided within residential dwelling units in accordance with 809.2.

EXCEPTION: Accessible routes shall not be required to or within unfinished attics or unfinished basements.

 

 

 

 

809.2.1 Location. At least one accessible route shall connect all spaces and elements which are a part of the residential dwelling unit. Where only one accessible route is provided, it shall not pass through bathrooms, closets, or similar spaces.

 

 

 

 

809.2.2 Turning Space. All rooms served by an accessible route shall provide a turning space complying with 304.

EXCEPTION: Turning space shall not be required in exterior spaces 30 inches (760 mm) maximum in depth or width.

 

 

 

 

809.3 Kitchen. Where a kitchen is provided, it shall comply with 804.

 

 

Note:  Some of the special features in kitchens, referred to as ÒadaptableÓ in earlier editions of that standard, are located as exceptions in section 804 of the 2010 Standards.

 

120-3-20-.54 (5) Kitchens. Accessible kitchens and their components shall be on an accessible route and shall comply with the requirements of 120-3-20-.54.5.

 

809.4 Toilet Facilities and Bathing Facilities. At least one bathroom shall comply with 603. No fewer than one of each type of fixture provided shall comply with applicable requirements of 603 through 610. Toilet and bathing fixtures required to comply with 603 through 610 shall be located in the same toilet and bathing area, such that travel between fixtures does not require travel between other parts of the residential dwelling unit.

 

Note:  Many of the special features in ANSI toilet and bathing facilities, referred to as ÒadaptableÓ in earlier editions of that standard, are located as exceptions in sections 603 through 610 of the 2010 Standards.

 

120-3-20-.54 (4) Bathrooms.  Accessible bathrooms shall be on an accessible route and shall comply with the requirements of 120-3-20-.54.4.

 

Note:  Although not required by these specifications, it is important to install grab bars at toilets, bathtubs, and showers if it is known that a dwelling unit is to be occupied by elderly people or people with severe disabilities.

 

809.5 Residential Dwelling Units with Communication Features. Residential dwelling units required to provide communication features shall comply with 809.5.

 

 

 

 

809.5.1 Building Fire Alarm System. Where a building fire alarm system is provided, the system wiring shall be extended to a point within the residential dwelling unit in the vicinity of the residential dwelling unit smoke detection system.

 

 

 

 

809.5.1.1 Alarm Appliances. Where alarm appliances are provided within a residential dwelling unit as part of the building fire alarm system, they shall comply with 702.

 

 

 

 

 

 

809.5.1.2 Activation. All visible alarm appliances provided within the residential dwelling unit for building fire alarm notification shall be activated upon activation of the building fire alarm in the portion of the building containing the residential dwelling unit.

 

 

 

 

809.5.2 Residential Dwelling Unit Smoke Detection System. Residential dwelling unit smoke detection systems shall comply with NFPA 72 (1999 or 2002 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1).

 

 

 

 

809.5.2.2 Activation. All visible alarm appliances provided within the residential dwelling unit for smoke detection notification shall be activated upon smoke detection.

 

 

 

 

809.5.3 Interconnection. The same visible alarm appliances shall be permitted to provide notification of residential dwelling unit smoke detection and building fire alarm activation.

 

 

 

 

809.5.4 Prohibited Use. Visible alarm appliances used to indicate residential dwelling unit smoke detection or building fire alarm activation shall not be used for any other purpose within the residential dwelling unit.

 

 

 

 

809.5.5 Residential Dwelling Unit Primary Entrance. Communication features shall be provided at the residential dwelling unit primary entrance complying with 809.5.5.

 

 

 

 

809.5.5.1 Notification. A hard-wired electric doorbell shall be provided. A button or switch shall be provided outside the residential dwelling unit primary entrance. Activation of the button or switch shall initiate an audible tone and visible signal within the residential dwelling unit. Where visible doorbell signals are located in sleeping areas, they shall have controls to deactivate the signal.

 

 

 

 

809.5.5.2 Identification. A means for visually identifying a visitor without opening the residential dwelling unit entry door shall be provided and shall allow for a minimum 180 degree range of view.

 

 

 

809.5.6 Site, Building, or Floor Entrance. Where a system, including a closed-circuit system, permitting voice communication between a visitor and the occupant of the residential dwelling unit is provided, the system shall comply with 708.4.

 

 

 

 

810 Transportation Facilities

 

10 TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES

 

120-3-20-.52 TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES

 

 

 

10.2 Bus Stops and Terminals

 

120-3-20-.52 (2)  Bus Stops and Terminals.

 

 

 

10.2.1 New Construction

 

120-3-20-.52 (2)  (a) New Construction.

 

 

810.2 Bus Boarding and Alighting Areas. Bus boarding and alighting areas shall comply with 810.2.

10.2.1(1) Where new bus stop pads are constructed at bus stops, bays or other areas where a lift or ramp is to be deployed, they shall have a firm, stable surface; a minimum clear length of 96 inches (measured from the curb or vehicle roadway edge) and a minimum clear width of 60 inches (measured parallel to the vehicle roadway) to the maximum extent allowed by legal or site constraints; and shall be connected to streets, sidewalks or pedestrian paths by an accessible route complying with 4.3 and 4.4. The slope of the pad parallel to the roadway shall, to the extent practicable, be the same as the roadway. For water drainage, a maximum slope of 1:50 (2%) perpendicular to the roadway is allowed.

 

1. Where new bus stop pads are constructed at bus stops, bays or other areas where a lift or ramp is to be deployed, they shall have a firm, stable surface;  a minimum clear length of 96 inches (measured from the curb or vehicle roadway edge) and a minimum clear width of 60 inches (measured parallel to the vehicle roadway) to the maximum extent allowed by legal or site constraints; and shall be connected to streets, sidewalks or pedestrian paths by an accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14 and rule 120-3-20-.15.  The slope of the pad parallel to the roadway shall, to the extent practicable, be the same as the roadway.  For water drainage, a maximum slope of 1:50 (2%) perpendicular to the roadway is allowed.

 

 

810.2.1 Surface. Bus stop boarding and alighting areas shall have a firm, stable surface.

 

810.2.2 Dimensions. Bus stop boarding and alighting areas shall provide a clear length of 96 inches (2440 mm) minimum, measured perpendicular to the curb or vehicle roadway edge, and a clear width of 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum, measured parallel to the vehicle roadway.

 

810.2.3 Connection. Bus stop boarding and alighting areas shall be connected to streets, sidewalks, or pedestrian paths by an accessible route complying with 402.

 

810.2.4 Slope. Parallel to the roadway, the slope of the bus stop boarding and alighting area shall be the same as the roadway, to the maximum extent practicable. Perpendicular to the roadway, the slope of the bus stop boarding and alighting area shall not be steeper than 1:48.

 

810.3 Bus Shelters. Bus shelters shall provide a minimum clear floor or ground space complying with 305 entirely within the shelter. Bus shelters shall be connected by an accessible route complying with 402 to a boarding and alighting area complying with 810.2.

 

10.2.1(2) Where provided, new or replaced bus shelters shall be installed or positioned so as to permit a wheelchair or mobility aid user to enter from the public way and to reach a location, having a minimum clear floor area of 30 inches by 48 inches, entirely within the perimeter of the shelter. Such shelters shall be connected by an accessible route to the boarding area provided under paragraph (1) of this section.

 

2. Where provided, new or replaced bus shelters shall be installed or positioned so as to permit a wheelchair or mobility aid user to enter from the public way and to reach a location, having a minimum clear floor area of 30 inches by 48 inches, entirely within the perimeter of the shelter. Such shelters shall be connected by an accessible route to the boarding area provided under paragraph (1) of this section.

 

 

810.4 Bus Signs. Bus route identification signs shall comply with 703.5.1 through 703.5.4, and 703.5.7 and 703.5.8. In addition, to the maximum extent practicable, bus route identification signs shall comply with 703.5.5.

EXCEPTION: Bus schedules, timetables and maps that are posted at the bus stop or bus bay shall not be required to comply.

 

10.2.1(3) Where provided, all new bus route identification signs shall comply with 4.30.5. In addition, to the maximum extent practicable, all new bus route identification signs shall comply with 4.30.2 and 4.30.3. Signs that are sized to the maximum dimensions permitted under legitimate local, state or federal regulations or ordinances shall be considered in compliance with 4.30.2 and 4.30.3 for purposes of this section.

 

 

 

EXCEPTION: Bus schedules, timetables, or maps that are posted at the bus stop or bus bay are not required to comply with this provision.

 

3. Where provided, all new bus route identification signs shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.41(5).  In addition, to the maximum extent practicable, all new bus route identification signs shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.41(2) and rule 120-3-20-.41(3).  Signs that are sized to the maximum dimensions permitted under legitimate local, state or federal regulations or ordinances shall be considered in compliance with rule 120-3-20-.41(2) and rule 120-3-20-.41(3) for purposes of this section.

 

EXCEPTION:  Bus schedules, timetables, or maps that are posted at the bus stop or bus bay are not required to comply with this provision

 

 

 

10.2.2 Bus Stop Siting and Alterations.

 

(1) Bus stop sites shall be chosen such that, to the maximum extent practicable, the areas where lifts or ramps are to be deployed comply with section 10.2.1(1) and (2).

 

(2) When new bus route identification signs are installed or old signs are replaced, they shall comply with the requirements of 10.2.1(3).

 

120-3-20-.52 (2)  (b) Bus Stop Siting and Alterations.

 

1. Bus stop sites shall be chosen such that, to the maximum extent practicable, the areas where lifts or ramps are to be deployed comply with rule 120-3-20-.52(a)1 and 2.

 

2. When new bus route identification signs are installed or old signs are replaced, they shall comply with the requirements of rule 120-3-20-.52(a)3. 

 

 

810.5 Rail Platforms. Rail platforms shall comply with 810.5.

 

 

 

810.5.1 Slope. Rail platforms shall not exceed a slope of 1:48 in all directions.

EXCEPTION: Where platforms serve vehicles operating on existing track or track laid in existing roadway, the slope of the platform parallel to the track shall be permitted to be equal to the slope (grade) of the roadway or existing track.

 

 

 

 

810.5.2 Detectable Warnings. Platform boarding edges not protected by platform screens or guards shall have detectable warnings complying with 705 along the full length of the public use area of the platform.

 

10.3.1(8) Platform edges bordering a drop-off and not protected by platform screens or guard rails shall have a detectable warning. Such detectable warnings shall comply with 4.29.2 and shall be 24 inches wide running the full length of the platform drop-off.

 

120-3-20-.52 (3)  8. Platform edges bordering a drop-off and not protected by platform screens or guard rails shall have a detectable warning.  Such detectable warnings shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.40(2) and shall be 24 inches wide running the full length of the platform drop-off. 

 

810.6 Rail Station Signs. Rail station signs shall comply with 810.6.

EXCEPTION. Signs shall not be required to comply with 810.6.1 and 810.6.2 where audible signs are remotely transmitted to hand-held receivers, or are user- or proximity-actuated.

 

 

 

810.6.1 Entrances. Where signs identify a station or its entrance, at least one sign at each entrance shall comply with 703.2 and shall be placed in uniform locations to the maximum extent practicable. Where signs identify a station that has no defined entrance, at least one sign shall comply with 703.2 and shall be placed in a central location.

 

10.3.1(4) Where signs are provided at entrances to stations identifying the station or the entrance, or both, at least one sign at each entrance shall comply with 4.30.4 and 4.30.6. Such signs shall be placed in uniform locations at entrances within the transit system to the maximum extent practicable.

 

 

EXCEPTION: Where the station has no defined entrance, but signage is provided, then the accessible signage shall be placed in a central location.

 

120-3-20-.52 (3)  4. Where signs are provided at entrances to stations identifying the station or the entrance, or both, at least one sign at each entrance shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.41(1) 4.30.4 and rule 120-3-20-.41(6).  Such signs shall be placed in uniform locations at entrances within the transit system to the maximum extent practicable.

 

EXCEPTION:  Where the station has no defined entrance, but signage is provided, then the accessible signage shall be placed in a central location

 

810.6.2 Routes and Destinations. Lists of stations, routes and destinations served by the station which are located on boarding areas, platforms, or mezzanines shall comply with 703.5. At least one tactile sign identifying the specific station and complying with 703.2 shall be provided on each platform or boarding area. Signs covered by this requirement shall, to the maximum extent practicable, be placed in uniform locations within the system.

EXCEPTION: Where sign space is limited, characters shall not be required to exceed 3 inches (75 mm).

10.3.1(6) Lists of stations, routes, or destinations served by the station and located on boarding areas, platforms, or mezzanines shall comply with 4.30.1, 4.30.2, 4.30.3, and 4.30.5. A minimum of one sign identifying the specific station and complying with 4.30.4 and 4.30.6 shall be provided on each platform or boarding area. All signs referenced in this paragraph shall, to the maximum extent practicable, be placed in uniform locations within the transit system.

 

120-3-20-.52 (3)  6. Lists of stations, routes, or destinations served by the station and located on boarding areas, platforms, or mezzanines shall comply with rules 120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20-.41(2), 120-3-20-.41(3), 120-3-20-.41(5), A minimum of one sign identifying the specific station and complying with rule 120-3-20-.41(4) and rule 120-3-20-.41(6) shall be provided on each platform or boarding area.  All signs referenced in this paragraph shall, to the maximum extent practicable, be placed in uniform locations within the transit system.

 

810.6.3 Station Names. Stations covered by this section shall have identification signs complying with 703.5. Signs shall be clearly visible and within the sight lines of standing and sitting passengers from within the vehicle on both sides when not obstructed by another vehicle.

10.3.1(5) Stations covered by this section shall have identification signs complying with 4.30.1, 4.30.2, 4.30.3, and 4.30.5. Signs shall be placed at frequent intervals and shall be clearly visible from within the vehicle on both sides when not obstructed by another train. When station identification signs are placed close to vehicle windows (i.e., on the side opposite from boarding) each shall have the top of the highest letter or symbol below the top of the vehicle window and the bottom of the lowest letter or symbol above the horizontal mid-line of the vehicle window.

 

120-3-20-.52 (3)  5. Stations covered by this section shall have identification signs complying with rules 120-3-20-.41(1), 120-3-20-.41(2), 120-3-20-.41(3), 120-3-20-.41(5), Signs shall be placed at frequent intervals and shall be clearly visible from within the vehicle on both sides when not obstructed by another train.  When station identification signs are placed close to vehicle windows (i.e., on the side opposite from boarding) each shall have the top of the highest letter or symbol below the top of the vehicle window and the bottom of the lowest letter or symbol above the horizontal mid-line of the vehicle window.

 

 

 

10.3.1(11) Illumination levels in the areas where signage is located shall be uniform and shall minimize glare on signs. Lighting along circulation routes shall be of a type and configuration to provide uniform illumination.

 

120-3-20-.52 (3)  11. Illumination levels in the areas where signage is located shall be uniform and shall minimize glare on signs.  Lighting along circulation routes shall be of a type and configuration to provide uniform illumination. 

The 194 Standards specify uniform illumination of signs in transportation facilities.  The 2010 Standards do not include this as it would be impossible to regulate illumination at an outdoor station and guarantee uniformity with indoor stations on the same system.

 

810.7 Public Address Systems. Where public address systems convey audible information to the public, the same or equivalent information shall be provided in a visual format.

 

10.3.1(14) Where public address systems are provided to convey information to the public in terminals, stations, or other fixed facilities, a means of conveying the same or equivalent information to persons with hearing loss or who are deaf shall be provided.

 

120-3-20-.52 (3)  14. Where public address systems are provided to convey information to the public in terminals, stations, or other fixed facilities, a means of conveying the same or equivalent information to persons with hearing loss or who are deaf shall be provided.

 

810.8 Clocks. Where clocks are provided for use by the public, the clock face shall be uncluttered so that its elements are clearly visible. Hands, numerals and digits shall contrast with the background either light-on-dark or dark-on-light. Where clocks are installed overhead, numerals and digits shall comply with 703.5.

 

10.3.1(15) Where clocks are provided for use by the general public, the clock face shall be uncluttered so that its elements are clearly visible. Hands, numerals, and/or digits shall contrast with the background either light-on-dark or dark-on-light. Where clocks are mounted overhead, numerals and/or digits shall comply with 4.30.3. Clocks shall be placed in uniform locations throughout the facility and system to the maximum extent practicable.

 

120-3-20-.52 (3)  15. Where clocks are provided for use by the general public, the clock face shall be uncluttered so that its elements are clearly visible.  Hands, numerals, and/or digits shall contrast with the background either light-on-dark or dark-on-light.  Where clocks are mounted overhead, numerals and/or digits shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.41(3). Clocks shall be placed in uniform locations throughout the facility and system to the maximum extent practicable.

 

810.9 Escalators. Where provided, escalators shall comply with the sections 6.1.3.5.6 and 6.1.3.6.5 of ASME A17.1 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1) and shall have a clear width of 32 inches (815 mm) minimum.

EXCEPTION: Existing escalators in key stations shall not be required to comply with 810.9.

 

10.3.1(16) Where provided in below grade stations, escalators shall have a minimum clear width of 32 inches. At the top and bottom of each escalator run, at least two contiguous treads shall be level beyond the comb plate before the risers begin to form. All escalator treads shall be marked by a strip of clearly contrasting color, 2 inches in width, placed parallel to and on the nose of each step. The strip shall be of a material that is at least as slip resistant as the remainder of the tread. The edge of the tread shall be apparent from both ascending and descending directions.

 

120-3-20-.52 (3)  16. Where provided in below grade stations, escalators shall have a minimum clear width of 32 inches.  At the top and bottom of each escalator run, at least two contiguous treads shall be level beyond the comb plate before the risers begin to form.  All escalator treads shall be marked by a strip of clearly contrasting color, 2 inches in width, placed parallel to and on the nose of each step.  The strip shall be of a material that is at least as slip resistant as the remainder of the tread. The edge of the tread shall be apparent from both ascending and descending directions.

 

 

 

10.3.1(17) Where provided, elevators shall be glazed or have transparent panels to allow an unobstructed view both in to and out of the car. Elevators shall comply with 4.10.

EXCEPTION: Elevator cars with a clear floor area in which a 60 inch diameter circle can be inscribed may be substituted for the minimum car dimensions of 4.10, Fig. 22.

 

120-3-20-.52 (3)  17.  Where provided, elevators shall be glazed or have transparent panels to allow an unobstructed view both in to and out of the car.  Elevators shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.21.

 

EXCEPTION: Elevator cars with a clear floor area in which a 60 inches in diameter circle can be inscribed may be substituted for the minimum car dimensions of rule 120-3-20-.21, Fig. 22.

 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code include a requirement that elevator cars have glazed or transparent panels.  The 2010 Standards do not have a similar requirement because transparent car walls may only permit viewing the interior of a hoistway wall.  Also, the implication that some level of additional safety is necessary for this occupancy alone is unsupported.

 

810.10 Track Crossings. Where a circulation path serving boarding platforms crosses tracks, it shall comply with 402.

EXCEPTION: Openings for wheel flanges shall be permitted to be 2 1/2 inches (64 mm) maximum.

10.3.1(13) Where it is necessary to cross tracks to reach boarding platforms, the route surface shall be level and flush with the rail top at the outer edge and between the rails, except for a maximum 2-1/2 inch gap on the inner edge of each rail to permit passage of wheel flanges. Such crossings shall comply with 4.29.5. Where gap reduction is not practicable, an above-grade or below-grade accessible route shall be provided.

 

120-3-20-.52 (3)  13. Where it is necessary to cross tracks to reach boarding platforms, the route surface shall be level and flush with the rail top at the outer edge and between the rails, except for a maximum 2-1/2 inches gap on the inner edge of each rail to permit passage of wheel flanges. Such crossings shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.40(5). Where gap reduction is not practicable, an above-grade or below-grade accessible route shall be provided.

 

 

811 Storage

 

4.25 Storage.

120-3-20-.36 Storage.  

 

 

811.1 General. Storage shall comply with 811.

 

4.25.1 General. Fixed storage facilities such as cabinets, shelves, closets, and drawers required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.25.

 

 (1) General.  Fixed storage facilities such as cabinets, shelves, closets, and drawers required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.36.  

 

811.2 Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be provided.

 

4.25.2 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor space at least 30 in by 48 in (760 mm by 1220 mm) complying with 4.2.4 that allows either a forward or parallel approach by a person using a wheelchair shall be provided at accessible storage facilities.

 

120-3-20-.36 (2) Clear Floor Space.  A clear floor space at least 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) complying with rule 120-3-20-.12(4) that allows either a forward or parallel approach by a person using a wheelchair shall be provided at accessible storage facilities.  

 

 

811.3 Height. Storage elements shall comply with at least one of the reach ranges specified in 308.

 

4.25.3 Height. Accessible storage spaces shall be within at least one of the reach ranges specified in 4.2.5 and 4.2.6 (see Fig. 5 and Fig. 6). Clothes rods or shelves shall be a maximum of 54 in (1370 mm) above the finish floor for a side approach. Where the distance from the wheelchair to the clothes rod or shelf exceeds 10 in (255 mm) (as in closets without accessible doors) the height and depth to the rod or shelf shall comply with Fig. 38(a) and Fig. 38(b).

 

NOTE: Figure 38(a) indicates that if the clear floor space allows a parallel approach by a person in a wheelchair and the distance between the wheelchair and the shelf exceeds 10 inches, the maximum high side reach shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) above the floor and the low side reach shall be a minimum of 9 inches (230 mm) above the floor. The shelves can be adjustable. The maximum distance from the user to the shelf shall be 21 inches (535 mm).


Figure 38(b) indicates that if the clear floor space allows a parallel approach by a person in a wheelchair and the distance between the wheelchair and the clothes rod exceeds 10 inches, the maximum high side reach shall be 48 inches (1220 mm). The maximum distance from the user to the clothes rod shall be 21 inches (535 mm).

 

120-3-20-.36 (3) Height.  Accessible storage spaces shall be within at least one of the reach ranges specified in rule 120-3-20-.13(5) and rule 120-3-20-.13(6) (see Fig. 5 and Fig 6).  Clothes rod or shelves shall be a maximum of 54 inches (1370 mm) above the finish floor for a side approach.  Where the distance from the wheelchair to the clothes rods or shelf exceeds 10 inches (255 mm) (as in closets without accessible doors) the height and depth to the rod or shelf shall comply with Fig. 38(a) and Fig. 38(b).

 

Figure 38  Storage Shelves and Closets.

  38(a)  Shelves.  If the clear floor space allows a parallel approach by a person in a wheelchair and the distance between the wheelchair and the shelf exceeds 10 in (255 mm), the maximum high side reach shall be 48 in (1220 mm) above the floor and the low side reach shall be a minimum of 9 in (230 mm) above the floor.  The shelves can be adjustable.  The maximum distance from the user to the middle of the shelf shall be 21 in (535 mm).

  38(b)  Closets.  If the clear floor space allows a parallel approach by a person in a wheelchair and the distance between the wheelchair and the clothes rod exceeds 10 in (255 mm), the maximum high side reach shall be 48 in (1220 mm).  The maximum distance from the user to the clothes rod shall be 21 in (535 mm).

 

 

8.4 Card Catalogs and Magazine Displays. Minimum clear aisle space at card catalogs and magazine displays shall comply with Fig. 55. Maximum reach height shall comply with 4.2, with a height of 48 in (1220 mm) preferred irrespective of approach allowed.

 

NOTE: Figure 55 indicates the lowest shelf of a card catalog shall be 18 inches (455 mm).

 

120-3-20-.50 (4) Card Catalogs and Magazine Displays.  Minimum clear aisle space at card catalogs and magazine displays shall comply with Fig. 55. Maximum reach height shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.13, with a height of 48 inches (1220 mm) preferred irrespective of approach allowed.

 

811.4 Operable Parts. Operable parts shall comply with 309.

 

4.25.4 Hardware. Hardware for accessible storage facilities shall comply with 4.27.4. Touch latches and U-shaped pulls are acceptable.

 

120-3-20-.36 (4) Hardware.  Hardware for accessible storage facilities shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.38(4).  Touch latches and U-shaped pulls are acceptable. 

 

 

 

120-3-20-.53(10) Storage [Children].

(a) General. Fixed storage facilities such as lockers, cabinets, shelves, closets, and drawers required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.36, except as modified by rule 120-3-20-.53(10). The requirements in rule 120-3-20-.36(3) are modified by the following provision.

 

 

 

 

(b) Height. Accessible storage spaces shall be within at least one of the reach ranges specified in rule 120-3-20-.53(2). Clothes rods, hooks, or shelves shall be a maximum of 36 inches (915 mm) above the finish floor for a side approach.

 

 

CHAPTER 9: BUILT-IN ELEMENTS

 

 

 

 

901 General

 

 

 

 

901.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 9 shall apply where required by Chapter 2 or where referenced by a requirement in this document.

 

 

 

 

902 Dining Surfaces and Work Surfaces

 

4.32 Fixed or Built-in Seating and Tables.

 

120-3-20-.43 Fixed or Built-in Seating and Tables. 

 

 

902.1 General. Dining surfaces and work surfaces shall comply with 902.2 and 902.3.

EXCEPTION: Dining surfaces and work surfaces for children's use shall be permitted to comply with 902.4.

4.32.1 Minimum Number. Fixed or built-in seating or tables required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.32.2 through 4.32.4.

 

See also Appendix 4.32.1 EXCEPTION

 

 120-3-20-.43 (1) Minimum Number.  Fixed or built-in seating or tables required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.43. 

 

See 2010 Standards,  206.2.4

5.3 Access Aisles. All accessible fixed tables shall be accessible by means of an access aisle at least 36 in (915 mm) clear between parallel edges of tables or between a wall and the table edges.

 

120-3-20-.47 (3) Access Aisles.  All accessible fixed tables shall be accessible by means of an access aisle at least 36 inches (915 mm) clear between parallel edges of tables or between a wall and the table edges. 

The 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code have a provision for access aisles that is replicated in the 2010 StandardsÕ accessible route requirements.

902.2 Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor space complying with 305 positioned for a forward approach shall be provided. Knee and toe clearance complying with 306 shall be provided.

 

4.32.2 Seating. If seating spaces for people in wheelchairs are provided at fixed tables or counters, clear floor space complying with 4.2.4 shall be provided. Such clear floor space shall not overlap knee space by more than 19 in (485 mm) (see Fig. 45).

 

NOTE:  Figure 45 illustrates wheelchair seating locations at tables, with two adjacent to each other on the long side of a rectangular table and two locations on opposing sides of a square table.  The width of the seating locations is 30 inches, the length 48 inches, with 19 inches of the length located under the table surface.

 

120-3-20-.43 (2) Seating.  If seating spaces for people in wheelchairs are provided at fixed tables or counters, clear floor space complying with rule 120-3-20-.13(4) shall be provided.  Such clear floor space shall not overlap knee space by more than 19 inches (485 mm) (see Fig. 45).

 

Figure 45 Minimum Clearances for Seating and Tables.

  If wheelchair seating is beside fixed seats, clear floor space 30 in by 48 in (760 mm by 1220 mm) minimum must be provided.  If wheelchair seating is across the front of fixed seating, the minimum required clear floor space is 42 in by 48 in (1065 mm by 1220 mm).  An accessible route to wheelchair seating must be provided.

 

 

4.32.3 Knee Clearances. If seating for people in wheelchairs is provided at tables or counters, knee spaces at least 27 in (685 mm) high, 30 in (760 mm) wide, and 19 in (485 mm) deep shall be provided (see Fig. 45).

 

120-3-20-.43 (3) Knee Clearances.  If seating for people in wheelchairs is provided at tables or counters, knee spaces at least 27 inches (685 mm) high, 30 inches (760 mm) wide, and 19 inches (485 mm) deep shall be provided (see Fig. 45).

 

 

902.3 Height. The tops of dining surfaces and work surfaces shall be 28 inches (710 mm) minimum and 34 inches (865 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground.

 

4.32.4 Height of Tables or Counters. The tops of accessible tables and counters shall be from 28 in to 34 in (710 mm to 865 mm) above the finish floor or ground. 

 

120-3-20-.43 (4) Height of Tables or Counters.  The tops of accessible tables and counters shall be from 28 inches to 34 inches (710 mm to 865 mm) above the finish floor or ground. 

 

 

5.2 Counters and Bars. Where food or drink is served at counters exceeding 34 in (865 mm) in height for consumption by customers seated on stools or standing at the counter, a portion of the main counter which is 60 in (1525 mm) in length minimum shall be provided in compliance with 4.32 or service shall be available at accessible tables within the same area.

 

 

TABLE A1 – CONVENIENT HEIGHTS OF TABLES AND COUNTERS FOR SEATED PEOPLE1

 

CONDITIONS OF USE

SHORT PEOPLE

inches           mm

TALL PEOPLE

inches           mm

Seated in a wheelchair: 

Manual work-Desk or removable armrests

Fixed, full-size armrests2

 

 

 

26                  660

 

323                  815

 

 

 

30                  760

 

323                  815

Light, detailed work:  Desk or removable armrests

Fixed, full-size armrests2

 

 

29                  735

 

323                  815

 

 

34                  865

 

34                  865

Seated in a 16 inches (405 mm) high chair:  Manual work

Light, detailed work

 

 

26                  660

 

28                  710

 

 

27                  685

 

31                   785

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 All dimensions are based on a work-surface thickness of 1 ½ inches (38 mm) and a clearance of 1 ½ (38 mm) between legs and the underside of a work surface.  People who sit will be using the same counter area.

 

2 This type of wheelchair arm does not interfere with the positioning of a wheelchair under a work surface.

 

3 This dimension is limited by the height of the armrests:  a lower height would be preferable.  Some people in this group prefer lower work surfaces, which require positioning the wheelchair back from the edge of the counter.

 

Note:  Different types of work require different table or counter heights for comfort and optimal performance.  Light detailed work such as writing requires a table or counter close to elbow height for a standing person.  Heavy manual work such as rolling dough requires a counter or table height about 10 inches (255 mm) below elbow height for a standing person.  This principle of high/low table or counter heights also applies for seated persons; however, the limiting condition for seated manual work is clearance under the table or counter.

 

Table A1 shows convenient counter heights for seated persons.  The great variety of heights for comfort and optimal performance indicates a need for alternatives or a compromise in height if people who stand and people who sit will be using the same counter area.

The 1994 Standards include a requirement for an accessible counter surface at counters and bars that are 60 inches minimum in length.

120-3-20-.47 (2) Counters and Bars.  Where food or drink is served at counters exceeding 34 inches (865 mm) in height for consumption by customers seated on stools or standing at the counter, a portion of the main counter which is 60 inches (1525 mm) in length minimum shall be provided in compliance with rule 120-3-20-.43 or service shall be available at accessible tables within the same area.

902.4 Dining Surfaces and Work Surfaces for Children's Use. Accessible dining surfaces and work surfaces for children's use shall comply with 902.4.

EXCEPTION: Dining surfaces and work surfaces that are used primarily by children 5 years and younger shall not be required to comply with 902.4 where a clear floor or ground space complying with 305 positioned for a parallel approach is provided.

 

See Appendix 4.32.5 EXCEPTIONS

120-3-20-.53(11) Fixed or Built-in Seating and Tables [Children].

(a) General. Fixed or built-in seating or tables required to be accessible by rule 120-3-20-.03 shall comply with rule 120-3-20-.43, except as modified by rule 120-3-20-.53(11). The requirements in rule 120-3-20-.43(2), rule 120-

3-20-.43(3), and rule 120-3-20-.43(4) are modified by the following provisions.

The 2010 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code have requirements for dining and work surfaces for childrenÕs use.

 

902.4.1 Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor space complying with 305 positioned for forward approach shall be provided. Knee and toe clearance complying with 306 shall be provided, except that knee clearance 24 inches (610 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground shall be permitted.

 

(b) Seating. Clear floor space shall not overlap knee space by more than 14 inches (355 mm).

 

(c) Knee Clearances. Knee clearance at least 24 inches (610 mm) high, 30 inches (760 mm) wide, and 14 inches (355 mm) deep shall be provided.

902.4.2 Height. The tops of tables and counters shall be 26 inches (660 mm) minimum and 30 inches (760 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground.

 

(d) Height of Tables or Counters. The tops of accessible tables and counters shall be from 26 inches to 30 inches (660 mm to 760 mm) above the finish floor or ground.

 

903 Benches

 

 

 

 

903.1 General. Benches shall comply with 903.

 

See 4.35.4

 

See also Appendix 4.37

 

 

903.2 Clear Floor or Ground Space. Clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be provided and shall be positioned at the end of the bench seat and parallel to the short axis of the bench.

 

 

 

 

903.3 Size. Benches shall have seats that are 42 inches (1065 mm) long minimum and 20 inches (510 mm) deep minimum and 24 inches (610 mm) deep maximum.

 

 

 

 

903.4 Back Support. The bench shall provide for back support or shall be affixed to a wall. Back support shall be 42 inches (1065 mm) long minimum and shall extend from a point 2 inches (51 mm) maximum above the seat surface to a point 18 inches (455 mm) minimum above the seat surface. Back support shall be 2 1/2 inches (64 mm) maximum from the rear edge of the seat measured horizontally.

 

 

 

903.5 Height. The top of the bench seat surface shall be 17 inches (430 mm) minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground.

 

 

 

 

903.6 Structural Strength. Allowable stresses shall not be exceeded for materials used when a vertical or horizontal force of 250 pounds (1112 N) is applied at any point on the seat, fastener, mounting device, or supporting structure.

 

 

 

 

903.7 Wet Locations. Where installed in wet locations, the surface of the seat shall be slip resistant and shall not accumulate water.

 

 

 

 

904 Check-Out Aisles and Sales and Service Counters

 

 

 

 

904.1 General. Check-out aisles and sales and service counters shall comply with the applicable requirements of 904.

 

 

 

 

904.2 Approach. All portions of counters required to comply with 904 shall be located adjacent to a walking surface complying with 403.

 

 

 

 

904.3 Check-Out Aisles. Check-out aisles shall comply with 904.3.

 

7.3(2) Clear aisle width for accessible check-out aisles shall comply with 4.2.1 and maximum adjoining counter height shall not exceed 38 in (965 mm) above the finish floor. The top of the lip shall not exceed 40 in (1015 mm) above the finish floor.

 

 120-3-20-.49 (3) (b) Clear aisle width for accessible check-out aisles shall comply with 4.2.1 and maximum adjoining counter height shall not exceed 38 in (965 mm) above the finish floor.  The top of the lip shall not exceed 40 in (1015 mm) above the finish floor.

 

 

904.3.1 Aisle. Aisles shall comply with 403.

 

904.3.2 Counter. The counter surface height shall be 38 inches (965 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. The top of the counter edge protection shall be 2 inches (51 mm) maximum above the top of the counter surface on the aisle side of the check-out counter.

 

904.3.3 Check Writing Surfaces. Where provided, check writing surfaces shall comply with 902.3.

 

 

 

The 2010 Standards have specific requirements for accessible check writing surfaces.

904.4 Sales and Service Counters. Sales counters and service counters shall comply with 904.4.1 or 904.4.2. The accessible portion of the counter top shall extend the same depth as the sales or service counter top.

EXCEPTION: In alterations, when the provision of a counter complying with 904.4 would result in a reduction of the number of existing counters at work stations or a reduction of the number of existing mail boxes, the counter shall be permitted to have a portion which is 24 inches (610 mm) long minimum complying with 904.4.1 provided that the required clear floor or ground space is centered on the accessible length of the counter.

 

7.2(1) In areas used for transactions where counters have cash registers and are provided for sales or distribution of goods or services to the public, at least one of each type shall have a portion of the counter which is at least 36 in (915mm) in length with a maximum height of 36 in (915 mm) above the finish floor. It shall be on an accessible route complying with 4.3. Such counters shall include, but are not limited to, counters in retail stores, and distribution centers. The accessible counters must be dispersed throughout the building or facility. In alterations where it is technically infeasible to provide an accessible counter, an auxiliary counter meeting these requirements may be provided.

 

120-3-20-.49 (2) Sales and Service Counters, Teller Windows, Information Counters.

(a) In department stores and miscellaneous retail stores where counters have cash registers and are provided for sales or distribution of goods or services to the public, at least one of each type shall have a portion of the counter which is at least 36 inches (915mm) in length with a maximum height of 36 inches (915 mm) above the finish floor.  It shall be on an accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14.  The accessible counters must be dispersed throughout the building or facility.  In alterations where it is technically infeasible to provide an accessible counter, an auxiliary counter meeting these requirements may be provided.

 

(b) At ticketing counters, teller stations in a bank, registration counters in hotels and motels, box office ticket counters, and other counters that may not have a cash register but at which goods or services are sold or distributed, either:

1. a portion of the main counter which is a minimum of 36 inches (915 mm) in length shall be provided with a maximum height of 36 inches (915 mm); or

2. an auxiliary counter with a maximum height of 36 inches (915 mm) in close proximity to the main counter shall be provided; or

3. equivalent facilitation shall be provided (e.g., at a hotel registration counter, equivalent facilitation might consist of: 

(i) provision of a folding shelf attached to the main counter on which an individual with disabilities can write, and

(ii) use of the space on the side of the counter or at the concierge desk, for handing materials back and forth). All accessible sales and service counters shall be on an accessible route complying with rule 120-3-20-.14

 

The 2010 Standards include an exception for alterations to sales and service counters.

7.2(2) In areas used for transactions that may not have a cash register but at which goods or services are sold or distributed including, but not limited to, ticketing counters, teller stations, registration counters in transient lodging facilities, information counters, box office counters and library check-out areas, either:

(i) a portion of the main counter which is a minimum of 36 in (915 mm) in length shall be provided with a maximum height of 36 in (915 mm); or

(ii) an auxiliary counter with a maximum height of 36 in (915 mm) in close proximity to the main counter shall be provided; or

(iii) equivalent facilitation shall be provided (e.g., at a hotel registration counter, equivalent facilitation might consist of: (1) provision of a folding shelf attached to the main counter on which an individual with a disability can write, and (2) use of the space on the side of the counter or at the concierge desk, for handing materials back and forth).

All accessible sales and service counters shall be on an accessible route complying with 4.3.

 

904.4.1 Parallel Approach. A portion of the counter surface that is 36 inches (915 mm) long minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) high maximum above the finish floor shall be provided. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be positioned for a parallel approach adjacent to the 36 inch (915 mm) minimum length of counter.

EXCEPTION: Where the provided counter surface is less than 36 inches (915 mm) long, the entire counter surface shall be 36 inches (915 mm) high maximum above the finish floor.

 

 

 

 

904.4.2 Forward Approach. A portion of the counter surface that is 30 inches (760 mm) long minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) high maximum shall be provided. Knee and toe space complying with 306 shall be provided under the counter. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be positioned for a forward approach to the counter.

 

 

 

 

904.5 Food Service Lines. Counters in food service lines shall comply with 904.5.

 

 

 

 

904.5.1 Self-Service Shelves and Dispensing Devices. Self-service shelves and dispensing devices for tableware, dishware, condiments, food and beverages shall comply with 308.

 

5.6 Tableware and Condiment Areas. Self-service shelves and dispensing devices for tableware, dishware, condiments, food and beverages shall be installed to comply with 4.2 (see Fig. 54).

 

NOTE: Figure 54 indicates the maximum height is 54 inches (1370 mm).

 

120-3-20-.47 (6) Tableware and Condiment Areas.  Self-service shelves and dispensing devices for tableware, dish ware, condiments, food and beverages shall be installed to comply with rule 120-3-20-.13 (see Fig. 54).

 

Figure 54.  Tableware Areas.

  The maximum height is 54 in (1370 mm).

 

904.5.2 Tray Slides. The tops of tray slides shall be 28 inches (710 mm) minimum and 34 inches (865 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground.

 

 

 

 

904.6 Security Glazing. Where counters or teller windows have security glazing to separate personnel from the public, a method to facilitate voice communication shall be provided. Telephone handset devices, if provided, shall comply with 704.3.

 

7.2(3) In public facilities where counters or teller windows have solid partitions or security glazing to separate personnel from the public, at least one of each type shall provide a method to facilitate voice communication. Such methods may include, but are not limited to, grilles, slats, talk-through baffles, intercoms, or telephone handset devices. The method of communication shall be accessible to both individuals who use wheelchairs and individuals who have difficulty bending or stooping. If provided for public use, at least one telephone communication device shall be equipped with volume controls complying with 4.31.5. Hand-operable communications devices, if provided, shall comply with 4.27. 

 

 

 

CHAPTER 10: RECREATION FACILITIES

 

 

 

 

1001 General

 

1001.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 10 shall apply where required by Chapter 2 or where referenced by a requirement in this document.

1002 Amusement Rides

 

See Appendix 15.1

 

 

1002.1 General. Amusement rides shall comply with 1002.

 

 

 

1002.2 Accessible Routes. Accessible routes serving amusement rides shall comply with Chapter 4.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. In load or unload areas and on amusement rides, where compliance with 405.2 is not structurally or operationally feasible, ramp slope shall be permitted to be 1:8 maximum.

2. In load or unload areas and on amusement rides, handrails provided along walking surfaces complying with 403 and required on ramps complying with 405 shall not be required to comply with 505 where compliance is not structurally or operationally feasible.

 

 

1002.3 Load and Unload Areas. A turning space complying with 304.2 and 304.3 shall be provided in load and unload areas.

 

 

 

1002.4 Wheelchair Spaces in Amusement Rides. Wheelchair spaces in amusement rides shall comply with 1002.4.

 

 

 

1002.4.1 Floor or Ground Surface. The floor or ground surface of wheelchair spaces shall be stable and firm.

 

 

 

1002.4.2 Slope. The floor or ground surface of wheelchair spaces shall have a slope not steeper than 1:48 when in the load and unload position.

 

 

 

1002.4.3 Gaps. Floors of amusement rides with wheelchair spaces and floors of load and unload areas shall be coordinated so that, when amusement rides are at rest in the load and unload position, the vertical difference between the floors shall be within plus or minus 5/8 inches (16 mm) and the horizontal gap shall be 3 inches (75 mm) maximum under normal passenger load conditions.

EXCEPTION: Where compliance is not operationally or structurally feasible, ramps, bridge plates, or similar devices complying with the applicable requirements of 36 CFR 1192.83(c) shall be provided.

 

 

1002.4.4 Clearances. Clearances for wheelchair spaces shall comply with 1002.4.4.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Where provided, securement devices shall be permitted to overlap required clearances.

2. Wheelchair spaces shall be permitted to be mechanically or manually repositioned.

3. Wheelchair spaces shall not be required to comply with 307.4.

 

 

1002.4.4.1 Width and Length. Wheelchair spaces shall provide a clear width of 30 inches (760 mm) minimum and a clear length of 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum measured to 9 inches (230 mm) minimum above the floor surface.

 

 

 

1002.4.4.2 Side Entry. Where wheelchair spaces are entered only from the side, amusement rides shall be designed to permit sufficient maneuvering clearance for individuals using a wheelchair or mobility aid to enter and exit the ride.

 

 

1002.4.4.3 Permitted Protrusions in Wheelchair Spaces. Objects are permitted to protrude a distance of 6 inches (150 mm) maximum along the front of the wheelchair space, where located 9 inches (230 mm) minimum and 27 inches (685 mm) maximum above the floor or ground surface of the wheelchair space. Objects are permitted to protrude a distance of 25 inches (635 mm) maximum along the front of the wheelchair space, where located more than 27 inches (685 mm) above the floor or ground surface of the wheelchair space.

 

 

 

1002.4.5 Ride Entry. Openings providing entry to wheelchair spaces on amusement rides shall be 32 inches (815 mm) minimum clear.

 

 

 

1002.4.6 Approach. One side of the wheelchair space shall adjoin an accessible route when in the load and unload position.

 

 

 

1002.4.7 Companion Seats. Where the interior width of the amusement ride is greater than 53 inches (1345 mm), seating is provided for more than one rider, and the wheelchair is not required to be centered within the amusement ride, a companion seat shall be provided for each wheelchair space.

 

 

 

1002.4.7.1 Shoulder-to-Shoulder Seating. Where an amusement ride provides shoulder-to-shoulder seating, companion seats shall be shoulder-to-shoulder with the adjacent wheelchair space.

EXCEPTION: Where shoulder-to-shoulder companion seating is not operationally or structurally feasible, compliance with this requirement shall be required to the maximum extent practicable.

 

 

 

1002.5 Amusement Ride Seats Designed for Transfer. Amusement ride seats designed for transfer shall comply with 1002.5 when positioned for loading and unloading.

 

 

 

1002.5.1 Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be provided in the load and unload area adjacent to the amusement ride seats designed for transfer.

 

 

 

1002.5.2 Transfer Height. The height of amusement ride seats designed for transfer shall be 14 inches (355 mm) minimum and 24 inches (610 mm) maximum measured from the surface of the load and unload area.

 

 

 

1002.5.3 Transfer Entry. Where openings are provided for transfer to amusement ride seats, the openings shall provide clearance for transfer from a wheelchair or mobility aid to the amusement ride seat.

 

 

 

1002.5.4 Wheelchair Storage Space. Wheelchair storage spaces complying with 305 shall be provided in or adjacent to unload areas for each required amusement ride seat designed for transfer and shall not overlap any required means of egress or accessible route.

 

 

 

1002.6 Transfer Devices for Use with Amusement Rides. Transfer devices for use with amusement rides shall comply with 1002.6 when positioned for loading and unloading.

 

 

1002.6.1 Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be provided in the load and unload area adjacent to the transfer device.

 

 

 

1002.6.2 Transfer Height. The height of transfer device seats shall be 14 inches (355 mm) minimum and 24 inches (610 mm) maximum measured from the load and unload surface.

 

 

 

1002.6.3 Wheelchair Storage Space. Wheelchair storage spaces complying with 305 shall be provided in or adjacent to unload areas for each required transfer device and shall not overlap any required means of egress or accessible route.

 

 

 

1003 Recreational Boating Facilities

 

See Appendix 15.2

 

 

1003.1 General. Recreational boating facilities shall comply with 1003.

 

 

 

1003.2 Accessible Routes. Accessible routes serving recreational boating facilities, including gangways and floating piers, shall comply with Chapter 4 except as modified by the exceptions in 1003.2.

 

 

 

1003.2.1 Boat Slips. Accessible routes serving boat slips shall be permitted to use the exceptions in 1003.2.1.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Where an existing gangway or series of gangways is replaced or altered, an increase in the length of the gangway shall not be required to comply with 1003.2 unless required by 202.4.

2. Gangways shall not be required to comply with the maximum rise specified in 405.6.

3. Where the total length of a gangway or series of gangways serving as part of a required accessible route is 80 feet (24 m) minimum, gangways shall not be required to comply with 405.2.

4. Where facilities contain fewer than 25 boat slips and the total length of the gangway or series of gangways serving as part of a required accessible route is 30 feet (9145 mm) minimum, gangways shall not be required to comply with 405.2.

5. Where gangways connect to transition plates, landings specified by 405.7 shall not be required.

6. Where gangways and transition plates connect and are required to have handrails, handrail extensions shall not be required. Where handrail extensions are provided on gangways or transition plates, the handrail extensions shall not be required to be parallel with the ground or floor surface.

7. The cross slope specified in 403.3 and 405.3 for gangways, transition plates, and floating piers that are part of accessible routes shall be measured in the static position.

8. Changes in level complying with 303.3 and 303.4 shall be permitted on the surfaces of gangways and boat launch ramps.

 

 

 

1003.2.2 Boarding Piers at Boat Launch Ramps. Accessible routes serving boarding piers at boat launch ramps shall be permitted to use the exceptions in 1003.2.2.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Accessible routes serving floating boarding piers shall be permitted to use Exceptions 1, 2, 5, 6, 7 and 8 in 1003.2.1.

2. Where the total length of the gangway or series of gangways serving as part of a required accessible route is 30 feet (9145 mm) minimum, gangways shall not be required to comply with 405.2.

3. Where the accessible route serving a floating boarding pier or skid pier is located within a boat launch ramp, the portion of the accessible route located within the boat launch ramp shall not be required to comply with 405.

 

 

 

1003.3 Clearances. Clearances at boat slips and on boarding piers at boat launch ramps shall comply with 1003.3.

1003.3.1 Boat Slip Clearance. Boat slips shall provide clear pier space 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum and at least as long as the boat slips. Each 10 feet (3050 mm) maximum of linear pier edge serving boat slips shall contain at least one continuous clear opening 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum.

EXCEPTIONS:

 1. Clear pier space shall be permitted to be 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum for a length of 24 inches (610 mm) maximum, provided that multiple 36 inch (915 mm) wide segments are separated by segments that are 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum and 60 inches (1525 mm) long minimum.

2. Edge protection shall be permitted at the continuous clear openings, provided that it is 4 inches (100 mm) high maximum and 2 inches (51 mm) wide maximum.

3. In existing piers, clear pier space shall be permitted to be located perpendicular to the boat slip and shall extend the width of the boat slip, where the facility has at least one boat slip complying with 1003.3, and further compliance with 1003.3 would result in a reduction in the number of boat slips available or result in a reduction of the widths of existing slips.

 

 

 

1003.3.2 Boarding Pier Clearances. Boarding piers at boat launch ramps shall provide clear pier space 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum and shall extend the full length of the boarding pier. Every 10 feet (3050 mm) maximum of linear pier edge shall contain at least one continuous clear opening 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. The clear pier space shall be permitted to be 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum for a length of 24 inches (610 mm) maximum provided that multiple 36 inch (915 mm) wide segments are separated by segments that are 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum and 60 inches (1525 mm) long minimum.

2. Edge protection shall be permitted at the continuous clear openings provided that it is 4 inches (100 mm) high maximum and 2 inches (51 mm) wide maximum.

 

 

 

1004 Exercise Machines and Equipment

 

See Appendix 15.7

 

 

1004.1 Clear Floor Space. Exercise machines and equipment shall have a clear floor space complying with 305 positioned for transfer or for use by an individual seated in a wheelchair. Clear floor or ground spaces required at exercise machines and equipment shall be permitted to overlap.

1005 Fishing Piers and Platforms

 

See Appendix 15.3

 

 

1005.1 Accessible Routes. Accessible routes serving fishing piers and platforms, including gangways and floating piers, shall comply with Chapter 4.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Accessible routes serving floating fishing piers and platforms shall be permitted to use Exceptions 1, 2, 5, 6, 7 and 8 in 1003.2.1.

2. Where the total length of the gangway or series of gangways serving as part of a required accessible route is 30 feet (9145 mm) minimum, gangways shall not be required to comply with 405.2.

 

 

 

1005.2 Railings. Where provided, railings, guards, or handrails shall comply with 1005.2.

 

 

 

1005.2.1 Height. At least 25 percent of the railings, guards, or handrails shall be 34 inches (865 mm) maximum above the ground or deck surface.

EXCEPTION: Where a guard complying with sections 1003.2.12.1 and 1003.2.12.2 of the International Building Code (2000 edition) or sections 1012.2 and 1012.3 of the International Building Code (2003 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1) is provided, the guard shall not be required to comply with 1005.2.1.

 

 

 

1005.2.1.1 Dispersion. Railings, guards, or handrails required to comply with 1005.2.1 shall be dispersed throughout the fishing pier or platform.

 

 

1005.3 Edge Protection. Where railings, guards, or handrails complying with 1005.2 are provided, edge protection complying with 1005.3.1 or 1005.3.2 shall be provided.

 

 

 

1005.3.1 Curb or Barrier. Curbs or barriers shall extend 2 inches (51 mm) minimum above the surface of the fishing pier or platform.

 

 

 

1005.3.2 Extended Ground or Deck Surface. The ground or deck surface shall extend 12 inches (305 mm) minimum beyond the inside face of the railing. Toe clearance shall be provided and shall be 30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum and 9 inches (230 mm) minimum above the ground or deck surface beyond the railing.

 

 

 

1005.4 Clear Floor or Ground Space. At each location where there are railings, guards, or handrails complying with 1005.2.1, a clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be provided. Where there are no railings, guards, or handrails, at least one clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be provided on the fishing pier or platform.

 

 

 

1005.5 Turning Space. At least one turning space complying with 304.3 shall be provided on fishing piers and platforms.

 

 

 

1006 Golf Facilities

 

See Appendix 15.4

 

 

1006.1 General. Golf facilities shall comply with 1006.

 

1006.2 Accessible Routes. Accessible routes serving teeing grounds, practice teeing grounds, putting greens, practice putting greens, teeing stations at driving ranges, course weather shelters, golf car rental areas, bag drop areas, and course toilet rooms shall comply with Chapter 4 and shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) wide minimum. Where handrails are provided, accessible routes shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum.

EXCEPTION: Handrails shall not be required on golf courses. Where handrails are provided on golf courses, the handrails shall not be required to comply with 505.

 

 

 

1006.3 Golf Car Passages. Golf car passages shall comply with 1006.3.

 

 

 

1006.3.1 Clear Width. The clear width of golf car passages shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum.

 

 

1006.3.2 Barriers. Where curbs or other constructed barriers prevent golf cars from entering a fairway, openings 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum shall be provided at intervals not to exceed 75 yards (69 m).

 

 

 

1006.4 Weather Shelters. A clear floor or ground space 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum by 96 inches (2440 mm) minimum shall be provided within weather shelters.

 

 

 

1007 Miniature Golf Facilities

 

See Appendix 15.5

 

 

1007.1 General. Miniature golf facilities shall comply with 1007.

 

 

 

1007.2 Accessible Routes. Accessible routes serving holes on miniature golf courses shall comply with Chapter 4. Accessible routes located on playing surfaces of miniature golf holes shall be permitted to use the exceptions in 1007.2.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Playing surfaces shall not be required to comply with 302.2.

2. Where accessible routes intersect playing surfaces of holes, a 1 inch (25 mm) maximum curb shall be permitted for a width of 32 inches (815 mm) minimum.

3. A slope not steeper than 1:4 for a 4 inch (100 mm) maximum rise shall be permitted.

4. Ramp landing slopes specified by 405.7.1 shall be permitted to be 1:20 maximum.

5. Ramp landing length specified by 405.7.3 shall be permitted to be 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum.

6. Ramp landing size specified by 405.7.4 shall be permitted to be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum.

7. Handrails shall not be required on holes. Where handrails are provided on holes, the handrails shall not be required to comply with 505.

 

 

 

1007.3 Miniature Golf Holes. Miniature golf holes shall comply with 1007.3.

 

 

 

1007.3.1 Start of Play. A clear floor or ground space 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum with slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be provided at the start of play.

 

 

 

1007.3.2 Golf Club Reach Range Area. All areas within holes where golf balls rest shall be within 36 inches (915 mm) maximum of a clear floor or ground space 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum having a running slope not steeper than 1:20. The clear floor or ground space shall be served by an accessible route.

 

 

 

1008 Play Areas

 

See Appendix 15.6

 

 

1008.1 General. Play areas shall comply with 1008.

 

 

 

1008.2 Accessible Routes. Accessible routes serving play areas shall comply with Chapter 4 and 1008.2 and shall be permitted to use the exceptions in 1008.2.1 through 1008.2.3. Where accessible routes serve ground level play components, the vertical clearance shall be 80 inches high (2030 mm) minimum.

 

 

 

1008.2.1 Ground Level and Elevated Play Components. Accessible routes serving ground level play components and elevated play components shall be permitted to use the exceptions in 1008.2.1.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Transfer systems complying with 1008.3 shall be permitted to connect elevated play components except where 20 or more elevated play components are provided no more than 25 percent of the elevated play components shall be permitted to be connected by transfer systems.

2. Where transfer systems are provided, an elevated play component shall be permitted to connect to another elevated play component as part of an accessible route.

 

 

 

1008.2.2 Soft Contained Play Structures. Accessible routes serving soft contained play structures shall be permitted to use the exception in 1008.2.2.

EXCEPTION: Transfer systems complying with 1008.3 shall be permitted to be used as part of an accessible route.

 

 

 

1008.2.3 Water Play Components. Accessible routes serving water play components shall be permitted to use the exceptions in 1008.2.3.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Where the surface of the accessible route, clear floor or ground spaces, or turning spaces serving water play components is submerged, compliance with 302, 403.3, 405.2, 405.3, and 1008.2.6 shall not be required.

2. Transfer systems complying with 1008.3 shall be permitted to connect elevated play components in water.

 

 

1008.2.4 Clear Width. Accessible routes connecting play components shall provide a clear width complying with 1008.2.4.

 

 

 

1008.2.4.1 Ground Level. At ground level, the clear width of accessible routes shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. In play areas less than 1000 square feet (93 m2), the clear width of accessible routes shall be permitted to be 44 inches (1120 mm) minimum, if at least one turning space complying with 304.3 is provided where the restricted accessible route exceeds 30 feet (9145 mm) in length.

2. The clear width of accessible routes shall be permitted to be 36 inches (915 mm) minimum for a distance of 60 inches (1525 mm) maximum provided that multiple reduced width segments are separated by segments that are 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum and 60 inches (1525 mm) long minimum.

 

 

 

1008.2.4.2 Elevated. The clear width of accessible routes connecting elevated play components shall be 36 inches (915 mm) minimum.

EXCEPTIONS:

 1. The clear width of accessible routes connecting elevated play components shall be permitted to be reduced to 32 inches (815 mm) minimum for a distance of 24 inches (610 mm) maximum provided that reduced width segments are separated by segments that are 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum.

2. The clear width of transfer systems connecting elevated play components shall be permitted to be 24 inches (610 mm) minimum.

 

 

 

1008.2.5 Ramps. Within play areas, ramps connecting ground level play components and ramps connecting elevated play components shall comply with 1008.2.5.

 

 

 

1008.2.5.1 Ground Level. Ramp runs connecting ground level play components shall have a running slope not steeper than 1:16.

 

 

 

1008.2.5.2 Elevated. The rise for any ramp run connecting elevated play components shall be 12 inches (305 mm) maximum.

 

 

 

1008.2.5.3 Handrails. Where required on ramps serving play components, the handrails shall comply with 505 except as modified by 1008.2.5.3.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Handrails shall not be required on ramps located within ground level use zones.

2. Handrail extensions shall not be required.

 

 

 

1008.2.5.3.1 Handrail Gripping Surfaces. Handrail gripping surfaces with a circular cross section shall have an outside diameter of 0.95 inch (24 mm) minimum and 1.55 inches (39 mm) maximum. Where the shape of the gripping surface is non-circular, the handrail shall provide an equivalent gripping surface.

 

 

 

1008.2.5.3.2 Handrail Height. The top of handrail gripping surfaces shall be 20 inches (510 mm) minimum and 28 inches (710 mm) maximum above the ramp surface.

 

 

 

1008.2.6 Ground Surfaces. Ground surfaces on accessible routes, clear floor or ground spaces, and turning spaces shall comply with 1008.2.6.

 

 

1008.2.6.1 Accessibility. Ground surfaces shall comply with ASTM F 1951 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). Ground surfaces shall be inspected and maintained regularly and frequently to ensure continued compliance with ASTM F 1951.

 

 

 

1008.2.6.2 Use Zones. Ground surfaces located within use zones shall comply with ASTM F 1292 (1999 edition or 2004 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1).

 

 

 

1008.3 Transfer Systems. Where transfer systems are provided to connect to elevated play components, transfer systems shall comply with 1008.3.

 

 

1008.3.1 Transfer Platforms. Transfer platforms shall be provided where transfer is intended from wheelchairs or other mobility aids. Transfer platforms shall comply with 1008.3.1.

 

 

 

1008.3.1.1 Size. Transfer platforms shall have level surfaces 14 inches (355 mm) deep minimum and 24 inches (610 mm) wide minimum.

 

 

 

1008.3.1.2 Height. The height of transfer platforms shall be 11 inches (280 mm) minimum and 18 inches (455 mm) maximum measured to the top of the surface from the ground or floor surface.

 

 

 

1008.3.1.3 Transfer Space. A transfer space complying with 305.2 and 305.3 shall be provided adjacent to the transfer platform. The 48 inch (1220 mm) long minimum dimension of the transfer space shall be centered on and parallel to the 24 inch (610 mm) long minimum side of the transfer platform. The side of the transfer platform serving the transfer space shall be unobstructed.

 

 

 

1008.3.1.4 Transfer Supports. At least one means of support for transferring shall be provided.

 

 

 

1008.3.2 Transfer Steps. Transfer steps shall be provided where movement is intended from transfer platforms to levels with elevated play components required to be on accessible routes. Transfer steps shall comply with 1008.3.2.

 

 

 

1008.3.2.1 Size. Transfer steps shall have level surfaces 14 inches (355 mm) deep minimum and 24 inches (610 mm) wide minimum.

 

 

 

1008.3.2.2 Height. Each transfer step shall be 8 inches (205 mm) high maximum.

 

 

 

1008.3.2.3 Transfer Supports. At least one means of support for transferring shall be provided.

 

 

 

1008.4 Play Components. Ground level play components on accessible routes and elevated play components connected by ramps shall comply with 1008.4.

 

 

 

1008.4.1 Turning Space. At least one turning space complying with 304 shall be provided on the same level as play components. Where swings are provided, the turning space shall be located immediately adjacent to the swing.

 

 

 

1008.4.2 Clear Floor or Ground Space. Clear floor or ground space complying with 305.2 and 305.3 shall be provided at play components.

 

 

 

1008.4.3 Play Tables. Where play tables are provided, knee clearance 24 inches (610 mm) high minimum, 17 inches deep (430 mm) minimum, and 30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum shall be provided. The tops of rims, curbs, or other obstructions shall be 31 inches (785 mm) high maximum.

EXCEPTION: Play tables designed and constructed primarily for children 5 years and younger shall not be required to provide knee clearance where the clear floor or ground space required by 1008.4.2 is arranged for a parallel approach.

 

 

 

1008.4.4 Entry Points and Seats. Where play components require transfer to entry points or seats, the entry points or seats shall be 11 inches (280 mm) minimum and 24 inches (610 mm) maximum from the clear floor or ground space.

EXCEPTION: Entry points of slides shall not be required to comply with 1008.4.4.

 

 

 

1008.4.5 Transfer Supports. Where play components require transfer to entry points or seats, at least one means of support for transferring shall be provided.

 

 

 

1009 Swimming Pools, Wading Pools, and Spas

 

See Appendix 15.8

 

 

1009.1 General. Where provided, pool lifts, sloped entries, transfer walls, transfer systems, and pool stairs shall comply with 1009.

 

 

 

1009.2 Pool Lifts. Pool lifts shall comply with 1009.2.

 

 

 

1009.2.1 Pool Lift Location. Pool lifts shall be located where the water level does not exceed 48 inches (1220 mm).

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Where the entire pool depth is greater than 48 inches (1220 mm), compliance with 1009.2.1 shall not be required.

2. Where multiple pool lift locations are provided, no more than one pool lift shall be required to be located in an area where the water level is 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum.

 

 

 

1009.2.2 Seat Location. In the raised position, the centerline of the seat shall be located over the deck and 16 inches (405 mm) minimum from the edge of the pool. The deck surface between the centerline of the seat and the pool edge shall have a slope not steeper than 1:48.

 

 

 

1009.2.3 Clear Deck Space. On the side of the seat opposite the water, a clear deck space shall be provided parallel with the seat. The space shall be 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum and shall extend forward 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum from a line located 12 inches (305 mm) behind the rear edge of the seat. The clear deck space shall have a slope not steeper than 1:48.

 

 

 

1009.2.4 Seat Height. The height of the lift seat shall be designed to allow a stop at 16 inches (405 mm) minimum to 19 inches (485 mm) maximum measured from the deck to the top of the seat surface when in the raised (load) position.

 

 

 

1009.2.5 Seat Width. The seat shall be 16 inches (405 mm) wide minimum.

 

 

 

1009.2.6 Footrests and Armrests. Footrests shall be provided and shall move with the seat. If provided, the armrest positioned opposite the water shall be removable or shall fold clear of the seat when the seat is in the raised (load) position.

EXCEPTION: Footrests shall not be required on pool lifts provided in spas.

 

 

 

1009.2.7 Operation. The lift shall be capable of unassisted operation from both the deck and water levels. Controls and operating mechanisms shall be unobstructed when the lift is in use and shall comply with 309.4.

 

 

1009.2.8 Submerged Depth. The lift shall be designed so that the seat will submerge to a water depth of 18 inches (455 mm) minimum below the stationary water level.

 

 

1009.2.9 Lifting Capacity. Single person pool lifts shall have a weight capacity of 300 pounds. (136 kg) minimum and be capable of sustaining a static load of at least one and a half times the rated load.

 

 

1009.3 Sloped Entries. Sloped entries shall comply with 1009.3.

 

 

1009.3.1 Sloped Entries. Sloped entries shall comply with Chapter 4 except as modified in 1109.3.1 through 1109.3.3.

EXCEPTION: Where sloped entries are provided, the surfaces shall not be required to be slip resistant.

 

 

 

1009.3.2 Submerged Depth. Sloped entries shall extend to a depth of 24 inches (610 mm) minimum and 30 inches (760 mm) maximum below the stationary water level. Where landings are required by 405.7, at least one landing shall be located 24 inches (610 mm) minimum and 30 inches (760 mm) maximum below the stationary water level.

EXCEPTION: In wading pools, the sloped entry and landings, if provided, shall extend to the deepest part of the wading pool.

 

 

1009.3.3 Handrails. At least two handrails complying with 505 shall be provided on the sloped entry. The clear width between required handrails shall be 33 inches (840 mm) minimum and 38 inches (965 mm) maximum.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. Handrail extensions specified by 505.10.1 shall not be required at the bottom landing serving a sloped entry.

2. Where a sloped entry is provided for wave action pools, leisure rivers, sand bottom pools, and other pools where user access is limited to one area, the handrails shall not be required to comply with the clear width requirements of 1009.3.3.

3. Sloped entries in wading pools shall not be required to provide handrails complying with 1009.3.3. If provided, handrails on sloped entries in wading pools shall not be required to comply with 505.

 

 

 

1009.4 Transfer Walls. Transfer walls shall comply with 1009.4.

 

 

 

1009.4.1 Clear Deck Space. A clear deck space of 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum with a slope not steeper than 1:48 shall be provided at the base of the transfer wall. Where one grab bar is provided, the clear deck space shall be centered on the grab bar. Where two grab bars are provided, the clear deck space shall be centered on the clearance between the grab bars.

 

 

1009.4.2 Height. The height of the transfer wall shall be 16 inches (405 mm) minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum measured from the deck.

 

 

1009.4.3 Wall Depth and Length. The depth of the transfer wall shall be 12 inches (305 mm) minimum and 16 inches (405 mm) maximum. The length of the transfer wall shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum and shall be centered on the clear deck space.

 

 

 

1009.4.4 Surface. Surfaces of transfer walls shall not be sharp and shall have rounded edges.

 

 

 

1009.4.5 Grab Bars. At least one grab bar complying with 609 shall be provided on the transfer wall. Grab bars shall be perpendicular to the pool wall and shall extend the full depth of the transfer wall. The top of the gripping surface shall be 4 inches (100 mm) minimum and 6 inches (150 mm) maximum above transfer walls. Where one grab bar is provided, clearance shall be 24 inches (610 mm) minimum on both sides of the grab bar. Where two grab bars are provided, clearance between grab bars shall be 24 inches (610 mm) minimum.

EXCEPTION: Grab bars on transfer walls shall not be required to comply with 609.4.

 

 

 

1009.5 Transfer Systems. Transfer systems shall comply with 1009.5.

 

 

 

1009.5.1 Transfer Platform. A transfer platform shall be provided at the head of each transfer system. Transfer platforms shall provide 19 inches (485 mm) minimum clear depth and 24 inches (610 mm) minimum clear width.

 

 

 

1009.5.2 Transfer Space. A transfer space of 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum with a slope not steeper than 1:48 shall be provided at the base of the transfer platform surface and shall be centered along a 24 inch (610 mm) minimum side of the transfer platform. The side of the transfer platform serving the transfer space shall be unobstructed.

 

 

 

1009.5.3 Height. The height of the transfer platform shall comply with 1009.4.2.

 

 

 

1009.5.4 Transfer Steps. Transfer step height shall be 8 inches (205 mm) maximum. The surface of the bottom tread shall extend to a water depth of 18 inches (455 mm) minimum below the stationary water level.

 

 

1009.5.5 Surface. The surface of the transfer system shall not be sharp and shall have rounded edges.

 

 

 

1009.5.6 Size. Each transfer step shall have a tread clear depth of 14 inches (355 mm) minimum and 17 inches (430 mm) maximum and shall have a tread clear width of 24 inches (610 mm) minimum.

 

 

1009.5.7 Grab Bars. At least one grab bar on each transfer step and the transfer platform or a continuous grab bar serving each transfer step and the transfer platform shall be provided. Where a grab bar is provided on each step, the tops of gripping surfaces shall be 4 inches (100 mm) minimum and 6 inches (150 mm) maximum above each step and transfer platform. Where a continuous grab bar is provided, the top of the gripping surface shall be 4 inches (100 mm) minimum and 6 inches (150 mm) maximum above the step nosing and transfer platform. Grab bars shall comply with 609 and be located on at least one side of the transfer system. The grab bar located at the transfer platform shall not obstruct transfer.

EXCEPTION: Grab bars on transfer systems shall not be required to comply with 609.4.

 

 

1009.6 Pool Stairs. Pool stairs shall comply with 1009.6.

 

 

 

1009.6.1 Pool Stairs. Pool stairs shall comply with 504.

EXCEPTION: Pool step riser heights shall not be required to be 4 inches (100 mm) high minimum and 7 inches (180 mm) high maximum provided that riser heights are uniform.

 

 

 

1009.6.2 Handrails. The width between handrails shall be 20 inches (510 mm) minimum and 24 inches (610 mm) maximum. Handrail extensions required by 505.10.3 shall not be required on pool stairs.

 

 

 

1010 Shooting Facilities with Firing Positions

 

See Appendix 15.7.4

 

 

1010.1 Turning Space. A circular turning space 60 inches (1525 mm) diameter minimum with slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be provided at shooting facilities with firing positions.

 

 

APPENDIX

 

 

This appendix contains requirements that were been added to the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG) by the U.S. Access Board subsequent to the DOJ adoption of the 1994 Standards for Accessible Design (column 2 of the analysis) through September 2002.  The new material was not incorporated in the older Department of Justice accessibility standards and therefore was not enforceable. 

 

1. PURPOSE.

This document contains scoping and technical requirements for accessibility to buildings and facilities by individuals with disabilities under the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990. These scoping and technical requirements are to be applied during the design, construction, and alteration of buildings and facilities covered by titles II and III of the ADA to the extent required by regulations issued by Federal agencies, including the Department of Justice and the Department of Transportation, under the ADA.

*****

2.1 Provisions for Adults and Children. The specifications in these guidelines are based upon adult dimensions and anthropometrics. These guidelines also contain alternate specifications based on children's dimensions and anthropometrics for drinking fountains, water closets, toilet stalls, lavatories, sinks, and fixed or built-in seating and tables.

*****

2.3 Incorporation by Reference.

2.3.1 General. The publications listed in 2.3.2 are incorporated by reference in this document. The Director of the Federal Register has approved these materials for incorporation by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 C.F.R. part 51. Copies of the referenced publications may be inspected at the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board, 1331 F Street, NW., Suite 1000, Washington, DC; at the Department of Justice, Civil Rights Division, Disability Rights Section, 1425 New York Avenue, NW., Washington, DC; or at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., Suite 700, Washington, DC.

2.3.2 Referenced Publications. The specific edition of the publications listed below are referenced in this document. Where differences occur between this document and the referenced publications, this document applies.

2.3.2.1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards. Copies of the referenced publications may be obtained from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Bar Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania 19428 (http://www.astm.org).

ASTM F 1292-99 Standard Specification for Impact Attenuation of Surface Systems Under and Around Playground Equipment (see 15.6.7.2 Ground Surfaces, Use Zones).

ASTM F 1487-98 Standard Consumer Safety Performance Specification for Playground Equipment for Public Use (see 3.5 Definitions, Use Zone).

ASTM F 1951-99 Standard Specification for Determination of Accessibility of Surface Systems Under and Around Playground Equipment (see 15.6.7.1 Ground Surfaces, Accessibility).

2.3.2.2 International Code Council (ICC) Codes. Copies of the referenced publications may be obtained from the International Code Council, 5203 Leesburg Pike, Suite 600, Falls Church, VA 2204-3401 (http://www.intlcode.org).

International Building Code 2000 (see 15.3.3.2 Height).

*****

3.5 Definitions.

Amusement Attraction. Any facility, or portion of a facility, located within an amusement park or theme park which provides amusement without the use of an amusement device. Examples include, but are not limited to, fun houses, barrels, and other attractions without seats.

 

Amusement Ride. A system that moves persons through a fixed course within a defined area for the purpose of amusement.

 

Amusement Ride Seat. A seat that is built-in or mechanically fastened to an amusement ride intended to be occupied by one or more passengers.

*****

Area of Sport Activity. That portion of a room or space where the play or practice of a sport occurs.

 

*****

 

Boarding Pier. A portion of a pier where a boat is temporarily secured for the purpose of embarking or disembarking.

 

Boat Launch Ramp. A sloped surface designed for launching and retrieving trailered boats and other water craft to and from a body of water.

 

Boat Slip. That portion of a pier, main pier, finger pier, or float where a boat is moored for the purpose of berthing, embarking, or disembarking.

 

*****

 

Catch Pool. A pool or designated section of a pool used as a terminus for water slide flumes.

 

*****

 

Elevated Play Component. A play component that is approached above or below grade and that is part of a composite play structure consisting of two or more play components attached or functionally linked to create an integrated unit providing more than one play activity.

*****

Gangway. A variable-sloped pedestrian walkway that links a fixed structure or land with a floating structure. Gangways which connect to vessels are not included.

 

Golf Car Passage. A continuous passage on which a motorized golf car can operate.

*****

Ground Level Play Component. A play component that is approached and exited at the ground level.

*****

Play Area. A portion of a site containing play components designed and constructed for children.

 

Play Component. An element intended to generate specific opportunities for play, socialization, or learning. Play components may be manufactured or natural, and may be stand alone or part of a composite play structure.

*****

Private Facility. A place of public accommodation or a commercial facility subject to title III of the ADA and 28 C.F.R. part 36 or a transportation facility subject to title III of the ADA and 49 C.F.R. 37.45.

 

Public Facility. A facility or portion of a facility constructed by, on behalf of, or for the use of a public entity subject to title II of the ADA and 28 C.F.R. part 35 or to title II of the ADA and 49 C.F.R. 37.41 or 37.43.

*****

Soft Contained Play Structure. A play structure made up of one or more components where the user enters a fully enclosed play environment that utilizes pliable materials (e.g., plastic, netting, fabric).

 

*****

 

TDD (Telecommunication Devices for the Deaf). See text telephone.

 

TTY (Tele-Typewriter). See text telephone.

 

*****

 

Technically Infeasible. See 4.1.6(1)(j) EXCEPTION.

 

Teeing Ground.  In golf, the starting place for the hole to be played.

 

*****

 

Transfer Device. Equipment designed to facilitate the transfer of a person from a wheelchair or other mobility device to and from an amusement ride seat.

 

*****

 

Transition Plate.  A sloping pedestrian walking surface located at the end(s) of a gangway.

 

Use Zone. The ground level area beneath and immediately adjacent to a play structure or equipment that is designated by ASTM F 1487 Standard Consumer Safety Performance Specification for Playground Equipment for Public Use (incorporated by reference, see 2.3.2) for unrestricted circulation around the equipment and on whose surface it is predicted that a user would land when falling from or exiting the equipment.

*****

4.1.1(5)

(b) Accessibility is not required to or in:

(i) raised areas used primarily for purposes of security or life or fire safety, including, but not limited to, observation or lookout galleries, prison guard towers, fire towers, or fixed life guard stands;

(ii) non-occupiable spaces accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, very narrow passageways, tunnels, or freight (non-passenger) elevators, and frequented only by service personnel for maintenance, repair, or occasional monitoring of equipment; such spaces may include, but are not limited to, elevator pits, elevator penthouses, piping or equipment catwalks, water or sewage treatment pump rooms and stations, electric substations and transformer vaults, and highway and tunnel utility facilities;

(iii) single occupant structures accessed only by a passageway that is below grade or that is elevated above standard curb height, including, but not limited to, toll booths accessed from underground tunnels;

(iv) raised structures used solely for refereeing, judging, or scoring a sport;

(v) water slides;

(vi) animal containment areas that are not for public use; or

(vii) raised boxing or wrestling rings.

*****

4.1.2(2)

(b) Court Sports: An accessible route complying with 4.3 shall directly connect both sides of the court in court sports. 

(3) All objects that protrude from surfaces or posts into circulation paths shall comply with 4.4.

EXCEPTION: The requirements of 4.4 shall not apply within an area of sport activity.

(4) Ground surfaces along accessible routes and in accessible spaces shall comply with 4.5.

EXCEPTION 1: The requirements of 4.5 shall not apply within an area of sport activity. 

EXCEPTION 2: Animal containment areas designed and constructed for public use shall not be required to provide stable, firm, and slip resistant ground and floor surfaces and shall not be required to comply with 4.5.2. 

*****

4.1.3

(1)(a) At least one accessible route complying with 4.3 shall connect accessible building or facility entrances with all accessible spaces and elements within the building or facility.

(b) Court Sports. An accessible route complying with 4.3 shall directly connect both sides of the court in court sports. 

(2) All objects that overhang or protrude into circulation paths shall comply with 4.4.

EXCEPTION: The requirements of 4.4 shall not apply within an area of sport activity.

(3) Ground and floor surfaces along accessible routes and in accessible rooms and spaces shall comply with 4.5.

EXCEPTION 1: The requirements of 4.5 shall not apply within an area of sport activity. 

EXCEPTION 2: Animal containment areas designed and constructed for public use shall not be required to provide stable, firm, and slip resistant ground and floor surfaces and shall not be required to comply with 4.5.2. 

*****

(5) One passenger elevator complying with 4.10 shall serve each level, including mezzanines, in all multi-story buildings and facilities unless exempted below. If more than one elevator is provided, each passenger elevator shall comply with 4.10.  

EXCEPTION 1: Elevators are not required in:

(a) private facilities that are less than three stories or that have less than 3000 square feet per story unless the building is a shopping center, a shopping mall, or the professional office of a health care provider, or another type of facility as determined by the Attorney General; or

(b) public facilities that are less than three stories and that are not open to the general public if the story above or below the accessible ground floor houses no more than five persons and is less than 500 square feet. Examples may include, but are not limited to, drawbridge towers and boat traffic towers, lock and dam control stations, and train dispatching towers.

*****

EXCEPTION 4: Platform lifts (wheelchair lifts) complying with 4.11 of this guideline and applicable State or local codes may be used in lieu of an elevator only under the following conditions:

*****

(e) To provide access to raised judges' benches, clerks' stations, speakers' platforms, jury boxes and witness stands or to depressed areas such as the well of a court.

(f) To provide access to player seating areas serving an area of sport activity. 

EXCEPTION 5: Elevators located in air traffic control towers are not required to serve the cab and the floor immediately below the cab.

*****

4.1.3(8)(a)

(iv) In detention and correctional facilities subject to section 12, public entrances that are secured shall be accessible as required by 12.2.1.

*****

4.1.3(8)(b)

(iii) In judicial, legislative, and regulatory facilities subject to section 11, restricted and secured entrances shall be accessible in the number required by 11.1.1.

*****

4.1.3(12)

(c) Where lockers are provided in accessible spaces, at least 5 percent, but not less than one, of each type of locker shall comply with 4.25. 

*****

4.1.3(13)

Controls and operating mechanisms in accessible spaces, along accessible routes, or as parts of accessible elements (for example, light switches and dispenser controls) shall comply with 4.27.

EXCEPTION: The requirements of 4.27 shall not apply to exercise machines.

*****

4.1.3(17)(c)

(i) If four or more public pay telephones (including both interior and exterior telephones) are provided at a site of a private facility, and at least one is in an interior location, then at least one interior public text telephone (TTY) shall be provided. If an interior public pay telephone is provided in a public use area in a building of a public facility, at least one interior public text telephone (TTY) shall be provided in the building in a public use area.

(ii) If an interior public pay telephone is provided in a private facility that is a stadium or arena, a convention center, a hotel with a convention center, or a covered mall, at least one interior public text telephone (TTY) shall be provided in the facility. In stadiums, arenas and convention centers which are public facilities, at least one public text telephone (TTY) shall be provided on each floor level having at least one interior public pay telephone.

*****

(iv) If an interior public pay telephone is provided in the secured area of a detention or correctional facility subject to section 12, then at least one public text telephone (TTY) shall also be provided in at least one secured area. Secured areas are those areas used only by detainees or inmates and security personnel.

(d) Where a bank of telephones in the interior of a building consists of three or more public pay telephones, at least one public pay telephone in each such bank shall be equipped with a shelf and outlet in compliance with 4.31.9(2).

 

EXCEPTION: This requirement does not apply to the secured areas of detention or correctional facilities where shelves and outlets are prohibited for purposes of security or safety.

 

*****

4.1.3(19)

 

(c) Where a team or player seating area contains fixed seats and serves an area of sport activity, the seating area shall contain the number of wheelchair spaces required by 4.1.3(19)(a), but not less than one wheelchair space. Wheelchair spaces shall comply with 4.33.2, 4.33.3, 4.33.4, and 4.33.5.

EXCEPTION 1: Wheelchair spaces in team or player seating areas shall not be required to provide a choice of admission price or lines of sight comparable to those for members of the general public.

EXCEPTION 2: This provision shall not apply to team or player seating areas serving bowling lanes not required to be accessible by 15.7.3.

*****

4.1.3(21)

Where dressing, fitting, or locker rooms are provided, the rooms shall comply with 4.35.

EXCEPTION: Where dressing, fitting, or locker rooms are provided in a cluster, at least 5 percent, but not less than one, of the rooms for each type of use in each cluster shall comply with 4.35.

4.1.3(22)

Where saunas or steam rooms are provided, the rooms shall comply with 4.36.

EXCEPTION: Where saunas or steam rooms are provided in a cluster, at least 5 percent, but not less than one, of the rooms for each type of use in each cluster shall comply with 4.36.

*****

4.1.6(1)

(k) EXCEPTION:

(i) These guidelines do not require the installation of an elevator in an altered facility that is exempt from the requirement for an elevator under 4.1.3(5).

*****

4.15.5

(1) Wall- and post-mounted cantilevered units shall have a clear knee space between the bottom of the apron and the floor or ground at least 27 in (685 mm) high, 30 in (760 mm) wide, and 17 in to 19 in (430 mm to 485 mm) deep (see Fig. 27(a) and (b)). Such units shall also have a minimum clear floor space 30 in by 48 in (760 mm by 1220 mm) to allow a person in a wheelchair to approach the unit facing forward.

 

EXCEPTION: These clearances shall not be required at units used primarily by children ages 12 and younger where clear floor space for a parallel approach complying with 4.2.4 is provided and where the spout is no higher than 30 in (760 mm), measured from the floor or ground surface to the spout outlet.

 

*****

4.16.1 General. Accessible water closets shall comply with 4.16.2 through 4.16.6.

 

EXCEPTION: Water closets used primarily by children ages 12 and younger shall be permitted to comply with 4.16.7.

 

*****

 

4.16.7 Water Closets for Children. Water closets used primarily by children ages 12 and younger shall comply with 4.16.7 as permitted by 4.16.1. 

(1) Clear Floor Space. Clear floor space for water closets not in stalls shall comply with Fig. 28 except that the centerline of water closets shall be 12 in minimum to 18 in maximum (305 mm to 455 mm) from the side wall or partition. Clear floor space may be arranged to allow either a left- or right-hand approach.

(2) Height. The height of water closets shall be 11 in minimum to 17 in maximum (280 mm to 430 mm), measured to the top of the toilet seat. Seats shall not be sprung to return to a lifted position.

(3) Grab Bars. Grab bars for water closets not located in stalls shall comply with 4.26 and Fig. 29 except that grab bars shall be mounted 18 in minimum to 27 in maximum (455 mm to 685 mm) above the finish floor measured to the grab bar centerline. The grab bar behind the water closet shall be 36 in (915 mm) minimum.

 

EXCEPTION: If administrative authorities require flush controls for flush valves to be located in a position that conflicts with the location of the rear grab bar, then that grab bar may be split or, at water closets with a centerline placement below 15 in (380 mm), a rear grab bar 24 in (610 mm) minimum on the open side of the toilet area shall be permitted.

(4) Flush Controls. Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic and shall comply with 4.27.4. Controls for flush valves shall be mounted on the wide side of the toilet area no more than 36 in (915 mm) above the floor.

(5) Dispensers. Toilet paper dispensers shall be installed 14 in minimum to 19 in maximum (355 mm to 485 mm) above the finish floor measured to the dispenser centerline. Dispensers that control delivery, or that do not permit continuous paper flow, shall not be used.

*****

4.17.1 Location. Accessible toilet stalls shall be on an accessible route and shall meet the requirements of 4.17.2 through 4.17.6.

 

EXCEPTION: Toilet stalls used primarily by children ages 12 and younger shall be permitted to comply with 4.17.7.

 

*****

 

4.17.7 Toilet Stalls for Children. Toilet stalls used primarily by children ages 12 and younger shall comply with 4.17.7 as permitted by 4.17.1. 

(1) Water Closets. Water closets in accessible stalls shall comply with 4.16.7.

(2) Size and Arrangement. The size and arrangement of the standard toilet stall shall comply with 4.17.3 and Fig. 30(a), Standard Stall, except that the centerline of water closets shall be 12 in minimum to 18 in maximum (305 mm to 455 mm) from the side wall or partition and the minimum depth for stalls with wall-mounted water closets shall be 59 in (1500 mm). Alternate stalls complying with Fig. 30(b) may be provided where permitted by 4.17.3 except that the stall shall have a minimum depth of 69 in (1745 mm) where wall-mounted water closets are provided.

(3) Toe Clearances. In standard stalls, the front partition and at least one side partition shall provide a toe clearance of at least 12 in (305 mm) above the finish floor.

(4) Doors. Toilet stall doors shall comply with 4.17.5.

(5) Grab Bars. Grab bars shall comply with 4.17.6 and the length and positioning shown in Fig. 30(a), (b), (c), and (d) except that grab bars shall be mounted 18 in minimum to 27 in maximum (455 mm to 685 mm) above the finish floor measured to the grab bar centerline.

 

EXCEPTION: If administrative authorities require flush controls for flush valves to be located in a position that conflicts with the location of the rear grab bar, then that grab bar may be split or, at water closets with a centerline placement below 15 in (380 mm), a rear grab bar 24 in (610 mm) minimum on the open side of the toilet area shall be permitted.

 

*****

 

4.19.2 Height and Clearances. Lavatories shall be mounted with the rim or counter surface no higher than 34 in (865 mm) above the finish floor. Provide a clearance of at least 29 in (735 mm) above the finish floor to the bottom of the apron. Knee and toe clearance shall comply with Fig. 31.

 

EXCEPTION 1: Lavatories used primarily by children ages 6 through 12 shall be permitted to have an apron clearance and a knee clearance 24 in (610 mm) high minimum provided that the rim or counter surface is no higher than 31 in (760 mm).


EXCEPTION 2: Lavatories used primarily by children ages 5 and younger shall not be required to meet these clearances if clear floor space for a parallel approach complying with 4.2.4 is provided.

 

*****

 

4.24.3 Knee Clearance. Knee clearance that is at least 27 in (685 mm) high, 30 in (760 mm) wide, and 19 in (485 mm) deep shall be provided underneath sinks.

 

EXCEPTION 1: Sinks used primarily by children ages 6 through 12 shall be permitted to have a knee clearance 24 in (610 mm) high minimum provided that the rim or counter surface is no higher than 31 in (760 mm).


EXCEPTION 2: Sinks used primarily by children ages 5 and younger shall not be required to provide knee clearance if clear floor space for a parallel approach complying with 4.2.4 is provided.

 

*****

 

4.32.1 Minimum Number. Fixed or built-in seating or tables required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.32.2 through 4.32.4.

 

EXCEPTION: Fixed or built-in seating or tables used primarily by children ages 12 and younger shall be permitted to comply with 4.32.5.

 

*****

 

4.32.5 Children's Fixed or Built-in Seating and Tables. Fixed or built-in seating or tables used primarily by children ages 12 and younger shall comply with 4.32.5 as permitted by 4.32.1.

 

EXCEPTION: Fixed or built-in seating or tables used primarily by children ages 5 and younger shall not be required to comply with 4.32.5 if clear floor space complying with 4.2.4 parallel to fixed tables or counters is provided.

(1) Seating. If seating spaces for people in wheelchairs are provided at fixed tables or counters, clear floor space complying with 4.2.4 shall be provided. Such clear floor space shall not overlap knee space by more than 19 in (485 mm) (see Fig. 45).

(2) Knee Clearances. If seating for people in wheelchairs is provided at tables or counters, knee spaces at least 24 in (610 mm) high, 30 in (760 mm) wide, and 19 in (485 mm) deep shall be provided (see Fig. 45).

(3) Height of Tables or Counters. The tops of accessible tables and counters shall be from 26 in to 30 in (660 mm to 760 mm) above the finish floor or ground.

*****

4.35.4 Bench. A bench complying with 4.37 shall be provided within the room.

*****

4.36 Saunas and Steam Rooms.

4.36.1 General. Saunas and steam rooms required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.36.

4.36.2 Wheelchair Turning Space. A wheelchair turning space complying with 4.2.3 shall be provided within the room. 

EXCEPTION: Wheelchair turning space shall be permitted to be obstructed by readily removable seats.

4.36.3 Sauna and Steam Room Bench. Where seating is provided, at least one bench shall be provided and shall comply with 4.37.

4.36.4 Door Swing. Doors shall not swing into any part of the clear floor or ground space required at a bench complying with 4.37.

4.37 Benches.

4.37.1 General. Benches required to be accessible by 4.1 shall comply with 4.37.

4.37.2 Clear Floor or Ground Space. Clear floor or ground space complying with 4.2.4 shall be provided and shall be positioned for parallel approach to a short end of a bench seat.

EXCEPTION: Clear floor or ground space required by 4.37.2 shall be permitted to be obstructed by readily removable seats in saunas and steam rooms.

4.37.3 Size. Benches shall be fixed and shall have seats that are 20 inches (510 mm) minimum to 24 inches (610 mm) maximum in depth and 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum in length (see Fig. 47). 

4.37.4 Back Support. Benches shall have back support that is 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum in length and that extends from a point 2 inches (51 mm) maximum above the seat to a point 18 inches (455 mm) minimum above the seat (see Fig. 48).

4.37.5 Seat Height. Bench seats shall be 17 inches (430 mm) minimum to 19 inches (485 mm) maximum above the floor or ground.

4.37.6 Structural Strength. Allowable stresses shall not be exceeded for materials used when a vertical or horizontal force of 250 lbs. (1112 N) is applied at any point on the seat, fastener, mounting device, or supporting structure.

4.37.7 Wet Locations. The surface of benches installed in wet locations shall be slip-resistant and shall not accumulate water.

*****

11. JUDICIAL, LEGISLATIVE AND REGULATORY FACILITIES.

11.1 General. In addition to the requirements in section 4 and 11.1, judicial facilities shall comply with 11.2 and legislative and regulatory facilities shall comply with 11.3.

11.1.1 Entrances. Where provided, at least one restricted entrance and one secured entrance to the facility shall be accessible in addition to the entrances required to be accessible by 4.1.3(8). Restricted entrances are those entrances used only by judges, public officials, facility personnel or other authorized parties on a controlled basis. Secured entrances are those entrances to judicial facilities used only by detainees and detention officers.

 

EXCEPTION: At secured entrances, doors and doorways operated only by security personnel shall be exempt from 4.13.9, 4.13.10, 4.13.11 and 4.13.12.

11.1.2 Security Systems. An accessible route complying with 4.3 shall be provided through fixed security barriers at required accessible entrances. Where security barriers incorporate equipment such as metal detectors, fluoroscopes, or other similar devices which cannot be made accessible, an accessible route shall be provided adjacent to such security screening devices to facilitate an equivalent circulation path.

11.1.3 Two-Way Communication Systems. Where a two-way communication system is provided to gain admittance to a facility or to restricted areas within the facility, the system shall provide both visual and audible signals and shall comply with 4.27. 

11.2 Judicial Facilities.

11.2.1 Courtrooms.

(1) Where provided, the following elements and spaces shall be on an accessible route complying with 4.3. Areas that are raised or depressed and accessed by ramps or platform lifts with entry ramps shall provide unobstructed turning space complying with 4.2.3.

 

EXCEPTION: Vertical access to raised judges' benches or courtroom stations need not be installed provided that the requisite areas, maneuvering spaces, and, if appropriate, electrical service are installed at the time of initial construction to allow future installation of a means of vertical access complying with 4.8, 4.10, or 4.11 without requiring substantial reconstruction of the space.

(a) Spectator, Press, and Other Areas with Fixed Seats. Where spectator, press or other areas with fixed seats are provided, each type of seating area shall comply with 4.1.3(19)(a).

(b) Jury Boxes and Witness Stands. Each jury box and witness stand shall have within its defined area clear floor space complying with 4.2.4.

 

EXCEPTION: In alterations, accessible wheelchair spaces are not required to be located within the defined area of raised jury boxes or witness stands and may be located outside these spaces where ramp or lift access poses a hazard by restricting or projecting into a means of egress required by the appropriate administrative authority.

(c) Judges' Benches and Courtroom Stations. Judges' benches, clerks' stations, bailiffs' stations, deputy clerks' stations, court reporters' stations and litigants' and counsel stations shall comply with 4.32.

(2) Permanently installed assistive listening systems complying with 4.33 shall be provided in each courtroom. The minimum number of receivers shall be four percent of the room occupant load, as determined by applicable State or local codes, but not less than two receivers. An informational sign indicating the availability of an assistive listening system and complying with 4.30.1, 4.30.2, 4.30.3, 4.30.5, and 4.30.7(4) shall be posted in a prominent place. 

11.2.2 Jury Assembly Areas and Jury Deliberation Areas. Where provided in areas used for jury assembly or deliberation, the following elements or spaces shall be on an accessible route complying with 4.3 and shall comply with the following provisions:

(1) Refreshment Areas. Refreshment areas, kitchenettes and fixed or built-in refreshment dispensers shall comply with the technical provisions of 9.2.2(7).

(2) Drinking Fountains. Where provided in rooms covered under 11.2.2, there shall be a drinking fountain in each room complying with 4.15.

11.2.3 Courthouse Holding Facilities.

(1) Holding Cells - Minimum Number. Where provided, facilities for detainees, including central holding cells and court-floor holding cells, shall comply with the following:

(a) Central Holding Cells. Where separate central holding cells are provided for adult male, juvenile male, adult female, or juvenile female, one of each type shall comply with 11.2.3(2). Where central-holding cells are provided, which are not separated by age or sex, at least one cell complying with 11.2.3(2) shall be provided.

(b) Court-Floor Holding Cells. Where separate court-floor holding cells are provided for adult male, juvenile male, adult female, or juvenile female, each courtroom shall be served by one cell of each type complying with 11.2.3(2).  Where court-floor holding cells are provided, which are not separated by age or sex, courtrooms shall be served by at least one cell complying with 11.2.3(2). Cells may serve more than one courtroom.

(2) Requirements for Accessible Cells. Accessible cells shall be on an accessible route complying with 4.3. Where provided, the following elements or spaces serving accessible cells shall be accessible and on an accessible route:

(a) Doors and Doorways. All doors and doorways to accessible spaces and on an accessible route shall comply with 4.13.

 

EXCEPTION: Doors and doorways operated only by security personnel shall be exempt from 4.13.9, 4.13.10, 4.13.11 and 4.13.12.

(b) Toilet and Bathing Facilities. Toilet facilities shall comply with 4.22 and bathing facilities shall comply with 4.23. Privacy screens shall not intrude on the clear floor space required for fixtures or the accessible route. 

(c) Beds. Beds shall have maneuvering space at least 36 in (915 mm) wide along one side. Where more than one bed is provided in a cell, the maneuvering space provided at adjacent beds may overlap. 

(d) Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers. Drinking fountains shall be accessible to individuals who use wheelchairs in accordance with 4.15 and shall be accessible to those who have difficulty bending or stooping. This can be accomplished by the use of a "hi-lo" fountain; by providing one fountain accessible to those who use wheelchairs and one fountain at a standard height convenient for those who have difficulty bending; by providing a fountain accessible under 4.15 and a water cooler; or by other such means as would achieve the required accessibility for each group.

(e) Fixed or Built-in Seating and Tables. Fixed or built-in seating, tables or counters shall comply with 4.32.

(f) Fixed Benches. Fixed benches shall be mounted at 17 in to 19 in (430 mm to 485 mm) above the finish floor and provide back support (e.g., attachment to wall). The structural strength of the bench attachments shall comply with 4.26.3.

(3) Visiting Areas. The following elements, where provided, shall be located on an accessible route complying with 4.3 and shall comply with the following provisions:

(a) Cubicles and Counters. Five percent, but not less than one, of fixed cubicles shall comply with 4.32 on both the visitor and detainee sides. Where counters are provided, a portion at least 36 in (915 mm) in length shall comply with 4.32 on both the visitor and detainee sides.

(b) Partitions. Solid partitions or security glazing that separate visitors from detainees shall comply with 7.2(3).

11.3 Legislative and Regulatory Facilities. Assembly areas designated for public use, including public meeting rooms, hearing rooms, and chambers shall comply with 11.3.

11.3.1 Where provided, the following elements and spaces shall be on an accessible route complying with 4.3. Areas that are raised or depressed and accessed by ramps or platform lifts with entry ramps shall provide unobstructed turning space complying with 4.2.3.

(1) Raised Speakers' Platforms. Where raised speakers' platforms are provided, at least one of each type shall be accessible.

(2) Spectator, Press, and Other Areas with Fixed Seats. Where spectator, press or other areas with fixed seats are provided, each type of seating area shall comply with 4.1.3(19)(a).

11.3.2 Each assembly area provided with a permanently installed audio-amplification system shall have a permanently installed assistive listening system. The minimum number of receivers shall be four percent of the room occupant load, as determined by applicable State or local codes, but not less than two receivers. An informational sign indicating the availability of an assistive listening system and complying with 4.30.1, 4.30.2, 4.30.3, 4.30.5, and 4.30.7(4) shall be posted in a prominent place. 

12. DETENTION AND CORRECTIONAL FACILITIES.

 

12.1 General. This section applies to jails, holding cells in police stations, prisons, juvenile detention centers, reformatories, and other institutional occupancies where occupants are under some degree of restraint or restriction for security reasons. Except as specified in this section, detention and correctional facilities shall comply with the applicable requirements of section 4. All common use areas serving accessible cells or rooms and all public use areas are required to be designed and constructed to comply with section 4. 

 

EXCEPTIONS: Requirements for areas of rescue assistance in 4.1.3(9), 4.3.10, and 4.3.11 do not apply. Compliance with requirements for elevators in 4.1.3(5) and stairs 4.1.3(4) is not required in multi-story housing facilities where accessible cells or rooms, all common use areas serving them, and all public use areas are on an accessible route. Compliance with 4.1.3(16) is not required in areas other than public use areas.

12.2 Entrances and Security Systems.

12.2.1 Entrances. Entrances used by the public, including those that are secured, shall be accessible as required by 4.1.3(8). 

 

EXCEPTION: Compliance with 4.13.9, 4.13.10, 4.13.11 and 4.13.12 is not required at entrances, doors, or doorways that are operated only by security personnel or where security requirements prohibit full compliance with these provisions.

12.2.2 Security Systems. Where security systems are provided at public or other entrances required to be accessible by 12.2.1 or 12.2.2, an accessible route complying with 4.3 shall be provided through fixed security barriers. Where security barriers incorporate equipment such as metal detectors, fluoroscopes, or other similar devices which cannot be made accessible, an accessible route shall be provided adjacent to such security screening devices to facilitate an equivalent circulation path.

12.3 Visiting Areas. In non-contact visiting areas where inmates or detainees are separated from visitors, the following elements, where provided, shall be accessible and located on an accessible route complying with 4.3:

(1) Cubicles and Counters. Five percent, but not less than one, of fixed cubicles shall comply with 4.32 on both the visitor and detainee or inmate sides. Where counters are provided, a portion at least 36 in (915 mm) in length shall comply with 4.32 on both the visitor and detainee or inmate sides.

 

EXCEPTION: At non-contact visiting areas not serving accessible cells or rooms, the requirements of 12.3(1) do not apply to the inmate or detainee side of cubicles or counters.

(2) Partitions. Solid partitions or security glazing separating visitors from inmates or detainees shall comply with 7.2(3). 

12.4 Holding and Housing Cells or Rooms: Minimum Number.

12.4.1 Holding Cells and General Housing Cells or Rooms. At least two percent, but not less than one, of the total number of housing or holding cells or rooms provided in a facility shall comply with 12.5. 

12.4.2 Special Holding and Housing Cells or Rooms. In addition to the requirements of 12.4.1, where special holding or housing cells or rooms are provided, at least one serving each purpose shall comply with 12.5. An accessible special holding or housing cell or room may serve more than one purpose. Cells or rooms subject to this requirement include, but are not limited to, those used for purposes of orientation, protective custody, administrative or disciplinary detention or segregation, detoxification, and medical isolation. 

 

EXCEPTION: Cells or rooms specially designed without protrusions and to be used solely for purposes of suicide prevention are exempt from the requirement for grab bars at water closets in 4.16.4.

12.4.3 Accessible Cells or Rooms for Persons with Hearing Impairments. In addition to the requirements of 12.4.1, two percent, but not less than one, of general housing or holding cells or rooms equipped with audible emergency warning systems or permanently installed telephones within the cell or room shall comply with the applicable requirements of 12.6. 

12.4.4 Medical Care Facilities. Medical care facilities providing physical or medical treatment or care shall comply with the applicable requirements of section 6.1, 6.3 and 6.4, if persons may need assistance in emergencies and the period of stay may exceed 24 hours. Patient bedrooms or cells required to be accessible under 6.1 and 6.3 shall be provided in addition to any medical isolation cells required to be accessible under 12.4.2.

12.4.5 Alterations to Cells or Rooms. (Reserved.)

12.5 Requirements for Accessible Cells or Rooms.

12.5.1 General. Cells or rooms required to be accessible by 12.4 shall comply with 12.5.

12.5.2 Minimum Requirements. Accessible cells or rooms shall be on an accessible route complying with 4.3. Where provided to serve accessible housing or holding cells or rooms, the following elements or spaces shall be accessible and connected by an accessible route. 

(1) Doors and Doorways. All doors and doorways on an accessible route shall comply with 4.13.

 

EXCEPTION: Compliance with 4.13.9, 4.13.10, 4.13.11 and 4.13.12 is not required at entrances, doors, or doorways that are operated only by security personnel or where security requirements prohibit full compliance with these provisions.

(2) Toilet and Bathing Facilities. At least one toilet facility shall comply with 4.22 and one bathing facility shall comply with 4.23. Privacy screens shall not intrude on the clear floor space required for fixtures and the accessible route. 

(3) Beds. Beds shall have maneuvering space at least 36 in (915 mm) wide along one side. Where more than one bed is provided in a room or cell, the maneuvering space provided at adjacent beds may overlap. 

(4) Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers. At least one drinking fountain shall comply with 4.15.

(5) Fixed or Built-in Seating or Tables. Fixed or built-in seating, tables and counters shall comply with 4.32.

(6) Fixed Benches. At least one fixed bench shall be mounted at 17 in to 19 in (430 mm to 485 mm) above the finish floor and provide back support (e.g., attachment to wall). The structural strength of the bench attachments shall comply with 4.26.3.

(7) Storage. Fixed or built-in storage facilities, such as cabinets, shelves, closets, and drawers, shall contain storage space complying with 4.25.

(8) Controls. All controls intended for operation by inmates shall comply with 4.27.

(9) Accommodations for persons with hearing impairments required by 12.4.3 and complying with 12.6 shall be provided in accessible cells or rooms.

12.6 Visual Alarms and Telephones.

Where audible emergency warning systems are provided to serve the occupants of holding or housing cells or rooms, visual alarms complying with 4.28.4 shall be provided. Where permanently installed telephones are provided within holding or housing cells or rooms, they shall have volume controls complying with 4.31.5.

 

EXCEPTION: Visual alarms are not required where inmates or detainees are not allowed independent means of egress.

 

*****

 

15 RECREATION FACILITIES.

Newly designed or newly constructed and altered recreation facilities shall comply with the applicable requirements of section 4 and the special application sections, except as modified or otherwise provided in this section. 

15.1 Amusement Rides  

15.1.1 General. Newly designed or newly constructed and altered amusement rides shall comply with 15.1.

EXCEPTION 1: Mobile or portable amusement rides shall not be required to comply with 15.1. 

EXCEPTION 2: Amusement rides which are controlled or operated by the rider shall be required to comply only with 15.1.4 and 15.1.5. 

EXCEPTION 3: Amusement rides designed primarily for children, where children are assisted on and off the ride by an adult, shall be required to comply only with 15.1.4 and 15.1.5. 

EXCEPTION 4: Amusement rides without amusement ride seats shall be required to comply only with 15.1.4 and 15.1.5.

15.1.2 Alterations to Amusement Rides. A modification to an existing amusement ride is an alteration subject to 15.1 if one or more of the following conditions apply:

1. The amusement rideÕs structural or operational characteristics are changed to the extent that the rideÕs performance differs from that specified by the manufacturer or the original design criteria; or

2. The load and unload area of the amusement ride is newly designed and constructed. 

15.1.3 Number Required. Each amusement ride shall provide at least one wheelchair space complying with 15.1.7, or at least one amusement ride seat designed for transfer complying with 15.1.8, or at least one transfer device complying with 15.1.9.

15.1.4 Accessible Route. When in the load and unload position, amusement rides required to comply with 15.1 shall be served by an accessible route complying with 4.3. Any part of an accessible route serving amusement rides with a slope greater than 1:20 shall be considered a ramp and shall comply with 4.8. 

EXCEPTION 1: The maximum slope specified in 4.8.2 shall not apply in the load and unload areas or on the amusement ride where compliance is structurally or operationally infeasible, provided that the slope of the ramp shall not exceed 1:8.

EXCEPTION 2: Handrails shall not be required in the load and unload areas or on the amusement ride where compliance is structurally or operationally infeasible.

EXCEPTION 3: Limited-use/limited-application elevators and platform lifts complying with 4.11 shall be permitted to be part of an accessible route serving the load and unload area.

15.1.5 Load and Unload Areas. Load and unload areas serving amusement rides required to comply with 15.1 shall provide a maneuvering space complying with 4.2.3. The maneuvering space shall have a slope not steeper than 1:48.

15.1.6 Signage. Signage shall be provided at the entrance of the queue or waiting line for each amusement ride to identify the type of access provided. Where an accessible unload area also serves as the accessible load area, signage shall be provided at the entrance to the queue or waiting line indicating the location of the accessible load and unload area.

15.1.7 Amusement Rides with Wheelchair Spaces. Amusement rides with wheelchair spaces shall comply with 15.1.7.

15.1.7.1 Floor or Ground Surface. The floor or ground surface of wheelchair spaces shall comply with 15.1.7.1.

15.1.7.1.1 Slope. The floor or ground surface of wheelchair spaces shall have a slope not steeper than 1:48 when in the load and unload position and shall be stable and firm.

15.1.7.1.2 Gaps. Floors of amusement rides with wheelchair spaces and floors of load and unload areas shall be coordinated so that, when the amusement rides are at rest in the load and unload position, the vertical difference between the floors shall be within plus or minus 5/8 inches (16 mm) and the horizontal gap shall be no greater than 3 inches (75 mm) under normal passenger load conditions. 

EXCEPTION: Where compliance is not operationally or structurally feasible, ramps, bridge plates, or similar devices complying with the applicable requirements of 36 C.F.R. 1192.83(c) shall be provided.

15.1.7.2 Clearances. Clearances for wheelchair spaces shall comply with 15.1.7.2.

EXCEPTION 1: Where provided, securement devices shall be permitted to overlap required clearances.

EXCEPTION 2: Wheelchair spaces shall be permitted to be mechanically or manually repositioned.

EXCEPTION 3: Wheelchair spaces shall not be required to comply with 4.4.2. 

15.1.7.2.1 Width and Length. Wheelchair spaces shall provide a clear width of 30 inches (760 mm) minimum and a clear length of 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum measured to 9 inches (230 mm) minimum above the floor surface.

15.1.7.2.2 Wheelchair Spaces - Side Entry. Where the wheelchair space can be entered only from the side, the ride shall be designed to permit sufficient maneuvering space for individuals using a wheelchair or mobility device to enter and exit the ride. 

15.1.7.2.3 Protrusions in Wheelchair Spaces. Objects are permitted to protrude a distance of 6 inches (150 mm) maximum along the front of the wheelchair space where located 9 inches (230 mm) minimum and 27 inches (685 mm) maximum above the floor or ground surface of the wheelchair space. Objects are permitted to protrude a distance of 25 inches (635 mm) maximum along the front of the wheelchair space, where located more than 27 inches (685 mm) above the floor or ground surface of the wheelchair space (see Fig. 58).

NOTE: Figure 58 shows in side elevation that objects may protrude 6 inches maximum along the front of the wheelchair space where located 9 inches minimum and 27 inches (685 mm) maximum above the floor or ground surface of the wheelchair space. Objects may protrude a distance of 25 inches maximum along the front of the wheelchair space, where located more than 27 inches above the floor or ground surface.

15.1.7.3 Openings. Where openings are provided to access wheelchair spaces on amusement rides, the entry shall provide a 32 inch (815 mm) minimum clear opening.

15.1.7.4 Approach. One side of the wheelchair space shall adjoin an accessible route.

15.1.7.5 Companion Seats. Where the interior width of the amusement ride is greater than 53 inches (1346 mm), seating is provided for more than one rider, and the wheelchair is not required to be centered within the amusement ride, a companion seat shall be provided for each wheelchair space.

15.1.7.5.1 Shoulder-to-Shoulder Seating. Where an amusement ride provides shoulder-to-shoulder seating, companion seats shall be shoulder-to-shoulder with the adjacent wheelchair space.

EXCEPTION: Where shoulder-to-shoulder companion seating is not operationally or structurally feasible, compliance with this provision shall be required to the maximum extent feasible.

15.1.8 Amusement Ride Seats Designed for Transfer. Amusement ride seats designed for transfer shall comply with 15.1.8 when positioned for loading and unloading. 

15.1.8.1 Clear Floor or Ground Space. Clear floor or ground space complying with 4.2.4 shall be provided in the load and unload area adjacent to the amusement ride seats designed for transfer.

15.1.8.2 Transfer Height. The height of the amusement ride seats shall be 14 inches (355 mm) minimum to 24 inches (610mm) maximum measured above the load and unload surface.

15.1.8.3 Transfer Entry. Where openings are provided to transfer to amusement ride seats, the space shall be designed to provide clearance for transfer from a wheelchair or mobility device to the amusement ride seat.

15.1.8.4 Wheelchair Storage Space. Wheelchair storage spaces complying with 4.2.4 shall be provided in or adjacent to unload areas for each required amusement ride seat designed for transfer and shall not overlap any required means of egress or accessible route.

15.1.9 Transfer Devices for Use with Amusement Rides. Transfer devices for use with amusement rides shall comply with 15.1.9 when positioned for loading and unloading. 

15.1.9.1 Clear Floor or Ground Space. Clear floor or ground space complying with 4.2.4 shall be provided in the load and unload area adjacent to the transfer devices.

15.1.9.2 Transfer Height. The height of the transfer device seats shall be 14 inches (355 mm) minimum to 24 inches (610 mm) maximum measured above the load and unload surface.

15.1.9.3 Wheelchair Storage Space. Wheelchair storage spaces complying with 4.2.4 shall be provided in or adjacent to unload areas for each required transfer device and shall not overlap any required means of egress or accessible route.

15.2 Boating Facilities.

15.2.1 General. Newly designed or newly constructed and altered boating facilities shall comply with 15.2.

15.2.2 Accessible Route. Accessible routes, including gangways that are part of accessible routes, shall comply with 4.3. 

EXCEPTION 1. Where an existing gangway or series of gangways is replaced or altered, an increase in the length of the gangway is not required to comply with 15.2.2, unless required by 4.1.6(2).

EXCEPTION 2. The maximum rise specified in 4.8.2 shall not apply to gangways.

EXCEPTION 3. Where the total length of the gangway or series of gangways serving as part of a required accessible route is at least 80 feet (24 m), the maximum slope specified in 4.8.2 shall not apply to the gangways.

EXCEPTION 4. In facilities containing fewer than 25 boat slips and where the total length of the gangway or series of gangways serving as part of a required accessible route is at least 30 feet (9140 mm), the maximum slope specified in 4.8.2 shall not apply to the gangways.

EXCEPTION 5. Where gangways connect to transition plates, landings specified by 4.8.4 shall not be required.

EXCEPTION 6. Where gangways and transition plates connect and are required to have handrails, handrail extensions specified by 4.8.5 shall not be required. Where handrail extensions are provided on gangways or transition plates, such extensions are not required to be parallel with the ground or floor surface.

EXCEPTION 7. The cross slope of gangways, transition plates, and floating piers that are part of an accessible route shall be 1:50 maximum measured in the static position.

EXCEPTION 8. Limited-use/limited-application elevators or platform lifts complying with 4.11 shall be permitted in lieu of gangways complying with 4.3.

15.2.3 Boat Slips: Minimum Number. Where boat slips are provided, boat slips complying with 15.2.5 shall be provided in accordance with Table 15.2.3. Where the number of boat slips is not identified, each 40 feet (12 m) of boat slip edge provided along the perimeter of the pier shall be counted as one boat slip for the purpose of this section. 

Table 15.2.3

Total Boat Slips in Facility

Minimum Number of Required Accessible Boat Slips

1 to 25

1

26 to 50

2

51 to 100

3

101 to 150

4

151 to 300

5

301 to 400

6

401 to 500

7

501 to 600

8

601 to 700

9

701 to 800

10

801 to 900

11

901 to 1000

12

1001 and over

12, plus 1 for each 100 or fraction thereof over 1000

 

15.2.3.1 Dispersion. Accessible boat slips shall be dispersed throughout the various types of slips provided. This provision does not require an increase in the minimum number of boat slips required to be accessible. 

15.2.4 Boarding Piers at Boat Launch Ramps. Where boarding piers are provided at boat launch ramps, at least 5 percent, but not less than one of the boarding piers shall comply with 15.2.4 and shall be served by an accessible route complying with 4.3. 

EXCEPTION 1. Accessible routes serving floating boarding piers shall be permitted to use exceptions 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, and 8 in 15.2.2.

EXCEPTION 2. Where the total length of the gangway or series of gangways serving as part of a required accessible route is at least 30 feet (9140 mm), the maximum slope specified by 4.8.2 shall not apply to the gangways.

EXCEPTION 3. Where the accessible route serving a floating boarding pier or skid pier is located within a boat launch ramp, the portion of the accessible route located within the boat launch ramp shall not be required to comply with 4.8.

15.2.4.1 Boarding Pier Clearances. The entire length of the piers shall comply with 15.2.5. 

15.2.5 Accessible Boat Slips. Accessible boat slips shall comply with 15.2.5. 

15.2.5.1 Clearances. Accessible boat slips shall be served by clear pier space 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum and at least as long as the accessible boat slips. Every 10 feet (3050 mm) maximum of linear pier edge serving the accessible boat slips shall contain at least one continuous clear opening 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum in width (see Fig. 59).

NOTE: Figure 59 illustrates pier clearances in plan view. Accessible boat slips are served by clear pier space 60 inches wide minimum and at least as long as the accessible boat slips. Every 10 feet maximum of linear pier edge serving the accessible boat slips contains at least one continuous clear opening 60 inches minimum wide.

EXCEPTION 1: The width of the clear pier space shall be permitted to be 36 inches (915 mm) minimum for a length of 24 inches (610 mm) maximum, provided that multiple 36 inch (915 mm) wide segments are separated by segments that are 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum clear in width and 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum clear in length. (see Fig. 60)

NOTE: Figure 60 shows in plan view that the width of the clear pier space can be 36 inches wide minimum for a length of 24 inches maximum where multiple 36 inch wide segments are separated by clear segments 60 by 60 inches minimum.

EXCEPTION 2: Edge protection 4 inches (100 mm) high maximum and 2 inches (51 mm) deep maximum shall be permitted at the continuous clear openings. (see Fig. 61)

NOTE: Figure 61 shows in elevation pier edge protection that is 4 inches high maximum and 2 inches deep maximum.

EXCEPTION 3: In alterations to existing facilities, clear pier space shall be permitted to be located perpendicular to the boat slip and shall extend the width of the boat slip, where the facility has at least one boat slip complying with 15.2.5, and further compliance with 15.2.5 would result in a reduction in the number of boat slips available or result in a reduction of the widths of existing slips. 

15.2.5.2 Cleats and Other Boat Securement Devices. Cleats and other boat securement devices shall not be required to comply with 4.27.3.

15.3 Fishing Piers and Platforms.

15.3.1 General. Newly designed or newly constructed and altered fishing piers and platforms shall comply with 15.3.

15.3.2 Accessible Route. Accessible routes, including gangways that are part of accessible routes, serving fishing piers and platforms shall comply with 4.3.

EXCEPTION 1: Accessible routes serving floating fishing piers and platforms shall be permitted to use exceptions 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, and 8 in 15.2.2.

EXCEPTION 2: Where the total length of the gangway or series of gangways serving as part of a required accessible route is at least 30 feet (9140 mm), the maximum slope specified by 4.8.2 shall not apply to the gangways. 

15.3.3 Railings. Where railings, guards, or handrails are provided, they shall comply with 15.3.3.

15.3.3.1 Edge Protection. Edge protection shall be provided and shall extend 2 inches (51 mm) minimum above the ground or deck surface.  

EXCEPTION: Where the railing, guard, or handrail is 34 inches (865 mm) or less above the ground or deck surface, edge protection shall not be required if the deck surface extends 12 inches (305 mm) minimum beyond the inside face of the railing. Toe clearance shall be 9 inches (230 mm) minimum above the ground or deck surface beyond the railing. Toe clearance shall be 30 inches (760 mm) minimum wide (see Fig. 62).

NOTE: Figure 62 shows in side elevation (a) and front elevation (b) edge protection at fishing piers. Where a railing or guard is no higher than 34 inches, edge protection shall not be required if the deck surface extends 12 inches minimum beyond the inside face of the railing. Toe clearance shall be at least 9 inches high beyond the railing and at least 30 inches wide.

15.3.3.2 Height. At least 25 percent of the railings, guard, or handrail shall be 34 inches (865 mm) maximum above the ground or deck surface.

EXCEPTION: This provision shall not apply to that portion of a fishing pier or platform where a guard which complies with sections 1003.2.12.1 (Height) and 1003.2.12.2 (Opening limitations) of the International Building Code (incorporated by reference, see 2.3.2) is provided.

15.3.3.3 Dispersion. Railings required to comply with 15.3.3.2 shall be dispersed throughout a fishing pier or platform. 

15.3.4 Clear Floor or Ground Space. At least one clear floor or ground space complying with 4.2.4 shall be provided where the railing height required by 15.3.3.2 is located. Where no railings are provided, at least one clear floor or ground space complying with 4.2.4 shall be provided.

15.3.5 Maneuvering Space. At least one maneuvering space complying with 4.2.3 shall be provided on the fishing pier or platform.

15.4 Golf.

15.4.1 General. Newly designed or newly constructed and altered golf courses, driving ranges, practice putting greens, and practice teeing grounds shall comply with 15.4.

15.4.2 Accessible Route - Golf Course. An accessible route shall connect accessible elements and spaces within the boundary of the golf course. In addition, an accessible route shall connect the golf car rental area, bag drop areas, practice putting greens, accessible practice teeing grounds, course toilet rooms, and course weather shelters. The accessible route required by this section shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum wide. Where handrails are provided, the accessible route shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum wide. 

EXCEPTION 1: A golf car passage complying with 15.4.7 shall be permitted in lieu of all or part of an accessible route required by 15.4.2.

EXCEPTION 2: The handrail requirements of 4.8.5 shall not apply to an accessible route located within the boundary of a golf course.

15.4.3 Accessible Route - Driving Ranges. An accessible route shall connect accessible teeing stations at driving ranges with accessible parking spaces and shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) wide minimum. Where handrails are provided, the accessible route shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum. 

EXCEPTION: A golf car passage complying with 15.4.7 shall be permitted in lieu of all or part of an accessible route required by 15.4.3.

15.4.4 Teeing Grounds. Teeing grounds shall comply with 15.4.4.

15.4.4.1 Number Required. Where one or two teeing grounds are provided for a hole, at least one teeing ground serving the hole shall comply with 15.4.4.3. Where three or more teeing grounds are provided for a hole, at least two teeing grounds shall comply with 15.4.4.3.

15.4.4.2 Forward Teeing Ground. The forward teeing ground shall be accessible.

EXCEPTION: In alterations, the forward teeing ground shall not be required to be accessible where compliance is not feasible due to terrain.

15.4.4.3 Teeing Grounds. Teeing grounds required by 15.4.4.1 and 15.4.4.2 shall be designed and constructed so that a golf car can enter and exit the teeing ground.

15.4.5 Teeing Stations at Driving Ranges and Practice Teeing Grounds. Where teeing stations or practice teeing grounds are provided, at least 5 percent of the practice teeing stations or practice teeing grounds, but not less than one, shall comply with 15.4.4.3.

15.4.6 Weather Shelters. Where weather shelters are provided on a golf course, each weather shelter shall have a clear floor or ground space 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum by 96 inches (2440 mm) minimum and shall be designed and constructed so that a golf car can enter and exit.

15.4.7 Golf Car Passage. Where curbs or other constructed barriers are provided along a golf car passage to prohibit golf cars from entering a fairway, openings at least 60 inches (1525 mm) wide shall be provided at intervals not to exceed 75 yds (69 m).

15.4.7.1 Width. The golf car passage shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum wide.

15.4.8 Putting Greens. Each putting green shall be designed and constructed so that a golf car can enter and exit the putting green.

15.5 Miniature Golf

15.5.1 General. Newly designed or newly constructed and altered miniature golf courses shall comply with 15.5.

15.5.2 Accessible Holes. At least fifty percent of holes on a miniature golf course shall comply with 15.5.3 through 15.5.5 and shall be consecutive.

EXCEPTION: One break in the sequence of consecutive accessible holes shall be permitted, provided that the last hole on a miniature golf course is the last hole in the sequence.

15.5.3 Accessible Route. An accessible route complying with 4.3 shall connect the course entrance with the first accessible hole and the start of play area on each accessible hole. The course shall be configured to allow exit from the last accessible hole to the course exit or entrance and shall not require travel back through other holes. 

15.5.3.1 Accessible Route - Located On the Playing Surface. Where the accessible route is located on the playing surface of the accessible hole, exceptions 1-5 shall be permitted.

EXCEPTION 1: Where carpet is provided, the requirements of 4.5.3 shall not apply.

EXCEPTION 2: Where the accessible route intersects the playing surface of a hole, a 1 inch (26 mm) maximum curb shall be permitted for a width of 32 inches (815 mm) minimum.

EXCEPTION 3: A slope of 1:4 maximum for a 4 inch (100 mm) maximum rise shall be permitted.

EXCEPTION 4: Landings required by 4.8.4 shall be permitted to be 48 inches (1220 mm) in length minimum. Landing size required by 4.8.4(3) shall be permitted to be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum. Landing slopes shall be permitted to be 1:20 maximum.

EXCEPTION 5: Handrail requirements of 4.8.5 shall not apply.

15.5.3.2 Accessible Route - Adjacent to the Playing Surface. Where the accessible route is located adjacent to the playing surface, the requirements of 4.3 shall apply.

15.5.4 Start of Play Areas. Start of play areas at holes required to comply with 15.5.2 shall have a slope not steeper than 1:48 and shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum.

15.5.5 Golf Club Reach Range. All areas within accessible holes where golf balls rest shall be within 36 inches (915 mm) maximum of an accessible route having a maximum slope of 1:20 for 48 inches (1220 mm) in length (see Fig. 63). 

NOTE: Figure 63 shows in plan view golf club reach range to be 36 inches maximum measured from accessible routes with a width of 36 inches minimum and a slope of 1:20 maximum.

15.6 Play Areas.

15.6.1 General. Newly designed and newly constructed play areas for children ages 2 and over and altered portions of existing play areas shall comply with the applicable provisions of section 4, except as modified or otherwise provided by this section. Where separate play areas are provided within a site for specified age groups, each play area shall comply with this section. Where play areas are designed or constructed in phases, this section shall be applied so that when each successive addition is completed, the entire play area complies with all the applicable provisions of this section. 

EXCEPTION 1: Play areas located in family child care facilities where the proprietor actually resides shall not be required to comply with 15.6.

EXCEPTION 2: Where play components are relocated in existing play areas for the purpose of creating safe use zones, 15.6 shall not apply, provided that the ground surface is not changed or extended for more than one use zone.

EXCEPTION 3: Where play components are altered and the ground surface is not altered, the ground surface shall not be required to comply with 15.6.7, unless required by 4.1.6(2).

EXCEPTION 4: The provisions of 15.6.1 through 15.6.7 shall not apply to amusement attractions.

EXCEPTION 5: Compliance with 4.4 shall not be required within the boundary of the play area.

EXCEPTION 6: Stairs shall not be required to comply with 4.9.


15.6.2 Ground Level Play Components. Ground level play components shall be provided in the number and types required by 15.6.2.1 and 15.6.2.2. Ground level play components that are provided to comply with 15.6.2.1 shall be permitted to satisfy the number required by 15.6.2.2, provided that the minimum required types of play components are provided. Where more than one ground level play component required by 15.6.2.1 and 15.6.2.2 is provided, the play components shall be integrated in the play area. 

15.6.2.1 General. Where ground level play components are provided, at least one of each type provided shall be located on an accessible route complying with 15.6.4 and shall comply with 15.6.6.

15.6.2.2 Additional Number and Types. Where elevated play components are provided, ground level play components shall be provided in accordance with Table 15.6.2.2. Ground level play components required by 15.6.2.2 shall be located on an accessible route complying with 15.6.4 and shall comply with 15.6.6.

EXCEPTION: If at least 50 percent of the elevated play components are connected by a ramp, and if at least 3 of the elevated play components connected by the ramp are different types of play components, 15.6.2.2 shall not apply.

Table 15.6.2.2 Number and Types of Ground Level Play Components
Required to be on Accessible Route

Number of Elevated Play Components Provided

Minimum Number of Ground Level Play Components Required to be on Accessible Route

Minimum Number of Different Types of Ground Level Play Components Required to be on Accessible Route

1

Not applicable

Not applicable

2 to 4

1

1

5 to 7

2

2

8 to 10

3

3

11 to 13

4

3

14 to 16

5

3

17 to 19

6

3

20 to 22

7

4

23 to 25

8

4

More than 25

8 plus 1 for each additional 3 over 25, or fraction thereof

5


15.6.3 Elevated Play Components. Where elevated play components are provided, at least 50 percent shall be located on an accessible route complying with 15.6.4. Elevated play components connected by a ramp shall comply with 15.6.6. 

15.6.4 Accessible Routes. At least one accessible route complying with 4.3, as modified by 15.6.4, shall be provided. 

EXCEPTION 1: Transfer systems complying with 15.6.5 shall be permitted to connect elevated play components, except where 20 or more elevated play components are provided, no more than 25 percent of the elevated play components shall be permitted to be connected by transfer systems.

EXCEPTION 2: Where transfer systems are provided, an elevated play component shall be permitted to connect to another elevated play component in lieu of an accessible route.

EXCEPTION 3: Platform lifts (wheelchair lifts) complying with 4.11 and applicable State or local codes shall be permitted to be used as part of an accessible route.

15.6.4.1 Location. Accessible routes shall be located within the boundary of the play area and shall connect ground level play components as required by 15.6.2.1 and 15.6.2.2 and elevated play components as required by 15.6.3, including entry and exit points of the play components.

15.6.4.2 Protrusions. Objects shall not protrude into ground level accessible routes at or below 80 in (2030 mm) above the ground or floor surface.

15.6.4.3 Clear Width. The clear width of accessible routes within play areas shall comply with 15.6.4.3.

15.6.4.3.1 Ground Level. The clear width of accessible routes at ground level shall be 60 in (1525 mm) minimum.

EXCEPTION 1: In play areas less than 1,000 square feet, the clear width of accessible routes shall be permitted to be 44 in (1120 mm) minimum, provided that at least one turning space complying with 4.2.3 is provided where the restricted accessible route exceeds 30 feet (9.14 m) in length.

EXCEPTION 2: The clear width of accessible routes shall be permitted to be 36 in (915 mm) minimum for a distance of 60 in (1525 mm) maximum, provided that multiple reduced width segments are separated by segments that are 60 in (1525 mm) minimum in width and 60 in (1525 mm) minimum in length.

15.6.4.3.2 Elevated. The clear width of accessible routes connecting elevated play components shall be 36 in (915 mm).

EXCEPTION 1: The clear width of accessible routes connecting elevated play components shall be permitted to be reduced to 32 in (815 mm) minimum for a distance of 24 in (610 mm) maximum provided that reduced width segments are separated by segments that are 48 in (1220 mm) minimum in length and 36 in (915 mm) minimum in width.

EXCEPTION 2:  The clear width of transfer systems connecting elevated play components shall be permitted to be 24 in (610 mm) minimum.

15.6.4.4 Ramp Slope and Rise. Any part of an accessible route with a slope greater than 1:20 shall be considered a ramp and shall comply with 4.8, as modified by 15.6.4.4.

15.6.4.4.1 Ground Level. The maximum slope for ramps connecting ground level play components within the boundary of a play area shall be 1:16.

15.6.4.4.2 Elevated. Where a ramp connects elevated play components, the maximum rise of any ramp run shall be 12 in (305 mm).

15.6.4.5 Handrails. Where required on ramps, handrails shall comply with 4.8.5, as modified by 15.6.4.5.

EXCEPTION 1:  Handrails shall not be required at ramps located within ground level use zones.

EXCEPTION 2:  Handrail extensions shall not be required.

15.6.4.5.1 Handrail Gripping Surface. Handrails shall have a diameter or width of 0.95 in (24.1 mm) minimum to 1.55 in (39.4 mm) maximum, or the shape shall provide an equivalent gripping surface.

15.6.4.5.2 Handrail Height. The top of handrail gripping surfaces shall be 20 in (510 mm) minimum to 28 in (710 mm) maximum above the ramp surface.

15.6.5 Transfer Systems. Where transfer systems are provided to connect elevated play components, the transfer systems shall comply with 15.6.5. 

15.6.5.1 Transfer Platforms. Transfer platforms complying with 15.6.5.1 shall be provided where transfer is intended to be from a wheelchair or other mobility device (see Fig. 64).

NOTE: Figure 64a shows a transfer platform with a surface height 11 to 18 inches (280 to 455 mm) above the ground. Figure 64b shows in plan view a transfer platform 14 inches (335 mm) deep minimum and 24 inches (610 mm) wide, minimum; clear floor space that is 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum is centered on this dimension parallel to the 24 in (610 mm) minimum long unobstructed side of the transfer platform.

15.6.5.1.1 Size. Platforms shall have a level surface 14 in (355 mm) minimum in depth and 24 in (610 mm) minimum in width.

15.6.5.1.2 Height. Platform surfaces shall be 11 in (280 mm) minimum to 18 in (455 mm) maximum above the ground or floor surface.

15.6.5.1.3 Transfer Space. A level space complying with 4.2.4 shall be centered on the 48 in (1220 mm) long dimension parallel to the 24 in (610 mm) minimum long unobstructed side of the transfer platform.

15.6.5.1.4 Transfer Supports. A means of support for transferring shall be provided.

15.6.5.2 Transfer Steps. Transfer steps complying with 15.6.5.2 shall be provided where movement is intended from a transfer platform to a level with elevated play components required to be located on an accessible route (see Fig. 65).

NOTE: Figure 65(a) shows a transfer step 8 inches (205 mm) high maximum. Figure 65(b) shows a transfer step that is 14 inches (355 mm) deep minimum and 24 inches (610 mm) long minimum.

15.6.5.2.1 Size. Transfer steps shall have a level surface 14 in (355 mm) minimum in depth and 24 in (610 mm) minimum in width.

15.6.5.2.2 Height. Each transfer step shall be 8 in (205 mm) maximum high.

15.6.5.2.3 Transfer Supports. A means of support for transferring shall be provided.

15.6.6 Play Components. Ground level play components located on accessible routes and elevated play components connected by ramps shall comply with 15.6.6. 

15.6.6.1 Maneuvering Space. Maneuvering space complying with 4.2.3 shall be provided on the same level as the play components. Maneuvering space shall have a slope not steeper than 1:48 in all directions. The maneuvering space required for a swing shall be located immediately adjacent to the swing.

15.6.6.2 Clear Floor or Ground Space. Clear floor or ground space shall be provided at the play components and shall be 30 in (760 mm) by 48 in (1220 mm) minimum. Clear floor or ground space shall have a slope not steeper than 1:48 in all directions.

15.6.6.3 Play Tables: Height and Clearances. Where play tables are provided, knee clearance 24 in (610 mm) high minimum, 17 in deep (430 mm) minimum, and 30 in (760 mm) wide minimum shall be provided. The tops of rims, curbs, or other obstructions shall be 31 in (785 mm) high maximum.

EXCEPTION: Play tables designed or constructed primarily for children ages 5 and under shall not be required to provide knee clearance if the clear floor or ground space required by 15.6.6.2 is arranged for a parallel approach and if the rim surface is 31 in (785 mm) high maximum.

15.6.6.4 Entry Points and Seats: Height. Where a play component requires transfer to the entry point or seat, the entry point or seat shall be 11 in (280 mm) minimum and 24 in (610 mm) maximum above the clear floor or ground space.

EXCEPTION: The entry point of a slide shall not be required to comply with 15.6.6.4.

15.6.6.5 Transfer Supports. Where a play component requires transfer to the entry point or seat, a means of support for transferring shall be provided.

15.6.7 Ground Surfaces. Ground surfaces along accessible routes, clear floor or ground spaces, and maneuvering spaces within play areas shall comply with 4.5.1 and 15.6.7. 

15.6.7.1 Accessibility. Ground surfaces shall comply with ASTM F 1951 Standard Specification for Determination of Accessibility of Surface Systems Under and Around Playground Equipment (incorporated by reference, see 2.3.2). Ground surfaces shall be inspected and maintained regularly and frequently to ensure continued compliance with ASTM F 1951.

15.6.7.2 Use Zones. If located within use zones, ground surfaces shall comply with ASTM F 1292 Standard Specification for Impact Attenuation of Surface Systems Under and Around Playground Equipment (incorporated by reference, see 2.3.2).

15.6.8 Soft Contained Play Structures. Soft contained play structures shall comply with 15.6.8.

15.6.8.1 Accessible Routes to Entry Points. Where three or fewer entry points are provided, at least one entry point shall be located on an accessible route. Where four or more entry points are provided, at least two entry points shall be located on an accessible route. Accessible routes shall comply with 4.3.

EXCEPTION: Transfer systems complying with 15.6.5 or platform lifts (wheelchair lifts) complying with 4.11 and applicable State or local codes shall be permitted to be used as part of an accessible route.

15.7 Exercise Equipment and Machines, Bowling Lanes, and Shooting Facilities.

15.7.1 General. Newly designed or newly constructed and altered exercise equipment and machines, bowling lanes, and shooting facilities shall comply with 15.7.

15.7.2 Exercise Equipment and Machines. At least one of each type of exercise equipment and machines shall be provided with clear floor or ground space complying with 4.2.4 and shall be served by an accessible route. Clear floor or ground space shall be positioned for transfer or for use by an individual seated in a wheelchair. Clear floor or ground spaces for more than one piece of equipment shall be permitted to overlap. 

15.7.3 Bowling Lanes. Where bowling lanes are provided, at least 5 percent, but not less than one of each type of lane shall be served by an accessible route.

15.7.4 Shooting Facilities. Where fixed firing positions are provided at a site, at least 5 percent, but not less than one, of each type of firing position shall comply with 15.7.4.1. 

15.7.4.1 Fixed Firing Position. Fixed firing positions shall contain a 60 inch (1525 mm) diameter space and shall have a slope not steeper than 1:48.

15.8 Swimming Pools, Wading Pools, and Spas.

15.8.1 General. Newly designed or newly constructed and altered swimming pools, wading pools, and spas shall comply with 15.8.

EXCEPTION: An accessible route shall not be required to serve raised diving boards or diving platforms.

15.8.2 Swimming Pools. At least two accessible means of entry shall be provided for each public use and common use swimming pool. The primary means of entry shall comply with 15.8.5 (Swimming Pool Lifts) or 15.8.6 (Sloped Entries). The secondary means of entry shall comply with one of the following: 15.8.5 (Swimming Pool Lifts), 15.8.6 (Sloped Entries), 15.8.7 (Transfer Walls), 15.8.8 (Transfer Systems), or 15.8.9 (Pool Stairs). 

EXCEPTION 1: Where a swimming pool has less than 300 linear feet (91 m) of swimming pool wall, at least one accessible means of entry shall be provided and shall comply with 15.8.5 (Swimming Pool Lifts) or 15.8.6 (Sloped Entries). 

EXCEPTION 2: Wave action pools, leisure rivers, sand bottom pools, and other pools where user access is limited to one area, shall provide at least one accessible means of entry that complies with 15.8.5 (Swimming Pool Lifts), 15.8.6 (Sloped Entries), or 15.8.8 (Transfer Systems).

EXCEPTION 3: Catch pools shall be required only to be served by an accessible route that connects to the pool edge.

15.8.3 Wading Pools. At least one accessible means of entry complying with 15.8.6 (Sloped Entries) shall be provided for each wading pool.

15.8.4 Spas. At least one accessible means of entry complying with 15.8.5 (Swimming Pool Lifts), 15.8.7 (Transfer Walls), or 15.8.8 (Transfer Systems) shall be provided for each spa.

EXCEPTION: Where spas are provided in a cluster, 5 percent, but not less than one, in each cluster shall be accessible.

15.8.5 Pool Lifts. Pool lifts shall comply with 15.8.5. 

15.8.5.1 Pool Lift Location. Pool lifts shall be located where the water level does not exceed 48 inches (1220 mm).

EXCEPTION 1: Where the entire pool depth is greater than 48 inches (1220 mm), 15.8.5.1 shall not apply.

EXCEPTION 2: Where multiple pool lift locations are provided, no more than one shall be required to be located in an area where the water level does not exceed 48 inches (1220 mm).

15.8.5.2 Seat Location. In the raised position, the centerline of the seat shall be located over the deck and 16 inches (405 mm) minimum from the edge of the pool. The deck surface between the centerline of the seat and the pool edge shall have a slope not greater than 1:48 (see Fig. 68).

NOTE: Figure 68 shows pool lift seat in plan view located over the deck 16 inches minimum from the edge of the pool, measured to the seat centerline.

15.8.5.3 Clear Deck Space. On the side of the seat opposite the water, a clear deck space shall be provided parallel with the seat. The space shall be 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum and shall extend forward 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum from a line located 12 inches (305 mm) behind the rear edge of the seat. The clear deck space shall have a slope not greater than 1:48 (see Fig. 69).

NOTE: Figure 69 - plan view of clear deck space at pool lifts. On the side of the seat opposite the water, a clear deck space at least 36 inches wide and 48 inches long is shown parallel to the seat. The 48 inch length extends from a line located 12 inches behind the rear edge of the seat.

15.8.5.4 Seat Height. The height of the lift seat shall be designed to allow a stop at 16 inches (405 mm) minimum to 19 inches (485 mm) maximum measured from the deck to the top of the seat surface when in the raised (load) position (see Fig. 70).

NOTE: Figure 70 - elevation drawing shows pool lift seat height to be 16 inches minimum to 19 inches maximum measured from the deck to the top of the seat surface when in the raised (load) position.

15.8.5.5 Seat Width. The seat shall be 16 inches (405 mm) minimum wide.

15.8.5.6 Footrests and Armrests. Footrests shall be provided and shall move with the seat. If provided, armrests positioned opposite the water shall be removable or shall fold clear of the seat when the seat is in the raised (load) position. 

EXCEPTION: Footrests shall not be required on pool lifts provided in spas.

15.8.5.7 Operation. The lift shall be capable of unassisted operation from both the deck and water levels. Controls and operating mechanisms shall be unobstructed when the lift is in use and shall comply with 4.27.4. 

15.8.5.8 Submerged Depth. The lift shall be designed so that the seat will submerge to a water depth of 18 inches (455 mm) minimum below the stationary water level (see Fig. 71).

NOTE: Figure 71 shows in elevation a pool lift with a seat submerged to a water depth of 18 inches minimum below the stationary water level.

15.8.5.9 Lifting Capacity. Single person pool lifts shall have a minimum weight capacity of 300 lbs. (136 kg) and be capable of sustaining a static load of at least one and a half times the rated load. 

15.8.6 Sloped Entries. Sloped entries designed to provide access into the water shall comply with 15.8.6.

15.8.6.1 Sloped Entries. Sloped entries shall comply with 4.3, except as modified below. 

EXCEPTION: Where sloped entries are provided, the surfaces shall not be required to be slip resistant.

15.8.6.2 Submerged Depth. Sloped entries shall extend to a depth of 24 inches (610 mm) minimum to 30 inches (760 mm) maximum below the stationary water level. Where landings are required by 4.8, at least one landing shall be located 24 inches (610 mm) minimum to 30 inches (760 mm) maximum below the stationary water level (see Fig. 72).

NOTE: Figure 72 shows in side elevation a sloped entry with a submerged depth of 24 inches minimum to 30 inches maximum below the stationary water level at the landing.

EXCEPTION: In wading pools, the sloped entry and landings, if provided, shall extend to the deepest part of the wading pool.

15.8.6.3 Handrails. Handrails shall be provided on both sides of the sloped entry and shall comply with 4.8.5. The clear width between handrails shall be 33 inches (840 mm) minimum and 38 inches (965 mm) maximum (see Fig. 73). 

NOTE: Figure 73 is an elevation drawing of a sloped entry with handrails on both sides that provide a clear width of 33 inches minimum and 38 inches maximum.

EXCEPTION 1: Handrail extensions specified by 4.8.5 shall not be required at the bottom landing serving a sloped entry.

EXCEPTION 2: Where a sloped entry is provided for wave action pools, leisure rivers, sand bottom pools, and other pools where user access is limited to one area, the required clear width between handrails shall not apply.

EXCEPTION 3: The handrail requirements of 4.8.5 and 15.8.6.3 shall not be required on sloped entries in wading pools.

15.8.7 Transfer Walls. Transfer walls shall comply with 15.8.7.

15.8.7.1 Clear Deck Space. A clear deck space of 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum with a slope not steeper than 1:48 shall be provided at the base of the transfer wall. Where one grab bar is provided, the clear deck space shall be centered on the grab bar. Where two grab bars are provided, the clear deck space shall be centered on the clearance between the grab bars (see Fig. 74).

NOTE: Figure 74 shows in plan view clear deck space of 60 by 60 inches minimum. Figure (a) shows this space centered at one grab bar. Figure (b) shows this space centered on the clearance between two grab bars.

15.8.7.2 Height. The height of the transfer wall shall be 16 inches (405 mm) minimum to 19 inches (485 mm) maximum measured from the deck (see Fig. 75).

NOTE: Figure 75 shows in elevation the height of a transfer wall 16 inches minimum to 19 inches maximum measured from the deck.

15.8.7.3 Wall Depth and Length. The depth of the transfer wall shall be 12 inches (305 mm) minimum to 16 inches (405 mm) maximum. The length of the transfer wall shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum and shall be centered on the clear deck space (see Fig. 76).

NOTE: Figure 76 illustrates in plan view a transfer wall with a depth of 12 inches minimum to 16 inches maximum and a length of 60 inches minimum.

15.8.7.4 Surface. Surfaces of transfer walls shall not be sharp and shall have rounded edges.

15.8.7.5 Grab Bars. At least one grab bar shall be provided on the transfer wall. Grab bars shall be perpendicular to the pool wall and shall extend the full depth of the transfer wall. The top of the gripping surface shall be 4 inches (100 mm) minimum and 6 inches (150 mm) maximum above walls. Where one grab bar is provided, clearance shall be 24 inches (610 mm) minimum on both sides of the grab bar. Where two grab bars are provided, clearance between grab bars shall be 24 inches (610 mm) minimum. Grab bars shall comply with 4.26 (see Fig. 77).

NOTE: Figure 77 illustrates grab bars at transfer walls that are perpendicular to the pool wall and that extend the full depth of the transfer wall. Figure (a) shows in plan view two grab bars with a clearance between them of 24 inches minimum. Figure (b) shows in plan view one grab bar with a clearance of 24 inches minimum on both sides. Figure (c) shows in side elevation a height of the grab bar gripping surface 4 to 6 inches above the wall, measured to the top of the gripping surface.

15.8.8 Transfer Systems. Transfer systems shall comply with 15.8.8.

15.8.8.1 Transfer Platform. A transfer platform 19 inches (485 mm) minimum clear depth by 24 inches (610 mm) minimum clear width shall be provided at the head of each transfer system (see Fig. 78).

NOTE: Figure 78 shows in plan view a transfer platform at the head end with a clear depth of 19 inches minimum clear and a clear width of by 24 inches minimum clear width.

15.8.8.2 Clear Deck Space. A clear deck space of 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum with a slope not steeper than 1:48 shall be provided at the base of the transfer platform surface and shall be centered along a 24 inch (610 mm) minimum unobstructed side of the transfer platform (see Fig. 79).

NOTE: Figure 79 shows clear deck space 60 by 60 inches minimum at the base of the transfer platform surface that is centered along a 24 inch minimum unobstructed side of the transfer platform.

15.8.8.3 Height. The height of the transfer platform shall comply with 15.8.7.2.

15.8.8.4 Transfer Steps. Transfer step height shall be 8 inches (205 mm) maximum. Transfer steps shall extend to a water depth of 18 inches (455 mm) minimum below the stationary water level (see Fig. 80). 

NOTE: Figure 80 shows in elevation transfer system steps that are 8 inches high maximum that extend to a water depth of 18 inches minimum below the stationary water level.

15.8.8.5 Surface. The surface of the transfer system shall not be sharp and shall have rounded edges.

15.8.8.6 Size. Each transfer step shall have a tread clear depth of 14 inches (355 mm) minimum and 17 inches (430 mm) maximum and shall have a tread clear width of 24 inches (610 mm) minimum (see Fig. 81).

NOTE: Figure 81 illustrates in plan view a transfer system with each step having a tread clear depth of 14 inches minimum and 17 inches maximum and a tread clear width of 24 inches minimum.

15.8.8.7 Grab Bars. At least one grab bar on each transfer step and the transfer platform, or a continuous grab bar serving each transfer step and the transfer platform, shall be provided. Where provided, the top of the gripping surface shall be 4 inches (100 mm) minimum and 6 inches (150 mm) maximum above each step and transfer platform. Where a continuous grab bar is provided, the top of the gripping surface shall be 4 inches (100 mm) minimum and 6 inches (150 mm) maximum above the step nosing and transfer platform. Grab bars shall comply with 4.26 and be located on at least one side of the transfer system. The grab bar located at the transfer platform shall not obstruct transfer (see Fig. 82). 

NOTE: Figure 82 shows in elevation grab bars at transfer systems. Figure (a) shows the top of the gripping surface to be 4 inches minimum and 6 inches maximum above each step and transfer platform. Figure (b) shows a continuous grab bar with the top of the gripping surface 4 inches minimum and 6 inches maximum above the step nosing and transfer platform.

15.8.9 Pool Stairs. Pool stairs shall comply with 15.8.9.

15.8.9.1 Pool Stairs. Pool stairs shall comply with 4.9, except as modified below.

15.8.9.2 Handrails. The width between handrails shall be 20 inches (510 mm) minimum and 24 inches (610 mm) maximum. Handrail extensions required by 4.9.4 shall not be required at the bottom landing serving a pool stair.

15.8.10 Water Play Components. Where water play components are provided, the provisions of 15.6 and 4.3 shall apply, except as modified or otherwise provided in this section. 

EXCEPTION 1: Where the surface of the accessible route, clear floor or ground spaces and maneuvering spaces connecting play components is submerged, the provisions of  15.6 and 4.3 for cross slope, running slope, and surface shall not apply.

EXCEPTION 2: Transfer systems complying with 15.6.5 shall be permitted to be used in lieu of ramps to connect elevated play components.

 

 



[1]   28 CFR Part 35 [Title II] and 28 CFR Part 36 [Title III], App. A, September 15, 2010 Edition.

[2]   Additions to 2004 ADAAG made in 36 CFR Part 36 (and replicated in 28 CFR Part 35) are noted in red in the left column

[3]   28 CFR Part 36, App. A, July 1, 1994 Edition.

[4]   The Commentary is authored by BDBlack Codes, Inc.

[5]   The appendix to this analysis contains requirements that were added to the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG) by the U.S. Access Board, subsequent to the DOJ adoption of the Standards for Accessible Design in 1994, through September 2002.  The material in the appendix was not incorporated in the older Department of Justice accessibility standards and therefore was not enforceable.  It is referenced herein to indicate the source of the corresponding 2010 Standards for Accessible Design.

 

 

 

[9] While the 1994 Standards require more wheelchair spaces in venues with a seating capacity over 500, there is no data that suggests the larger numbers are warranted.  There is a history of lawsuits in which the architect and venue owners of new arenas with these ÒextraÓ empty wheelchair spaces infilled the areas with fixed seating tiers.  The practical result was the number of wheelchair seating spaces available at an event was smaller than the number the 2010 Standards require.  The remaining wheelchair seats often did not provide the dispersion and variety of sightlines required.  Arguably, overscoping the number of wheelchair spaces invites this type of abuse, particularly in major league sporting venues where season tickets in ÒregularÓ seating are at a premium.

[10] Note that the 1994 Standards and Georgia Accessibility Code specify 1:50 while the 2010 Standards use the imperial 1:48.  There is no real difference between the two.

[11] The 2010 Standards arguably encourages the use of less steep ramps by not arbitrarily fixing the length of ramp runs.

[12] The intent of the 2010 Standards is to be more restrictive than the 1994 Standards, for example by requiring a 4 inch curb instead of a 2 inch curb.  The text does not adequately capture this.